ti title
title
56
Εὐαγρίου κεφάλαια.
Paris. Gr. 923, fol. 290r
Guide to Evagrius Ponticus
edited by Joel Kalvesmaki
2024 edition
ti title 1 ti 1 ti 1 title 1 title | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 ti title title 56 Εὐαγρίου κεφάλαια. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ti title title ܡܐܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr | S2-Guill ti title title ܡܐܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy |
1 1 1 1 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Τῷ πρώτῳ ἀγαθῷ οὐδέν ἐστιν ἐναντίον, διότι κατ’ οὐσίαν ἐστίν· ἐναντίον δὲ οὐδὲν τῇ οὐσίᾳ. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܛܒܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܠܝܬ ܣܩܘܒܠܐ. ܡܛܠ ܕܒܐܝܬܘܬܗ̇ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܛܒܬܐ. ܠܐܝܬܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܝܬ ܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr 49 Το πρωτον αγαθον ουκ εχει αντικειμενον ως τηι ουσιαι αγαθον· η δε ουσια ουκ εχει εναντιον. | S2-Guill ܠܛܒܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܠܝܬ ܣܩܘܒܠܐ. ܡܛܠ ܕܒܐܝܬܘܬܗ̇ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܛܒܬܐ ܠܐܝܬܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܝܬ ܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 To the first good there is no opposition, because He is essentially [good]; thus there is no opposition as regards essence,. |
2 1 2 1 2 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Ἡ ἐναντιότης ἐν ταῖς ποιότησιν· αἱ δὲ ποιότητες ἐν τοῖς κτίσμασιν· ἡ ἐναντιότης ἄρα ἐν τοῖς κτίσμασιν. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ ܒܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ. ܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ ܗܟܝܠ ܒܒܪ̣̈ܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Εναντιοτης εστιν εν ταις ποιοτησι, ποιοτητες δε εν τοις σωμασι· εναν τιοτης αρα εν τοις κτισμασιν. 51 | S2-Guill ܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ ܒܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ. ܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ ܗܟܝܠ ܒܒܪ̣̈ܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The opposition is in the qualities, and the qualities are in the creatures; opposition therefore is in the creatures. |
3 1 3 1 3 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Πᾶσα λογικὴ φύσις οὐσία γινώσκουσά ἐστιν· ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἡμῶν αὐτὸ γινωσκόμενόν ἐστιν, ἀμερίστως μὲν ἐγγινόμενος, οἷ ἂν ἐγγένηται· καθάπερ ἡ ἐπίγειος ἐπιστήμη· διαφέρων δὲ ταύτης τὸ ἐνυπόστατος εἶναι. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܆ ܒܪ̣ܝܬܐ ܝܕܘܥܬܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܐܠܗܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܟܕ ܠܐ ܡܬܦ̇ܠܓ ܡܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܗܘܢ ܫܪ̣ܐ. ܕܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܬܝܕܥ ܗ̣ܘ ܐܠܗܐ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܫܪ̣ܐ ܒܗܘܢ. ܗܢܘ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܟ ܐܘܡܢܘܬܐ ܒܐܘ̈ܡܢܐ. ܦܪܝܫ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܗܕܐ܆ ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܩܢܘܡܐܝܬ ܫܪ̣ܐ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܫܪ̣ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Πασα φυσις λογικη κτισις νοερα εστι, θεος δε μονος νοητος εστιν ου διασχισθεις εν οις κατοικει· πως δε νοειται θεος εν οις κατοικει; ως τεχνη εν τεχνιταις· διαφερει δε τωι ουσιωδως κατοικειν εν οις κατοικει. | S2-Guill ܟܠ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܆ ܐܝܬܘܬܐ ܝܕܘܥܬܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܐܠܗܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܠܐ ܡܬܦܠܓܢܐܝܬ ܡ̇ܢ ܫ̇ܪܐ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܫ̇ܪܐ܆ ܐܝܟ ܐܘܡܢܘܬܐ ܐܪܥܢܝܬܐ. ܡܝܬܪ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܗܕܐ܆ ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܩܢܘܡܐܝܬ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Every reasoning nature is in its essence knowledge-seeking; and our God is Himself knowable: indivisibly He comes to be in those whom He has caused to be, like earthly science; but different from this in the substantial [nature of His] being is. |
4 1 4 1 4 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Πάντα τὰ γεγονότα ἢ τῶν ἐναντίων ἐστὶν δεκτικὰ, ἢ ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων συνέστικεν· οὐ πάντα δὲ τὰ τῶν ἐναντίων δεκτικὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων συνεστῶσι συνέζευκται. 57 | grc-EpF 88 Καὶ πάλιν πάντα τὰ κτίσματα ἢ ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων συνέστηκεν ἢ τῶν ἐναντίων ἐστὶ δεκτικά. | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܗܘܐ ܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܐܘ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ܆ ܐܘ ܡܢ 18 ܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ ܐܬܩ̇ܝܡ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܟܠ ܕܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ܇ ܐܦ ܥܡ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ ܐܬܩܝ̇ܡ ܟܕܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Παν γενομενον η δεκτικον της εναντιοτητος η εξ εναντιων κατεστη· αλλ ου παν δεκτικον της εναντιοτητος προς τα εξ εναντιων συνεστωτα προσ δεδεται. 53 | S2-Guill ܟܠܡܕܡ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܐܘ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ܆ ܐܘ ܡܢ ܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ 19 ܐܬܩ̇ܝܡ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܟܠ ܕܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ܇ ܐܦ ܥܡ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ ܐܬܩܝ̇ܡܘ ܟܕܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 All that exists is either susceptible to opposition or is constituted of opposition. But those who are susceptible to opposition are not all yoked to those constituted of opposition. |
5 1 5 1 5 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Αἱ ἀκρότητες οὔτε γεννῶσιν, οὔτε γεννῶνται· ἡ δὲ μεσότης καὶ γεννᾷ καὶ γεννᾶται. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܪ̈ܝܫܝܬܐ ܠܐ ܝ̇ܠܕ̈ܢ ܘܠܐ ܡܬܝ̈ܠܕܢ. ܡܨܥܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܝ̇ܠܕܐ ܘܡܬܝܠܕܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αι αρχαι ου τικτουσιν ουδε τικτονται και αι πρωται αιτιαι ου τικ τουσι τικτονται δε Frankenberg (D) , η δε μεσοτης και τικτει και τικτεται. | S2-Guill ܪ̈ܫܝܬܐ ܠܐ ܝ̇ܠܕ̈ܢ ܘܠܐ ܡܬܝܠܕ̈ܢ. ܡܨܥܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܝ̇ܠܕܐ ܘܡܬܝܠܕܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Principles do not engender and are not engendered, but the intermediate engenders and is engendered. |
6 1 6 1 6 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܦܘܚܡܐ ܚܢܢ ܡܕܡ ܐܚܪܝܢ ܐܝܬܝܢ. ܘܐܚܪܢܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܢ. ܘܐܚܪܢܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܚܢܢ. ܐܝܟ ܚܕ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܚܢܢ܆ ܘܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܚܢܢ܀ | S1-Fr Κατα συγκρισιν ημεις αλλο τι εσμεν και αλλο το εν ημιν και αλλο το εν ῳ ημεις· ως δε εν ταυτο δε ε. εστι το εν ῳ ημεις και το εν ῳ εστι το εν ῳ ημεις. | S2-Guill ܒܦܘܚܡܐ ܚܢܢ ܡܕܡ ܚܪܝܢ ܐܝܬܝܢ. ܘܐܚܪܢܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܢ. ܘܐܚܪܢܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܚܢܢ. ܐܟܚܕ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܚܢܢ܆ ܘܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܚܢܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 In comparison, we are one thing but that which is in us is another thing, and that in which we are is another; but taken together [they] are that in which we are and that in which it is that we are. |
7 1 7 1 7 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Ἀναιρουμένων τῶν ἅμα, ἀναιρεῖται καὶ ὁ ἀριθμός· καὶ τούτου ἀναιρεθέντος, ταὐτὸν ἔσται τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ ἐν ᾧ ἐσμεν. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܕ ܢܫܬܩܠ ܡܢ ܡܨܥܬܐ ܡܕܡ ܕܐܟܚܕܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܡܢܝܢܐ܆ ܡܫܬ̣ܩܠ ܠܗ ܐܦ ܡܢܝܢܐ. ܘܟܕ ܗܢܐ ܢܫ̣ܬܩܠ܆ ܚܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܢ܇ ܘܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܚܢܢ܀ | S1-Fr Εαν εκ μεσου αρθηι το εν ον αριθμωι συναιρεται και ο αριθμος· του δε αριθμου αρθεντος εν εσται το εν ημιν και εν ωι ημεις. 55 | S2-Guill ܟܕ ܢܫ̣ܬܩܠܘܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܐܟܚܕܐ܆ ܡܫܬ̣ܩܠ ܐܦ ܡܢܝܢܐ. ܘܟܕ ܗܢܐ ܢܫ̣ܬܩܠ܆ ܚܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܢ܇ ܘܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܥܬܝܕܝܢ ܚܢܢ ܠܡܗܘܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 When those that are together are raised, the number will also be raised, and when this is raised, that which is in us and that in which we are will be one. |
8 1 8 1 8 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܕ ܐܬܦܪ̣ܫ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܥܬܝܕܝܢܢ ܠܡܗܘܐ܆ ܐܘܠܕ ܠܗܢܐ ܕܒܗ ܚܢܢ. ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܢܬܚ̇ܠܛ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܢ܆ ܫ̇ܩܠ ܡܢ ܡܨܥܬܐ ܡܕܡ ܕܒܡܢܝܢܐ ܡܦ̇ܪܫ ܠܢ܀ | S1-Fr Οτε αφωρισθη το εν ωι μελλομεν εσεσθαι εγεννησε το εν ωι ημεις· οταν δε το εν ημιν συγκραθηι αρει εκ μεσου το αριθμῳ διασχιζον ημας. | S2-Guill ܟܕ ܐܬܦܪ̣ܫ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܥܬܝܕܝܢ ܚܢܢ ܠܡܗܘܐ܆ ܐܘܠܕ ܠܗܢܐ ܕܒܗ ܚܢܢ. ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܢܬܚ̇ܠܛ ܗܢܐ ܕܒܢ܆ ܫ̇ܩܠ ܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܥܡ ܡܢܝܢܐ ܡܫܬ̣ܩܠ܀ 21 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 When that in which we should be has been separated, he will engender that in which we are; but when that which is in us is mixed, he will raise that which will be raised with the number. |
9 1 9 1 9 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 20 ܡܐ ܕܗܘܝܢܢ ܒܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܚܙ̇ܝܢܢ ܫܪܪܗ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܡܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܗ̣ܘܝܢܢ ܒܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡ̇ܘܠܕܝܢ ܚܢܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܡܐ ܕܠܝܬܘܗܝ. ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܢܫ̣ܬܩܠ ܡܢ ܡܨܥܬܐ ܗܢܐ ܕܒܗ ܐܝܬܝܢ܆ ܬܘܒ ܠܐ ܢܗܘܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܡܐ ܕܠܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Γενομενοι εν τωι οντι ορωμεν την αληθειαν αυτου ως εστι· γενομενοι δε εν τωι ουκ οντι γεννησομεν το ουκ ον· αρθεντος δε εκ page 25v | μεσου τουτου του εν ωι εσμεν αυθις ουκ εσται το ουκ ον. 57 | S2-Guill ܟܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܒܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܚܙ̇ܝܢܢ ܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܒܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܝ̇ܠܕܝܢܢ ܡܐ ܕܠܝܬܘܗܝ. ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܢܫ̣ܬܩܠܘܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܒܗܘܢ ܚܢܢ܆ ܬܘܒ ܠܐ ܢܗܘܐ ܡܐ ܕܠܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 When we are in that which is, we see that which is, but when [we are] in that which is not, we engender that which is not. But when those in which we are will be raised, again it will not be that which is not. |
10 1 10 1 10 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ܆ ܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܐ. ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ. ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ ܕܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܐܠܗܘܬܐ. ܡܛܠ ܕܐܦ ܗ̣ܝ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܦܘܪܩܢܢ܆ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܬܠܬ ܡܬܩ̇ܝܡܐ܀ | S1-Fr Των δαιμονων εναντιουνται οι μεν τηι των εντολων θρησκειαι, Frankenberg (= τηι πρακτικηι) οι δε τηι των φυσεων επιγνωσει, οι δε τοις περι του θειου λογοις, (= της θεολο γιαι) δι οτι και η της σωτηριας ημων γνωσις εν τουτοις τοις τρισι καθεστηκε. | S2-Guill ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ܆ ܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܐ. ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ. ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ ܕܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܐܠܗܘܬܐ. ܡܛܠ ܕܐܦ ܗ̣ܝ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܦܘܪܩܢܢ܆ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܬܠܬ ܡܬܩܝ̇ܡܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Among the demons, certain oppose the practice of the commandments, others oppose thoughts of nature, and others oppose words [logoi]about divinity because the knowledge of our salvation is constituted from these three. |
11 1 11 1 11 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠܗܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܗܫܐ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܐ ܩܢ̣ܝܢ܆ ܒܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܘ ܡ̇ܡܠܟܝܢ. ܟܠܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܦܠܘ̈ܚܐ ܟܕܝܢܝܢ܆ ܒܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܕܥܬܝܕܝܢ ܢ̇ܡܠܟܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Παντες οσοι τα νυν σωματα πνευματικα κεκτηνται βασιλευουσι εν τοις γενομενοις αιωσιν· οσοι δε εν σωμασιν εργαταις συνεχονται εν τοις μελλουσιν αιωσι βασιλευσουσιν. | S2-Guill ܟܠܗܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܗܫܐ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܐ ܩܢ̣ܝܢ܆ ܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܘ ܡ̇ܡܠܟܝܢ. ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܦܠܘ̈ܚܐ ܘܐ ܣܩܘ̈ܒܠܝܐ ܟܕܝܢܝܢ܆ ܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܕܥܬܝܕܝܢ ܢ̇ܡܠܟܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 All those who now possess spiritual bodies reign over the worlds that have been made; and those who are joined to praktike bodies or to opposites, will exercise their reign over worlds yet to come. {See Sch In Ps 1 on praktike bodies and judgment} |
12 1 12 1 12 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܕܠܐ ܡܨܥܝܘܬܐ. ܘܚܕ ܐܦ ܗܢܐ ܬܘܒ܆ ܕܒܝܕ ܡܨܥܝ̈ܐ ܒܟܠ ܐܝܬܢܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Εις εστιν ο ων ανευ μεσιτειας και εις αυθις ουτος ο δια μεσιτων εν πασιν ων. 59 | S2-Guill ܗܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܕܠܐ ܡܨܥܝܘܬܐ. ܘܗ̣ܘ ܗܢܐ ܬܘܒ܆ ܒܝܕ ܡܨܥܝ̈ܐ ܒܟܠ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ 23 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 One ["unique"] is he who is without intermediaries, and he thus also, by means of mediations, is in all. |
13 1 13 1 13 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 22 ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܘܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܩܢ̣ܝܢ. ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܘܬܐܘܪܝܐ. ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܥܘܘܟܐ ܘܒܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܠܒܝܟܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Των λογικων οι μεν θεωριαν τε και θρησκειαν πνευματικην κεκτηνται, οι δε θρησκειαν και θεωριαν, οι δε εν εμποδισμωι και κρισει κατεχονται. | S2-Guill ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܘܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܩܢ̣ܝܢ. ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܘܬܐܘܪܝܐ. ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܥܘܘܟܐ ܘܕܝ̣ܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Among the logikoi, some possess spiritual contemplation and praktike, but others hindrance and judgment. |
14 1 14 1 14 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Ἑκάστην τῶν ἐπιστημῶν ἐν τῷ οἰκίῳ μόνῳ θεωρίσεις ἐπιστητῷ· τὴν δὲ τοῦ ὄντως γνῶσιν ἐν πᾶσιν τούτοις εὑρήσεις. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܟܠ ܚܕܐ ܡܢ ܐܘܡܢܘ̈ܬܐ܆ ܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܠܝܗ̇ ܩܐ̇ܡ ܚ̇ܙܐ ܐܢܬ. ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ܆ ܒܟܠܗܝܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܬܫܟܚ. ܡܛܠ ܕܟܠ ܡܕܡ ܡܪܢ ܒܚܟܡܬܐ ܒܪ̣ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εν παντι τεχνηματι τον αυτου προεστωτα ορας· εν δε θεωριαι της γνωσεως της αληθινης εν πασι τουτοις ευρησεις, διοτι παν ο κυριος εν σοφιαι εκτισεν. | S2-Guill ܠܟܠ ܚܕܐ ܡܢ ܐܘ̈ܡܢܘܬܐ܆ ܒܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܠܝܗ̇ ܩ̇ܐܡ ܚ̇ܙܐ ܐܢܬ. ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܒܟܠܗܘܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܬܫܟܚ. ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܟܠܡܕܡ ܡܪܢ ܒܚܟܡܬܐ ܥܒ̣ܕ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 For each one of the arts, you see in it about the one who made it; but the knowledge of him who is, you will find in all things if our Lord made everything with wisdom. |
15 1 15 1 15 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1932 93 Ἀναιρουμένων τῶν τεσσάρων, ἀναιροῦνται καὶ τὰ πέντε· ἀναιρουμένων δὲ τῶν πέντε, οὐκ ἀναιροῦνται καὶ τὰ τέσσαρα· τῇ διαζεύξει γὰρ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀναιρουμένων τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων τοῦ σώματος, ἀναιροῦνται καὶ αἱ πέντε αἰσθήσεις· ἀναιρουμένων δὲ τῶν πέντε αἰσθήσεων τῇ φιλοσόφῳ νεκρώσει τοῦ σώματος, οὐκ ἀναιροῦν ται καὶ τὰ τέσσαρα τούτου στοιχεῖα. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܕ ܢܫ̣ܬܩܠܘܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ܆ ܡܫܬ̣ܩܠܝܢ ܐܦ ܚܡܫܐ. ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܢܫ̣ܬܩܠܘܢ ܚܡܫܐ܆ ܠܐ ܡܫ̣ܬܩܠܝܢ ܥܡܗܘܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τεσσαρων αρθεντων αιρονται και πεντε· των πεντε δε αρθεντων ουκ αιρονται δια ταυτα και τα τεσσαρα. | S2-Guill ܟܕ ܢܫ̣ܬܩܠܘܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ܆ ܡܫܬ̣ܩܠܝܢ ܐܦ ܚܡܫܐ. ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܢܫ̣ܬܩܠܘܢ ܚܡܫܐ܆ ܠܐ ܡܫ̣ܬܩܠܝܢ ܥܡܗܘܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 When the four will be raised, also the five will be raised, but when the five will be raised, the four will not be raised with them. |
16 1 16 1 16 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܬܦܪ̣ܫ ܡܢ ܚܡܫܐ܆ ܠܐ ܦܪܝܫ ܡܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܬܦ̣ܪܫ ܡܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ܆ ܐܓܗܝ ܠܗ ܐܦ ܡܢ ܚܡܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ος αφωρισται των πεντε ουκ αφεστηκε των τεσσαρων. ος δε αφωρισται των τεσ σαρων ἀπεδρα και τα πεντε. 61 | S2-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܬܦܪ̣ܫ ܡܢ ܚܡܫܐ܆ ܠܐ ܦܪܝܫ ܡܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܬܦ̣ܪܫ ܡܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ܆ ܐܓܗܝ ܠܗ ܐܦ ܡܢ ܚܡܫܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 That which has been separated from the five will not be separated from the four, but that which has been separated from the four is delivered also from the five. |
17 1 17 1 17 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܕ ܢܬܝ̇ܬܪ ܒܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܢ܆ ܡܬܝ̇ܬܪ ܒܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܒܗ ܚܢܢ. ܘܗܟܢܐ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܬܣܓܐ܆ ܥܕܡܐ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܇ ܠܐ ܬܘܒ ܒܦܘܪ̈ܣܐ ܢܫܬܡܗ܀ | S1-Fr Κατορθουμενον εν ημιν το εν ημιν κατορθοι εν ημιν το εν ωι ημεις και ουτως αυξανει η κατορθωσις εως ουκετι τροπικως ονομαζεται το ον. | S2-Guill ܟܕ ܢܬܚ̇ܠܦ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܢ܆ ܢܬܚ̇ܠܦܘܢ ܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܕܒܗܘܢ ܚܢܢ. ܘܗܢܐ ܣܓܝܐܝܬ ܥܕܡܐ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܠܐ ܬܘܒ ܒܦܘܪ̈ܣܐ ܢܫܬܡܗ܀ 25 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 When that which is in us will be changed, those [things] in which we are will be changed, and this often to the extent that, that which is will no longer be named with modes. |
18 1 18 1 18 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 24 ܥܒ̣ܪܐ ܕܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܘܕܫܘܢܩܐ ܝܪܬܘܬܐ ܕܩܕ̈ܝܫܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܝܢ ܕܣܩܘܒܠܝ ܠܩܕܡܝܐ܆ ܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܕܬܪܝܢܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ. ܘܥ̣ܒܪܗ ܕܗܢܐ܆ ܝܪܬܘܬܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Περας εργασιας τε και βασανισμου η των αγιων κληρονομια εστι· το δε αντικειμενον τωι πρωτωι αιτια του δευτερου εσται· και περας τουτου κληρονομια εστι των εναντιων. | S2-Guill ܥܒ̣ܪܐ ܕܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܘܕܫܘܢܩܐ ܝܪܬܘܬܐ ܕܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܣܩܘܒܐܝ ܠܩܕܡܝܐ܆ ܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܗܘ ܕܬܪܝܢܐ. ܘܥ̣ܒܪܗ ܕܗܢܐ܆ ܝܪܬܘܬܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The goal of the praktike and of suffering is the heritage of the saints, but that which is opposed to the first is the cause of the second; and the end of this is the heritage of those who are opposed. |
19 1 19 1 19 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܒܐܪܒܥܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܕܒ̣ܪ̈ܝܬܐ. ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܚܕ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Η εν τεσσαρσι γνωσις εστι συνεσεως των φυσεων· η δε ενος γνωσις εστι του μονου οντος. 63 | S2-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܒܐܪܒܥܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܒ̣ܪ̈ܝܬܐ. ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܚܕ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Knowledge that is in the four is the knowledge of thoughts of creatures, but the knowledge of the One is the knowledge of him who alone is. |
20 1 20 1 20 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܐ ܕܟܠܗܝܢ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܒܠܚܘܕܝܗܝܢ ܢ̣ܫܪ̈ܟܢ ܒܢ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܬܝܕܥ܆ ܡܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܕ̇ܥ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܢܬܝܕܥ. ܐܝܟ ܕܟܬܝܒ. ܕܫܡܝܐ ܘܐܪܥܐ ܢܥܒ̣ܪܘܢ ܘܡܠܝ̈ ܠܐ ܢܥܒ̣ܪ̈ܢ܀ | S1-Fr Οταν παντες οι λογοι μονον των οντων μεινωσιν προς ημας τοτε το γνωστον υπο του γιγνωσκοντος μονον γνωσθησεται κατα το γεγραμμενον· ο ουρανος και η γη παρελευσεται και οι λογοι μου ου μη παρελθωσιν. | S2-Guill ܡܐ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܓܕܫܐ ܗ̣ܘܘ ܢܫܬܚܪܘܢ ܒܢ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܬܝܕܥ܆ ܡܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܕ̇ܥ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܢܬܝܕܥ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 When only thoughts of all that which was made by accident remain in us, then only he who is known will be known only by him who knows. |
21 1 21 1 21 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܛܒ̈ܬܐ ܘܒܝ̈ܫܬܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܠܐ ܚܫܚܬܐ ܡܣ̣ܬܒܪ̈ܢ܆ ܡܢܗܝܢ ܒܓܘ ܢܦܫܐ ܘܡܢܗܝܢ ܠܒܪ ܡܢܗ̇ ܢܫ̈ܬܟܚܢ. ܒܝ̈ܫܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܚܬܝܬܐܝܬ ܒܝ̈ܫܬܐ ܐܢܝܢ܆ ܠܒܪ ܡܢܗ̇ ܠܝܬ ܦܘܪܣܐ ܕܢܫ̈ܬܟܚܢ܀ | S1-Fr Αγαθα τε και κακα τα γε ανευ χρησεως νομιζομενα τα μεν εντος της ψυχης τα δε εκτος αυτης ευρισκεται· τα δε αληθως κακα page 29v | εκτος αυτης ουχ οιον τε ευρεθηναι. 65 | S2-Guill ܛܒ̈ܬܐ ܘܒܝ̈ܫܬܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܠܐ ܚܫܚܬܐ ܡܣ̣ܬܒܪ̈ܢ܆ ܡܢܗܝܢ ܒܓܘ ܢܦܫܐ ܘܡܢܗܝܢ ܠܒܪ ܡܢܗ̇ ܢܫܬܟܚ̈ܢ. ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܟܝܢܐܝܬ ܡܬܐܡܪ̈ܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ ܒܝ̈ܫܬܐ܆ ܕܢܗܘܝ̈ܢ ܠܒܪ ܡܢܗ̇ ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Among the good and evil ones who are considered without necessity, certain [ones] are found in the soul and others outside it; but [as for] those who are said naturally to be evil, it is impossible that they would be outside it. |
22 1 22 1 22 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܡܛܝ̈ܢܐ ܕܕܝܘ̈ܐ܆ ܓܘܢܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܩ̇ܒܠܝܢ ܘܐܣܟܝܡܐ 26 ܐܠܐ ܡܢ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܢ ܕܝܠܢ ܥ̇ܪܩܝܢ܆ ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܐ ܕܡ̇ܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܡܘܙܓܐ܇ ܠܡܘܙܓܐ ܕܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܕܪ̈ܓܫܐ. ܡܐ ܓܝܪ ܕܠܐܢܫܝ̈ܢ ܨܒ̇ܝܢ ܠܡܬܚܙܝܘ܆ ܒܕܡܝ̣ܘܬܐ ܕܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܕܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܡܬܚܙܝܢ. ܟܕ ܠܐ ܡܚܘ̈ܝܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܝܗܘܢ ܩܛܝ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τα λεπτα των δαιμονων σωματα χρωματος και σχηματος μονον δεκτικα αλλα τας αισθησεις ημων φευγει δια το μη ομοιον page 30r | ειναι εκεινην την κρασιν τηι των σωματων των αισθητων. βουλομενοι γαρ οραθηναι τοις ανθρωποις εν ομοιωματι των αισθητων σωματων ορωνται ου δεικνυντες τα λεπτα αυτων σωματα. | S2-Guill ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܕܕܝ̈ܘܐ܆ ܓܘܢܐ ܩ̣ܢܝ̈ܢ ܘܐܣܟܡܐ. ܐܠܐ ܡܢ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܢ ܕܝܠܢ 27 ܥ̇ܪܩܝܢ܆ ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܐ ܕܡ̇ܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܡܘܙܓܐ܇ ܠܡܘܙܓܐ ܕܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܕܢ̇ܦܠܝܢ ܬܚܝܬ ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܢ. ܡܐ ܓܝܪ ܕܠܐܢܫܝ̈ܢ ܨܒ̈ܝܢ ܠܡܬܚܙܝܘ܆ ܠܟܠܗ̇ ܕܡܘ̣ܬܐ ܕܦܓܪܢ ܡܫܬܚܠܦܝܢ. ܟܕ ܠܐ ܡܚܘܝ̈ܢ ܠܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܝܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The bodies of demons have color and form but they escape our senses, because the mixture is not the mixture of bodies that our senses apprehend. For when they wish to appear as persons, they transform themselves into the complete image of our body, while not showing us their bodies. |
23 1 23 1 23 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܐܪܥܐ܆ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܡܬܩܪܝܢ ܛܒ̈ܬܐ ܕܒܐܪܥܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܗܠܝܢ ܫܦܝܪ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ: ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ̇ ܕܬܩܘܥܝܬܐ܆ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܛܒ̈ܬܐ ܕܐܪܥܐ ܐܟ̇ܠܝܢ܆ ܐܝܟ ܕܟܬܝܒ. ܕܠܚ̣ܡܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܟ̣ܠ ܒܪܢܫܐ. ܗܢܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܐܪܥܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ܆ ܐܦ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܝ̣ܕܥܘ܀ | S1-Fr Συνεσεις των λογων των εν τηι γηι ονομαζονται αγαθα της γης. ει εν δε ταυτα καλως γιγνωσκουσιν οι αγιοι αγγελοι κατα το ρημα της εκ θεκωε γυναι- 67 κος, οι τε αγγελοι του θεου τα αγαθα της γης εσθιουσι, κατα το γεγραμμενον αρτον των αγγελων εσθιει ο ανθρωπος, δηλον οτι τους των εν γηι συνεσεων λογους και εκ των ανθρωπων εγνωσιν. | S2-Guill ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܐܪܥܐ܆ ܛܒ̈ܬܐ ܕܐܪܥܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܗܠܝܢ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ: ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ̇ ܕܬܩܘܥܝܬܐ܆ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܛܒ̈ܬܐ ܕܐܪܥܐ ܐܟ̇ܠܝܢ. ܐܡܝܪ ܕܝܢ ܕܠ̣ܚܡܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܟ̣ܠ ܒܪ ܐܢܫܐ. ܡܕܝܢ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܐܪܥܐ܆ ܐܦ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܝ̣ܕܥܘ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The thoughts [logoi] of things on earth are the good [things] of the earth; but if the holy angels know them, according to the word of Teqoa, the angels of God eat the goods of the earth. But it is said, Man eats the bread of angels. Thus knowledge of the thoughts[logoi] of that which is in the earth is also known by certain men. |
24 1 24 1 24 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Εἰ ὁ στάχυς κατὰ δύναμιν ἐν τῷ κόκκῳ, καὶ τὸ τέλος κατὰ δύναμιν ἐν τῷ αἰτίῳ· οὐτ’ αὐτὸν ὁ κόκκος καὶ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόκκῳ, οὐδ’ ὁ στάχυς καὶ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόκκῳ. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܫܢܢܐ ܒܚܝܠܐ ܟ̣ܣܝܐ ܒܦܪܕܬܐ܆ ܘܐܦ ܫܘܠܡܐ ܒܚܝܠܐ ܟ̣ܣܐ ܒܡܩ̈ܒܠܢܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܝ܆ ܠܘ ܗ̣ܝ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܝ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܦܪܕܬܐ ܘܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܒܗ̇. ܘܐܦܠܐ ܫܢܢܐ ܘܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܒܦܪܕܬܐ. ܗ̣ܘ ܕܝܢ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܘ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܥܡܝܪܐ ܕܟܪܝܟ ܠܫܢܢܐ ܘܗ̣ܝ ܫܢܢܐ ܕܝܠܗ̇ ܕܗܕܐ ܦܪܕܬܐ. ܐܦܢ ܓܝܪ ܦܪܕܬܐ ܬܗܘܐ ܫܢܢܐ܆ ܐܠܐ ܠܐ ܥܕܟܝܠ ܦܪܕܬܐ ܕܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܒܫܢܢܐ ܫܢܢܗ̇ ܩ̇ܒܠ̇ܬ. ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܬܓܗܐ ܡܢ ܫܢܢܐ ܗ̣ܝ ܦܪܕܬܐ܆ ܘܐܦ ܫܢܢܗ̇ ܬܩ̇ܒܠ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ο σταχυς δυναμει κεκρυπται page 31r | εν τωι κοκκωι και η τελειωσις δυναμει κεκρυπται εν τοις δεκτικοις· ει δε ταυτα ουτως εχει ου ταυτον εστιν ο κοκ κος και το εν αυτωι ουδε ο σταχυς και το εν τωι κοκκωι· το δε αυτο εστιν ο χορτος ο αμφι τον σταχυν και ο σταχυς τουτου του κοκκου· ει γαρ ο κοκκος γενησεται σταχυς αλλ ουκετι ο κοκκος ο εν τωι σταχυι τον αυτου σταχυν εδεξατο· εαν δε ο κοκκος αποβαληι τον σταχυν και τον αυτου σταχυν αποληψεται. 69 71 | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܫܢܢܐ ܒܚܝܠܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܦܪܕܬܐ܆ ܐܦ ܫܘܠܡܐ ܒܚܝܠܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܡܩܒܠܢܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܝ܆ ܠܘ ܗ̣ܝ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܝ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܦܪܕܬܐ ܘܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܒܗ̇. ܘܠܐ ܫܢܢܐ ܘܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܒܦܪܕܬܐ. ܗ̣ܝ ܕܝܢ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܝ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܦܪܕܬܐ ܕܗܢܐ ܡܕܡ ܕܐܚܝܕ ܡܢ ܫܢܢܐ ܘܫܢܢܐ ܕܝܠܗ̇ ܕܗܕܐ ܦܪܕܬܐ. ܐܦܢ ܓܝܪ ܦܪܕܬܐ ܬܗܘܐ ܫܢܢܐ܆ ܠܐ ܥܕܟܝܠ ܦܪܕܬܐ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܫܢܢܐ ܫܢܢܐ ܩ̇ܒܠ̇ܬ. ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܢܓܗܐ ܡܢ ܫܢܢܐ ܘܡܢ ܦܪܕܬܐ܆ ܢܩܢܐ ܫܢܢܐ ܕܗ̇ܝ ܦܪܕܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܀ 29 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the sprout is in the seed with power, also perfection is in the receptive one with power. But if this is so, it is not the same as the seed and that which is in it, nor the sprout and that which is in the grain. But the seed of that which is held by the sprout and the sprout of this seed are the same. For although the seed becomes the sprout, the seed of that which is in the sprout has not yet received the sprout. But when it is liberated from sprout and seed, it will have the sprout of the first seed. |
25 1 25 1 25 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 28 ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܢܣܝ̈ܘܢܐ ܨܒ̇ܝܢ ܠܡܥܪܒܠܘܬܢ܇ ܐܘ ܚܝܠܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܫ̇ܐܠܝܢ܆ ܐܘ ܡ̇ܢܬܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܕܒܗ̇ ܡܬܚܪܝܢ ܠܡܣܒ. ܐܘ ܠܗ ܠܦܓܪܐ܆ ܐܘ ܟܠ ܕܚܕܪ̈ܝ ܦܓܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οι θελοντες σινιασαι ημας πειρασμοις η την λογικην δυναμιν της ψυ χης ζητουσι η το απαθες μερος εν αυτηι καταλαβειν διισχυριζονται η το σωμα η παντα τα περι το σωμα. 73 | S2-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܢܣܝ̈ܘܢܐ ܨܒ̇ܝܢ ܠܡܥܪܒܠܘܬܢ܇ ܐܘ ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܣܟܘܠܬܢܝܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܫ̇ܐܠܝܢ܆ ܐܘ ܡ̇ܢܬܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܕܒܗ̇ ܡܬܚܪܝܢ ܠܡܣܒ. ܐܘ ܠܦܓܪܐ܆ ܐܘ ܠܚܕܪ̈ܝ ܦܓܪܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 There are those who would sift us with temptations, either questioning the thoughtful part of the soul, or striving to seize the feeling part, either of the body or the surroundings of the body. |
26 1 26 1 26 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܡ̇ܢܬܐ ܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܦܓܪܐ ܐܢܫܝܐ: ܥ̇ܒܪ ܠܗ ܕܝܢ ܐܣܟܝܡܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܦ ܐܣܟܝܡܗ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܢ̣ܥܒܪ܀ | S1-Fr Ει μερος εστι του κοσμου τουτου το ανθρωπινον σωμα παραγει δε το σχημα του κοσμου τουτου δηλον οτι και το σχημα του σωματος παραγει. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܡ̇ܢܬܐ ܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܦܓܪܐ ܐܢܫܝܐ: ܥ̇ܒܪ ܠܗ ܕܝܢ ܐܣܟܡܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܦ ܐܣܟܡܗ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܢ̣ܥܒܪ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the human body is a part of this world, but the form of this world is passing [away], it is also evident that the form of the body will pass [away]. |
27 1 27 1 27 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚܡܫ ܐܢܝܢ ܬܐܘܪ̈ܝܣ ܪ̈ܝܫܝܬܐ܇ ܕܬܚܝܬ ܢܝܫܗܝܢ ܡܬܚܒ̈ܫܢ ܟܠܗܝܢ ܬܐܘܪ̈ܝܣ. ܘܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܐܒܗ̈ܬܐ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܠ̇ܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܣܓܝܕܬܐ. ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܘܕܬܠܬ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ ܐܢܘܢ ܘܕܝܠܗܘܢ ܕܓܘܫܡ̈ܐ. ܕܐܪܒܥ ܕܝܢ ܘܕܚܡܫ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܘܕܒܛܝܠܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Πεντε θεωριαι αρχικαι εισιν ων ο σκοπος περιεχει πασας τας θεωριας. η μεν πρωτη εστι καθως λεγουσιν οι πατερες θεωρια της προσκυνητης Τριαδος, η δευτερα τε και η τριτη θεωρια των ασωματων και των σωματων, η δε τεταρτη κα η πεμπτη θεωρια της κρισεως τε και της προνοιας του θεου. | S2-Guill ܚܡܫ ܐܢܝܢ ܬܐܘ̈ܪܝܣ ܪ̈ܫܝܬܐ܇ ܕܬܚܘܬܝܗܝܢ ܡܬܬܣܝܡܐ ܟܠ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ. ܘܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܣܓܝܕܬܐ ܘܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܘܕܬܠܬ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ ܐܢܘܢ ܘܕܝܠܗܘܢ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ. ܕܐܪܒܥ ܕܝܢ ܘܕܚܡܫ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܘܕܒܛܝܠܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Five are the principal contemplations under which all contemplation is placed. It is said that the first is contemplation of the adorable and holy Trinity; the second and third are the contemplation of incorporeal beings and of bodies; the fourth and the fifth are the contemplation of judgment and of providence. |
28 1 28 1 28 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܣܘܓܐܐ ܕܐܘܪ̈ܚܬܐ܆ ܬܠܬ ܐܢܝܢ ܐܘܪ̈ܚܬܐ ܕܦܘܪܩܢܐ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܓܘܢܐܝܬ ܩ̣ܢܝ̈ܢ ܠܡܥܛܐ ܚܛܗ̈ܐ. ܝܚܝܕܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܡܢܗܝܢ ܩ̣ܢܝ̈ܢ ܗܕܐ ܕܡܢ ܚܫ̈ܐ ܢܚܪܪ̈ܢ. ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܝܚܝܕܝܬܐ ܕܗ̇ܝ ܕܬܠܬ ܗܕܐ ܗܝ܆ ܕܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܐܦ 30 ܠܬܫܒܘܚܬܐ ܬܗܘܐ. ܠܘ̣ܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܗ̇ܝ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܆ ܬܫܒܘܚܬܐ ܕܙܘܡܪܐ. ܠܗ̇ܝ ܕܝܢ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܗܘܠܠܐ ܕܙܘܡܪܐ. ܘܠܗ̇ܝ ܕܬܠܬ܆ ܬܫܒܘܚܬܐ ܕܪܘܡܪܡܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εν πληθει των οδων τρεις εισιν page 34r | οδοι της σωτηριας αι κοινως κεκτηνται το τας αμαρτιας εξαλειψαι, ιδιως δε δυο κεκτηνται το ελευθερωσαι ημας παθων· η δε αρετη ιδια της τριτης εστιν οτι αιτια της δοξης γινεται. επεται δε τηι πρωτηι δοξα (?) της ψαλμωδιας τηι δε δευτεραι επιφωνησις της ψαλμωδιας τηι δε τριτηι δοξα της υψωσεως. 75 | S2-Guill ܒܣܘܓܐܐ ܕܐܘܪ̈ܚܬܐ܆ ܬܠܬ ܐܢܝܢ ܐܘܪ̈ܚܬܐ ܕܦܘܪܩܢܐ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܓܘܢܐܝܬ ܩ̣ܢܝ̈ܢ ܠܡܥܛܐ ܚ̈ܛܗܐ. ܝܚܝܕܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܡܢܗܝܢ ܩ̣ܢܝ̈ܢ ܗܕܐ ܕܡܢ ܚܫ̈ܐ ܢܚܪܪ̈ܢ. ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܗ̇ܝ ܕܬܠܬ܆ ܕܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܐܦ ܕܬܫܒܘܚܬܐ ܬܗܘܐ. 31 ܠܘ̣ܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܬܫܒܘܚܬܐ. ܘܠܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܡܙܡܘܪܐ. ܘܠܗ̇ܝ ܕܬܠܬ ܪܘܡܪܡܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Among the many ways, there are three ways of salvation that together obtain to destroy sins; but two of them obtain alone that they might deliver from passions, and the virtue of the third is that it will be the cause of glory. However, glory accompanies the first, psalmody the second, and exaltation the third. |
29 1 29 1 29 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Ὡς χρῶμα καὶ σχῆμα καὶ ἀριθμὸς τοῖς σώμασι συναπέρχεται, οὕτως καὶ τοῖς τέτρασι στοιχίοις ἡ ὕλη συνδιαφθείρεται. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܥܡ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܐܙ̇ܠܝܢ ܓܘ̈ܢܐ ܘܐܣܟܝ̈ܡܐ ܘܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܥܡ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܐ܇ ܐܦ ܗܘܠܐ ܡܬܚ̇ܒܠܐ. ܥܡܗܘܢ ܓܝܪ ܩܢ̣ܝܐ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܗܘܬ ܘܗ̇ܝ ܕܗ̣ܘܬ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ μετα των σωματων υπαγει χρωματα και σχηματα και αριθ μοι ουτως μετα των τεσσαρων στοιχειων και η υλη αφανιζεται· μετ’ αυτων γαρ κεκ τηται το οτι ουκ ην και οτι εγενετο. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܥܡ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܐܙ̇ܠܝܢ ܓܘ̈ܢܐ ܘܐܣ̈ܟܡܐ ܘܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܥܡ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܐ܇ ܐܦ ܗܘܠܐ ܡܬܚ̇ܒܠܐ. ܥܡܗܘܢ ܓܝܪ ܩܢ̣ܝܐ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܝܬܝܗ̇ ܗܘܬ ܘܗ̇ܝ ܕܗ̣ܘܬ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Also as with bodies go colors, forms, and numbers, thus also among the four elements matter is destroyed; for with them it possesses this, that it did not exist and it was made. |
30 1 30 1 30 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܠܚܘܕ ܢܘܪܐ ܡܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܐ ܦܪܝܫܐ܆ ܒܡܕܡ ܕܒܗ̇ ܚ̇ܝ܀ | S1-Fr Μονον το πυρ των τεσσαρων στοιχειων διαφερει τωι εν αυτωι ζωντι. 77 | S2-Guill ܒܠܚܘܕ ܢܘܪܐ ܡܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܐ ܦܪܝܫܐ ܡܢ ܡܕܡ ܕܒܗ̇ ܚ̇ܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Only fire is distinct from the four elements, because of that which is living in it. |
31 1 31 1 31 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܒܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܐܝܣܪܐܝܠ: ܘܒܐܬܪ̈ܘܬܐ ܐܬܪܐ ܕܝܗܘܕ: ܘܒܡܕܝ̈ܢܬܐ ܐܘܪܫܠܡ: ܡ̇ܢܬܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ ܐܬܩܪܝܘ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܦ̈ܠܐܬܐ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ܇ ܒܟܠ ܡܠܝ̈ܢ ܡܢ̇ܬܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ εν τοις ανθρωποις Ισραηλ και εν τας χωραις η της Ιουδαιας και εν ταις πολεσιν Ιεροσολυμα μερος του Κυριου κεκληται ουτως και ο σκοπος των αλληγοριων των διδακτικων εν πασι λογοις μερος του Κυριου εστιν. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܒܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܐܝܣܪܝܠ: ܘܒܐܬܪ̈ܘܬܐ ܐܬܪܐ ܕܝܗܘܕ: ܘܒܡܕܝ̈ܢܬܐ ܐܘܪܫܠܡ: ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܦ̈ܠܐܬܐ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܡܢ̇ܬܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 As it is among the sons of Israel and among the lands of the land of Judah and in the cities of Jerusalem, thus also the sign of the symbols of thoughts is the portion of the Lord. |
32 1 32 1 32 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܚܙ̣ܘ܆ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܫܚܝܡܬܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܐܕܝܩܘ. ܝܕܥܬܐ ܓܝܪ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܙܕܝܩ̈ܐ ܒܠܚܘܕܝܗܘܢ ܩ̇ܒܠܘ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܬܚܪܐ ܥܠ ܗܕܐ܆ ܕܡ̇ܐ ܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܡ̇ܪ ܕܥܢܝܢܐ ܗ̣ܘܐ ܠܝ ܥܡ ܐܒܪܗܡ܇ 32 ܟܕ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܥܡ ܬܪ̈ܬܝܗܝܢ ܢܫܘ̈ܗܝ. ܕܗ̣ܘ ܗܢܐ ܫܪܪܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܡܡܠܠ ܠܬܪ̈ܬܝܗܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܝܬܩ̈ܣ ܠܐ ܚܙ̣ܐ. ܘܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢܗܝܢ ܡܬܝܠܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܐܣ̇ܬܟܠ܀ | S1-Fr Οιτινες τι των φυσεων ειδον ευχερει Frankenberg ευτελει θεωριαι μονον επεβλεψαν· την γαρ πνευματικην των φυσεων γνωσιν δικαιοι μονον εδεξαντο· ο δ’αν ισχυριζομενος προς ταυτα ομοιος εστι τωι λεγοντι οτι ωμιλησα Αβρααμ οτε μετα των δυο γυναικων ην· ουτος μεν το αληθες ειπε τας δε δυο διαθηκας ουχ εωρακε τε και τους υπ’ αυτων τεχθεντας ου διενοηθη. 79 | S2-Guill ܒܢܝ̈ ܐܢܫܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܕܒܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܚܙ̣ܘ܆ ܚܙܬܗܘܢ ܫܚܝܡܬܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܐܣ̇ܬܟܠܘ. ܝܕܥܬܗܘܢ ܓܝܪ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܆ ܙܕܝ̈ܩܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܩ̇ܒܠܘ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܬܚܪܐ ܥܠ ܗܕܐ܆ ܕܡ̇ܐ ܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܡ̇ܪ ܕܥܢܝܢܐ ܗ̣ܘܐ ܠܝ ܥܡ ܐܒܪܗܡ܇ ܟܕ 33 ܪܕ̇ܐ ܒܐܘܪܚܐ ܥܡ ܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܢܫܘ̈ܗܝ. ܕܗ̣ܘ ܗܢܐ ܫܪܪܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܡܠܠ. ܠܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܝܬܩ̈ܣ ܠܐ ܚܙ̣ܐ. ܘܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢܗܝܢ ܡܬܝܠܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܐܣ̇ܬܟܠ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Those who have seen something of that which is in the natures have seen only their common appearance; for only the just have received their spiritual knowledge. But one who disputes this is like him who said, I was acquainted with Abraham when he traveled with two wives. He spoke the truth but he did not see the two covenants and did not understand those who are born from them. |
33 1 33 1 33 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܟܠ ܚܕܐ ܡܢ ܐܘ̈ܡܢܘܬܐ: ܥܠ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܚܪܝܦܬܐ ܕܠܚ̇ܡܐ ܠܗ̇ ܣܢܝܩܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܥܠ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܣܢܝܩ܇ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܦ̇ܪܫ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ εκαστη τεχνη τρανους αισθησεως αρμοζουσας προς αυτην χρειαν εχει ουτως και ο νους πνευματικης αισθησεως χρειαν εχει προς το διακρινειν τα πνευματικα. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܟܠ ܚܕܐ ܡܢ ܐܘܡܢܘ̈ܬܐ: ܥܠ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܚܪܝܦܬܐ ܕܠܚ̇ܡܐ ܠܗܘܠܐ ܕܝܠܗ̇ ܣܢܝܩܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܥܠ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܣܢܝܩ܇ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܦܪ̇ܫ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as each of the arts needs a sharpened sense that conforms to its matter, so also the intellect needs a sharpened spiritual sense to distinguish spiritual things. |
34 1 34 1 34 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܡܟ̣ܢܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܬ ܪܓ̇ܫܐ ܒܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ. ܡܕܥܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܟܠܙܒܢ ܩܐ̇ܡ ܘܡܟ̇ܬܪ܆ ܕܐܝܕܐ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܬܬܠ ܠܗ ܢܦܫܗ̇ ܠܚܙܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αισθησις πεφυκε αισθανεσθαι τα αισθητα· το δε νοητικον παντα καιρον εστηκε προσδοκων ητις αν θεωρια πνευματικη διδωι αυτην εις ορασιν. | S2-Guill ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܡܟ̣ܢܐ ܕܡܢ ܢܦܫܗ̇ ܗ̣ܘܬ ܪܓ̇ܫܐ ܒܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ. ܗܘܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܟܠܙܒܢ ܩ̇ܐܡ ܘܡܟ̇ܬܪ܆ ܕܐܝܕܐ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܬܬܠ ܠܗ ܢܦܫܗ̇ ܠܚܙܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The sense, naturally by itself, senses sensory things, but the mind [nous] always stands and waits [to ascertain] which spiritual contemplation gives it vision. |
35 1 35 1 35 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܗ̣ܘ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܟܕ ܟܠܡܕܡ ܡܚܘ̇ܐ ܠܢ: ܥܠ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܠܐ ܣܢܝܩ ܕܒܗ ܢܬܚܙܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗ̣ܘ ܐܠܗܐ ܟܕ ܡܚܘ̇ܐ ܟܠܡܕܡ܇ ܠܐ ܣܢܝܩ ܥܠ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܕܒܗ ܢܬܝܕܥ. ܗ̣ܘ ܓܝܪ ܒܐܝܬܘܬܗ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܗܘ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ το φως παντα ημιν αποδεικνυον αλλου φωτος ου δειται προς το θεαθηναι εν αυτωι ουτως ουδε ο θεος αποδεικνυων ημιν παν τι φωτος δειται εις το γνωσθηναι εν αυτωι. αυτος γαρ τηι ουσιαι φως εστι. 81 | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܢܘܗܪܐ ܟܕ ܟܠܡܕܡ ܡܚܘܐ ܠܢ: ܠܐ ܣܢܝܩ ܥܠ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܕܒܗ ܢܬܚܙܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܠܗܐ ܟܕ ܡܚܘ̇ܐ ܟܠܡܕܡ܇ ܠܐ ܣܢܝܩ ܥܠ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܕܒܗ ܢܬܝܕܥ܁ ܗ̣ܘ ܓܝܪ ܒܐܝܬܘܬܗ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܗܘ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Even as the light, as it makes us see all, does not need another light with which it will be seen, so God as well when he makes everything seen, does not need another light with which he will be known; He, in fact, in his essence,"He is light" | S2-Dy S2 Just as light, while enabling us to see everything, [itself] needs no light to be seen; so God, while making all things visible, needs no light by which to be known, for he, essentially,is light. |
36 1 36 1 36 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-FP αἴσθησίς ἐστιν δύναμις καθ' ἣν εἰώθαμεν ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ὑλῶν | grc-FP αἰσθητήριον δὲ τὸ ὄργανον, ἐν ᾧ καθίδρυται αὕτη | grc-FP αἰσθητικὸν δὲ τὸ ζῷον αὑτὸ τὸ κεκτημένον τὰς αἰσθήσεις | grc-FP αἰσθητὸν δὲ τὸ πεφυκὸς ταῖς αἰσθήσεσιν ὑποπίπτειν· ὑποπιπτει δὲ ταῖς αἰσθήσεσιν χρῶμα καὶ σχῆμα καὶ ὄγκος καὶ πηλικότης καὶ ἀντιτυπία καὶ ψόφοι καὶ ἀτμοὶ καὶ χυμοί, λειότης, τραχύτης καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα | grc-Mu1931 Οὐτ’ αὐτὸν αἴσθησις καὶ αἰσθητήριον, οὐδ’ αἰσθητηκόν τε καὶ αἰσθητόν· αἴσθησις μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἡ δύναμις, καθ’ ἣν εἰώθαμεν ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν αἰσθητῶν· αἰσθητήριον δὲ τὸ ὄργανον ἐν ᾧ καθίδρυται αὕτη· αἰσθητηκὸν δὲ τὸ ζῷον αὐτὸ τὸ κεκτιμένον τὰς αἰσθήσεις· αἰσθητὸν δὲ τὸ πεφυσικῶς ταῖς αἰσθήσεσιν ὑπο πίπτειν. | grc-Mu1932 89 Αἴσθησις μέν ἐστιν ἡ δύναμις καθ’ ἣν ἀντιλαμβανόμεθα τῶν ὑλῶν· αἰσθητήριον δὲ τὸ ὄργανον δι’ οὗ πέφυκεν αὕτη ἐνεργεῖν· αἰσθητικὸν δὲ αὐτὸ τὸ κεκτημένον τὴν αἴσθησιν· αἰσθητὸν δὲ τὸ αἰσθήσεσιν ὑποπίπτειν. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Wolf | grc-Pitra + grc-Rondeau ...
οὐ ταὐτὸν αἴσθησις καὶ αἰσθητήριον οὐδἐ αἰσθητηκόν τε καὶ αἰσθητόν αἴσθησις μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἡ δύναμις καθ ἣν εἰώθαμεν ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ὑλῶν αἰσθητήριον δὲ τὸ ὄργανον ἐν ᾧ καθίδρυται αὕτη αἰσθητικὸν δὲ τὸ ζῶον αὐτὸ τὸ κεκτημένον τὰς αἰσθήσεις αἰσθητὸν δὲ τὸ πεφυσικὸς πεφυκὸς ταῖς αἰσθήσεσιν ὑποπίπτειν ἀλλ οὐχ οὕτως ἐπὶ τῶν εἰδώλων πάντων μὲν γὰρ τούτων ἐστήρηνται ἐστέρηνται μόνα δὲ ἔχει τὰ τῶν φυσικῶν αἰσθητηρίων μιμήματα οἷον ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ὦτα καὶ ῥῖνας ῥῖνα καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς | S1-Guill ܗ̣ܝ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܝ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܐܦ ܪܓܫܐ܆ ܘܠܐ ܡܪܓܫܢܐ 34 ܘܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ. ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܓܝܪ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܚܝܠܐ ܕܒܗ ܡܥܕܝܢܢ ܡ̇ܪܓܫܝܢܢ ܒܗܘ̈ܠܣ. ܪܓܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗܕܡܐ ܕܒܗ ܫܪ̣ܝܐ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ. ܡܪܓܫܢܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܗ̣ܘ ܡܐܢܐ ܚܝ̇ܐ ܕܩܢ̣ܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܠܪ̈ܓܫܐ. ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܢ̇ܦܠ ܬܚܝܬ ܪ̈ܓܫܐ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܘ ܗܘܢܐ. ܡܢ ܚܕܐ ܓܝܪ ܡܢ ܐܪܒܥܬܝܗܝܢ ܓܠܝܙ ܗܘ܀ | S1-Fr Ου ταυτο εστιν αισθησις και αισθητηριον ουδε αισθητικον και αισθη τον· η αισθησις εστι δυναμις ηι ειωθαμεν αισθανεσθαι τας υλας· το δε αισθητηριον εστι μελος εν ωι ενεργει η αισθησις· το δε αισθητικον εστι ζων οργανον ο κεκτηναι τα αισθητερια· το δε αισθητον εστιν οτι τοις αισθητηριοις υποκεται. αλλ’ ουχ ουτως και ο νους εν τι των τεσσαρων απεστερηται. | S2-Guill ܗܝ̣ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܝ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܐܦ ܪܓܫܐ܆ ܘܠܐ ܡܪܓܫܢܐ 35 ܘܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ. ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܓܝܪ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܚܝܠܐ ܕܒܗ ܡܥܕܝܢܢ ܡ̇ܪܓܫܝܢܢ ܒܗܘ̈ܠܣ. ܪܓܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗܕܡܐ ܕܒܗ ܫܪ̣ܝܐ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ. ܡܪܓܫܢܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܚܝܘܬܐ ܕܩܢ̣ܝܐ ܠܗܝܢ ܠܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ. ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܢ̇ܦܠ ܬܚܝܬ ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܘ ܗܘܢܐ. ܡܢ ܚܕܐ ܓܝܪ ܡܢ ܐܪܒܥܬܝܗܝܢ ܓܠܝܙ ܗܘ܀ | S1-Dy S1 This is not the same thing as the sense and the organ of sense , nor the sensitive and the sensible. The sense, in fact, is the power with which we are accustomed to feel the matter; the organ of the senses is the member in which the sense resides; the sensitive is the living subject which possesses the sense organs; the sensible is that which falls under the organs of sense. But the nous is not like that, because it is deprived of one of the four. | S2-Dy S2 The organ of sense is not the same thing as sensation nor is the sensor the [same as the thing] sensed. For sense is the power by which we lay hold of matters; the sense organ is the member in which the sense resides; the sensor is the living being that possesses the senses; the[thing] sensed is what is apprehended by the senses. But it is not thus with the nous, for it was deprived of one of the four. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
37 1 37 1 37 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܡܢ ܛܝܒܘܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܗ̣ܘܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η πνευματικη αισθησις εστιν απαθεια της λογικης φυσεως παρα θεου χαριζομενη. | S2-Guill ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܕܗ̣ܘܝܐ ܡܢ ܛܝܒܘܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The spiritual sense is the dispassion of the reasoning soul, which is produced by the grace of God | S2-Dy S2 Spiritual "sensation" is apatheia of the reasoning soul, produced by the grace of God. |
38 1 38 1 38 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܟܕ ܥ̇ܝܪܝܢܢ: ܡܕܡ ܡܕܡ ܥܠ ܚܠܡ̈ܐ ܡܡܠܠܝܢܢ: ܡܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܕܡ̣ܟܢܢ: ܒܢܣܝܢܐ ܝ̇ܠܦܝܢܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܟܠ ܟܡܐ ܕܫ̇ܡܥܝܢܢ ܥܠ ܐܠܗܐ܇ ܟܕ ܠܒܪ ܡܢܗ ܐܝܬܝܢ܇ ܡܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܝܢܢ ܒܗ܇ ܒܢܣܝܢܐ ܬܚܘܝܬܐ ܡܩ̇ܒܠܝܢܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ ημεις γρηγορουντες αλλα τινα περι των ενυπνιων λεγομεν 83 ενυπνοι δε γενομενοι πειραι μανθανομεν ουτως οτου αν ποτε ακουωμεν περι του θεου εκτος αυτου οντες οταν εν αυτωι γενωμεθα πειραι αποδειξιν δεξομεθα. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܟܕ ܥ̇ܝܪܝܢܢ: ܡܕܡ ܡܕܡ ܥܠ ܫܢܬܐ ܡܡܠܠܝܢܢ: ܡܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܕܡܟ̣ܢܢ: ܒܢܣܝܢܐ ܝ̇ܠܦܝܢܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܟܠܗܝܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܫܡܥܝܢܢ ܥܠ ܐܠܗܐ܇ ܟܕ ܠܒܪ ܡܢܗ ܐܝܬܝܢ̇܇ ܡܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܝܢ ܚܢܢ ܒܗ܇ ܒܢܣܝܢܐ ܬܚܘܝܬܗܝܢ ܡܩ̇ܒܠܝܢܢ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Just as, being awake, we say diverse things about dreams and that, when we are asleep, we learn them by experience, so all that we learn about God, when we were outside of him, it is when we will have been inside of him that we will receive the demonstration of them by experience. | S2-Dy S2 We say various things about sleep while awake; but [it is] during sleep that we experience the proof. In the same in regard to all the things we hear about God while outside of him: we will experience the proof of them [once we are]within him. |
39 1 39 1 39 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau + grc-Mu1931 ...
ἀρετῆς γεγόναμεν μὲν γεγόναμεν ἔχοντες σπέρματα κακίας δὲ οὔ οὐ γὰρ εἴ τινος δεκτικοί ἐσμεν τούτου πάντως καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἔχομεν ἐπεὶ καὶ μὴ εἶναι δυνάμενοι τοῦ μὴ ὄντος οὐκ ἔχομεν δύναμιν εἴπερ αἱ δυνάμεις ποιότητες τὸ δὲ μὴ ὄν ὂν οὐκ ἔστι ἔστιν ποιότης | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 Οὐ γὰρ εἴ τινος δεκτικοί ἐσμεν, τούτου πάντως καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἔχομεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ μὴ εἶναι δυνάμενοι τοῦ μὴ ὄντος οὐκ ἔχομεν δύναμιν, εἴπερ δυνάμεις ποιότητές εἰσι, τὸ δὲ μὴ ὂν οὐκ ἔστι ποιότης. | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܕ ܡܢ ܒܪܫܝܬ ܗ̣ܘܝܢ܆ ܙܪ̈ܥܐ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܐܬܬܟܝܢܘ ܒܢ. ܕܒܝ̈ܫܬܐ 36 ܕܝܢ ܠܐ. ܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܓܝܪ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܩܒ̈ܠܢܐ ܚܢܢ܇ ܐܦ ܚܝܠܦ ܐܝܬ ܒܢ. ܡܛܠ ܕܟܕ ܡܫܟܚܝܢܢ ܕܠܐ ܗ̣ܘܝܢ ܐܝܬܝܢ܆ ܚܝܠܐ ܕܗܕܐ ܕܠܐ ܢܗܘܐ ܠܐ ܐܝܬ ܒܢ. ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ ܐܢܘܢ. ܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܠܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܘܙܓܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οτε απαρχης εγενομεθα σπερματα της αρετης πεφυκεν εν ημιν της δε κακιας ου· ου γαρ ει τινος δεκτικοι εσμεν τουτου παντως και την δυναμιν εχομεν επει και μη ειναι δυναμενοι του μη οντος ουκ εχομεν δυναμιν· ειπερ αι δυναμεις ποι οτητες εισι το δε μη ον ουκ εστι ποιοτης· 85 | S2-Guill ܟܕ ܡܢ ܒܪܫܝܬ ܗ̣ܘܝܢ܆ ܙܪ̈ܥܐ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܐܬܬܟܝܢܘ ܒܢ. ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ 37 ܠܐ. ܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܓܝܪ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܩܒ̈ܠܢܐ ܚܢܢ܇ ܐܦ ܚܝܠܗ ܦܢܛܘܣ ܐܝܬ ܒܢ. ܡܛܠ ܕܟܕ ܡܫܟܚܝܢܢ ܕܠܐ ܢܗܘܐ ܐܝܬܝܢ܆ ܚܝܠܐ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܝܬܘܗܝ ܠܝܬ ܒܢ. ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ ܐܢܘܢ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܡܕܡ ܕܠܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܠܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܘܙܓܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 When we were first made, the seeds of virtue were found naturally in us, but malice not at all. It is not that, in fact, that to which we are susceptible, has its power also in us, because that, because we can not have been that, the power of what we are not is not in us, if powers are qualities and what is not is not a quality. | S2-Dy S2 We had the seeds of virtue [within us]when we were made [in the beginning] - not [the seeds] of vice. For if we were not receptive of something would we have [within us] all its power? And since we have no power to cease existing, we do not have [within us] the power of the non-existant: that is if the powers are qualities and the non-existant not is not a quality. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
40 1 40 1 40 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Ἦν ὅτε οὐκ ἦν κακία, καὶ ἔσται ὅτε οὐκ ἔσται· οὐκ ἦν δὲ ὅτε οὐκ ἦν ἀρετὴ, οὐ δὲ ἔσται ὅτε οὐκ ἔσται· πείθει δέ με ὁ ἐν τῷ 58 ᾅδῃ πλούσιος διὰ κακίαν, καὶ ἐλεῶν τοὺς ἀδελφούς· τὸ δὲ ἐλεεῖν ἀρετή. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 Ἦν γὰρ ὅτε οὐκ ἦν κακία καὶ ἔσται ὅτε οὐκ ἔσται· <οὐκ ἦν δὲ ὅτε οὐκ ἦν ἀρετή, οὐδὲ ἔσται ὅτε οὐκ ἔσται>· ἀνεξάλειπτα γὰρ τὰ σπέρματα τῆς ἀρετῆς· πείθει δέ με καὶ ὁ πλούσιος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις κατὰ τὸν ᾅδην κρινόμενος καὶ οἰκτείρων τοὺς ἀδελφούς· τὸ δὲ ἐλεεῖν σπέρμα τυγχάνει τὸ κάλλιστον τῆς ἀρετῆς. | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 152 Ἦν ὅτε οὐκ ἦν κακία καὶ ἔσται ὅτε οὐκ ἔσται· οὐκ ἦν δὲ ὅτε οὐκ ἦν ἀρετή, οὐδὲ ἔσται ὅτε οὐκ ἔσται· ἀνεξάλειπτα γὰρ τὰ σπέρματα τῆς ἀρετῆς. Πείθει δέ με καὶ οὗτος παρ’ ὀλίγον καὶ οὐ τελείως ἐν παντὶ κακῷ γεγονὼς καὶ ὁ πλούσιος ἐν τῷ ᾅδῃ διὰ κακίαν κρινόμενος καὶ 154 οἰκτείρων τοὺς ἀδελφούς. Τὸ δὲ ἐλεεῖν σπέρμα τυγχάνει τὸ κάλλιστον τῆς ἀρετῆς. | grc-Géh1987 Ἦν ὅτε οὐκ ἦν κακία καὶ ἔσται ὅτε οὐκ ἔσται· οὐκ ἦν δὲ ὅτε οὐκ ἦν ἀρετή, οὐδὲ ἔσται ὅτε οὐκ ἔσται· ἀνεξάλειπτα γὰρ τὰ σπέρματα τῆς ἀρετῆς. Πείθει δέ με καὶ οὗτος παρ’ ὀλίγον καὶ οὐ τελείως ἐν παντὶ κακῷ γεγονὼς καὶ ὁ πλούσιος ἐν τῷ ᾅδῃ διὰ τὴν κακίαν κρινόμενος καὶ οἰκτείρων τοὺς ἀδελφούς. Τὸ δὲ ἐλεεῖν σπέρμα τυγχάνει τὸ κάλλιστον τῆς ἀρετῆς. | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܬ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܗܘܐ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ. ܘܢܗܘܐ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܐܦܠܐ ܬܗܘܐ܁ ܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܗܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ܆ ܘܠܐ ܢܗܘܐ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܠܐ ܬܗܘܐ܁ ܠܐ ܡܬܛܠܩ̈ܢܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܓܝܪ ܙܪ̈ܥܐ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ. ܘܡܦܝܣ ܠܝ ܐܦ ܗ̇ܘ ܥܬܝܪܐ ܕܒܫܝܘܠ ܡܬܬܕܝܢ ܗܘܐ ܡܛܠ ܒܝܫܘܬܗ܆ ܘܥܠ ܐܚܘ̈ܗܝ ܡܪܚ̇ܡ ܗܘܐ. ܠܡܪ̇ܚܡܘ ܕܝܢ ܙܪܥܐ ܗܘ ܫܦܝܪܐ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ην οτε ουκ ην κακια και εσται οτε ουκ εσται· ανεξαλειπτα γαρ τα σπερματα της αρετης· page 39r | πειθει δε με και εκεινος ο πλουσιος εν τωι αιδηι δια κακιαν κρινομενος και οικτειρων τους αδελφους· το δε ελεειν σπερμα εστι καλον της αρετης. | S2-Guill ܐܝܬ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܗܘܬ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ. ܘܢܗܘܐ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܐܦܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܗܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ܆ ܘܠܐ ܢܗܘܐ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܠܐ ܡܬܛܠܩ̈ܢܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܓܝܪ ܙܪ̈ܥܐ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ. ܘܡܦܝܣ ܠܝ ܐܦ ܗ̇ܘ ܥܬܝܪܐ ܕܒܫܝܘܠ ܡܬܕܝܢ ܗܘܐ ܡܛܠ ܒܝܫܘܬܗ܆ ܘܥܠ ܐܚܘ̈ܗܝ ܡܪܚ̇ܡ ܗܘܐ. ܠܡܪ̇ܚܡܘ ܕܝܢ ܙܪܥܐ ܗܘ ܫܦܝܪܐ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 There was a time when evil did not exist, and there will be a time when it will no longer exist; but there was never a time when virtue did not exist, and there will never be a time when it will not exist. Indestructible, in effect, are the seeds of virtue. I am also convinced of this by the rich man who was condemned in the Shéol because of his evil and had pity for his brothers; thus to have pity is a beautiful seed of virtue | S2-Dy S2 There was [a time] when evil did not exist, and there will be [a time] when it no longer exists; but there was never [a time] when virtue did not exist and there will never be [a time]when it does not exist: for the seeds of virtue are indestructible. And I am convinced by the rich man [almost but not completely given over to every evil] who was condemned to hell because of his evil, and who felt compassion for his brothers . For to have pity is a very beautiful seed of virtue. |
41 1 41 1 41 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܡ̇ܘܬܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ: ܘܟܘܪܗܢܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܚܘܠܡܢܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܦ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܬܪܝܢܝܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ. ܡܘܬܐ ܓܝܪ ܘܟܘܪܗܢܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܗܝ. ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܡܢܗ̇ ܕܡܨܥܝܘܬܐ ܩܫܝܫܐ ܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ο θανατος δευτερος της ζωης και η νοσος δευτερα της υγιειας δηλοντι και η κακια δευτερα της αρετης· θανατος γαρ και νοσος της ψυχης εστιν η κακια· η δε αρετη και της μεσοτητος αρχαιοτερα εστι. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܡ̇ܘܬܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ: ܘܟܘܪܗܢܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܚܘܠܡܢܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܦ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܬܪܝܢܝܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ. ܡܘܬܐ ܓܝܪ ܘܟܘܪܗܢܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܗܝ. ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܡܢܗ̇ ܕܡܨܥܝܘܬܐ ܩܫܝܫܐ܀ 39 | S1-Dy S1 If death is second compared to life, and sickness second compared to health, it is evident that evil is second by comparison to virtue. Death and sickness of the soul, in effect, is evil, and virtue is more ancient also than that which is in the middle. | S2-Dy S2 if death is subsequent to life, and sickness subsequent to health, it is evident that vice is subsequent to virtue. Death and sickness of the soul are evil, and virtue is more ancient than the intermediary. |
42 1 42 1 42 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Ἐκεῖ λέγεται Θεὸς παρεῖναι, ἔνθα καὶ ἐνεργεῖ· ὅπου δὲ μᾶλλον ἐνεργεῖ, μᾶλλον πάρεστιν· ἐνεργεῖ δὲ πλέον ἐν ταῖς οὐρα νίαις δυνάμεσιν, πλέον οὖν ἐκεῖσαι πάρεστιν. | grc-Mu1932 Ἐκεῖ λέγεται παρεῖναι ὁ θεὸς ὅπου ἐνεργεῖ· καὶ μᾶλλον παρεῖναι, ὅπου πλέον ἐνεργεῖ· ἐνεργῶν δὲ πλέον ἐν ταῖς νοεραῖς δυνάμεσιν, ἐν αὐταῖς ἐστι πλέον. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 38 ܬܡܢ ܡܬܐܡܪ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܐܠܗܐ܆ ܐܝܟܐ ܕܡ̇ܥܒܕ. ܘܐܝܟܐ ܕܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܡ̇ܥܒܕ܆ ܬܡܢ ܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܩ̇ܪܝܒ. ܡ̇ܥܒܕ ܕܝܢ ܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ܆ ܒܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܘܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ. ܒܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܗܟܝܠ ܫܡܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܬܘܒ ܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܩ̇ܪܝܒ܀ | S1-Fr Ενθα λεγεται ο θεος ειναι οπου ενεργει και απου μαλλον ενεργει ενθα μαλλον εγγιζει· ενεργει δε μαλλον εν ταις λογικαις και αγιαις φυσεσι· page 39v | εν ταις ουρανιαις δυναμεσιν αρα μαλλον εγγιζει. | S2-Guill ܬܡܢ ܡܬܐܡܪ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܐܠܗܐ܆ ܐܝܟܐ ܕܡ̇ܥܒܕ. ܘܐܝܟܐ ܕܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܡ̇ܥܒܕ܆ ܬܡܢ ܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܩ̇ܪܝܒ. ܡ̇ܥܒܕ ܕܝܢ ܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ܆ ܒܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܘܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ. ܒܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܗܟܝܠ ܫܡܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܬܘܒ ܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܩ̇ܪܝܒ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 IT is said that God is [present] where he acts, and where he acts most, there he is most present; And since He acts most in the reasoning and holy natures, it is therefore in the celestial powers that he is most present. |
43 1 43 1 43 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Ὁ Θεὸς καὶ πανταχοῦ πάρεστιν καὶ οὐδαμοῦ· πανταχοῦ μὲν, ὅτι πᾶσιν ἐνυπάρχει τοῖς γεγονόσιν· οὐδαμοῦ δε, διότι ἕτερος αὐτῶν ἐστιν. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܠܗܐ ܒܟܠ ܕܘܟ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܘܠܘ ܒܕܘܟ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܒܟܠ ܕܘܟ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܕܒܟܠ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܝܕ ܚܟܡܬܗ ܡܠ̣ܝܬ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܒܕܘܟ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܛܠ ܕܠܘ ܡܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Ο θεος εν παντι τοπωι εστι και ουκ εν τοπωι εστι· εν παντι τοπωι ως εν παντι γεγονοτι ων δια την πολυποικιλον σοφιαν, ουκ εν τοπωι δε ως ουκ ων των γεγονοτων. 87 | S2-Guill ܐܠܗܐ ܒܟܠ ܕܘܟ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܘܠܘ ܒܕܘܟ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܒܟܠܕܘܟ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܕܒܟܠ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܝܕ ܚܟܡܬܗ ܡܠ̣ܝܬ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܒܕܘܟ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܛܠ ܕܠܘ ܡܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy S1 God is everywhere, and He is not somewhere; He is everywhere, because everything that has been produced is by His "wisdom full of variety"; but He is not somewhere, because He is not from among beings. | S2-Dy S2 God is in every place and he is not in a place; he is in every place for he is in all that exists by his manifold wisdom.. He is not in a place because he is not [one] among other[beings]. |
44 1 44 1 44 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܫܡܝܐ: ܒܡܕܡ ܕܠܟܠ ܩ̇ܕܝܡ ܘܠ̇ܟܠ ܡܣܝ̇ܟ ܡܬܝܕܥܐ܆ ܐܦ ܫܘܢܩܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܬܬܕܝܢܝܢ܇ ܒܡܕܡ ܕܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ ܗܘ ܢܬܝܕܥ܀ | S1-Fr Ει η βασιλεια των ουρανων εν τωι παντων προυπαρχοντι τε και παν οριζοντι γιγνωσκεται, και ο βασανισμος των νοητων εν τωι εναντιωι γιγνωσκεται. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܫܡܝ̈ܐ: ܒܡܕܡ ܕܡܣ̇ܬܝܟ ܘܒܡܕܡ ܕܡܣܝ̇ܟ ܡܬܝܕܥܐ܆ ܐܦ ܫܘܢܩܐ ܒܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܢܬܝܕܥ܀ | S1-Dy S1 If the kingdom of heaven is known by what came before everything and what contains everything, the torment also of those who will be judged will be known by what is opposed | S2-Dy S2 If the kingdom of the heavens is known by what is contained and that which contains,torment will also be known by the opposite of these things. |
45 1 45 1 45 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܝܬ ܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ܇ ܕܒܚܝܠܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܓܘܫܡ̈ܐ. ܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܘܢܢ܇ ܡܐ ܕܡܬܕܡ̇ܐ ܒܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ουδεν των ασωματων δυναμει εστιν εν τοις σωμασι· ασωματος δε εστιν ο νους ημων οτε αφομοιουται τωι θεωι. | S2-Guill ܠܝܬ ܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ܇ ܕܒܚܝܠܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ. ܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ ܓܝܪ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܢܦܫܢ܀ | S1-Dy S1 There is nothing among the bodiless which is in power in bodies; and bodiless is our nous, when it renders itself similar to God | S2-Dy S2 There is nothing among incorporeal[beings] that has power in bodies; for our soul[nous?] is incorporeal. |
46 1 46 1 46 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠ ܡܕܡ ܕܒܚܝܠܐ ܐܝܬ ܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ܆ ܒܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ ܩܢ̣ܝܢ ܠܗ. ܘܒܢܝ̈ ܟܝܢܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢܗܘܢ ܗ̣ܘܘ. ܡܢ ܛܒܥܐ ܕܝܢ ܘܡܢ ܗܘܠܐ ܡܚܪܪ ܗܘ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܚ̇ܐܪ ܒܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Α αν κατα δυναμιν page 40v | ηι εν τοις σωμασι ενεργειαι κταται, και ομοφυη εστι των παρ ων ενεγετο· των δε τυπων και της υλης απηλευθερωται ο νους ο ἀποβλεπων εις τον θεον. 89 | S2-Guill ܟܠܡܕܡ ܕܒܚܝܠܐ ܐܝܬ ܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ܆ ܘܒܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ ܡܟܢ ܒܗܘܢ. ܒܢܝ̈ ܟܝܢܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢܗܘܢ ܗ̣ܘܘ. ܡܢ ܚܙܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܘܡܢ ܗܘܠܐ ܡܚܪܪ ܗܘ ܗܘܢܐ܀ 41 | S1-Dy S1 All that is in power in the body, it possesses in act, and they are of the same nature as those from which they derive. But the nous which contemplates God is liberated from imprint and matter | S2-Dy S2 Everything in power in bodies is naturally in them in act, as well; they are connatural with those from whom they come. But the nous is free of [both] form and matter. |
47 1 47 1 47 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 40 ܠܝܬ ܡܕܡ ܕܒܚܝܠܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܢܦܫܐ܇ ܕܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܒܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ ܐܬܬܟܝܢ ܒܗ̇. ܒܝܕ ܚܐܪܘܬܐ ܗܘ ܓܝܪ ܡܬܝܬܪܐ܆ ܘܚܝܠܐ ܗܘ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܕܓܡ̇ܪ ܠܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Ουδενος ου η δυναμις εστιν τηι ψυχηι ουτως και η ενεργεια πεφυκεν εν αυτηι· τωι γαρ αυτεξουσιωι αυτης κατορθου ν ται και η δυναμις του θεου τελειοι αυτην. | S2-Guill ܠܝܬ ܡܕܡ ܕܒܚܝܠܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܢܦܫܐ܆ ܘܡܫܟܚܐ ܕܢܦܘܩ ܡܢܗ̇ ܒܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ܇ ܘܝܚܝܕܐܝܬ ܢܩܘܡ. ܗܕܐ ܓܝܪ ܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܡܟ̣ܢܐ ܕܬܗܘܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 There is nothing which could be in power in the soul which similarly could be naturally in it also in act; it is by liberty, in effect, that it grows and it is the power of God which perfects it | S2-Dy S2 Nothing in power in the soul is able to leave it through action and then to subsist independently, for [the soul] was by its nature made to exist in bodies. |
48 1 48 1 48 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܛܒ̈ܥܐ ܕܐܝܬ ܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ܆ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܒܡܘ̈ܠܕܢܝܗܘܢ. ܢܦܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܚܐܪܘܬܐ ܕܝܗܝܒܐ ܠܗ̇ ܡܢ ܐܠܗܐ܆ ܛܒ̇ܥܐ ܝܬܗ̇ ܐܝܟ ܕܨܒ̇ܝܐ܇ ܐܘ ܠܡܬܕܡ̇ܝܘ ܒܐܠܗܐ܇ ܐܘ ܠܡܬܕܡ̇ܝܘ ܒܚܝܘ̈ܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οι τυποι οι οντες εν τοις σωμασιν οι αυτοι εισιν εν τοις γεννησασιν αυτα· η δε ψυχη κατα το αυτεξουσιον το δοθεν αυτηι υπο του θεου τυποι αυτην καθως εθελει η εις το αφομοιωθηναι τωι θεωι η εις το αφομοιωθηναι τοις κτηνεσιν. | S2-Guill ܟܠܡܕܡ ܕܠܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܢܩܝܦ܆ ܐܦ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢܗܘܢ ܡܬܝܠܕܝܢ ܠܘ̣ܐ. ܘܠܐ ܡܕܡ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܢܩܝܦ ܠܢܦܫܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The imprints which are in the bodies similarly exist in those which have engendered them. But the soul, by the liberty which was given it by God, imprints its being as it wishes, either to render itself similar to God, or to render itself similar to the animals | S2-Dy S2 Everything attached to bodies accompanies those by whom they are engendered, but nothing of this is attached to the soul. |
49 1 49 1 49 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ܆ ܗ̣ܝ ܡ̇ܢ ܝܚܝܕܐܝܬ ܠܐ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܐ. ܡܬܬܙܝܥܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܡܩܒܠܢܘܬܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ: ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܝܕ ܡܗܡܝܢܘܬܗ ܡ̇ܗܦܟ ܐܦܘ̈ܗܝ ܡܢܗ̇܆ ܘܒܝܕ ܓܠܝܙܘܬܐ ܕܡܢܗ̇܇ ܡ̇ܘܠܕ ܠܠܐ ܝܕܥܬ̇ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η μεν μονας ιδιως ου κινειται κινειται δε εν τωι δεκτικωι του νοος ος εν τηι αμελειαι αυτου αποστρεφει το προσωπον αυτου απ’ αυτης και δια την αποστερησιν αυτης γενναι την αγνωσιαν. 91 | S2-Guill ܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ܆ ܗ̣ܝ ܡ̇ܢ ܝܚܝܕܐܝܬ ܠܐ ܡܬܙܝܥܐ. ܡܬܙܝܥܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܡܩܒܠܢܘܬܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ: ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܡܗܡܝܢܘܬܗ ܡ̇ܗܦܟ ܐܦܘ̈ܗܝ ܡܢܗ̇܆ ܘܒܝܕ ܓܠܝܙܘܬܐ ܕܡܢܗ̇܇ ܡ̇ܘܠܕ ܠܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 It is not the Unity which apart from itself puts itself in motion; but it is put in motion by the receptivity of the nous, which, by its negligence, turns away its face and, by the fact of being deprived of it, engenders ignorance | S2-Dy S2 The Monad is not moved in itself: rather, it is moved by the receptivity of the nous which through inattentiveness turns its face away, and which through this deprivation begets ignorance. |
50 1 50 1 50 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠ ܡܕܡ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܡܛܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܗ̣ܘܐ. ܐܠܐ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܩܕ̇ܝܡܝܢ܆ ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܝܢ. ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ܆ ܩܫܝܫܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ. ܘܡܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ܆ ܩܫܝܫܐ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Παν γεγονος δια την του θεου γνωσιν γεγονε· αλλα των γεγονοτων τα μεν εστι προτερα, τα δε δευτερα· των πρωτων γεγονοτων αρχαιοτερα εστιν η πνευματικη γνωσις, των δε δευτερων αρχαιοτερα η κινησις. | S2-Guill ܟܠܡܕܡ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܡܛܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܗ̣ܘܐ. ܐܠܐ ܡܢܗܘܢ .ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܩܕܡܝܝܢ܆ ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܝܢ. ܘܡܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ܆ ܩܫܝܫܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ. ܘܡܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 All that was produced was produced for the knowledge of God; but among beings, some are firsts, and others seconds. Older than the first beings is (spiritual) knowledge, and (older) than the second beings is movement | S2-Dy S2 Everything that exists, exists for the knowledge of God; but among beings some are first and some are second. Knowledge is older than first beings; and the movement is older than second beings. |
51 1 51 1 51 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ. ܡܛܠܩܢܝܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ܆ 42 ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ. ܫܡܗ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܒܦܘܪ̈ܣܐ ܕܕܘܒܪ̈ܐ. ܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Η κινησις εστιν αιτια της κακιας, εξαλειπτικον δε της κακιας εστιν η αρετη τα δε ονοματα της αρετης εν τροποις της πολιτειας· αιτια τουτων η κινησις εστιν. 93 | S2-Guill ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ. ܡܛܠܩܢܝܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ 43 ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ. ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܪܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܫ̈ܡܗܐ ܘܦܘܪ̈ܣܐ. ܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Movement is the cause of evil, and the destroyer of evil is virtue; but the names of virtue are in the modes of conduct, and the cause of these is movement | S2-Dy S2 THE movement is the cause of evil but virtue is destructive of evil. However, virtue is the daughter of names and modes, and the cause of these is the movement. |
52 1 52 1 52 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩܕ̇ܝܡܝܢ ܒܗܘܝܗܘܢ ܬܗܘܐ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܒܛܝܒܘܬܐ ܐܦ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܢܫ̣ܬܘܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Οταν η αληθινη γνωσις εν τοις πρωτοις γενομενοις γενηται τοτε και αυτοι χαριτι της της αγιας Τριαδας γνωσεως αξιωθησονται. | S2-Guill ܡܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩܕܡܝܝܢ ܒܪܫܢܘܬܗܘܢ ܘܕܬܪ̈ܝܢܝܢ ܒܗܘܝܗܘܢ ܒܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܬܗܘܐ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܒܠܚܘܕܝܗܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩܕܡܝܝܢ ܒܪܫܢܘܬܗܘܢ܇ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܢܩ̇ܒܠܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy S1 When the true knowledge will be in those which are first by their genesis, then those also will obtain by grace also the knowledge of the holy Trinity. | S2-Dy S2 When the knowledge of those who are first in their administration and who are second by their creation will be in the principles, then only those who are first in their administration will receive the knowledge of the Trinity. |
53 1 53 1 53 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Τὰ μὲν τῷ νοῒ μαχόμενα δαιμόνια καλοῦνται πτηνά, θηρία δὲ τὰ τὸν θυμὸν ἐκταράσσοντα, κτήνη δὲ ὀνομάζεται τὰ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν κινοῦντα. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܥܡ ܗܘܢܐ ܡܬܟ̇ܬܫܝܢ܆ ܡܬܩܪܝܢ ܦܪ̈ܚܬܐ. ܚܝܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܡܕ̇ܠܚܝܢ. ܒܥܝܪ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܬܩܪܝܢ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܪܓܬܐ ܡ̇ܕܝܠܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Το δαιμονια τα τωι νωι μαχομενα πετεινα ονομάζεται θηρια δε τα τον θυμον ταρασσοντα κτηνη δε ονομαζεται τα την επιθυμιαν δελεαζοντα. | S2-Guill ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܥܡ ܗܘܢܐ ܡܬܟ̇ܬܫܝܢ܆ ܡܬܩܪܝܢ ܦܪ̈ܚܬܐ. ܚܝܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܡܕ̇ܠܚܝܢ. ܒܥܝܪ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܪܓܬܐ ܡ̇ܕܝܠܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The demons which fight with the nous are called birds, animals those which trouble thumos, and beasts those which excite epithumia | S2-Dy S2 Demons who fight against the nous are called birds; those who trouble indignation [are called] animals; those who move desire [are called] beasts. |
54 1 54 1 54 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܠܐ ܥܒ̣ܪܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܘܠܝܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩ̇ܕܝܡܝܢ ܒܗܘܝܗܘܢ. ܒܥܒ̣ܪܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܣܝܟ ܣܘܪܩܐ. ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܡ̈ܬܡܬܚܝܢ ܥܡ ܣܘܪܩܐ. ܢ̇ܝܚܝܢ ܕܝܢ܆ ܟܕ ܡܠܝܘܬܐ ܓܡܝܪܬܐ ܠܡܩܒ̈ܠܢܝܗ̇ ܡܝ̇ܒܠܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܘܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Απεραντον εστι το πληρωμα των πρωτων γεγονοτων περατι δε περιγεγραπται η ματαιοτης· τα δε δευτερα γεγονοτα συμπαρεκτεινεται τηι ματαιο τητι. αναπαυσεται δε οταν η τελεια πληροφορια τους δεκτικους αυτης αγαγηι προς την της μονοειδους αγιας Τριαδος γνωσιν. 95 | S2-Guill ܕܠܐ ܥܒ̣ܪܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܘܠܝܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩܕܡܝܝܢ ܒܪܫܢܘܬܗܘܢ. ܒܥܒ̣ܪܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܣܝܟ ܣܘܪܩܐ. ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܡ̈ܬܡܬܚܝܢ ܥܡ ܣܘܪܩܐ. ܢ̇ܝܚܝܢ ܕܝܢ܆ ܟܕ ܡܘܠܝܐ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܢܩ̇ܪܒ ܠܡܩ̈ܒܠܢܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Without end is the fullness of those who are first by their genesis, and within ends is the emptiness contained . The second beings are coextensive with emptiness , and they will rest when the perfect fullness will lead those who are receptive of it toward the knowledge of the Unity of the Holy Trinity. | S2-Dy S2 Limitless is the fullness of those who are first in their administration is without limit, but for emptiness limits have been set. And while second beings are coextensive with emptiness, they rest when the fullness causes the receptive to approach immaterial knowledge. |
55 1 55 1 55 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩܕ̇ܝܡܝܢ ܒܗܘܝܗܘܢ܆ ܡܚܪܪܝܢ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܢ ܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ ܕܚ̇ܒܠܐ. ܡܫܬܡܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܚܪܘܪ̈ܐ ܕܟܠ܆ ܡܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܨܒܝܢܗ ܕܡܪܐ ܟܠ܀ | S1-Fr Οι πρωτοι γενομενοι ηλευθερωνται μονον της της φθορας ενεργειας τελειωθησεται δε η των παντων ελευθερια εαν θεληι ο των παντων κυριος. | S2-Guill ܒܠܚܘܕ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩܕܡܝܝܢ ܒܗܘܝܗܘܢ܆ ܡܚܪܪܝܢ ܡܢ ܚ̇ܒܠܐ ܕܒܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ. ܠܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܡܢ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܚܝܠܐ܀ 45 | S1-Dy S1 Those who are first by their genesis will be delivered only from the act of corruption; but the deliverance from all will be achieved when the will of the Lord of all will have occurred | S2-Dy S2 Only those who are first in their creation will be delivered from the corruption [inherent]in action; but none among beings [will be delivered] from the corruption [inherent] in power. |
56 1 56 1 56 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 44 ܛܒ̈ܐ ܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܘܕܫܘܢܩܐ܆ ܒܝ̈ܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܫܘܢܩܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ܀ | S1-Fr Οι μεν αγαθοι αιτια εισι της γνωσεως τε και του βασανισμου οι δε κακοι μονου του βασανισμου. 97 | S2-Guill ܛܒ̈ܐ ܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܘܕܫܘܢܩܐ܆ ܒܝ̈ܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܫܘܢܩܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The good will be cause of knowledge and of torment, and the bad47 of torment only. | S2-Dy S2 The good are the cause of knowledge and torment, but the evil only of torment. |
57 1 57 1 57 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܡܢ ܫܝܘܠ ܕܚ̇ܠܝܢ. ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܬܗܘܡܐ ܡܣ̇ܬܪܕܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Οι ανθρωποι τον αιδην φοβουνται τα δε δαιμονια τον αβυσσον φριττει. | S2-Guill ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܡܢ ܫܝܘܠ ܕܚ̇ܠܝܢ. ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܬܗܘܡܐ. ܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܝܫܝ̈ܢ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ܆ ܚܘܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܠܗܘܢ ܠܝܬ ܠܡܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Men dread the Sheol, and demons are terrified by the abyss. | S2-Dy S2 Men fear Sheol, while demons fear the abyss; but there exist [beings] even more cruel, such as the indescribable [or mute?] serpents. |
58 1 58 1 58 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Θνητόν ἐστι τὸ πεφυκὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ συνεζευγμένου σώματος λυέσθαι· ἀθάνατον δὲ ὃ μὴ διαλυέσθαι πέφυκεν· πάντα γὰρ ἀναγκαίως τὰ συνδεθέντα σώμασιν καὶ λυθήσεται ποτέ. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܡ̇ܘ̈ܬܐ ܥ̣ܠܬܐ ܐܝܬ ܠܗܘܢ ܡ̇ܢ ܓܙ̇ܪ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ. ܕܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܥ̣ܠܬܐ ܗܕܐ ܗܝ܆ ܛܝܒܘܬܐ ܡܚܪܪܢܝܬܐ. ܥ̣ܠܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܡ̇ܘܬܐ ܕܬܠܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܡܫܬܒܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܒܪ̈ܚܡܐ ܗ̣ܘܝܐ. ܠܐ ܡܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܚܕܐ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܠܐ ܓܕ̇ܫ̈ܢ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Fr Των θανατων των μεν αιτια εστιν η πρωτη κρισις των δε αιτια η χαρις η απελευθερουσα του δε τριτου θανατου αιτια εστιν η αφεσις η δι’ ελεος· αθανατος δε εστι ωι ουδεν τουτων συμβαινει. 99 101 | S2-Guill ܠܚܕ ܡܢ ܡܘ̈ܬܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܥ̣ܠܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܝܠܝܕܘܬܐ. ܐܚܪܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܬ̇ܐ ܡܢ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܆ ܥܠ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܘ ܒܙܕܩܐ ܗܦ̇ܟܝܢ. ܐܡܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܬܠܬܐ ܡܫܬܒܩܢܘܬܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܝܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ: ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡ̇ܟܢ ܠܡܫ̣ܬܪܝܘ ܡܢ ܦܓܪܐ ܕܟܕܝܢ ܥܡܗ܆ ܡ̇ܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܠܐ ܡܝܘܬܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܗܕܐ ܠܐ ܡܟܢ ܕܬܓܕܫ ܠܗ. ܟܠ ܓܝܪ ܕܐܬܟܕܢܘ ܥܡ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ܆ ܐܠܨܐܝܬ ܐܦ ܡܫ̣ܬܪܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Among deaths, some are caused by the first condemnation. For others that cause is liberating grace; and the cause of the third death is remission that is done through mercy. But immortal are those for whom none of these occur. | S2-Dy S2 one [kind of] death has birth as its first cause; another is from the saints against those who do not live justly; and the mother of the third is forgiveness. And if "mortal" [means] one who is by nature made to be freed from the body to which he is joined, than "immortal" must [mean] one who is not naturally made for that. For all who have been joined to bodies will necessarily be liberated from them. |
59 1 59 1 59 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܢܘܗܪܐ ܘܚܫܘܟܐ ܕܓܕ̈ܫܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܠܐܐܪ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܘܒܝܫܘܬܐ܇ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ. ܟܕ ܩ̇ܕܝ̈ܡܢ ܒܗ̇ ܬܪ̈ܬܝܗܝܢ܆ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܘܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ το φως και ο σκοτος page 46v | τυχικα το αερος ουτως η αρετη τε και η κακια η γνωσις τε και η αγνοια της λογικης ψυχης προυπαρχουσων εν αυτηι δυο της τε αρετης και της γνωσεως. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܢܘܗܪܐ ܘܚܫܘܟܐ ܓܕܫ̈ܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܐܐܪ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܘܒܝܫܘܬܐ܇ ܘܝܕܥܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܬܚܝ̇ܕ̈ܢ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Just as light and shadow are accidental things of the air, the same for the reasonable soul virtue and evil, knowledge and ignorance, virtue and knowledge being both first in it | S2-Dy S2 Just as light and shadow are accidents of air, so virtue and vice, as well as knowledge and ignorance, are united with the rational soul. |
60 1 60 1 60 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܝܘܡܢ ܡܩ̇ܒܠܝܢ ܠܗ ܠܪܒܝܬܐ ܚܟܝܡܐ ܒܒ̈ܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܬܡܠܝ ܝ̣ܬܒ ܘܚܫ̣ܒ ܦ̈ܠܐܬܗܘܢ. ܒܪܡ ܕܝܢ ܚܟܝܡܐ ܐܬܩܪܝ܆ ܕܡܢ ܥ̈ܠܠܬܐ ܕܡܪܘܬܐ ܠܟܢܘ̈ܬܗ ܫ̣ܒܩ܀ | S1-Fr Ει σημερον δεχονται τον φρονιμον οικονομον εν ταις οικιαις αυτων δηλοντι εχθες εκαθισε και ελογισατο τα μυστηρια αυτων· αλλα γαρ φρονιμος ωνο μασται οτι των του κυριου υπαρχοντων αφιει τοις εταιροις αυτου. 103 | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܝܘܡܢ ܡܩ̇ܒܠܝܢ ܠܗ ܠܪܒܝܬܐ ܚܟܝܡܐ ܒܒ̈ܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܬܡܠܝ ܝ̣ܬܒܘ ܘܚܠܦ̣ܘ ܫܛܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ. ܒܪܡ ܕܝܢ ܚܟܝܡܐ ܐܬܩܪܝ܆ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܡܐ ܕܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܡܩܒܠܢܗ ܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܫ̣ܒܩ܀ 47 | S1-Dy S1 If today they receive the well advised accountant in their houses it is obvious that yesterday they sat down and counted their bonds. However, he was called well advised because he gave to his colleagues part of the assets of the property. | S2-Dy S2 If today they have received the wise steward in their homes, it is clear that yesterday they sat and modified their bills. However, he was called wise because he gave more than he was receiving. |
61 1 61 1 61 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 46 ܠܝܬ ܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ܇ ܕܠܘ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ. ܘܠܐ ܡܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ܇ ܕܒܕܘܟܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܣܖܟܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ουδεν των δευτερων γεγονοτων ου δεκτικον της γνωσεως και ουδεν των πρωτων ο τοπωι περιεχεται. | S2-Guill ܠܝܬ ܡܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ܇ ܕܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ. ܘܠܐ ܡܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ܇ ܕܩܕܡܝܬ ܒܕܘܟܬܐ ܗ̣ܘܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 There are none of the second beings which would not be 49 susceptible of the knowledge, and none of the first beings which would be contained in a place. | S2-Dy S2 There are no second beings receptive of knowledge, nor any first beings who were first in a place. |
62 1 62 1 62 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܒܕܘܟܬܐ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܕܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܐܡܬܐ ܕܒܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܒ̣ܪ̈ܝܬܐ ܡܬܥܢܝܐ. ܒܠܐ ܕܘܟܬܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܒܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܬܗ̇ܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η γνωσις εν τοπωι λεγεται ειναι ει τοις των κτισεων νοημασιν εμπεριφερεται ανευ τοπου δε ει εν τηι αγιαι Τριαδι εξισταται. | S2-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܒܕܘܟܬܐ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܕܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܡܩܒܠܢܗ̇ ܢܬܥܪܙܠ ܒܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܫܪܝܪܐܝܬ ܘܪܫܐܝܬ ܒܕܘܟܬܐ ܡܬܐܡܪ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Knowledge is said to be in a place, when it frequents the intellections of creatures, but in no place when it admires the Holy Trinity | S2-Dy S2 Knowledge is said to be in a place when one who isreceptive of it is united to one the second beings, which is accurately and principally said to be in a place. |
63 1 63 1 63 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܢܗܘܘܢ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ: ܐܘ ܕܠܐ ܢܗܘܘܢ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܗܕܐ ܕܨܒܝܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܕܒܪܘܝܐ. ܕܢܗܘܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܝܘ̈ܬܐ܆ ܐܘ ܠܐ ܡܝܘ̈ܬܐ܆ ܗܕܐ ܕܨܒܝܢܗܘܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Το γενεσθαι τους λογικους και το μη γενεσθαι προς τωι του θεου θεληματι εστι, το δε γενεσθαι θνητους η αθανατους επ’ αυτοις εστιν. 105 | S2-Guill ܕܢܗܘܘܢ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܒܟܠܙܒܢ: ܐܘ ܕܠܐ ܢܗܘܘܢ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܗܕܐ ܕܨܒܝܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܕܒܪܘܝܐ. ܕܢܗܘܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܡܝܘ̈ܬܐ ܐܘ ܡܝܘ̈ܬܐ܆ ܠܨܒܝܢܗܘܢ ܠܘ̣ܝܐ܇ ܘܕܢܬ̣ܟܕܢܘܢ ܘܕܠܐ ܢܬ̣ܟܕܢܘܢ ܒܕܐܝܟ ܗܢܐ ܐܘ ܒܕܐܝܟ ܗܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Whether the logikoi would be or would not be, that is the affair of the will of the Creator; but that they would be mortal or immortal, that is the affair of their will | S2-Dy S2 Whether the logikoi exist always or do not exist depends on the will of the Creator; but whether they are immortal or mortal depends on their own will, as does [the question] whether they are joined or not joined to one thing or another. |
64 1 64 1 64 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Ζωὴ ὄντως ἐστὶν ἡ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνέργεια τῶν ἐμψυχομένων· θάνατος δὲ ἡ παρὰ φύσιν. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚܝ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܫܪܝܪ̈ܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܗܘܢ ܕܒܪܘܚ. ܡܘܬܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ ܕܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η αληθινη των λογικων ζωη εστιν η δια πνευματος αυτων εργασια· ο δε θα νατος αυτων εστι πραξις παρα την φυσιν. | S2-Guill ܚܝ̈ܐ ܫܪܝܪ̈ܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܗܘܢ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ. ܡܘܬܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܗܘܢ ܕܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܝܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܕܐܝܟ ܗܢܐ ܡܘܬܐ: ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܟܢ ܠܡܫܕܐ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܫܪܝܪ̈ܐ܆ ܐܝܢܐ ܡܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܠܐ ܡܝܘܬܐ. ܟܠ ܓܝܪ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܆ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 All reasonable nature, in fact, is susceptible of an opposition.50 The true life of the logikoi is their activity in spirit, and their death is the activity against nature. | S2-Dy S2 The true life of the logikoi is their natural activity, while their death is an activity against nature. But if such death is so mortal as to naturally extinguish true life, who among beings is immortal? For every reasoning nature is susceptible to opposition. |
65 1 65 1 65 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܬܪܒܝܬܐ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܒ̣ܪ̈ܝܬܐ܆ ܥܡ̈ܠܐ ܘܩܪ̈ܒܐ ܐܝܬ. ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܫܝܢܐ ܘܒܗܝܠܘܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܬܡܠܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εν αυξησει των νοηματων των κτισεων πονοι εισι και πολεμοι· η δε της αγιας Τριαδος θεωρια ειρηνη και ησυχια αρρητος. | S2-Guill ܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܬܪ̈ܝܢܝܢ ܒܗܘܝܗܘܢ܆ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܡܫ̈ܚܠܦܐ ܡܬܩܝ̇ܡܝܢ. ܘܩܪ̈ܒܐ ܠܐ ܡܬܡ̈ܠܠܢܐ ܬܟ̇ܒܝܢ. ܒܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܠܐ ܓܕ̇ܫ. ܫܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܡܬܡܠܠܢܐ. ܘܗܘ̈ܢܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܥܪ̈ܛܠܝܐ܇ ܕܒܟܠܙܒܢ ܡܣܬܒܥܝܢ 49 ܡܢ ܠܐ ܡܣܬܒܥܢܘܬܗ. ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܦܪܘܩܢ܆ ܐܒܐ ܠܐܢܫ ܠܐ ܕܐ̇ܢ. ܟܠܗ ܕܝܢ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܝ̣ܗܒܗ ܠܡܫܝܚܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 In the growth of the intellections of the creatures there are works and combats. But in contemplation of the Holy Trinity it is peace and an ineffable quietude. | S2-Dy S2 In the knowledge of those who are second by to their creation various worlds are constituted and indescribable battles take place. But in the Unity nothing like this occurs: it is unspeakable peace, and there are only the naked noes that constantly quench their insatiability, if according to the word of our Savior, the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to Christ. |
66 1 66 1 66 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 + grc-Rondeau ...
ἔμπροσθεν ἡμῶν λέγονται εἶναι αἱ ἀρεταὶ ὄπισθεν δὲ αἱ κακίαι διὸ προστασσόμεθα φεύγειν μὲν τὴν πορνείαν τὴν δὲ φιλοξενίαν διώκειν | S1-Guill 48 ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܩܕܡ ܐܦܝ̈ܢ ܡܬܐܡܪ̈ܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ܆ ܠܘܩܒܠ ܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܚܙܝܝ̈ܗܝܢ. ܒܣܬܪܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܬܐܡܪ̈ܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ ܒܝ̈ܫܬܐ܆ ܡܛܠ ܕܒܚܫܘܟܐ ܡܣ̣ܬܥܪ̈ܢ. ܠܡܥܪܩ ܓܝܪ ܡܢ ܙܢܝܘܬܐ ܡܬܦܩܕܝܢ ܚܢܢ܆ ܘܠܡܪܕܦ ܒܬܪ ܪܚܡܬ ܐܟܣܢܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αι αρεται ενωπιον ημων λεγονται ειναι εναντιον των αισθησεων αυτων ορατικων, οπισω ημων δε λεγονται ειναι αι κακιαι διοτι εν σκοτωι πραττονται· κε λευομεθα φυγειν την πορνειαν και διωκειν την φιλοξενιαν. 107 | S2-Guill ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܢ ܡܬܐܡܪ̈ܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ܆ ܒܓܒܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܩܢ̣ܝܢܢ ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ. ܒܣܬܪܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܝ̈ܫܬܐ܆ ܒܓܒܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܠܐ ܩܢ̣ܝܢܢ. ܠܡܥܪܩ ܓܝܪ ܡܢ ܙܢܝܘܬܐ ܡܬܦܩܕܝܢܢ܆ ܘܠܡܪܕܦ ܒܬܪ ܪܚܡܬ ܐܟܣ̈ܢܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The virtues are said to be before us, facing the senses which see them; but it is behind us that are said to be the bad actions, because they are accomplished in the shadows. We are ordered, in fact, to "flee fornication" and to "pursue hospitality". | S2-Dy S2 Virtues are said to be in front of us, on the side where we have the senses; while behind us are the vices, on the side where we do not have senses. For we are commanded to flee fornication and pursue hospitality. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
67 1 67 1 67 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢ̣ܘ ܝ̇ܕܥ ܩܘܝܡܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܘܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ ܕܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܐ ܘܦܘܠܚܢܗ ܕܟܢܪܐ ܗܢܐ܇ ܕܐܝܟܢܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܡܪܟܒܬܐ ܒܝܕ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܐ ܘܡܬܥ̇ܠܐ ܒܡܣܩܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܠܘܬ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τις εγνω την του κοσμου τουτου συστασιν και την των στοιχειων ενεργειαν και την εργασιαν του οργανου τουτου πως δια την των εντολων τηρησιν αρμα γενομενον υψουται αναλημψει πνευματικηι προς την αγιαν Τριαδα. | S2-Guill ܡ̇ܢ ܝ̇ܕܥ ܩܘܝܡܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܘܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ ܕܐܣ̈ܛܘܟܣܐ. ܘܡܢ̣ ܢܣ̇ܬܟܠ ܪܘܟܒܐ ܕܐܪܓܘܢ ܗܢܐ ܕܢܦܫܢ. ܘܐ ܡܢ̣ܘ ܢܥ̇ܩܒ ܐܝܟܢܐ ܗܢܐ ܥܡ ܗܢܐ ܐܬܟܕܢ. ܘܡ̇ܢܘ ܐܘܚܕܢܗܘܢ ܘܫܘܬܦܘܬܗܘܢ ܕܠܘܬ ܚܕܕ̈ܐ܆ ܕܡܪܟܒܬܐ ܦܠܘܚܬܐ ܢܗܘܐ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ ܕܚܦܝܛܐ ܕܬܬܡ̇ܢܥ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Who will know the sustasis of this world, the activity of the elements and the practice of this instrument, how it will become a chariot by the practice of the commandments and will raise itself up by a spiritual ascension toward the Holy Trinity. | S2-Dy S2 Who can know the structure of the world and the activity of the elements? And who can understand the composition of this organ of the soul? And who can investigate how one is joined to the other, in what their empire consists, and how they participate with one another in such a way that the praktike becomes a chariot for the reasoning soul, which strives to attain the knowledge of God? |
68 1 68 1 68 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܆ ܝܬܝܪܘܬܐ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܐܝܬ. ܒܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܝܬܝܪܘܬܐ ܕܪܓܬܐ. ܒܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܝܬܝܪܘܬܐ ܕܚ̣ܡܬܐ. ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܐܒܗ̈ܬܐ܆ ܕܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܠܘܬ ܡܨܥܝ̈ܐ ܒܝܕ ܦܘܡܐ ܩ̇ܪܒܝ̈ܢ܆ ܐܚܪ̈ܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܘܬ ܡܨܥܝ̈ܐ ܒܝܕ ܢܚܝܪ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εν τοις αγιοις αγγελοις περισσεια του νοος εστιν εν δε τοις ανθρωποις περισσεια της επιθυμιας· εν δε τοις δαιμοσι περισσεια του θυμου· λε γουσι δε οι πατερες οτι οι πρωτοι προς τους μεσους δια στοματος πλησιαζουσιν οι δε τελευταιοι προς τους μεσους δια των ρινων. 109 | S2-Guill ܝܬܝܪܘܬܐ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܘܕܢܘܪܐ ܒܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܝܬ. ܒܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܕܪܓܬܐ ܘܕܐܪܥܐ. ܒܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܕܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܘܕܐܐܪ. ܘܬܠܝܬܝ̈ܐ ܠܘܬ ܡܨܥܝ̈ܐ ܒܝܕ ܢܚܝܪ̈ܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ܆ ܩ̇ܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܘܬ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܒܝܕ ܦܘܡܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Among the holy angels there is a predominance of the nous, among the humans, predominance of the épithumia, and among the demons predominance of the thumos. The Fathers say that the first approach the intermediaries by the mouth, and the last the intermediaries by the nostrils | S2-Dy S2 In angels nous and fire predominate, but in human beings epithumia and earth, and among demons thumos and air. It is said that the third approaches intermediaries through the nostrils, while the first [approach] the second through the mouth. |
69 1 69 1 69 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1932 Ὁ εἰς γνώσιν ἐλθὼν, ἔχει τὸν μετ' αὐτόν· ὁ εἰς ἄγνοιαν ἐλθὼν, οὐκ ἔχει τὸν μετ' αὐτόν· | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܪܝܫܝ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܬܪܗ. ܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܪܝܫܝ ܒܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܠܝܬ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Fr Ο πρωτευων εν τηι γνωσει εχει τον μετ’ αυτον ο δε πρω τευων εν τηι αγνοιαι ουκ εχει. | S2-Guill ܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܪܫܝ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܬܪܗ. ܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܪܫܝ ܒܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܠܝܬ ܠܗ܀ 51 | S1-Dy S1 The one who leads in knowledge has someone after him; but he who leads in ignorance has none. | S2-Dy S2 One who excells in knowledge has one after him, while one who excels in ignorance has none. |
70 1 70 1 70 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Wolf | grc-Pitra + grc-Rondeau ...
μετὰ θεοῦ λέγεται εἶναι πρῶτος μὲν ὁ τὴν ἁγίαν γινώσκων τριάδα καὶ μετ αὐτὸν ὁ τοὺς λόγους τοὺς περὶ τῶν νοητῶν θεωρῶν τρίτος δὲ πάλιν ὁ καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ἀσώματα βλέπων καὶ πάλιν τέταρτος ὁ τὴν θεωρίαν ἐπιστάμενος τῶν αἰώνων ὁ δὲ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπάθειαν κεκτημένος πέμπτος ἂν τούτοις συγκαταχθείη δικαίως συγκαταταχθείη δικαίως | S1-Guill 50 ܨܠܡܐ ܓܡܝܪܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܫ̣ܬܘܐ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܘܒܬܪܗ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ ܐܢܘܢ. ܘܕܬܠܬܐ ܬܘܒ܆ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ. ܘܕܐܪܒܥܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܣܘܟܠܐ ܕܥܠܡ̈ܐ. ܚܡܝܫܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܘܠܝܬܐ ܢܬܚܫ̣ܒ܆ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܩܢ̣ܐ ܚܘܠܡܢ ܢܦܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εικων του θεου εστιν ο αξιωθεις της της αγιας Τριαδος γνω σεως, μετ’ αυτον δε ωι εστι γνωσις των ασωματων, τριτος δε ωι εστι θεωρια των σωματικων, τεταρτος δε ωι εστι συνεσις των αιωνων. πεμπτος δε αξιως λογισθησεται ος υγιειαν της ψυχης κεκτηται. 111 | S2-Guill ܥܡ ܐܠܗܐ ܡܬܐܡܪ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܩܕܡܝܐ܆ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܝ̇ܕܥ ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܘܒܬܪܗ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܡ̈ܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܚܙ̇ܐ. ܬܠܝܬܝܐ ܬܘܒ܆ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܠܗܘܢ ܠܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ ܚܙ̇ܐ. ܘܕܐܪܒܥܐ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܝܕ̇ܥ. ܐܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܩܢ̣ܐ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܆ ܚܡܝܫܝܐ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܒܘܠܝܬܐ ܢܬܚܫ̣ܒ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 With God is said to be: first, the one who knows the Holy Trinity; and next after him one who contemplates the logoi concerning the intelligible [beings]; third, then, is one who also sees the incorporeal beings; and then fourth is one who understands the contemplation of the ages; while one who has attained apatheia of his soul is justly to be accounted fifth. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
71 1 71 1 71 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܥܒ̣ܪܗ̇ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܥܒ̣ܪܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܠܐ ܡܬܕܪܟܢܘܬܐ܆ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܐܒܗ̈ܬܐ ܠܝܬ. ܐܝܟ ܕܟܬܝܒ ܕܠܝܬ ܣܟܐ ܠܣܘܟܠܗ܀ | S1-Fr Περας της των φυσεων γνωσεως η της αγιας μοναδος γνωσις εστι· περας δε τωι ακαταληπτωι καθως λεγουσιν οι πατερες ουδεν κατα το γεγραμμενον· ουκ εστιν εξευρεσις τελος της φρονησεως αυτου | S2-Guill ܫܘܠܡܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ܆ ܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܫܘܠܡܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܝܬ܆ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ. ܠܝܬ ܓܝܪ ܣܟܐ ܠܪܒܘܬܗ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The end of the knowledge of nature is the knowledge of holy Unity; but to incomprehensibility, as the Fathers say, there is no end, as it is written: "There is no limit to His intelligence". | S2-Dy S2 The end of natural knowledge is the holy Unity, but ignorance has no end; for as it is said,there is no limit to his greatness. |
72 1 72 1 72 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܗܢܐ ܚܐ̇ܢ ܡܪܝܐ܆ ܠܐܝܢܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܝܗ̇ܒ ܠܗ. ܡܛܠ ܕܟܬܝܒ ܕܙܕܝܩܐ ܒܢܘܗܪܐ ܡܗ̇ܠܟ܆ ܣܟܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܚܫܘܟܐ. ܚܐ̇ܢ ܗܘ ܕܝܢ ܡܪܝܐ ܐܦ ܠܣܟܠܐ܆ ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܘ ܡܚܕܐ ܡܫܢ̇ܩ ܠܗ. ܐܠܐ ܣܐ̇ܡ ܠܗ ܚܘ̇ܪܐ ܕܢܬܘܒ ܘܢܐܚܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τουτον ελεει ο κυριος ωι γνωσιν πνευματικην διδωσι διοτι γεγραπται ο δικαιος εν φωτι περιπατει ο δε ασεβης εν σκοτωι. ελεει δε ο κυριος και τον ασεβη εν τωι μη εφαπαξ βασανιζειν αυτον αλλα διδοναι καιρον το μετανοειν και ζην Frankenberg (σωθηναι) . 113 | S2-Guill ܠܗܢܐ ܚܐ̇ܢ ܡܪܝܐ܆ ܠܐܝܢܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܝܗ̇ܒ ܠܗ. ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܙܕܝܩܐ ܒܢܘܗܪܐ ܡܗ̇ܠܟ܆ ܣܟܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܚܫܘܟܐ. ܚܐ̇ܢ ܗܘ ܕܝܢ ܡܪܝܐ ܐܦ ܠܣܟܠܐ܆ ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܘ ܡܚܕܐ ܡܫܢ̇ܩ ܠܗ܆ ܐܘ ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܡܚܦ̇ܛ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The Lord has pity on those to whom he gives spiritual knowledge, because it is written: "The just walk in the light and the insane in the shadows". But the Lord has pity also on the insane, in that it is not right away that He torments him but He fixes for him a model in order that he converts and lives. | S2-Dy S2 The Lord takes pity on those to whom he gives spiritual knowledge if the just walk in the light, but the foolish in darkness. . But the Lord also pities the foolish, in that he does not torment him immediately, but rather impels him from evil towards virtue. |
73 1 73 1 73 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 + grc-Rondeau ...
ἡ μὲν ζωὴ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ζωὴ ἡ ἁγία γνῶσις ὑπάρχει τὸ δὲ ἔλεος κυρίου ἡ τῶν γεγονότων θεωρία ἐστί ἐστίν πολλοὶ δὲ ἡμῖν τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου σοφοὶ καθυπέσχοντο γνώσεις ἀλλὰ κρεῖσσον τὸ ἔλεος κυρίου ὑπὲρ ζωάς | S1-Guill ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܒܪܢܫܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܢܝܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܪ̈ܚܡܘܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܘܡܛܠ ܕܚܟܝܡ̈ܐ ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܡܫܬܘܕܝܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ. ܐܠܐ ܛܒܝ̈ܢ ܐܢܘܢ ܪ̈ܚܡܘܗܝ ܕܡܪܝܐ ܡܢ ܚܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Του ανθρωπου ζωη εστιν η αγια Τριας σκοπος δε του ελεους του θεου η των οντων θεωρια επειπερ πολλοι σοφοι υπισχνουνται την γνωσιν αλλα γαρ κρεισσον εστι το του κυριου ελεος υπερ ζωας. | S2-Guill ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܒܪ ܐܢܫܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܪ̈ܚܡܘܗܝ ܕܝܢ ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ ܕܝܢ ܚܟܝ̈ܡܐ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܐܫܬܘܕܝܘ ܠܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ. ܐܠܐ ܛܒܝ̈ܢ ܐܢܘܢ ܪ̈ܚܡܘܗܝ ܕܡܪܝܐ ܡܢ ܚܝ̈ܐ܀ 53 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The life of man consists of holy knowledge but the mercy of God is the contemplation of beings. Many of the wise of this world have promised us knowledge, but‘the mercies of God are better than life. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
74 1 74 1 74 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 52 ܢܘܗܪܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܡܬܦ̣ܪܫ ܬܐܝܬܐܝܬ. ܗܢܘ ܕܝܢ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܣܓܝܕܬܐ ܘܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܘܠܟܝܢܐ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܘܡܓܫܡܐ܆ ܘܠܣܘܟܠܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܕܒ̣ܪ̈ܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Το του νοος φως διακρινεται Frankenberg (μεριζεται) τρισσως εις την γνωσιν της αγιας και προσκυνητης Τριαδος και εις την φυσιν την τε ασωματον και ενσωματον και εις την συνεσιν των φυσεων των κτισματων. | S2-Guill ܢܘܗܪܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܬܠܝܬܐܝܬ ܡܬܦ̣ܪܫ. ܗܢܘ ܕܝܢ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܣܓܝܕܬܐ ܘܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܘܠܟܝܢܐ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܕܡܢܗ̇ ܐܬ̣ܒܪܝ܆ ܘܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The light of the nous is divided in three, that is: in the knowledge of the adorable and holy Trinity, in bodiless and embodied nature, and in the intellection of the natures of creatures | S2-Dy S2 The light of the nous is divided into three: knowledge of the adorable and holy Trinity; and the incorporeal nature that created by it; and the contemplation of beings. |
75 1 75 1 75 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܟܠܝܠܐ ܕܟܐܢܘܬܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܬܠܝܬܠܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܒܫܘܠܡܐ ܕܪܗܛܗܘܢ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܒܗ̇ ܡܬܟ̇ܠܠܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ο στεφανος της δικαιοσυνης γνωσις της αγιας Τριαδος εστι δηλονοτι εν τωι του δρομου τελει οι αγιοι αυτωι στεφανωθησονται. 115 | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܟܠܝܠܐ ܕܟܐܢܘܬܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܘ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܘܬܘܒ ܕܗܒܐ ܕܐܚܝܕ ܟܐܦ̈ܐ ܥܠ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܘ ܐܘ ܕܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܡ̇ܘܕܥ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܡܕܝܢ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܘܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܟܠܝܠܐ܇ ܕܡܢ ܕܝܢ̇ܐ ܟܐܢܐ ܒܪܫܐ ܕܐܓܘܢܣ̈ܛܐ ܡܬܬܣܝܡ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If "the crown of justice" is holy knowledge, and the gold, moreover, that contains the stones denotes the worlds that have been or will be, the contemplation of corporeal and incorporeal nature is therefore the crown that is placed by the "just judge" upon the head of those who fight. . |
76 1 76 1 76 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܘ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ ܕܛܡܝܪܐ ܒܟܝ̈ܢܐ܇ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܥܒܝܕܐ ܣܩܘܒܠܐ. ܐܠܐ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܒܪ̈ܐ. ܡܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܬܓܡ̣ܪܘ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܫܒܪ̈ܐ܆ ܚܣ̇ܢܝܢ ܠܗ̇ ܠܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ου τηι αληθινηι γνωσει τηι αποκεκρυμμενηι εν ταις φυσεσιν αντικειται η αγνοια αλλ’ η τηι των παιδων Frankenberg (νηπιων) γνωσει· εαν δε τελειωθωσιν οι παιδες νικησουσιν την αγνοιαν. | S2-Guill ܠܘ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܟ̣ܣܝܐ ܒܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ܇ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܥܒܝܕܐ ܣܩܘܒܠܐ. ܐܠܐ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܡܣ̈ܬܟܠܢܝܗܘܢ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ. ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܓܝܪ ܠܐ ܡܟ̣ܢܐ ܕܒܟܝܢܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܬܗܘܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 It is not to the true knowledge which is hidden in the natures that ignorance is made the opposite, but to the knowledge of children. But, when children have become adults, they will win over ignorance. | S2-Dy S2 It is not to the knowledge hidden in objects that ignorance is opposed, but rather to the knowledge of the intelligible forms of the objects. For ignorance is not naturally made so as to exist in corporeal nature. |
77 1 77 1 77 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܕܛܒܝܥܝܢ ܒܕܡܘ̣ܬܗ ܕܒܪܘܝܗܘܢ܆ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܦܪܘܩܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܘܗ̣ܘܝܘ ܕܓܡ̇ܪ ܠܗܘܢ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Νους παντων των λογικων των τηι ομοιωσει του κτιστου αυτων τετυπωμενων Χριστος εστιν ο σωτηρ ημων και αυτος τελειωσει αυτους τηι της αγιας Τριαδος γνωσει. 117 | S2-Guill ܟܝܢܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ ܢܝܫܐ ܗܘ ܕܦܓܪܐ܆ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܢܦܫܐ. ܗܘܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܡܚܝܕ܀ | S1-Dy S1 THE nous of all the logikoi which are imprinted in the resemblance of their Creator is Christ our Savior; and it is He who perfects them in the knowledge of the holy Trinity. | S2-Dy S2 The second nature is the sign of the body, and the first [nature is] the [sign] of the soul. And the [sign of the] nous is the Christ who is united to the knowledge of the Unity. |
78 1 78 1 78 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Ἀπόταξις μὲν πρώτη ἐστὶ κατάλειψις κοσμικῶν πραγμάτων ἑκούσιος τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ γνώσεως ἕνεκεν· | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 Καὶ πρώτη μέν ἐστιν ἀπόταξις κατάλειψις κοσμικῶν πραγμάτων ἑκούσιος τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ γνώσεως ἕνεκεν· | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܦܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܕܒܥܠܡܐ: ܐܝܢܐ ܕܒܢܦܫܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܗܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܕܒܨܒܝܢܐ ܛܒܐ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܐܢܫ ܢܫܒܘܩ ܡܛܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η μεν πρωτη αποταγη του κοσμου εν ψυχηι γενομενη εστι το απο λειπειν τινα αγαθηι προαιρεσει τα του κοσμου τουτου πραγματα δια την του θεου γνωσιν. | S2-Guill ܟܦܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܫܒܝܩܘܬܐ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܥܠܡܢܝ̈ܐ܇ ܕܒܨܒܝܢܐ ܡܛܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܗ̣ܘܝܐ܀ 55 | S1-Dy S1 The first renunciation of the world, which is done in the soul, is such: that with good will one abandons the things of this world for the science of God. | S2-Dy S2 The first renunciation is voluntary abandonment of the objects of this world for the sake of the knowledge of God. |
79 1 79 1 79 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau ἀπόταξις δὲ δευτέρα ἀπόθεσις κακίας χάριτι Θεοῦ καὶ σπουδῇ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου προσγινομένη· | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 δευτέρα δὲ ἀπόθεσις κακίας χάριτι τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Χριστοῦ καὶ σπουδῇ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου προσγινομένη· | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 54 ܟܦܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܪܚܩܢܘܬܗ̇ ܕܒܝܫܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܒܚܦܝܛܘܬܗ ܕܒܪܢܫܐ ܘܒܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܗ̣ܘܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η δε δευτερα αποταγη εστι το απαλλοτριωθηναι της κακιας οτι ζηλωι του ανθρωπου τε και χαριτι του θεου γινεται. | S2-Guill ܟܦܘܪܝܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܫܒܝܩܘܬܐ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ܇ ܕܒܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܘܒܚܦܝܛܘܬܗ ܕܒܪܢܫܐ ܗ̣ܘܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The second renunciation is distancing oneself from evil, which is produced by the application of man and by the grace of God. | S2-Dy S2 The second renunciation is the laying aside of vice, which happens through divine grace and human diligence. |
80 1 80 1 80 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau ἀπόταξις δὲ τρίτη ἐστὶ χωρισμὸς ἀγνοίας τῶν πεφυκότων ἐμφανίζεσθαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις κατ᾿ ἀναλογίαν τῆς καταστάσεως. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 τρίτη δὲ ἀπόταξις χωρισμὸς ἀγνοίας ἐστὶ τῶν πεφυκότων ἐμφανίζεσθαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις κατ’ ἀναλογίαν τῆς καταστάσεως. | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܦܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܠܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܕܡܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܥ̣ܕܐ ܡܬܚܙܝܐ ܠܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܐܝܟ ܗ̈ܓܓܐ ܒܩܪܒܐ܇ ܐܝܟ ܡܫܘܚܬܐ ܕܬܪܒܝܬܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Η τριτη ἀποταγη εστιν αφορισμος της αγνοιας ητις ειωθοτως οραται τοις ανθρωποις ως φαντασιαι εν τωι πολεμωι κατα το μετρον της αυξησεως αύτων. 119 | S2-Guill ܟܦܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܠܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܕܡܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܇ ܕܡܟ̣ܢܐ ܠܡܬܚܙܝܘ ܠܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ܇ ܐܝܟ ܡܫܘܚܬܐ ܕܬܩܢܘܬܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The third renunciation is the separation from ignorance, which usually appears to men as certain fantasies in combat, according to the degree of their growth. | S2-Dy S2 the third renunciation is separation from ignorance, which naturally becomes apparent to people according to state they have attained. |
81 1 81 1 81 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Δόξα οὖν καὶ φῶς τοῦ νοός ἐστιν ἡ γνῶσις, δόξα δὲ καὶ φῶς ζωῆς ἡ ἀπάθεια. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܬܫܒܘܚܬܗ ܘܢܘܗܪܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ. ܬܫܒܘܚܬܗ̇ ܕܝܢ ܘܢܘܗܪܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ܆ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Δοξα και φως του νοος εστιν η πνευματικη γνωσις· δοξα δε και φως της ψυχης η απαθεια. | S2-Guill ܬܫܒܘܚܬܗ ܘܢܘܗܪܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ. ܬܫܒܘܚܬܗ̇ ܕܝܢ ܘܢܘܗܪܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ܆ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ̇܀ | S1-Dy + S2-Dy ...
while the glory and light of the nous is spiritual knowledge the glory and light of the soul is its apatheia isapatheia | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
82 1 82 1 82 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܡ̇ܘ̇ܬܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ ܡܥܕ ܥ̇ܒܕ ܒܢ܆ ܒܗ̇ ܒܕܡܘ̣ܬܐ ܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܟܐܢܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܠܟܠܗܘܢ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܕܫܪܟܐ ܣܥ̇ܪ܇ ܒܙܒܢܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܠܡܕܢ ܡܝ̈ܬܐ ܘܚܝ̈ܐ܇ ܘܦ̇ܪܥ ܠܟܠܢܫ ܐܝܟ ܥ̇ܒ̈ܕܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Οτι ο αισθητος θανατος ειωθε ποιεν εν ημιν page 55r | ως αυτως η δι καια του θεου κρισις απασι τοις λογικοις ποιησει εν ωι καιρωι μελλει κρινειν ζωντας τε και νεκρους και ανταποδωσει ενι εκαστωι κατα τα εργα αυτου. | S2-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܘ̇ܬܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ ܡܥܕ ܥ̇ܒܕ ܒܢ܆ ܒܗ̇ ܒܕܡܘ̣ܬܐ ܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܟܐܢܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܠܫܪܟܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܣܥ̇ܪ܇ ܒܙܒܢܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܠܡܕܢ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܘܡܝ̈ܬܐ܇ ܘܦ̇ܪܥ ܠܟܠ ܐܢܫ ܐܝܟ ܥ̇ܒ̈ܕܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 That which sensible death normally does in us, "the just judgment of God" willsimilarly accomplish for the other logikoiwhen "he is ready to judge the living and the dead" and to "render to each according to his works." |
83 1 83 1 83 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܓܝܚܘܢ ܢܗܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܨܪܝܐ: ܗ̇ܘ ܕܚܕ̇ܪ ܠܟܠܗ̇ ܐܪܥܐ ܕܟܘܫ: ܕܡܢܗ ܒܝܕ ܚܕ ܡܢ ܢܒܝ̈ܐ ܐܬܦ̇ܩܕ ܠܝܣܪܝܠ ܕܠܐ ܢ̣ܫܬܐ܆ ܝ̣ܕܥܢ ܐܢܘܢ ܐܦ ܠܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܬܠܬܐ ܪ̈ܝܫܐ ܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ܆ ܘܠܢܗܪܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢܗ ܦ̇ܪܫܝܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܪ̈ܝܫܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ει Γιων ποταμος αιγυπτιος εστι κυκλων πασαν την γην Αιθιοπιας αφ’ ου δι ενος page 55v | των προφητων εκελευσθη Ισραηλ μη πιειν γιγνωσκομεν και τας τρεις αλλας αρχας και τον ποταμον αφ’ ου αφοριζονται αι τεσσαρες αρχαι. 121 | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܓܝܚܘܢ ܢܗܪܐ ܗܘ ܡܨܪܝܐ: ܗ̇ܘ ܕܚܕ̇ܪ ܠܟܠܗ̇ ܐܪܥܐ ܕܟܘܫ: ܕܡܢܗ ܒܝܕ ܚܕ ܡܢ ܢܒܝ̈ܐ ܐܬܦ̇ܩܕ ܐܝܣܪܝܠ ܕܠܐ ܢ̣ܫܬܐ܆ ܝ̣ܕܥܢ ܐܢܘܢ ܐܦ ܠܗ̇ܠܝܢ ܬܠܬ ܪ̈ܫܐ ܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ܆ ܘܠܢܗܪܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢܗ ܐܬܦ̣ܪܫܘ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܪ̈ܝܫܝܢ܀ 57 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the Gihon is the Egyptian river that surrounds the whole land of [Ethiopia] Cush, from which Israel was commanded by one of the prophets not to drink, we also know the three other sources and the river from which the four sources are separated. |
84 1 84 1 84 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 56 ܗܘܢܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܘܕܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ. ܪܓܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܩܒܠܢܝܬܐ ܕܢܟܦܘܬܐ ܘܕܙܠܝܠܘܬܐ. ܒܬܪ ܕܝܢ ܛܢܢܐ܆ ܚܘ̣ܒܐ ܘܣܢܐܬܐ ܪܕ̇ܝܢ. ܡܬܠܘ̇ܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܩܕ̇ܝܡ ܒܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩܕ̇ܝܡ ܒܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ. ܘܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܩܕ̇ܝܡ ܒܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩܕ̇ܝܡ ܒܬܠܝܬܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο των λογικων νους δεκτικος εστι της τε γνωσεως και της αγνοιας, το δε επιθυμητικον δεκτικον της σωφροσυνης και της αισχυνης, μετα δε τον ζηλον (= θυ μον) η αγαπη και το μισος τρεχει· κολλαται δε τωι πρωτευοντι εν τοις πρωτοις το πρωτευον εν τοις δευτεροις και τωι πρωτευοντι εν τοις δευτεροις το πρωτευον εν τοις τριτοις. 123 | S2-Guill ܠܗܘܢܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܬܚ̇ܝ̈ܕܢ. ܪܓܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܩܒܠܢܝܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܢܟܦܘܬܐ ܘܕܦܚܙܘܬܐ. ܠܚܡ̣ܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܥܕ ܓܕ̇ܫ ܚܘ̣ܒܐ ܘܣܢܐܬܐ. ܠܘ̣ܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ܆ ܘܠܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The nous of the logikoi is receptive of knowledge and ignorance, epithumiais receptive of chastity and of luxury, and following the thumos go love and hatred That which is first among the firsts is accompanied by what is first among the seconds, and what is first among the seconds (is accompanied) by what is first among the thirds. | S2-Dy S2 Knowledge and ignorance are united in the nous, while epithumia is receptive of self-control and luxury, and love and hate normally occur to thumos. But the first accompanies first[beings], and the second, second [beings]. |
85 1 85 1 85 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1932 50 Κυκλεύει γὰρ ὁ νοῦς ἐμπαθὴς ὢν καὶ δυσκάθεκτος γίνεται, τὰς ποιητικὰς τῶν ἡδονῶν ὕλας ἐπισκεπτόμενος. Ἵσταται δὲ τῆς πλάνης ἀπαθὴς γεγονὼς καὶ τοῖς ἀσωμάτοις περιτυχῶν τοῖς ἀποπληροῦσι τὰς πνευματικὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῷ. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 246 Κυκλεύει γὰρ ὁ νοῦς ἐμπαθὴς ὢν καὶ δυσκάθεκτος γίνεται τὰς ποιητικὰς τῶν ἡδονῶν ὕλας ἐπισκεπτόμενος· ἵσταται δἐ τῆς πλάνης ἀπαθὴς γεγονὼς καὶ τοῖς ἀσωμάτοις περιτυχὼν τοῖς ἀποπληροῦσι τὰς πνευματικὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῷ. | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܬܟ̣ܪܟ ܗܘܢܐ܆ ܟܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܚܫܘܫܐ. ܗܢܘ ܕܝܢ ܘܠܐ ܡܬܠܒܟܢܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ܆ ܟܕ ܣܥ̇ܪ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܕܪ̈ܓܝܓܬܐ. ܩܐ̇ܡ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܚܐܦܗ ܘܫܠ̇ܐ ܡܢ ܛܘܥܝܝ ܕܚܕܝܪܐ ܠܗ܆ ܡܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܕܠܐ ܚܫ̈ܐ܇ ܘܗ̣ܘܐ ܒܥܢܝܢܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܡܠܝܢ ܟܠܗܝܢ ܪ̈ܓܝܓܬܗ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο νους περιαγεται εμπαθης γεγομενος ουδε συνεχεται πραττων ποικιλας επιθυμιας· αφεστηκε δε τοις ορμης και παυεται της πλανης της κυκλωι αυτου απαθης γενομενος και ομιλων τοις ασωματοις ατινα πληροι πασας τας πνευματικας επιθυμιας αυτου. | S2-Guill ܡܬܟ̣ܪܟ ܗܘܢܐ܆ ܟܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܚܫܘܫܐ. ܘܠܐ ܡܬܠܒܟܢܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ܆ ܟܕ ܣܥ̇ܪ ܗܘ̈ܠܣ ܡܩܝ̈ܡܢܝܬܐ ܕܪ̈ܓܝܓܬܗ. ܦܐ̇ܫ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܛܘܥܝܝ܆ ܡܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܕܠܐ ܚܫܐ܇ ܘܗ̣ܘܐ ܒܥܢܝܢܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ ܐܢܘܢ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܡܠܝܢ ܟܠܗܝܢ ܪ̈ܓܝܓܬܗ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The nous wanders, when it becomes impassioned, that it is to say it is uncontrollable when it achieves its diverse desires. But it restrains itself in its rush and renounces its distractions which surround it when it becomes dispassionate and when it has arrived in the company of those who are bodiless, those who fulfill all its spiritual desires. | S2-Dy S2 The nous wanders when impassioned, and is uncontrolled when it attains the elements of its epithumia desire, but ceases from distraction when it becomes impassible and attains the company of incorporeal [beings] who fulfil all its spiritual desires. |
86 1 86 1 86 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ἀγάπη ἐστὶν ἕξις ἀρίστη λογικῆς ψυχῆς, καθ' ἣν οὐδὲν τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ γνώσεως προτιμᾷ | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚܘ̣ܒܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܡܝܬܪܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܕܒܗ̇ ܒܗܕܐ ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܕܬܚ̇ܒ ܠܡܕܡ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܇ ܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αγαπη εστιν υπερβαλλουσα της λογικης ψυχης καταστασις καθ’ ην αδυνατον αγαπαν τι του κοσμου τουτου μαλλον η την του θεου γνωσιν. | S2-Guill ܚܘ̣ܒܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܡܝܬܪܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܕܒܗ̇ ܒܗܕܐ ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܕܬܚ̇ܒ ܠܡܕܡ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܢ ܡܬܚܒ̈ܠܢܝܬܐ܇ ܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy + S2-Dy ...
love is the excellent state of the reasonable reasoning soul which for in this it one cannot love anything which is among corruptible things more than the knowledge of god | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
87 1 87 1 87 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Πάντα τὰ γεγονότα διὰ τὴν γνῶσιν γέγονε τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα ἐκ μεγέθους καὶ καλλονῆς (cf. Sap. XIII, 5) ὃ γέγονεν γινώσκεται· πᾶν δὲ ὃ ἐτέρου [ἑτέρου] γίνεται χάριν, τοῦτο ἔλαττον ἐκείνου ἐστὶν οὗ ἕνεκα γίνεται· πάντων ἄρα τιμιωτέρα ἐστὶν ἡ γνῶσις τοῦ Θεοῦ. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܘܠ ܡܕܡ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܡܛܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܗ̣ܘܐ. ܟܘܠ ܡܕܡ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܛܠ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܒܨܝܪ ܗܘ ܡܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܛܠܬܗ ܗ̣ܘܐ. ܡܛܠ ܗܢܐ ܡܝܬܪܐ ܗܝ ܡܢ ܟܘܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܡܛܠܬܗ̇ ܓܝܪ ܟܠ ܡܕܡ ܗ̣ܘܐ܀ | S1-Fr Παν γεγομενον δια την του θεου γνωσιν γεγονε παν δε δι’ αλλο τι γενομενον ηττον εστι παρα το δι’ ο εγενετο· δια τουτο παντα υπερβαλλει η του θεου γνωσις, οτι δι’ αυτην παντα γεγονε. 125 | S2-Guill ܟܠܗܘܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ܆ ܡܛܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܗ̣ܘܘ. ܟܠܡܕܡ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܛܠ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ܆ ܒܨܝܪ ܗܘ ܡܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܛܠܬܗ ܗ̣ܘܐ. ܡܛܠ ܗܢܐ ܡܝܬܪܐ ܗܝ ܡܢ ܟܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ 59 | S1-Dy S1 Everything that was created was created for the knowledge of God; on the other hand, everything that was created for something else is less than what it was created for; in consequence, the knowledge of God is superior to everything, because everything was created for it. | S2-Dy S2 All beings exist for the knowledge of God, but everything that exists for another is less than that for which it exists. Because of this, the knowledge of God is superior to all. |
88 1 88 1 88 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 58 ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܣܘܟܠܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܕܡܛܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܗ̣ܘܘ܀ | S1-Fr Η φυσικη γνωσις εστι συνεσις αληθινη των δια την της αγιας Τριαδος γνωσιν γεγομενων. | S2-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܡܬܕܪܟܢܘܬܐ ܫܪܝܪܬܐ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܕܡܛܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܗ̣ܘܘ܀ | S1-Dy + S2-Dy ...
natural knowledge is true understanding of those created for the who were created for knowledge of the holy blessed trinity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
89 1 89 1 89 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠܗ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܐܬܬܟܝܢ ܠܡܐܠܦ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ. ܐܠܗܐ ܕܝܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܠܟܝܢܐ ܗܟܝܠ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܕܐܬܒܪ̣ܝ܆ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܐ ܢܬܒܪ̣ܐ ܗܘܐ. ܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܚܐܪܘܬܗ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ. ܚܕܐ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܝܬܝܗ̇ ܣܩܘܒܠܐ ܠܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Πασα λογικη φυσις πεφυκε μανθανειν την αληθινην γνωσιν ο δε θεος γνωσις ουσιωδης εστι· τηι λογικηι φυσει ουν ητις εκτισθη εναντιον εστι το οτι ουκ αν εκ τισθη, εναντιον δε τωι αυτεξουσιωι αυτης η κακια τε και η αγνοια, εν δε τουτων ουκ εστιν εναντιον τωι θεωι. | S2-Guill ܟܠܗ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܐܬܬܟܝܢ ܕܢܗܘܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܇ ܘܕܢܗܘܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܝܕܘܥܐ. ܐܠܗܐ ܕܝܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܠܟܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܠܝܠܐ܆ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܐ ܢܗܘܐ܇ ܠܝܕܥܬܗ ܕܝܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ. ܘܠܐ ܡܕܡ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܣܩܘܒܠܝ ܠܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 All reasoning nature was naturally made to understand true knowledge, and God is essential knowledge. The reasoning nature that has been created therefore has opposed to it the fact of not being created; and opposed to liberty are evil and ignorance; but not one of those things is opposed to God. | S2-Dy S2 All reasoning nature was naturally made in order to exist and to know: and God is essential knowledge. And while opposed to reasoning nature there is non-existence, and[opposed] to knowledge there is evil and ignorance, there is in these no opposition to God. |
90 1 90 1 90 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢ ܝܘܡܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܥܪܘܒܬܐ: ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܨܛܠܒ ܦܪܘܩܢ܆ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܝ̣ܬܘ ܒܗ ܒܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܦܠܐܬܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܩܒܪܗ܇ ܕܒܗܘܢ ܙܕܝܩܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܬܩܒ̣ܪܬ̇. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܩܝ̇ܡܐ ܠܝܘܡܐ ܕܬܠܬܐ܆ ܟܕ ܠܒܝܫܐ ܓܘܫܡܐ ܕܪܘܚ. ܫܪܝܪܐ ܗܝ ܓܝܪ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܝܠܗ ܕܦܪܘܡܢ܇ ܕܝܘܡܢ ܘܡܚܪ ܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܣܥ̇ܪ. ܘܒܝܘܡܐ ܕܬܠܬܐ ܡܫܬܡܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει σημερον η παρασκευη εστιν εν ηι ο σωτηρ ημων εσταυρωθη, παντες 127 οι απεθανον εν Χριστωι τυπος εισι του ταφου αυτου εν οις η του θεου δικαιοσυνη τεθαπται ητις αναστησεται τηι τριτηι ημεραι ημφιεσμενη σωμα πνευματικον· αληθης γαρ ο του σωτηρος ημων λογος οτι σημερον και αυριον δυναμεις ποιησει page 58v | τηι δε τριτηι ημεραι τελειουται. 129 | S2-Guill ܐܢ ܝܘܡܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܥܪܘܒܬܐ: ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܨܛܠܒ ܦܪܘܩܢ܆ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܓܝܪ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܝ̣ܬܘ܆ ܦܠܐܬܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܩܒܪܗ܇ ܕܒܗܘܢ ܙܕܝܩܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܝ̣ܬܬ̇. ܕܚܝ̇ܐ ܠܝܘܡܐ ܕܬܠܬܐ܆ ܘܩܝ̇ܡܐ ܟܕ ܠܒܝܫܐ ܓܘܫܡܐ ܕܪܘܚ. ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܝܘܡܢܐ ܘܡܚܪ ܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܣܥ̇ܪ܇ ܘܠܝܘܡܐ ܕܬܠܬܐ ܡܫܬܡܠܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 If today is the Friday when our Savior was crucified, all those who have died in Christ are the symbol of his tomb because with them the justice of God was buried, that which will be resuscitated on the third day, re clothed in a spiritual body. True indeed, is the word of our Savior, that "today and tomorrow He works miracles and on the third day it is completed." | S2-Dy S2 If this is the day called "Friday", on which our Savior was crucified, then all who died are a symbol of his grave; for with them [also] died the righteousness of God that will live again on the third day and will be raised clothed with a spiritual body - if today and tomorrow he accomplishes miracles and the third day it is finished. |
ep 1 ep 1 ep | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܫܠ̣ܡ̇ܬ ܡܐܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܆ ܕܚܣܝܪܐ ܪ̈ܝܫܐ ܥܣܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr | S2-Guill ܫܠ̣ܡ̇ܬ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The End of the First [Century] |
ti title 2 ti 2 ti 2 title 2 title | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ti title title 60 ܡܐܬܐ ܕܬܖܬܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr | S2-Guill ti title title 61 ܡܐܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy |
1 2 1 2 1 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܚܙܝܬܐ ܕܛܒܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ: ܘܕܚܝܠܗ ܘܕܚܟܡܬܗ ܗܕܐ ܗܝ܆ ܒܪ̣ܝܬܐ ܕܡܢ ܠܐ ܡܕܡ ܠܡܕܡ ܗ̣ܘܬ܀ | S1-Fr Εσοπτρον της αγαθοτητος του θεου και της δυναμεως τε και σοφιας αυτου εστιν η κτισις η εξ ουδενος εις τι γενομενη. | S2-Guill ܡܚܙܝܬܐ ܕܛܒܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ: ܘܕܚܝܠܗ ܘܕܚܟܡܬܗ܆ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܩܕܡܝܬ ܡܢ ܠܐ ܡܕܡ ܠܡܕܡ ܗ̣ܘܘ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The mirror of the goodness of God, of his power and his wisdom, [these are] the things that in the beginning were nothing [and have] become something. |
2 2 2 2 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܚܟܡܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܠ̣ܝܬ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܢܢ܆ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܬܚ̇ܫܚ ܘܒܪ̣ܐ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ. ܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܥܠ ܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܥܠ ܩܢܘܡܗ ܝܠ̇ܦܝܢ ܚܢܢ܀ | S1-Fr Εν τηι δευτεραι θεωριαι τηι φυσικηι την ποικιλην Χριστου σωφιαν ορωμεν ηι χρησαμενος εκτισε τους κοσμους· εν δε τηι περι των λογικων φυσεων γνωσει περι της ουσιας αυτου μανθανομεν. 131 | S2-Guill ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܚܟܡܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܠ̣ܝܬ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܢܢ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܬܚܫ̇ܚ ܘܒܪ̣ܐ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ. ܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܥܠ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܥܠ ܩܢܘܡܗ ܝܠ̣ܦܢܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 In second natural contemplation we see "the manifold wisdom" of Christ, he who served in the creation of the worlds; but in the knowledge that concerns the logikoi, we have been instructed on the subject of its substance. |
3 2 3 2 3 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܟܠܗܝܢ ܝܕܥ̈ܬܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܝܚܝܕܝܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܘܡܢ ܟܠܗ̇ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܩܫܝܫܐ ܗܝ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ. ܗܕܐ ܓܝܪ ܠܘܩܕܡ ܡܢ ܒܪܘܝܐ ܢܦܩ̣ܬ̇܆ ܘܥܡ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܐܬܠܘ̇ܝ ܠܗ̇ ܕܢܚ̣ܬ̇܀ | S1-Fr Πρωτη πασων γνωσεων εστιν η της Μοναδος γνωσις και πασης φυσικης θεωριας πρεσβυτερα εστιν η πνευματικη γνωσις· αυτη γαρ πρωτον εκ του κτιστου εξηλθε τε και αμα τηι φυσει ητις εκολλατο αυτηι εξελαμψεν. | S2-Guill ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܟܘܠܗܝܢ ܝܕ̈ܥܬܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܚܕܝܘܬܐ ܘܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܘܡܢ ܟܠܗ̇ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܩܫܝܫܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ. ܗܕܐ ܓܝܪ ܠܘܩܕܡ ܡܢ ܒܪܘܝܐ ܢܦܩ̣ܬ̇܆ ܘܥܡ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܐܬܠܘ̇ܝ ܠܗ̇ ܕܢܚ̣ܬ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The first of all (forms of) knowledge is the knowledge of the Monad and of the Unity, and more ancient than all natural contemplation is spiritual knowledge; the former, indeed, comes forth before the Creator, and it appears with the nature that has accompanied it. |
4 2 4 2 4 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܕ ܫܘ̈ܚܠܦܐ ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ ܐܢܘܢ܆ ܚܢܢ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܕܐܪܒܥܐ ܫܘ̈ܚܠܦܝܢ ܝܕ̇ܥܝܢܢ. ܘܩܕܡܝܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܐܒܗ̈ܬܐ܆ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܢܐ. ܫܘܢܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ 62 ܠܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ. ܕܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܕܝܢ܆ ܡܢ ܠܐ ܡܬܛܦܝܣܢܘܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ. ܕܬܠܬܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܥܘܠܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܗܕܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ. ܘܕܐܪܒܥܐ܆ ܫܘܢܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܟܠܗܝܢ܇ ܠܘܬܗ̇ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Πολλων ουσων μεταθεσεων ημεις την τεσσαρων μονον διακρισιν γινωσ κομεν. και η μεν πρωτη εστι κατα τους πατερας page 61r | η εκ της κακιας εις την αρετην μεταστασις, η δε δευτερα η εκ της απειθειας εις την φυσικην θεωριαν την δευτεραν, η δε τριτη η εκ ταυτης εις την των λογικων φυσεων γνωσιν αναγωγη. η δε τεταρτη η εκ τουτων παντων εις την αγιαν Τριαδα μεταστασις. 133 | S2-Guill ܟܕ ܫܘ̈ܚܠܦܐ ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ ܐܢܘܢ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܪܒܥܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܩܒ̇ܠܢܢ. ܕܩܕܡܝܐ ܘܕܬܪܝܢܐ. ܘܕܐܚܪܝܐ. ܘܕܩܕܡܘܗܝ. ܘܩܕܡܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ܆ ܫܘܢܝܐ ܕܡܢ 63 ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ. ܬܪܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܕܡܢ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ. ܘܬܠܝܬܝܐ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢ ܗܕܐ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܥܠ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ. ܘܕܐܪܒܥܐ܆ ܫܘܢܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܟܠܗܝܢ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 While the transformations are numerous, we have received knowledge of only four: the first, the second, the last and that which precedes it. The first, it is said, is the passage from vice to virtue; the second is that from apatheia to second natural contemplation; the third, is (the passage) from the former to the knowledge that concerns thelogikoi; and the fourth is the passage of all to knowledge of Blessed Trinity. |
5 2 5 2 5 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܓܪܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܗܢܘ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ. ܚܝܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܫܪܝܪ̈ܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Σωμα πνευματικον των λογικων φυσεων εστιν η παντων των οντων θεωρια, ζωη δε αυτων αλητινη η της αγιας μοναδος γνωσις. | S2-Guill ܦܓܪܐ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܢܦܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܘܗ̇ܘ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܝܕ̇ܥ ܠܢܦܫܐ܆ ܢܦܫܐ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܬܩܪܐ. ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܝܕ̇ܥܝܢ ܦܓܪܐ܆ ܦܓܪܐ ܕܗܕܐ ܢܦܫܐ ܡܫܬܡܗܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The body of what is, is the contemplation of beings; and the soul of what is, is knowledge of the Unity. He who knows the soul is called soul of that which is, and those who know the bodies are named body of that soul. |
6 2 6 2 6 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Ψυχὴ δὲ ἡ τὴν πρακτικὴν σὺν Θεῷ κατορθώσασα καὶ λυθεῖσα τοῦ σώματος, ἐν ἐκείνοις γίνεται τοῖς τῆς γνώσεως τόποις, ἐν οἷς αὐτὴν τὸ τῆς ἀπαθείας πτερὸν καταπαύσει. = E 4. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܢܦܫܐ ܦܠܘܚܬܐ: ܕܒܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܨܠܚ̣ܬ̇: ܘܡܢ ܦܓܪܐ ܫܢ̇ܝܬ̇܆ ܒܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܐܬܪ̈ܘܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܐ. ܐܝܟܐ ܕܐܒܪ̈ܐ ܕܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܗ̇ ܢܡܢ̇ܥܘܢܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Η ψυχη η εργαζομενη εργαζομενη ητις χαριτι του θεου ευοδωθη και του σωματος αφωρισται εν εκεινοις τοις τοποις της γνωσεως εσται οπου αι της απαθιας πτερυγες αυτην κατανταν ποιησουσιν. 135 | S2-Guill ܢܦܫܐ ܦܠܘܚܬܐ: ܕܒܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܨܠܚ̣ܬ̇: ܘܡܢ ܦܓܪܐ ܫܢ̇ܝܬ̇܆ ܒܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܐܬܪ̈ܘܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܐ. ܐܝܟܐ ܕܐܒܪ̈ܐ ܕܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܗ̇ ܢܡܢ̇ܥܘܢܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy + S2-Dy ...
the praktike soul that which by the grace of god has triumphed and is part of has departed from the body will be in those the regions of knowledge where which the wings of its apatheia will sendit provide it | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 2 7 2 7 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܠܝܢ ܝܪ̇ܬܝܢ ܠܗ̇ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܒܬܪ ܡܘܬܐ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܘ ܒܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܐܘ ܒܒܝܫܘܬܐ܇ ܗ̣ܘܘ ܠܗ̣ ܡܚܦ̈ܛܢܐ ܘܡܥܕܪ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ουτοι κληρονομησουσιν την ψυχην μετα τον θανατον οι η εν τηι αρετηι η εν τηι κακιαι αυτηι ζηλωται τε και βοηθοι υπηρξαν | S2-Guill ܗܠܝܢ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܠܗ̇ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܝܪ̈ܘܬܐ ܒܬܪ ܡܘܬܐ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܐܘ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܗ̣ܘܘ ܠܗ̇ ܡܥܕܪ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 For the soul of heirs, after death, these[wings] will [prove to] have been of assistance to it either for virtue or for vice. |
8 2 8 2 8 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܥܘܬܪܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܪܘܚ. ܡܣܟܢܘܬܗ̇ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܓܠܝܙܘܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܩܕ̇ܝܡ ܗܘ ܥܘܬܪܐ ܠܡܣܟܢܘܬܐ܇ ܘܚܘܠܡܢ ܢܦܫܐ ܠܟܘܪܗܢܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Πλουτος της ψυχης εστιν η πνευματικη γνωσις πτωχεια δε η αγνοια· δε η αγνοια αποστερησις εστι της γνωσεως δηλοντι προτερος εστιν ο πλουτος της πτωχειας και η της ψυχης υγιεια της νοσου αυτης. | S2-Guill ܥܘܬܪܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ. ܡܣܟܢܘܬܗ̇ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܓܠܝܙܘܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܩܕ̇ܝܡ ܗܘ ܥܘܬܪܐ ܠܡܣܟܢܘܬܐ܇ ܘܚܘܠܡܢ ܢܦܫܐ ܠܟܘܪܗܢܗ̇܀ 65 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The wealth of the soul is knowledge, and its poverty ignorance; but if ignorance is deprivation of knowledge, wealth precedes poverty, and the health of the soul [precedes] its sickness. [Letter 42, Frb 596 I.7-9] |
9 2 9 2 9 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 64 ܡܢ̣ܘ ܝܕ̇ܥ ܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܘܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܘܡܢ̣ܘ ܡܣܬ̇ܟܠ ܚܝ̈ܠܝܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ܇ ܘܐܝܟܢܐ ܗܠܝܢ ܠܗܠܝܢ ܡܐܣܝܢ܇ ܘܠܘܬ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ ܡܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Τις γινωσκει την των εντολων του θεου ενεργειαν και τις συνιησι τας της ψυχης δυναμεις και πως εκειναι ταυτας ιωνται τε και προς την αληθινην θεωριαν προσαγουσιν. 137 | S2-Guill ܡ̇ܢ ܝܕ̇ܥ ܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܐ. ܘܡܢ̣ܘ ܡܣܬ̇ܟܠ ܚܝ̈ܠܝܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ܇ ܘܐܝܟܢܐ ܗܠܝܢ ܠܗܠܝܢ ܡܐܣܝܢ܇ ܘܠܘܬ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܡܚܦ̇ܛܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Who knows the activity of the commandments? Who understands the powers of the soul, and how the former heal the latter and urge them on to the contemplation of things which exist? |
10 2 10 2 10 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Τερπνὰ μὲν τὰ διὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἡμῖν προσπίπτοντα πράγματα· τερπνοτέρα δὲ πολλῷ μᾶλλον τούτων ἐστίν ἡ θεωρία, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπειδὴ μὴ φθάνει τὴν γνῶσιν ἡ αἴσθησις διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀσθέ- νειαν, αὐτὴ προτιμοτέρα εἶναι δοκεῖ τῆς μηδέπω παρούσης. = E6. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܪ̈ܓܝܓܢ ܡ̇ܢ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܒܝܕ ܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܡܬܝܕܥ̈ܢ. ܪܓܝܓܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܢܗܝܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ. ܐܠܐ ܡܛܠ ܕܠܐ ܬܟ̇ܒܐ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܗ̣ܝ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܒܥܠܬ ܟܪܝܗܘܬܗ̇܆ ܡܣܬ̣ܒܪܐ ܕܡܝܬܪܐ ܒܩܪܝܒܘܬܗ̇ ܡܢ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܡܒ̣ܥܕܐ ܘܡܢܗ̇ ܡܝܬܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Επιθυμητα μεν τα πραγματα τα δι’ αισθησεων γινωσκομενα μαλλον δε επιθυμητη παρ’ αυτα η της αληθινης γνωσεως θεωρια· αλλα γαρ διοτι ουκ εντονως επιβαλλεται η αισθησις της γνωσεως δια την ασθενειαν αυτης υπολαμ βανεται ως υπερβαλλει εν τωι εγγυς ειναι της μακραν απουσης τε και αυτης υπερ βαλλουσης. | S2-Guill ܐܪ̈ܓܝܓܢ ܡ̇ܢ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܒܝܕ ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܪ̈ܒܢ ܠܢ. ܐܪܓܝܓܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܢܗܝܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܝܢ. ܐܠܐ ܡܛܠ ܕܠܐ ܡ̇ܕܪܟܐ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܗ̣ܝ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܡܛܠ ܟܪܝܗܘܬܢ܆ ܗܕܐ ܡܣܬ̣ܒܪܐ ܕܡܝܬܪܐ ܡܢ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܥܕܟܝܠ ܠܐ ܐܬܕ̣ܪܟ̇ܬ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Desirable are things that are known through the organs of sense, but most desirable is the contemplation of true knowledge. But because sensation cannot attain knowledge due to its infirmity, it regards as superior what is closer, rather than that which is distant and [truly superior to it. | S2-Dy S2 Desirable are things that approach us through the senses, but [even] more desirable is their contemplation. But, because the senses do not attain knowledge due to our infirmity, the latter is considered superior to the former that is not attained. |
11 2 11 2 11 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܥܠ ܟܠ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܐ ܐܬܩܝ̇ܡ: ܟܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܩܪ̇ܝܒ ܘܟܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܡܒܥ̣ܕ܆ ܡܫܟܚܝܢܢ ܠܡܣܒ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܒܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ ܕܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܡܪܢ. ܒܠܚܘܕ ܕܝܢ ܗܘܢܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܠܢ ܠܐ ܡܬܕܪܟܢܐ. ܘܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܗܢܐ܆ ܐܠܗܐ ܥܒܘܕܗ. ܒܗ̇ܝ ܓܝܪ ܕܗ̣ܘ ܐܠܗܐ ܠܐ ܡܬܕܪ̣ܟ܆ ܐܦܠܐ ܒܝܬ ܡܫܪܝܗ܀ | S1-Fr Περι παντος εκ των τεσσαρων στοιχειων συνεστηκοτος ειτε εγγυς ειτε μακραν οντος δυναμεθα θεωριαν λαβειν τηι ενεργειαι της του κυριου χαριτος, μονος δε ο νους ημων ακαταληπτος εστι και μαλλον παρ’ αυτον ο θεος ο ποιητης αυτου διοτι γαρ ο θεος ου καταλαμβανεται ουδε το καταλυμα αυτου. 139 | S2-Guill ܥܠ ܟܠܡܕܡ ܕܡܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܐ ܐܬܩܝ̇ܡ: ܟܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܪܚ̇ܝܩ ܘܟܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܩ̇ܪܝܒ܆ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܕܕܡ̣ܘܬܗ ܢ̣ܣܒ. ܒܠܚܘܕ ܕܝܢ ܗܘܢܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܠܢ ܠܐ ܡܬܕܪܟܢܐ܆ ܘܐܠܗܐ ܥܒܘܕܗ. ܠܐ ܓܝܪ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܕܢܣ̇ܬܟܠ ܡ̇ܢܘ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܐܦܠܐ ܕܢܣ̇ܬܟܠ ܠܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܩܢܘܡܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 With regard to everything composed of the four elements, things near or distant, it is possible for us to perceive some likeness. But only ournous is incomprehensible to us, as well as God, its author. Indeed, it is not possible for us to understand what is a nature susceptible of the Blessed Trinity, nor to understand the Unity, essential knowledge. |
12 2 12 2 12 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܡܝܢܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܦ ܐܝܕܐ ܡܬܩܪܝܐ. ܐܝܕܗ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܡܬܩܪܝܐ ܐܦ ܝܡܝܢܗ. ܡܛܠ ܕܚܕܐ ܢܝܫܗ̇ ܒܡܘܗܒܬܐ܆ ܘܐܚܪܬܐ ܢܝܫܗ̇ ܒܡܪܕܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η δειξια του Χριστου και χειρ αυτου ονομαζεται η δε χειρ αυτου ου λεγεται και δεξια αυτου page 64v | διοτι της μεν εστιν ο σκοπος εν δοσει της δε εν παιδειαι. | S2-Guill ܝܡܝܢܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ ܐܦ ܐܝܕܐ ܡܬܩܪܝܐ. ܐܝܕܗ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܡܬܩܪܝܐ ܐܦ ܝܡܝܢܐ. ܘܐܝܕܗ ܡ̇ܢ ܝܬܝܪܘܬܐ ܘܒܨܝܪܘܬܐ ܡܩ̇ܒܠܐ. ܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܓ̇ܕܫܐ ܗܕܐ ܐܦ ܠܝܡܝܢܐ܀ 67 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The right hand of the Lord is also calledhand, but his hand is not also referred to as right. And his hand receives increase and diminution, but it does not [thereby] attain as well to the right. |
13 2 13 2 13 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 66 ܣܦ̣ܩ̇ܬ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܪܘܚ܆ ܠܗܘܝܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ. ܬܣܦ̣ܩ ܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܗܕܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܠܡܥܠܬܗܘܢ ܕܠܘܬ ܓܡܝܪܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εξηρκεσε το πρωτον η πνευματκη θεωρια εις το ειναι φυσεις λογικας, αρκεσει δε και η δευτερα εις το προσαγειν αυτας προς την τελειοτητα. | S2-Guill ܣܦ̣ܩ̇ܬ ܡ̇ܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ܆ ܠܗܘܝܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ. ܣܦ̇ܩܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܗܕܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܠܦܘܢܝܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The first contemplation of nature suffices for the creation of reasoning nature, and the second also suffices for its conversion. |
14 2 14 2 14 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܫ̣ܘܝܢ ܒܓܡܝܪܘܬܐ ܕܕܘܒܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ܆ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܫܘ̣ܝܢ ܐܦ ܒܦܘܪܥܢܐ ܕܥܡ̈ܠܝܗܘܢ. ܘܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܫܘ̣ܝܢ ܒܝܕܥܬܗܘܢ܆ ܕܪܘܚ܆ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܫܘ̣ܝܢ ܐܦ ܒܬܫܒܘܚܬܐ ܕܝܪܬܘܬܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr page 65v | Οι ισοι εν τηι των εργων τελειοτητι ισοι εσονται και εν τηι των πονων ανταποδοσει και οι ισοι εν τηι γνωσει αυτων τηι πνευματικηι ισωθησονται και εν τηι της κληρονομιας αυτων δοξηι. 141 | S2-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܫܘ̈ܝܐ ܚܐ̇ܝܢ܆ ܠܘ ܒܗ̇ ܟܕ ܒܗ̇ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ. ܐܠܐ ܒܗ ܟܕ ܒܗ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ. ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܗ̇ ܟܕ ܒܗ̇ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܒܗ̇ ܒܫܘܝܘܬ ܦܓܪܐ܆ ܘܒܗ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Thοse who live in equal bodies are not in the same knowledge, but rather the same world that is theirs. While those who are in the same knowledge are in equality of body and in the same world. |
15 2 15 2 15 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܩܒ̇ܠ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܢܦܫܗ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܚܝܠܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܡܠܝܐܝܬ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܓܡ̇ܝܪ܀ | S1-Fr Οταν η λογικη φυσις την αυτης θεωριαν δεξηται τοτε και η του νοος δυναμις τελειος εσται. | S2-Guill ܐܡܬܝ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܢܩܒ̇ܠ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܥܠܘܗܝ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܟܠܗ ܚܝܠܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܚܠܝܡ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 When reasoning nature receives the contemplation that concerns it, then all the power of the nous will also be healthy. |
16 2 16 2 16 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܐܝܟ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܝ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܟܠ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܢܦܫܐ ܫܘܬܦܬܗ̇ ܬܡܢ̇ܥ ܥܕܡܐ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ουτως εστιν η παντων των οντων γνωσις ωστε την ψυχην την κοινωνουσαν αυτης αναγαγειν προς την γνωσιν της αγιας Τριαδος. | S2-Guill ܕܕܐܝܟ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܝ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܟܠ ܕܗ̣ܘܘ ܘܗ̇ܘܝܢ܆ ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܢܫܟܚ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܩܒܠܢܗ̇ ܕܐܦ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܢܩܒ̇ܠ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Such is the contemplation of all that has been made and will be, that the nature that is receptive of it will be able to receive also the knowledge of the Trinity. |
17 2 17 2 17 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܬܪܒܝܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܡܬܚܠ̇ܦܝܢ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܘܡܬܛ̇ܠܩܝܢ ܫܡܗ̈ܐ. ܟܕ ܦܝ̇ܫܐ ܫܘܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܟ ܫܘܝܘܬܐ ܕܩܢܘܡ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εν τηι της των λογικων γνωσεως αυξησει μεταβαλλονται κοσμοι και εξαλειφεται ονοματα μενουσης της ισοτητος Frankenberg (ταυτοτητος) της γνωσεως κατα την των προσωπων ισοτητα. 143 | S2-Guill ܠܘ̣ܐ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܥܠ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܚܒ̇ܠܐ ܕܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܘܫܪܝܐ ܕܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܘܥܛܝܐ ܕܫܡܗ̈ܐ. ܟܕ ܦܝ̇ܫܐ ܫܘܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܟ ܫܘܝܘܬܐ ܕܩܢܘ̈ܡܐ܀ 69 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Accompanying the knowledge that concerns the logikoi are the destruction of worlds, the dissolution of bodies, and the abolition of names; while [there] remains the equality of knowledge according to the equality of substances. |
18 2 18 2 18 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 68 ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܡܟ̇ܣܝܢ ܐܘ ܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ ܐܘ ܓܘ̈ܢܐ ܕܡܬܝܒ̇ܠܝܢ ܒܗܘܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܡܟ̇ܣܝܢ ܠܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܘܝܕܥܬܐ܇ ܐܘ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ τα σωματα καλυπτουσιν η ποιοτητες η χρωματα εν οις γενναται, ουτως καλυπτουσι τας λογικας φυσεις αρετη τε και γνωσις η κακια τε και αγνοια. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܟܝܢܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܡܚܦ̇ܝܢ ܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ ܕܡܟ̇ܬܪܝܢ ܒܗܘܢ: ܘܕܠܐ ܫܠܘܐ ܡܝ̇ܒܠܝܢ ܚܕ ܠܚܕ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܡܚܦ̇ܝܐ ܠܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܘܝܕܥܬܐ܇ ܐܘ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ. ܕܢܐܡܪ ܕܝܢ ܐܢܫ܆ ܕܚܕܐ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܝܬܐ ܥܡܗܘܢ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܐܬܬ̣ܟܝܢ̇ܬ ܠܐ ܙ̇ܕܩ. ܡܛܠ ܕܥܡ ܩܘܝܡܗ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܕܢ̣ܚ̇ܬ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as the nature of bodies is hidden by qualities that remain in them and make them ceaselessly pass one into the other, so also reasoning nature is hidden by virtue and knowledge, or by vice and ignorance. And to say that one of these second things is made naturally with the logikoi is unjust, because it is with thesustasis of the nature that it has appeared. |
19 2 19 2 19 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܩܫܝܫܐ ܗܝ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ. ܡܛܠ ܕܡܢ ܒܬܪ ܗܘܝܗܘܢ ܒܗ̇ ܡܬܪܒ̇ܝܢ܆ ܥܕܡܐ ܕܡܡܢ̇ܥܝܢ ܠܓܡܝܪܘܬܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Πασων των λογικων φυσεων πρεσβυτερα η της αληθειας αληθινη γνωσις διοτι μετα το γενεσθαι αυτας εν αυτηι αυξανονται εως κατανταν εις την τελειοτητα αυτης. | S2-Guill ܡܢ ܬܪܝܢܘܬܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܥܠ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܩܫܝܫܐ܆ ܘܡܢ ܟܠ ܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܟܝܢܐ ܝܕܘܥܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The knowledge concerning the logikoi is more ancient than duality, and the knowing nature[more ancient] that all natures. |
20 2 20 2 20 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܕܩܕ̇ܝܡܐ ܠܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܆ ܗ̣ܘ ܒܪܘܝܐ ܒܬܪ ܗܘܝܐ ܕܒܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܐܠܦ̇ܗ̇ ܠܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Την πνευματικην γνωσιν ητις προτερα των σωματων μετα το ειναι εν σωμασιν εδιδασκεν ο κτιστης την λογικην φυσιν. 145 | S2-Guill ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ: ܗ̇ܝ ܕܡܢ ܩܕܝܡ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܗܘܬ܆ ܐܚܪܝܬ ܒܝܕ ܗܘܠܐ ܗ̣ܘ ܒܪܘܝܐ ܠܟܝܢܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܓ̇ܠܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Second natural contemplation was immaterial in the beginning; [but] in the end, the Creator has revealed the nature of the logikoi by means of matter . |
21 2 21 2 21 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠ ܡܕܡ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܟܪܘܙܐ ܗܘ ܕܚܟܡܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܠ̣ܝܬ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ. ܠܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܟܠ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܕܢܗܘܐ ܡܕܪܟܢܐ ܕܟܝܢܗ܀ | S1-Fr Παν το γενομενον κηρυξ εστι της του θεου πολυποικιλου σοφιας ουδεν δε των οντων καταληπτικον της φυσεως αυτου. | S2-Guill ܟܠܡܕܡ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܚܟܡܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܠ̣ܝܬ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܡ̇ܟܪܙ. ܠܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ܆ ܕܥܠ ܟܝܢܗ ܢܘܕܥ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Everything that has been made proclaims the richly-varied wisdom of God; but there is none at all among them that provides information concerning His nature. |
22 2 22 2 22 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܕܡܘ̣ܬܗ ܕܐܒܐ: ܡܠܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ ܒܪܗ ܡܪܢ ܝܫܘܥ ܡܫܝܚܐ: ܐܕܢܚ ܘܚܘܝ ܠܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܠܕܡܘ̣ܬܗ ܕܝܠܗ܇ ܗ̣ܘ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܡܚܘ̇ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ την του πατρος εικονα ο λογος της αληθειας ο υιος αυτου ο κυριος ημων Ι. Χ. εξεφηνε και απεδειξε τηι λογικηι φυσει ουτως και την εικονα αυτου η λογικη φυσις αποδεικνυσιν. 147 | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܟܝܢܗ ܕܐܒܐ ܡܠܬܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܀ 71 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as the Word has known the nature of the Father, so the reasoning nature [has known] that of the Christ. |
23 2 23 2 23 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 70 ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܕܡܘ̣ܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܬܚܙܐ܆ ܗ̣ܘܝܘ ܡܠܦܢܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܥܠܘܗܝ. ܗܢܘ ܕܝܢ܆ ܠܘܬ ܟܠܗ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܒܨܠܡܗ܀ | S1-Fr Ο ων εν εικονι του αορατου θεου ουτος εστι διδασκαλος της περι αυτου γνωσεως προς γε πασαν φυσιν λογικην ητις ενεγετο εν τηι ομοιοτητι αυτου. | S2-Guill ܨܠܡܐ ܕܐܝܬܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܐܦ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܝ̇ܕܥ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܝ̇ܕܥ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܆ ܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܦܢܛܘܣ ܨܠܡܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The image of the essence of God also knows the contemplation of things that are; but he who knows the contemplation of beings - he is not absolutely one who is the image of God. |
24 2 24 2 24 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚܕ ܗܘ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܩܒ̇ܠ ܥܠܘܗܝ܇ ܠܡܩܢܐ ܫܡܗ̈ܐ ܫܐܝ̈ܠܐ ܥܡ ܫܘܡ̈ܗܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Εις εστι μονος ος τηι χαριτι αυτου υπεδεξατο κτασθαι ονοματα τροπικα μετα των ονοματων Frankenberg (κυριων) αυτου. | S2-Guill ܚܕ ܗܘ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܕܫܡ̈ܗܐ ܕܓܘܐ ܩܢ̣ܐ ܥܡ ܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 There is only one who has acquired common names with the others. |
25 2 25 2 25 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܦܪܕܬܐ ܕܫܢܢܐ ܕܥܬܝܕܐ: ܡܬܩܪܝܐ ܓܘܫܡܗ̇ ܕܗܕܐ ܕܐܙ̣ܕܪܥ̇ܬ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܕܩܐ̇ܡ܇ ܦܪܕܬܐ ܢܬܩܪܐ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܬܝܕ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ κοκκος του μελοντος σταχυος ονομαζεται το του εσπαρμενου σωμα ουτως και ουτος ο κοσμος ο καθεστως ονομαζεται κοκκος του μελλοντος. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܦܪܕܬܐ ܕܫܢܢܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ: ܡܬܐܡܪ ܗܢܐ ܓܘܫܡܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܕܩ̇ܐܡ܇ ܦܪܕܬܐ ܢܬܩܪܐ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܬܪܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as the body is called grain of the ear to come, so also this present world will be called grain of that which will come after it. |
26 2 26 2 26 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܚܛ̈ܐ ܢܝܫܐ ܛܥܝ̈ܢܢ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ: ܘܬܒܢܐ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ܆ ܥܠܡܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܬܝܕ܆ ܢܝܫܐ ܛܥܝܢ ܕܟ̣ܘܪܐ ܡܦܪܫܢܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܨܥܝܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܒܝܬ ܥܒܘ̣ܪܐ ܠܬܒܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ο σιτος συμβολον εστι της αρετης το δε αχυρον της κακιας ο μελλων αιων συμβολον εστι του κλιβανου του διαχωριζοντος αναμεσον σιτου και αχυρου. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܚ̈ܛܐ ܢܝܫܐ ܛܥܝ̈ܢܢ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ: ܘܬܒܢܐ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ܆ ܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܢܝܫܐ ܗܘ ܕܣܘܩܝܢܢ܇ ܕܢ̇ܬܦܐ ܬܒܢܐ ܠܘܬܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the wheat carries the symbol of virtue andthe straw the symbol of vice , the symbol of the world to come is amber [succinum] which will attract the straw to it. |
27 2 27 2 27 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ ܕܡ̇ܕܝܩ ܒܡܬܝܕܥܢܝ̈ܬܐ܆ ܒܙܒܢ ܚܙܬܗܝܢ ܡܦܪܫܐܝܬ̇ ܡܦܩ̇ܒܠ. ܒܙܒܢ ܕܝܢ ܚܙ̇ܝܗܝܢ ܢܗܝܪܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο νους ο πνευματικος ατενιζων εις τα νοητα τοτε μεν κατα διαφοραν το ειδος αυτων δεχεται τοτε δε η ορασις αυτων δηλαυγης εσται. | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܟܕ ܢ̇ܕܝܩ ܒܡ̈ܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ܆ ܒܙܒܢ ܠܚܙܬܗܝܢ ܡܦܪܫܐܝܬ ܡܩ̇ܒܠ. ܒܙܒܢ ܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The nous, when it considers the intelligibles, sometimes receives their vision separately, and sometimes also becomes a seer of objects. |
28 2 28 2 28 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܥܝܢܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܝܬܐ ܟܕ ܬ̣ܚܘܪ ܒܡܐ ܕܡܬܚܙܐ܆ ܠܘ ܣܟܗ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ 72 ܥܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ܆ ܐܘ ܠܐ ܚܙ̣ܬ̇. ܐܘ ܟܕ ܬ̣ܚܙܐ܆ ܡܚܕܐ ܡܢ ܟܠ ܣܛܪ̈ܘܗܝ ܚܕ̇ܪܐ ܠܗ ܠܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܚܙ̇ܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο αισθητος οφθαλμος βλεπων εις ορατον τι ου το συνολον καθοραι ο δε νοητος οφθαλμος η ουχ οραι η ορων παντοθεν κυκλωι περιλαμβανει το ορωμενον. 149 | S2-Guill ܥܝܢܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܝܬܐ ܟܕ ܬ̣ܚܘܪ ܒܡܕܡ ܕܡܬܚܙܐ܆ ܠܘ ܣܟܗ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ 73 ܥܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ܆ ܐܘ ܠܐ ܚܙ̣ܬ̇. ܐܘ ܟܕ ܬ̣ܚܙܐ܆ ܡܚܕܐ ܡܢ ܟܠ ܣܛܪ̈ܘܗܝ ܚ̇ܕܪܐ ܠܗ ܠܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܚܙ̇ܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The sensible eye, when it looks some visible thing, does not see the totality: but the intelligible eye either has not seen, or else when it sees immediately surrounds all the sides of what it sees. |
29 2 29 2 29 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܗ̣ܝ ܢܘܪܐ ܒܚܝܠܐ ܩܢ̣ܝܐ ܠܗ ܠܓܘܫܡܗ̇܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܒܚܝ̇ܠܐ ܢ̣ܩܢܝܗ̇ ܠܢܦܫܐ. ܟܕ ܟܠܗ ܥܡ ܟܠܗ̇ ܢܬܡ̇ܙܓ܆ ܒܢܘܗܪܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ το πυρ δυναμει κταται το σωμα αυτου ουτως και ο νους δυναμει κτησεται την ψυχην πανταπασι κεκραμενος αυτηι εν τωι της αγιας τριαδος φωτι. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܢܘܪܐ ܒܚܝܠܐ ܩܢ̣ܝܐ ܠܗ ܠܓܘܫܡܗ̇܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܒܚܝܠܐ ܢ̣ܩܢܝܗ̇ ܠܢܦܫܐ. ܟܕ ܟܠܗ ܢܬܡ̇ܙܓ܆ ܒܢܘܗܪܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as fire potentially possesses its body, so also the nous potentially posseses the soul, when it is entirely mixed with the light of the Blessed Trinity. |
30 2 30 2 30 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܟܘܠܗܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܦܪܢܣܢܘܬܗܘܢ ܚܝܠܘ̈ܬܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܩܒ̇ܠܘ܆ ܐܦ ܣܘܟܠܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܗܘܢ ܝܕ̇ܥܝܢ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܟܠ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝ̣ܕܥܘ ܣܘܟܠܗܘܢ܆ ܐܦ ܡܦܪܢܣܢܘܬܗܘܢ ܩܒ̇ܠܘ܀ | S1-Fr παντων ων την προστατειαν αι αγιαι δυναμεις υπεδεξαντο και την συνεσιν της γνωσεως αυτων επιγιγνωσκουσιν αλλ’ ου παντων ων γιγνωσκουσι την συνεσιν και την προστατειαν εδεξαντο. 151 | S2-Guill ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܕܒܪܢܘܬܗܘܢ ܚܝ̈ܠܘܬܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܩܒ̇ܠܘ܆ ܐܦ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܝܗܘܢ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܝܗܘܢ܆ ܐܦ ܡܕܒܪܢܘܬܗܘܢ ܦܢܛܘܣ ܐܬܗܝܡܢܘ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The holy powers know the thoughts [prob. τὰ νοητά, the intellections cf. 2.45] of all those over whom they have also been made guardians; but it is not[necessarily] over those whose thoughts [intellections]they know that they have received absolute guardianship. |
31 2 31 2 31 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܕܬܠܬܐ ܚܝ̈ܝܢ ܚ̇ܐܝܢ ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ. ܟܝܢܐܝܬ ܘܠܥܠ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ܆ ܘܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ. ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܐܝܟ ܨܒܝܢܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܘܚܕ ܐܝܟ ܡܗܡܝܢܘܬܐ ܕܨܒܝܢܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Τρια ειδη εστι της των ανθρωπων ζωης, φυσικως, υπερ την φυσιν και παρα την φυσιν· δυο μεν κατα το του θεου θελημα εν δε κατα την αμελειαν του θεληματος αυτων. 153 | S2-Guill ܬܠܬܐ ܚܝܝ̈ܢ ܚ̇ܐܝܢ ܒܢܝ̈ ܐܢܫܐ. ܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܘܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܘܬܠܝܬܝ̈ܐ. ܘܡ̇ܢ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܘܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ܆ ܡܩܒ̇ܠܝܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ. ܠܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܬܠܝ̈ܬܝܐ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ ܡܫܘܬܦܝܢ. ܘܚܝ̈ܐ ܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܡܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܘܬܠܝܬܝ̈ܐ ܡܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Men live three lives: the first, the second and the third. The first and the second lives are received by those who belong to the first nature; but the third life by those who belong to the second nature. And it is said that the first life comes from what is, but that the second and the third come from what is not. |
32 2 32 2 32 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Ὥσπερ οὐκ αἱ ὕλαι, ἀλλ’ αἱ ποιότητες αὐτῶν τὰ σώματα διαστρέφουσιν· οὕτως οὐ τὰ πράγματα, ἀλλ’ αἱ περὶ αὐτῶν θεωρίαι αὔξουσι τὴν ψυχήν. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܘ ܗܘ̈ܠܣ ܡܬܪ̈ܣܝܢ ܠܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܐܠܐ ܚܝܠܗܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ܆ ܠܘ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܡܪܒ̇ܝܢ ܠܗ̇ ܠܢܦܫܐ܇ ܐܠܐ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܗܘܢ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ ουχ αι υλαι τρεφουσιν τα σωματα αλλα η δυναμις αυτων ουτως ουδε τα πραγματα αυτα αυξανει την ψυχην αλλα αι της των πραγματων γνωσεως διακρισεις. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܘ ܗܘ̈ܠܣ ܡܬܪܣܝܢ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܐܠܐ ܚܝܠܗܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܘ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܡܪܒ̇ܝܢ ܠܢܦܫܐ܇ ܐܠܐ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ܀ 75 | S1-Dy S1 Just as is not material things that nourish the body, but rather their powers; so also it is not [external] matters themselves that make the soulgrow, but the varieties of the knowledge of [external matters. | S2-Dy S2 Just as it is not material [things] that feed bodies, but rather their power; so it is not objects that make the soul grow, but rather their contemplation . |
33 2 33 2 33 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 74 ܬܪܒܝܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܒܚܙܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܕܡܬܚܒ̈ܠܢܐ ܘܕܠܐ ܡܬܚܒ̈ܠܢܐ. ܕܘܪܫܗ̇ ܒܡܬܚܒ̈ܠܢܐ. ܓܡܝܪܘܬܗ̇ ܒܠܐ ܡܬܚܒ̈ܠܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η της των λογικων γνωσεως αυξησις εστιν εν ορασει των φθαρτων τε και των αφθαρτων· η μεν γυμνασια αυτης εν τοις φθαρτοις η δε τελειωσις εν τοις αφθαρτοις. | S2-Guill ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܘܠܢܝܬܐ܆ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܩܕ̈ܡܝܝܢ ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܝܢ. ܘܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܒܚܝܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܡܬܚܒ̈ܠܢܐ. ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܚܝܠܐ ܘܒܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Among the objects of material knowledge, some are primary, and the others secondary. The first in power are corruptible, and and those [which are] second are so in power and in act. |
34 2 34 2 34 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܟܐܦܐ ܡܓܢܛܝܣ: ܒܚܝܠܐ ܟܝܢܝܐ ܕܟ̣ܣܐ ܒܗ̇: ܢ̇ܓܕܐ ܠܗ ܠܦܪܙܠܐ ܠܘܬܗ̇܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ η μαγνητις λιθος δια φυσικης δυναμεως εν αυτηι κεκρυμ μενης τον σιδηρον προς αυτην ελκει ουτως και η αγια γνωσις τον νουν τον καθαρον. 155 | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܟܐܦܐ ܡܓܢܝܛܣ: ܒܚܝܠܗ̇ ܟܝܢܝܐ ܢ̇ܬܦܐ ܦܪܙܠܐ ܠܘܬܗ̇܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܐ܇ ܟܝܢܐܝܬ ܢ̇ܬܦܐ ܠܘܬܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as the magnesium stone by its natural power attracts iron to it, in the same way holy knowledge naturally attracts to itself the pure nous. |
35 2 35 2 35 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Πέντε καὶ ὁ νοῦς κέκτηται θεῖας αἰσθήσεις, δι’ ὧν ἀντιλαμ βάνεται τῶν οἰκίων ὑλῶν· καὶ ὅρασις μὲν αὐτὰ ψιλὰ τὰ νοητὰ παρίστησιν αὐτῷ πράγματα· ἀκοὴ δὲ τοὺς λόγους περὶ αὐτῶν εἰσδέ χεται· τῆς δὲ παντὸς ψευδοῦς ἀμιγοῦς εὐωδίας ἀπολαύει ἡ ὄσφησις, 59 καὶ τῆς ἐκ τούτων ἡδονῆς μεταλαμβάνει τὸ στόμα· διὰ δὲ τῆς ἁφῆς πληροφορεῖται τὴν ἀκριβῆ λαμβάνοντων πραγμάτων ἀπόδειξιν. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܦ ܗ̣ܘ ܗܘܢܐ ܚܡܫܐ ܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܐ ܩܢ̣ܐ܇ ܕܒܗܘܢ ܚܙ̇ܐ ܘܡ̇ܪܓܫ ܒܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܒ̣ܪ̈ܝܬܐ. ܘܚܙܬܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܡܚܘ̇ܝܐ ܠܗ ܠܗܘܝܐ ܕܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܐܝܟ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ. ܒܡܫܡܥܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܥܠܝܗܘܢ ܡܩܒ̇ܠ. ܒܝܕ ܣܘܩܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܬܒ̇ܣܡ ܒܪܝܚܐ ܩܕܝܫܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܝܬ ܒܗ ܚܘܠܛܢܐ ܕܓܠܐ. ܟܕ ܡܬܒ̇ܣܡ ܒܗܠܝܢ ܚܟܐ ܕܦܘܡܗ. ܒܝܕ ܓܫܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܦܝܣܐ ܫܪܝܪܐ܇ ܕܒܗܠܝܢ ܚܬܝܬܐܝܬ ܡܩܒ̇ܠ܀ | S1-Fr Και ο νους πεντε αισθητηρια πνευματικα κεκτηται δι’ ων οραι και αισθανεται τας διανοιας των κτισματων. η μεν ορασις αποδεικνυει αυτωι τα οντα ως πραγματα, δια της ακροασεως τους λογους περι αυτων δεχεται, δι’ οσφρησεως δε ευφραινεται οσμηι αγιαι τε και αμιαντωι page 73r | της του στοματος αυτου φαρυγγος τουτοις ηδομενης, δια δε της ψηλαφωσεως πεισμονην αληθινην εν αυτοις δεχεται. | S2-Guill ܐܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܚܡܫ ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܩܢ̣ܐ܇ ܕܒܗܝܢ ܡ̇ܪܓܫ ܒܗܘ̈ܠܣ ܐܚܝܢܝ̈ܬܗ. ܘܚܙܬܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܡܚܘ̇ܝܐ ܠܗ ܠܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܡ̈ܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܥܪܛܠܐܝܬ. ܒܡܫܡܥܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܥܠܝܗܘܢ ܡܩܒ̇ܠ. ܡܢ ܪܚܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܢܟܪܝ ܡܢ ܟܠܗ̇ ܕܓܠܘܬܐ ܡܬܒ̇ܣܡ ܣܘܩܐ. ܘܡܢ ܗܢܝܘܬܐ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܡܩܒ̇ܠ ܦܘܡܐ. ܒܝܕ ܓܫܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܫ̇ܬܪܪ܆ ܟܕ ܬܚܘܝܬܐ ܚܬܝܬܬܐ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܫ̇ܩܠ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The nous, also, has five spiritual senses, by which it sees and feels the minds of creatures. Vision shows it beings as [external objects; through hearing it receives the logoi that concern them; through smell it revels in the holy and unmixed fragrance, while the palate of his mouth delights in them;by touching it receives exactly the certainty that is true in them. | S2-Dy S2 The nous also possesses five spiritual senses, with which it senses the substances presented to it. Vision shows it simple, intelligible objects; through hearing it receives the logoi that concern them; the fragrance that is a stranger to deceit delights the nose, and the mouth receives the flavor of the latter; by means of touching it it is confirmed by grasping the exact demonstration of objects. |
36 2 36 2 36 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠ ܚܙ̇ܝ̈ܐ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܡܬܝ̈ܕܥܢܐ܇ ܡܢ ܟܕܘ ܐܬܗܝܡܢܘ ܐܦ ܡܠܬܐ ܫܪܝܪܬܐ ܕܥܠܝܗܘܢ. ܘܠܐ ܬܘܒ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡ̈ܠܝܗܘܢ ܐܬܗܝܡܢܘ ܠܡܚܙܐ܇ ܐܦ 76 ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܝܗܘܢ ܚܙ̇ܝܢ. ܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܐܢܫܝ̈ܢ܆ ܕܐܦ ܠܬܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܪܘܪ̈ܒܐ ܡܫ̣ܬܘܝܢ. ܕܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܡܬܩܪܝܢ ܒܘܟܪ̈ܐ ܕܐܚܝ̈ܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ου πας ορατικος των νοητων πραγματων και τον λογον τον αληθινον περι αυτων επιστευθη, ουδε ος τους λογους αυτων επιστευθη και τα πραγματα αυτων οραι· εστι δ’ οι τουτων των δυο μεγαλων διακρισεων ηξιωθησαν οι πρωτοτοκοι των αδελφων αυτων ονομαζονται. 157 | S2-Guill ܟܠ ܚܙ̇ܝ̈ܐ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ܇ ܡܢ ܟܕܘ ܐܬܗܝܡܢܘ ܡܠܬܐ ܫܪܝܪܬܐ ܕܥܠܝܗܘܢ. ܘܠܐ ܬܘܒ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡ̈ܠܝܗܘܢ ܐܬܗܝܡܢܘ ܠܡܚܙܐ܇ ܐܦ 77 ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܝܗܘܢ ܚܙ̇ܝܢ. ܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܐܢܫܝ̈ܢ܆ ܕܐܦ ܠܬܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܡܫ̣ܬܘܝܢ. ܕܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܡܬܩܪܝܢ ܒܘܟܪ̈ܐ ܕܐܚܝ̈ܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 It is not to all seers of intelligible objects that has been confided the true logos which concerns them; and it is not (only?) to those to whom there have been confided their logoi that they see them that see also their objects. But it is those who have obtained these two distinctions who are called first -born of their brothers. |
37 2 37 2 37 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚܕ ܗܘ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܡܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ܇ ܕܫܡܐ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܘܐܬܪܗ ܠܐ ܝܕܝܥ܀ | S1-Fr Εις εστι μονος παντων των οντων ος ονομα εχει και ο τοπος αυτου ου γνωστος. | S2-Guill ܚܕ ܗܘ ܡܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ܇ ܕܠܐ ܫܡܐ ܘܐܬܪܗ ܠܐ ܝܕܝܥ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 There is one among all the beings who is without a name and whose place is not known [cf. Let to Mel. Frank p. 618, l. 6-7.) |
38 2 38 2 38 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢܗ ܕܣܘܟܠܐ ܕܡܕܒܪܢܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܒܝܘ̈ܡܬܐ ܕܩܕܡ ܚܫܐ. ܡܢܗ ܕܝܢ ܒܦܢܛܝܩܘܣܛܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܪܫܝܡ܀ | S1-Fr Της της οικονομιας συνεσεως το μεν εστιν εν ταις προ του παθη ματος ημεραις το δε εν τηι αγιαι πεντηκοστηι σεσημειωται. 159 | S2-Guill ܕܡܢ̣ܘ ܟܝܢܐ ܒܝܘ̈ܡܬܐ ܕܩܕܡ ܚܫܐ. ܘܕܡ̇ܢ ܗܝ ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܦܢܛܩܘܣܛܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 What is the nature of the days before the Passion, and what is the knowledge of Holy Pentecost? |
39 2 39 2 39 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢܝܢܐ ܕܚܡܫܐ܆ ܒܪ ܐܪܙܐ ܗܘ ܕܚܡܫܝܢ. ܘܗܠܝܢ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ ܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܕܣܘܟܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο των πεντε αριθμος συμμετοχος του αυτου μυστηριου τωι των κεκτηκοντα· ταυτα δε εστιν αιτια συνεσεως. | S2-Guill ܚܡܫܐ ܐܚܝ̈ܢܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܚܡܫܝܢ. ܘܗܠܝܢ ܡܛܝ̈ܒܢܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܗܠܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The five are related to the fifty, and the former are preparations for the knowledge of the latter. |
40 2 40 2 40 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢܝܢܐ ܕܐܪܒܥܐ܆ ܒܪ ܐܪܙܐ ܗܘ ܕܐܪܒܥܝܢ. ܘܒܗܠܝܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ο των τεσσαρων αριθμος συμμετοχος του αυτου μυστηριου (συμ μυστης) τωι των τεσσαρακοντα· και εν τουτωι εστιν η θεωρια αυτων. | S2-Guill ܐܪܒܥܐ ܐܚܝ̈ܢܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܐܪܒܥܝܢ. ܘܒܗܠܝܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܐܪܒܥܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The four are related to the forty, and the former is the contemplation of the forty. |
41 2 41 2 41 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚܕ ܗܘ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܠܥܕ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܘܚܡܫܐ܇ ܡ̣ܨܐ ܠܡܕܥ ܐܪܙܐ ܕܐܪܒܥܝܢ ܘܕܚܡܫܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Εις εστι ος ανευ των τεσσαρων και των πεντε δυναται γιγνωσκειν το των τεσσαρακοντα και των πεντηκοντα μυστηριον. | S2-Guill ܚܕ ܗܘ ܕܒܥܠܕ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܘܚܡܫܐ܇ ܝ̇ܕܥ ܠܐܪܒܥܝܢ ܘܠܚܡܫܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 There is one who, without the four and the five, knows the forty and the fifty. |
42 2 42 2 42 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢ̣ܘ ܢܐܬܐ ܠܦܣܟܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܘܡܢ̣ܘ ܝ̇ܕܥ ܠܦܢܛܝܩܘܣܛܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τις ερχεται εις το αγιον πασχα και τις γιγνωσκει την αγιαν πεν τηκοστην. | S2-Guill ܡܢ̣ܘ ܢܐܬܐ ܠܦܣܟܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܘܡܢ̣ܘ ܢܕܥ ܠܦܢܛܩܘܣܛܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ 79 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Who comes to the holy Pasch, and who knows the Holy Pentecost? |
43 2 43 2 43 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 78 ܚܕ ܗܘ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗܕܐ ܐܫܬܒܩ. ܘܗ̣ܘ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܘ ܒܗ̇ ܟܕ ܒܗ̇ ܢܫܬܟܚ܀ | S1-Fr Εις εστιν ος εν ταυτηι κατελειφθη και ο αυτος εν τηι αυτηι ευρεθησεται. | S2-Guill ܚܕ ܗܘ ܕܒܗܕܐ ܐܫܬܒܩ. ܘܗ̣ܘ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܘ ܒܗ̇ ܢܫܬܟܚ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 There is one who was left [behind] there; but he will also be found there. |
44 2 44 2 44 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܘ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܠܠܚܡܐ ܐܟ̇ܠܝܢ. ܠܟܣܐ ܕܝܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܫ̇ܬܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr 161 Ου παντες οι αγιοι τον αρτον φαγουσι το δε ποτηριον παντες πιουσι. | S2-Guill ܠܘ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܠܠܚܡܐ ܐܟ̇ܠܝܢ. ܠܟܣܐ ܕܝܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܫ̇ܬܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Not all the saints eat the bread, but all drink of the chalice. |
45 2 45 2 45 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Αἴσθησις μὲν καὶ νοῦς μερίζονται τὰ αἰσθητά· νοῦς δὲ μόνος ἔχει τὰ νοητά· καὶ γὰρ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῶν λόγων ὁ αὐτὸς γίνεται θεατής. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܘܗܘܢܐ ܡܦ̇ܠܓܝܢ ܠܗܝܢ ܠܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ. ܗܘܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܣܘܟܠܐ ܕܡܬܝܕܥܢܝ̈ܬܐ. ܐܦ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܓܝܪ ܐܦ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܗ̣ܘ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τα αισθητηρια και ο νους διαμεριζουσι (?) τα αισθητα ο δε νους μονος εχει επιστημην των νοητων οτι και των πραγματων και των λογων των πραγ ματων εποπτης εστιν. | S2-Guill ܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܘܗܘܢܐ ܡܦ̇ܠܓܝܢ ܠܗܝܢ ܠܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ. ܗܘܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܣܘܟܠܐ ܕܡ̈ܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ. ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܘܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܗ̣ܘ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The sense organs and the nous share in sensible [things, but the only the nous has understanding of both both the intelligible (noetic) and sensible, indeed, itbecomes a seer of both objects and their logoi. | S2-Dy S2 The organs of sense and the nous both partake of sensible [things]; but the nous alone has intellection of the intelligible, and it thus becomes a seer of objects and of logoi. |
46 2 46 2 46 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܘܡܢܘܬܗ ܕܐܘܡܢܐ ܡܣ̇ܝܟܐ ܠܥ̇ܒܕܗ. ܘܚܟܡܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܣܝ̇ܟܐ ܠܟܠ. ܘܐܟܙܢܐ ܕܐܝܢܐ ܕܦ̇ܪܫ ܐܘܡܢܘܬܗ ܕܐܘܡܢܐ ܡܢܗ: ܫ̇ܪܐ ܠܗ ܠܥ̇ܒܕܗ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܒܬܪܥܝܬܗ ܡ̇ܡܪܚ ܕܢܦܪܘܫ ܚܟܡܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܢܗ܇ ܡܚܒܠܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܟܠ܀ | S1-Fr Η του τεχνιτου τεχνη περιγραφει το εργον αυτου η δε του θεου σοφια περιγραφει το παν· και ωσπερ ο αφοριζων την τεχνην του τεχνιτου διαλυει το εργον αυτου ουτως και ο τολμων εν τηι διανοιαι αυτου αφοριζειν την του θεου σοφιαν αυτου φθειρει το παν. | S2-Guill ܐܘܡܢܘܬܗ ܡܬܦܪܫܢܝܬܐ ܕܐܘܡܢܐ ܡܣ̇ܝܟܐ ܠܥ̇ܒܕܗ. ܘܚܟܡܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܣܝ̇ܟܐ ܠܟܠ. ܘܐܟܙܢܐ ܕܐܝܢܐ ܕܒܡܠܬܐ ܦ̇ܪܫ ܐܘܡܢܘܬܗ ܕܐܘܡܢܐ ܡܢܗ: ܫ̇ܪܐ ܠܗ ܠܥ̇ܒܕܗ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܒܬܪܥܝܬܗ ܦ̇ܪܫ ܚܟܡܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܢܗ܇ ܡܚܒ̇ܠ ܠܟܠ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The art apart from the artisan contains his work; and the wisdom of God contains all. And just as one breaks [the artist's] work who separates art from artisan by speaking, so also one who in his thought separates wisdom from God destroys all. |
47 2 47 2 47 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܠܐ ܡܬܡܢܝܐ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ ܘܡܬܝܕܥܢܝ̈ܬܐ. ܕܗܠܝܢ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ ܡܬܚܒ̈ܠܢܝܬܐ܆ ܘܗܠܝܢ ܡܩ̈ܒܠܢܝܬܐ ܕܫܘ̈ܚܠܦܐ. ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܒܠܚܘܕܝܗ̇܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Η αγια Τριας ουκ ελλογειται εν τηι των αισθητων τε και των νοητων θεωριαι· τα μεν γαρ εστι φθαρτα τα δε δεκτικα της παραλλαγης, η δε αγια τριας μονη γνωσις ουσιωδης εστι. 163 | S2-Guill ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܠܐ ܡܬܣܝܡܐ ܥܡ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ ܘܡܬܝܕܥܢܝ̈ܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܬܘܒ ܥܡܗܘܢ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܡܬܡܢܝܐ. ܕܗ̇ܝ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܡܘܙܓܐ ܘܗܠܝܢ ܒ̣ܪ̈ܝܐ. ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܠܚܘܕܝܗ̇ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ 81 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Trinity is not reckoned among the contemplation of sensible or intelligible [things], and still less is it counted among objects: because the former is one quality and the latter are creatures; whereas the Blessed Trinity alone is essential knowledge. |
48 2 48 2 48 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 80 ܗܘܢܐ ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܒܫܒܝܠܐ ܕܩܢܘܡܗ ܪܕ̇ܐ܆ ܦ̇ܓܥ ܒܚܝ̈ܠܘܬܐ ܩܕ̈ܝܫܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܫܒܝܠܐ ܕܪ̈ܓܝܓܬܗ ܕܦܓܪܐ܆ ܦ̇ܓܥ ܒܫܐܕ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ο νους εν τηι ιδιαι οδωι τρεχει συνανται ταις αγιας δυναμεσι, ει δε εν τηι των του σωματος επιθυμιων οδωι συνανται τοις δαιμοσι. | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܒܫܒܝܠܐ ܕܩܢܘܡܗ ܪܕ̇ܐ܆ ܦ̇ܓܥ ܒܚܝ̈ܠܘܬܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܕܐܪܓܢܘܢ ܕܢܦܫܐ܆ ܢ̇ܦܠ ܒܫܐܕ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The nous, if it advances in its own path, meets the holy powers; but if it [advances] in that of the organon of the soul, it falls on demons. |
49 2 49 2 49 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩ̇ܕܡ ܘܢ̣ܣܒ ܫܢܢܐ ܕܦܪܕܬܐ܆ ܗ̣ܘܐ ܠܗ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܢ̣ܣܒܘ ܦܪܕܬܐ. ܘܐܝܢܐ ܕܢ̣ܣܒ ܫܢܢܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܗ̣ܘܐ ܠܗ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܠܐܠܝܢ ܕܢ̣ܣܒܘ ܕܬܠܬ. ܘܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܝܘܒܠܐ܆ ܥܕܡܐ ܕܢܬܥ̇ܠܐ ܚܝܠܗ̇ ܕܦܪܕܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ος προυλαβε τον του κοκκου σταχυν πρωτευει τουτων οι ελαβον τον κοκκον και ος ελαβε τον δετερον σταχυν πρωτευει τουτων οι ελαβον τον τριτον κοκκον και ουτως εστι διαδοχη -- -- -- εως την του κοκκου δυναμιν υψωθηναι. 165 | S2-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩ̇ܕܡܝܐ ܫܩ̣ܠ ܫܢܢܐ ܕܦܪܕܬܐ܆ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܗܘ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܗܘܢ ܦܪܕܬܐ. ܘܐܝܢܐ ܕܫ̣ܩܠ ܫܢܢܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ܆ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܗܘ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܗܘܢ ܫܢܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ. ܘܐܝܢܐ ܕܫ̣ܩܠ ܫܢܢܐ ܬܠܝܬܝܐ܆ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܗܘ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܗܘܢ ܫܢܢܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ. ܘܥܠ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܫܪܟܐ ܗܟܢܐ܆ ܥܕܡܐ ܕܢ̣ܫܠܚ ܠܫܢܢܐ ܐܚܪܝܐ ܘܩܕܡܝܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܝܬ ܠܗ ܐܝܟ ܐܚܪܝܐ ܚܝܠܐ ܕܦܪܕܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 He who is first to take the ear of grain is the first of those who have the grain; and he who takes the second ear is the first of those who have the first ear; and he who takes the third ear is the first of those who have the second ear; and so on with all the others, until the one who abandons [both] the last ear and first - he who ultimately lacks the power of the grain. |
50 2 50 2 50 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܐ ܕܝ̈ܠܕܬܐ ܦܫ̣ ܡܢ ܕܠܡܐܠܕ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܢܛܘܪ̈ܘܗܝ ܕܒܝܬܐ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܘܢ ܘܥܡܘ̈ܕܘܗܝ ܢܬܚ̣ܒܘܢ ܘܢܬܪܟܢܘܢ. ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܬܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܪ̈ܝܫܐ܆ ܢܥ̣ܦܘܢ ܘܪܕܐ ܘܒܘܨܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οταν αι τικτουσαι παυσωνται τεκειν τοτε και οι του οικου φυλακες κινηθησονται και οι στυλοι αυτου ασθενησουσιν και κλιθησονται· τοτε και αι δυο κεφαλαι ροδον και βυσσον περιδεθησονται. 167 | S2-Guill ܡܐ ܕܝ̈ܠܕܬܐ ܦܫ̣ ܡܢ ܕܠܡܐܠܕ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܢܛܘܪ̈ܘܗܝ ܕܒܝܬܐ ܢܬܙܝܥܘܢ. ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܬܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܪ̈ܫܐ܆ ܢܥ̣ܦܘܢ ܘܪܕܐ ܘܒܘܨܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 When those who give birth will have ceased to give birth, then also the guardians of the house will tremble; then also the two heads will decorate with rose and linen. |
51 2 51 2 51 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܪܟܒܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܢܘܪܐ ܘܐܐܪ. ܡܪܟܒܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܐܐܪ ܘܡܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αρμα της γνωσεως το τε πυρ και ο αηρ αρμα δε της αγνοιας ο αηρ (?) τε και το υδωρ. | S2-Guill ܡܪܟܒܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܢܘܪܐ ܘܐܐܪ. ܡܪܟܒܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܐܐܪ ܘܡܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The chariot of knowledge - (these are) fire and air; but the chariot of the ignorance - air and water. |
52 2 52 2 52 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܠܡܬܝܕܥܢܝ̈ܬܐ ܝܕܘ̈ܥܝܬܐ ܩ̣ܪܘ. ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܝܕܥܬܗ ܕܝܕܘܥܐ ܢ̣ܣܒܘ ܡܢܗ܀ | S1-Fr Των δαιμονων page 79v | οι μεν τα νοητα γνωστικα ελεγον οι δε την του γνωστου γνωσιν αφειλον αυτου. | S2-Guill ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܠܡܬܝ̈ܕܥܢܐ ܝܕܘܥ̈ܐ ܩ̣ܪܘ. ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܠܝܕܝܥܘܬܗ ܕܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܢ̣ܣܒܘ܀ 83 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Among demons, one kind are called the knowers of intelligible [things] and the others have also received the knowledge of the intelligible. |
53 2 53 2 53 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 82 ܚܕ ܗܘ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܣܓܝܕܐ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܚܝܕܐܝܬ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܝܚܝܕܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr 169 Εις μονος προσκυνητος ο ων μονοειδως. | S2-Guill ܚܕ ܗܘ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܣܓܝܕܐ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܚܝܕܐܝܬ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܝܚܝܕܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 There is only one who is is adorable, he who solely has the sole [-begotten]. |
54 2 54 2 54 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܘ ܒܐܬܪ̈ܘܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܕ̇ܝܐ܆ ܐܠܐ ܒܐܬܪ̈ܘܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η γνωσις ου τρεχει εν τοις της αγνοιας τοποις αλλα εν τοις της γνωσεως τοποις. | S2-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܘ ܒܐܬܪ̈ܘܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܕ̇ܝܐ܆ ܐܠܐ ܒܐܬܪ̈ܘܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Knowledge - it is not in the regions of ignorance that it advances, but in the regions of knowledge. |
55 2 55 2 55 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܒܨܒܝܢܗܘܢ ܢܬܦ̣ܘܗ̇ ܠܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܘܬܗܘܢ. ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܨܒܝܢܗܘܢ. ܘܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܫܒܝ̣̈ܐ ܡܬܩܪܝܢ. ܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܫ̇ܒܝ̈ܐ܇ ܕܡܢܗܘܢ ܦܪܘܩܢ ܐܥܕܝܗ̇ ܠܫܒܝ̣ܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Των λογικων οι μεν θεληματι αυτων την αγνοιαν προσειλκοντο οι δε ου θελη ματι αυτων· και οι μεν δευτεροι αιχμαλωτοι λεγονται οι δε πρωτοι αιχμαλωτιζοντες αφ’ ων ο σωτηρ ημων ηιχμαλωτευσεν αιχμαλωσιαν | S2-Guill ܠܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܒܨܒܝܢܗܘܢ ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܠܐ ܒܨܒܝܢܗܘܢ ܢܬܦ̣ܘܗ̇ ܠܘܬܗܘܢ. ܘܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܫܒܝ̣̈ܐ ܡܬܐܡܪܝܢ. ܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܫ̇ܒܝ̈ܐ ܡܫܬܡܗܝܢ. ܐܬ̣ܘ ܠܡ ܫ̇ܒܝ̈ܐ ܘܫ̣ܒܘ ܐܢܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Some have attracted ignorance to themselves by their will, and others involuntarily. The second are called captives, and first are named captors: the captors have come, and they have taken captives. |
56 2 56 2 56 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܗܟܝܠ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܡ̇ܠܦ. ܢܦܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܦܓܪܐ. ܘܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܒܪ ܐܢܫܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܠܒܪ ܐܢܫܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܡ̣ܨܐ ܠܡܕܥ܀ | S1-Fr Ο νους ουν page 80v | διδασκει την ψυχην, η δε ψυχη το σωμα και μονος ο ανθρωπος του θεου τον της γνωσεως ανθρωπον γιγνωσκειν δυναται. 171 | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܡ̇ܠܦ. ܢܦܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܦܓܪܐ. ܘܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܒܪܢܫܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܠܒܪ ܐܢܫܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܝ̇ܕܥ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The nous teaches the soul, and the soul the body; and only the "man of God" knows the man of knowledge. |
57 2 57 2 57 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܬܠܬܐ ܡܕܒ̈ܚܐ ܕܡܪ̈ܘܡܐ ܝ̣ܠܦܢܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ. ܕܚܕ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܝܚܝܕܝܐ ܗܘ ܘܠܐ ܡܪܟܒܐ ܗܘ. ܗܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܕܫܪܟܐ ܡܪ̈ܟܒܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τρια θυσιατηρια page 81r | του υψους μανθανομεν οτι εστιν, ων το μεν μο νοειδες και ασυνθετον τα δε δυο αλλα συνθετα. | S2-Guill ܬܠܬܐ ܡܕܒ̈ܚܐ ܕܡܪ̈ܘܡܐ ܝ̣ܠܦܢܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ. ܕܬܠܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܦܫܝܛܐ ܗܘ. ܗܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܡܪ̈ܟܒܐ. ܘܚܟܡܬܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܥܠ ܡܕܒܚܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ܆ ܠܚܟܡܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܥܠ ܡܕܒܚܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ܆ ܠܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܬܪܝܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 We have learned that there are three high altars: of which the third is simple and the two (others) are composite. The wisdom which concerns the second altar makes known the wisdom of the third, and that which concerns the first altar is prior to that which is in the second. |
58 2 58 2 58 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܗܫܐ ܒܦܬܝܐ ܥ̇ܡܪܝܢ܆ ܐܬܝܗܒܘ ܠܗܘܢ ܬܠܬܐ ܡܕܒ̈ܚܐ. ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܐܘܪܟܐ ܘܒܥܘܡܩܐ ܥ̇ܡܪܝܢ܆ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܡܬܝܗܒܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Τοις τονυν εν τωι πλατει οικουσι δεδοται τρια θυσιαστηρια, τοις δε εν μηκει τε και βαθει οικουσιν εν τωι μελλοντι αιωνι δοθησεται. 173 | S2-Guill ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܗܫܐ ܒܦܬܝܐ ܥ̇ܡܪܝܢ܆ ܐܬܝܗܒܘ ܠܗܘܢ ܬܠܬܐ ܡܕܒܚܝ̈ܢ. ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܐܘܪܟܐ ܘܒܥܘܡܩܐ܆ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܡܬܝܗܒܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ܀ 85 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 To those who now dwell in the width have been given the three altars; but for those who (reside) in the length and in the depth, it is in the world to come that they will be given. |
59 2 59 2 59 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill kalvesmaki agents person tag:kalvesmaki.com,2014:self tag:kalvesmaki@gmail.com,2014:self Joel Kalvesmaki kalvesmaki kalvesmaki 84 ܣܗ̈ܕܐ ܕܢܓܝܪܘܬ ܪܘܚܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܪܢ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܥܒܝܕܝܢ ܣܩܘܒܠܐ ܠܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ. ܟܪ̈ܘܙܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܪ̈ܚܡܘܗܝ ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢܗ ܡܬܦܪܢܣܝܢ ܟܕ ܠܐ ܫܘ̇ܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Μαρτυρες της του κυριου ημων Χ. μακροθυμιας εισιν οι τηι αρετηι αντικειμενοι, κηρυκες δε του μεγαλου ελεους αυτου ων προνοει αναξιων. | S2-Guill ܠܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܡ̇ܢ ܟܐܢܐ ܕܡܫܝܚܢ܆ ܫܘܚܠܦܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܘܕܐܬܪ̈ܘܬܐ ܘܕܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥ. ܠܢܓܝܪܘܬ ܪܘܚܗ ܕܝܢ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܘܩܒܠ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܡܬܚܪܝܢ. ܠܪ̈ܚܡܘܗܝ ܕܝܢ ܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢܗ ܡܬܦܪܢܣܝܢ ܟܕ ܠܐ ܫܘ̇ܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 "The just judgement" of our Christ, is known by the fact of the transformation of bodies, of regions and of worlds; his forbearance, (makes known) those who struggle against virtue, and his mercy, especially those who are objects of his providence, without their being deserving. [p85] |
60 2 60 2 60 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܬܘܪܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܠܗܐ ܗܘ ܐܒܐ. ܦܬܘܪܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܚܘ̈ܗܝ ܒܪ̈ܚܡܐ܆ ܗ̣ܘ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܠܘܬ ܐܒܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Η του Χ. τραπεζα εστιν ο θεος ο πατηρ, τραπεζα δε των αδελφων αυτου εν ελεει εστιν αυτος προς τον πατερα αυτου. | S2-Guill ܦܬܘܪܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܠܗܐ ܗܘ. ܦܬܘܪܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܪ̈ܝܡܐ܆ ܟܝܢܐ ܗܘ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܘܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The table of the Christ is God, and the tableof those who are exalted is the incorporeal and corporal nature. |
61 2 61 2 61 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ܆ ܒܚܝ̈ܠܘܬܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܢܢ. ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܒܒܢܝ̈ ܐܢܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Την πρωτην θεωριαν την πνευματικην εν ταις αγιαις δυνα μεσιν ορωμεν την δε δευτεραν την φυσκην εν τοις ανθρωποις. 175 | S2-Guill ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ: ܗ̇ܝ ܕܩܕܡܝܬ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ ܗܘܝܢ܆ ܗܫܐ ܟܕ ܡܥܪܙܠܐ ܒܗܘܠܐ ܝܕ̇ܥܝܢܢ. ܠܗ̇ܝ ܕܝܢ ܕܥܠ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܆ ܠܐ ܡܬܘܡ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܚܙ̣ܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The contemplation of the incorporeals which we knew in the beginning without matter, we now know linked to matter; but that which concerns bodies we have never seen without matter. |
62 2 62 2 62 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܐ ܕܗ̈ܘܢܐ ܕܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܩ̇ܒܐܘ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܩܢܘܡܗܘܢ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܥܒܝܘܬܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܬܫ̣ܬܩܠ ܡܢ ܡܨܥܬܐ. ܘܚܙܬܐ ܡܟܝܠ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܬܗܘܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οταν οι των αγιων νοες δεξωνται την θεωριαν αυτων τοτε και η των σωματων παχυτης εκ μεσου αρθησεται τε και η ορασις λοιπον πνευματικη εσται. | S2-Guill ܡܐ ܕܗܘ̈ܢܐ ܩ̇ܒܠܘ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܥܠܝܗܘܢ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܟܠܗ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܢܫ̣ܬܩܠ. ܘܗܟܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܬܗܘܐ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܥܠܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 When the noes receive the contemplation that concerns them, then the entire nature of the body will also be withdrawn; and thus the contemplation that concerns it will become immaterial. |
63 2 63 2 63 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢܗܝܢ ܕܝܕܥ̈ܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ. ܡܢܗܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܗܘ̈ܠܣ ܡܬܝ̈ܕܥܢ. ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܡܢ ܟܠܗܝܢ ܡܥܠܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Των γνωσεων αι μεν εισιν ανυλοι, αι δε εν υλαις γιγνωσ κοται· η δε της αγιας τριαδος γνωσις πασας υπερβαλλει. | S2-Guill ܡܢܗܝܢ ܕܝܕܥ̈ܬܐ܆ ܚܕܐ ܡܢܗܝܢ ܠܐ ܡܬܘܡ ܬܗܘܐ ܒܗܘܠܐ. ܐܚܪܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܡܬܘܡ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܝܢ ܗܘܠܢܝܬܐ܆ ܐܦ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܕܬܗܘܐ܀ 87 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Among (different kinds of) knowledge, the one will never become material, and the other never immaterial; but that which is material will also be able to become immaterial. |
64 2 64 2 64 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars letter 600 Περὶ μὲν τῶν προτέρων ὁ μηνύσων οὐδείς, περὶ δὲ τῶν δευτέρων ὁ ἐν Χωρὴβ ἐξηγήσατο. | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 86 ܓܠܝܢܐ ܕܟܠ ܡܕܡ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܠܐ ܟܬܝܒܐ ܗܘ ܘܟܬܝܒܐ. ܠܐ ܟܬܝܒܐ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢ ܪܘܚܐ ܠ̇ܗܘܢܐ ܡܬܓ̣ܠܐ. ܟܬܝܒܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܝܕ ܪܘܚܐ ܒܚܘܪܝܒ ܐܬܝܗܒ܀ | S1-Fr Η παντων των γεγονοτων αποκαλυψις αγραφος εστι και εγγραφος· αγρα φος μεν η παρα του πνευματος τωι νωι αποκεκαλυμμενη, εγγραφος δε η δια του πνευματος εν Χωρεβ δεδομενη. | S2-Guill ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܩܕܡ ܕܝܢ̣ܐ܆ ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܒܬܪ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܗ̣ܘܘ. ܘܥܠ ܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܐܢܫ ܠܐ ܐܘܕܥ. ܥܠ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܚܘܪܝܒ ܐܫܬܥ̇ܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Among the beings some have been produced before the judgement, and others after the judgement. And as regards the subject of the first [beings], no one has provided information, but as regards the subject of the second [beings], he who has been on Horeb has given an account. |
65 2 65 2 65 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܫܘܡܠܝܐ ܓܡܝܪܐ ܕܒܝܫܬܐ ܒܨܒܝܢܗܘܢ ܡ̣ܛܘ܆ ܝ̇ܠܦܝܢܢ ܪܒܘܬܐ ܕܢܓܝܪܘܬ ܪܘܚܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܘܡܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܨܒܝܢܗܘܢ ܛܒܐ ܥ̇ܡܠܝܢ ܠܡܬܝܬܪܘ ܒܫܦܝܪ̈ܬܐ܆ ܝ̇ܠܦܝܢܢ ܚܢܢܗ ܫܦܝܥܐ ܕܡܪܢ܀ | S1-Fr Απο τουτων οι θεληματι αυτων εις την τελειον κακιαν ηλθον μανθανομεν το μεγεθος της του θεου μακροθυμιας, και απο τουτων οι αγαθωι θε ληματι αυτων αγωνιζονται εις το κατορθουσθαι τοις καλοις μανθανομεν το υπερπε ρισσευον του κυριου ημων ελεος. 177 | S2-Guill ܡܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܫܘܡܠܝܐ ܓܡܝܪܐ ܕܒܝܫܬܐ ܡ̣ܛܘ܆ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܕܢܣܬ̇ܟܠ ܣܓܝܐܘܬ ܥ̈ܠܡܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܘ. ܠܐ ܓܝܪ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܕܡܢ ܫܠܝ ܒܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܢܫܬܡܠܐ܆ ܡܛܠ ܕܐܦ ܠܐ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 By those who have attained to the perfect achievement of evil it is possible for us to understand the multitude of worlds that have been produced; indeed, it is not possible that we could accomplish all in one stroke in ignorance, because this is not (possible), not at all in knowledge. |
66 2 66 2 66 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܕܬܪܒܝܬܐ ܕܦܓܪ̈ܐ܆ ܐܪܙ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܕܬܪܒܝܬܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܢܢ. ܘܒܟܘܢܝܐ ܕܪܘܟܒܗܘܢ܆ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܕܛܘܟܣܗܘܢ ܕܗܠܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Εν ταις της των σωματων αυξησεως διαφοραις ορωμεν μυστηριον της διαφορας της των λογικων αυξησεως και εν τωι φυσικωι της συνθε σεως αυτων την διαφοραν της διαταξεως τουτων. | S2-Guill ܗܘܝܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܆ ܠܘ ܗܘܝܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥ. ܐܠܐ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܫܡܗ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܥܠ. ܘܪܘܟܒܗܘܢ ܕܗܠܝܢ܆ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܕܛܘܟܣܗܘܢ ܕܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܡܚܘ̇ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The genesis of bodies - it is not the genesis of the logikoi which it makes known: rather it introduces the nature of names; and the composition of the former demonstrates the difference in rank of the latter. |
67 2 67 2 67 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܐ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܗ̣ܘܘ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܦܠܝܓܝܢ܆ ܐܦ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܕܠܐ ܦܠܝܓܘܬܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܥܡܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Οταν οι ανθρωποι εν τηι των ουκ εσχισμενων θεωριαι γενωνται και αυτοι α υ ν ευ σχισματος εσονται μετ’ αυτων. | S2-Guill ܠܐ ܡܬܦܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܦܪ̈ܝܫܐ܇ ܟܕ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗ̇ܢܝܢ ܕܦ̇ܪܫ ܐܢܘܢ ܢܣܒܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Inseparable will become the separate when they will receive the contemplation of things that have separated them. |
68 2 68 2 68 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܥܠ ܡܬܐܡܪܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩܢ̣ܝܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܩܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܘܢܗܝܪ̈ܐ. ܠܬܚܬ ܕܝܢ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩܢ̣ܝܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܝܩܝܪ̈ܐ. ܘܠܬܚܬ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩܢ̣ܝܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܚܫܝ̈ܟܐ ܘܛܢܦ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ανω λεγονται οτι εισιν οι κεκτηνται σωματα page 84v | ταχεα και φωτεινα κατω δε οι κεκτηνται σωματα βαρεα κατω δε τουτων οι κεκτηνται σωματα σκοτεινα και ακαθαρτα. | S2-Guill ܠܥܠ ܡܬܐܡܪܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩܢ̣ܝܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܩܠܝ̈ܠܐ. ܠܬܚܬ ܕܝܢ ܝܩܝܪ̈ܐ. ܘܠܥܠ ܡܢ ܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢܗܘܢ ܩܠܝܠܝܢ. ܬܚܬܝܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢܗܘܢ ܝܩܝܪ̈ܝܢ܀ 89 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 It is said that those on high possess light bodies, and those below possess heavy [bodies]: and above the former are others who are lighter than they; while below the latter are those heavier than they. |
69 2 69 2 69 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars Τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον οὐ τὴν πρώτην τῶν λογικῶν διαίρεσιν, οὐδὲ τὴν πρώτην οὐσίαν τῶν σωμάτων ἐξηγήσατο. | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 88 ܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܐ ܒܝܕ ܡܘܫܐ: ܠܘܥܠ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܕܫܡܝܢܝ̈ܬܐ ܓܠ̣ܬ̇ ܠܢ܆ ܐܠܐ ܥܠ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܕܒܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܒ̣ܕܩ̇ܬ ܠܢ܀ | S1-Fr Το αγιον πνευμα δια Μωσεως ου περι της των ουρανιων δια φορας απεκαλυψεν ημιν αλλα περι της των εν τουτωι τωι κοσμωι γεγονοτων δια φορας εμηνυσεν ημιν. | S2-Guill ܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܐ: ܠܘ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܘܗܘܝܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܐܘܕܥ ܠܢ܆ ܐܠܐ ܦܘܪܫܢܗܘܢ ܕܗܫܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܘܫܘܚܠܦܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܓܠ̣ܐ ܠܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 It is not the first distinction of the logikoiand the genesis of bodies that the Holy Spirit has made know to us; but it is, rather, the present distinction between the logikoi and the transformation of bodies that He has revealed us. |
70 2 70 2 70 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܟܠܡܕܡ ܕܒ̣ܪܐ ܒܚܟܡܬܐ ܒ̣ܪܐ܆ ܠܝܬ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܢܗ ܐܬܒ̣ܪܝ܇ ܕܠܐ ܟܠ ܚܕ ܚܕ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܢܗܝܪ̈ܐ ܛܥܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ο θεος παντα α εκτισεν εν σοφιαι εκτισε ουδεν εστι των αυτωι εκτισμενων ο μη καθ’ εν εκαστον λυχνιου τυπον παριστησι. 179 | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܟܠܡܕܡ ܒܚܟܡܬܐ ܥ̣ܒܕ܆ ܠܝܬ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܢܗ ܐܬܒ̣ܪܝ܇ ܕܠܐ ܟܠ ܚܕ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܢܗܝܪ̈ܐ ܛܥܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If God has done everything with wisdom, there is nothing created which does not bear, each in its particular way, the imprint ("symbol") of lights. |
71 2 71 2 71 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill kalvesmaki agents person tag:kalvesmaki.com,2014:self tag:kalvesmaki@gmail.com,2014:self Joel Kalvesmaki kalvesmaki kalvesmaki ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̇ܐ܆ ܠܐ ܡܬܥܠܝܐ ܘܡܬܬܚܬܝܐ. ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܡܬܬܚܬܝܐ ܘܡܬܥܠܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η των ασωματων θεωρια ουκ αναγεται και καταγεται η δε των σωματων θεωρια καταγεται τε και αναγεται. | S2-Guill ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ܆ ܒܠܐ ܡܬܬܚܬܝܢܘܬܐ ܡܩ̇ܘܝܐ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܝܢ ܕܥܠ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܡܢܗ̇ ܡܬܬܚܬܝܢܝܬܐ܇ ܘܡܢܗ̇ ܠܐ ܡܬܬܚܬܝܢܝܬܐ ܡܬܚܙܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The contemplation of incorporeals remains in the non-descended; as for that which concerns bodies, it appears partly capable of descent and partly incapable of descent. |
72 2 72 2 72 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪ̈ܚܢܐ: ܩ̇ܕܝܡܐ ܘܪܝܫܝܐ ܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܦܓܪ̈ܢܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܦ ܦܓܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܩ̇ܠܝܠܝܢ ܘܢ̇ܗܝܪ̈ܝܢ ܡܢ ܕܗܠܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ει η των πνευματικων γνωσις προτερα και τιμιωτερα εστι της των σωματικων γνωσεως δηλονοτι και τα σωματα αυτων ταχεα τε και φωτεινα παρ’ εκεινα. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܘ ܡܢ ܫܠܝ ܡܣ̣ܬܪܩܝܢ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܩܕܡܝܝܢ ܐܢܘܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܩܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܠܝܩܝܪ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the knowledge of those who are not expelled in one stroke is primary, it is evident that light bodies preceed heavy ones. |
73 2 73 2 73 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܡܠܬܗ ܥܠ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܓ̣ܠܐ ܠܢ: ܠܘ ܥܠ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܘܠܐ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܬܢ̇ܝ ܠܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܘܟܕ ܥܠ ܗܘܝܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܐܘܕܥܢ ܒܛܘܪ ܣܝܢܝ܇ ܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܥܠ ܫܘܦܪܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܓ̣ܠܐ ܠܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ ος τωι λογωι αυτου περι των του μελλοντος αιωνος πραγματων απεκαλυψεν ημιν ου περι σωματων και ασωματων διηγησατο ουτως και περι της του του τον κοσμου γενεσεως γνωριζων ημιν εν ορει Σινα ου περι του του μελλοντος αιωνος καλλους απεκαλυψεν ημιν. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܡܠܬܗ ܥܠ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܓ̣ܠܐ ܠܢ: ܠܘ ܥܠ ܗܘܝܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܘܕܠܐ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܬܢ̇ܝ ܠܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܘܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܠ ܗܘܝܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܐܘܕܥ܇ ܠܘ ܥܒ̣ܪܗܘܢ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܘܕܠܐ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܫܘܕܥ. ܐܠܐ ܦܘܪܫܢܗܘܢ ܘܫܘܚܠܦܗܘܢ ܡܬܢ̇ܐ܀ 91 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as He Who, by His Word has given us a revelation concerning matters of the world to come, it is not concerning the genesis of bodies and the incorporeals that He has made His exposition to us: similarly also, he who taught concerning the creation of this world - it is not the passage of bodies and the incorporeals that he has made known, but he exposes their distinction and their transformation. |
74 2 74 2 74 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 90 ܡܢ̣ܘ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܣ̇ܬܟܠ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ. ܘܡܢ̣ܘ ܕܝ̣ܕܥ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܇ ܘܐܝܟܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܒܝܕ ܥܡܠܐ ܕܩܢܘܡܗܘܢ ܥ̇ܛܦܝܢ ܠܝܪܬܘܬܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Τις διενοηθη τον πρωτον αφορισμον και τις εγνω την πρωτην κινησιν και οπως οι λογικοι δια των κοπων αυτων επαναστρεφουσιν προς την κληρονομιαν αυτων. 181 | S2-Guill ܡܢ̣ܘ ܝ̣ܕܥ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ. ܘܡܢ̣ܘ ܚ̣ܙܐ ܗܘܝܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܇ ܘܥ̈ܠܡܐ ܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܡܫܚܠܦ̈ܐ܇ ܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܕܡܢܗܘܢ ܡܢ ܚܝܠܘ̈ܬܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܐܬܬܪܣܝܘ܇ ܘܐܡܠܟܘ ܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܛܘܒܬܢܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Who has known the first distinction and who has seen the creation of bodies and these varied worlds, in which some holy powers have fed and which have exerted a blissful royalty? |
75 2 75 2 75 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܥ̇ܒܪ ܦܘܩܕܢܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܗ̣ܘ ܥܨܝܗܝ ܠܐܠܗܐ ܠܡܗܘܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ̇ܐ. ܘܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܓܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܙܕܩܘ̈ܗܝ ܕܚܘ̣ܒܐ ܕܣܝܡܬ ܒܢܝ̈ܐ܆ ܥ̇ܛܦܝܢ ܠܝܪܬܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η των λογικων παραβασις ηναγκασε τον θεον γενεσθαι αυτοις κριτην. οι δε τελειουντες τα δικαια της της νιοθεοιας αγαπης επαναστρεφονσι προς την κληρονομιαν. | S2-Guill ܟܠ ܟܡܐ ܕܕܝ̇ܢܐ ܕ̣ܢ ܠܡ̈ܬܕܝܢܢܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܥ̣ܒܕ. ܘܗ̇ܘ ܕܝ̇ܕܥ ܡܢܝܢܐ ܕܕܝ̈ܢ̣ܐ܆ ܝ̇ܕܥ ܐܦ ܡܢܝܢܐ ܕܥܠܡ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 As much as the judge has judged those to be judged, so much also has he made worlds; and he who knows the number of the judgements knows also the number of worlds. |
76 2 76 2 76 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܕܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܦ̇ܪܫܝܢ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܢ ܚܕ̈ܕܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܕܕܘܒܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܦ̇ܪܫܝܢ ܠܦܓܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܡܢ ܚܕ̈ܕܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ αι της καταστασεως διαφοραι χωριζουσιν τους λογικους αλληλων ουτως και αι της πολιτειας αυτων διαφοραι χωριζουσι τα σωματα αυτων απ’ αλληλων. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܛܟܣ̈ܐ ܡܫ̈ܚܠܦܐ ܦ̇ܪܫܝܢ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܢ ܚܕܕ̈ܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܕܘܟܝ̈ܬܐ ܕܠܚ̇ܡ̈ܢ ܠܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܕܟܕܝܢܝܢ ܒܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as varied [states?] orders distinguish the logikoi of one order from another, so also the places which suit the bodies and are joined to them[also distinguish the logikoi]. |
77 2 77 2 77 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܐܚܪܝܐ ܕܕܝ̇ܢܐ ܟܐܢܐ܆ ܠܘ ܚܘܠܦܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܥ̇ܒܕ. ܐܠܐ ܥܒܝܘܬܗܘܢ ܫ̇ܩܠ ܡܢ ܡܨܥܬܐ. ܟܕ ܡ̇ܠܘܬ ܠܗܘܢ ܚܝܠܐ܇ ܐܝܟ ܕܢܫܟܚܘܢ ܢܓ̣ܪܘܢ ܒܝܪܬܘܬܐ܇ ܐܘ ܕܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܐܘ ܕܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܫܡܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr 183 Η εσχατη του δικαιου κριτου κρισις ουκ αλλοιωσιν των σωμ α των ποιησει αλλα την παχυτητα αυτων εκ μεσου αρει επιδιδουσα αυτοις δυναμιν ωστε οια τε ειναι επιμειναι εν τηι κληρονομιαι η της κατακρισεως η της βασιλειας των ουρανων. | S2-Guill ܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܐܚܪܝܐ܆ ܠܘ ܫܘܚܠܦܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܡܚܘ̇ܐ. ܐܠܐ ܥܛܝܗܘܢ ܡ̇ܘܕܥ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 [In] the last judgement it is not the transformation of bodies that will be made manifest; rather, it will make known their destruction. |
78 2 78 2 78 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 173 Ἕκαστον τάγμα τῶν οὐρανίων δυνάμεων, ἢ ὅλον ἐκ τῶν κάτω, ἢ ὅλον ἐκ τῶν ἄνω, ἢ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω καὶ ἐκ τῶν κάτω συνέστη- κε. | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠ ܚܕܐ ܡܢ ܓܘ̈ܕܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܠܘܬܐ ܫܡܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܐܘ ܟܠܗ̇ ܡܢ ܥܠܝ̈ܐ܆ ܐܘ ܟܠܗ̇ ܡܢ ܬܚܬܝ̈ܐ. ܘܗܟܢܐ ܐܘ ܡܢ ܥܠܝ̈ܐ ܐܘ ܡܢ ܬܚܬܝ̈ܐ ܡܩܝܡܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εκαστον ταγμα των ουρανιων δυναμεων η ολον εκ των κατω η ολον εκ των ανω η εκ των ανω και εκ των κατω συνεστηκε. | S2-Guill ܟܠ ܚܕ ܡܢ ܬܓܡ̈ܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܠܘܬܐ ܫܡܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܐܘ ܟܠܗ ܡܢ ܥܠܝ̈ܐ ܐܘ ܟܠܗ̇ ܡܢ ܬܚܬܝ̈ܐ ܐܘ ܡܢ ܥܠܝ̈ܐ ܘܬܚܬܝ̈ܐ ܐܬܩܝ̇ܡ܀ 93 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Each of the orders of celestial powers has been constituted either completely of superiors or completely of inferiors, or again of superiors and inferiors. |
79 2 79 2 79 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 92 ܗ̇ܘ ܕܪܕ̇ܐ ܒܐܘܪܚܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܒܚܘܕܬܐ ܕܝܘܡ ܡܢ ܝܘܡ ܪܕ̇ܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܐܘܪܚܐ ܕܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܕ̇ܐ܆ ܡ̇ܒܥܕܘ ܡ̇ܒܥܕ ܡܢ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܩܐ̇ܡ ܒܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Ο εν τηι της γνωσεως οδωι τρεχων εν ανακαινωσει καθ’ εκαστην ημεραν τρεχει, ο δε εν τηι της αγνοιας οδωι τρεχων απο της καταστασεως αυτου μακραν γινεται. | S2-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܕ̇ܐ܆ ܠܘܬ ܚܘܠܦܐ ܡܝܬܪܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܩ̇ܪܒ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܘܬ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܠܘܬ ܚܘܠܦܐ ܒܝܫܐ ܪܕ̇ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 That which advances to knowledge approaches the excellent change of bodies; but that which (advances) to ignorance advances to the bad change. |
80 2 80 2 80 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܟܢܪܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ. ܣܓܝܐܬ ܕܝܢ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܝܗ̇܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܟܢܪ̈ܐ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܐ. ܝܬܝܪ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ ܕܪ̈ܘܚܢܐ. ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܡܩܒܠܢܝܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Διακρισεως μεν εστιν η του της ψυχης οργανου θεωρια πολλων δε διακρισεων η των πνευματικων οργανων θεωρια μαλλον δε παρα ταυτα η των πνευ ματικων αυτων θεωρια διοτι δεκτικη εστι της της αγιας τριαδος γνωσεως. 185 | S2-Guill ܡܫܚܠܦܬܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܐܪܓܢܘܢ ܗܢܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ. ܣܓܝܐܬ ܕܝܢ ܫܘܚܠܦܐ܆ ܕܐܪ̈ܓܢܐ ܕܫܡܝ̈ܢܐ. ܝܬܝܪ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܥܠ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ. ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܡ̇ܢ ܡܥܡܪ̈ܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܝܕܘ̈ܥܬܢܐ. ܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܩܒ̈ܠܢܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Varied is the contemplation of thisorganon of the soul;highly varied is that of theorgana of the celestial [beings], and more [varied still] than the latter is the contemplation which concerns the logikoi, because the former are habitations of Knowers, and the latter are susceptible of the Blessed Trinity. |
81 2 81 2 81 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܡ̇ܘܠܕܐ. ܘܗ̣ܝ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܝ ܐܡܝܢܐܝܬ ܠܝܕܘ̈ܥܐ ܡ̇ܘܠܕܐ ܠܡܕܥ܀ | S1-Fr Η γνωσις την γνωσιν τικτει και αυτη εκτενως τους γνωστικους τικτει εις το γιγνωσκειν. | S2-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܝ̣ܠܕ̇ܬ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ. ܝ̇ܠܕܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܝܕܘܥܐ ܒܟܠܙܒܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Knowledge has engendered Knowledge, and it engenders the knowers at all times. |
82 2 82 2 82 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܕܬܘܪܣܝܗܘܢ ܒܥܠܡܝ̈ܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Κατα την των λογικων διαφοραν εστι και η των τροφων διαφορα εν τοις κοσμοις αυτων. | S2-Guill ܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܠܘܬܐ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܐ. ܐܠܐ ܕܢܦ̈ܫܬܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܟ̣ܢܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܐܚܝܢܗܘܢ ܢܬܬܪܣܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 It is not the bodies of the spiritual powers , but only those of souls which are naturally suitable to feed the world that is similar to them. |
83 2 83 2 83 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Ὥσπερ αἱ αἰσθήσεις ἀλλοιοῦνται διαφόρων ἀντιλαμβα- νόμεναι ποιοτήτων, οὕτω καὶ ὁ νοῦς ἀλλοιοῦται ποικίλαις θεωρίαις ἐνατενίζων ἀεί. = E 7. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܒܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܡܬܚ̇ܠܦܐ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ: ܒܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܕܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ ܘܕܓܘ̈ܢܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܡܬܚ̇ܠܦ܇ ܟܕ ܚܐ̇ܪ ܒܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܕܬܐܘܪ̈ܝܣ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ εν τοις αισθητηριοις η αισθησις ταις των ποιοτητων τε και χρωματων διαφοραις μεταβαλλεται Frankenberg (ποιουται) ουτως και ο νους μεταβαλλεται Frankenberg (ποιουται) εις τας των θεωριων διαφορας επιβλεπων. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܒܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܡܬܚ̇ܠܦ̈ܢ: ܒܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ ܡܫܚ̈ܠܦܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܡܬܚ̇ܠܦ܇ ܟܕ ܚܐ̇ܪ ܒܬܐܘܪ̈ܝܣ ܡܫܚ̈ܠܦܬܐ ܒܟܠ ܥܕܢ܀ 95 | S1-Dy S1 Just as in the organs of sense, the senses are changed by differentqualities and colors, so too the nous is changed when it gazes upon different contemplations | S2-Dy S2 Just as the senses are changed by receiving different qualities, so too the nous is changed [by]constantly gazing at [richly-]diverse contemplations. |
84 2 84 2 84 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 94 ܐܝܬ ܐܡܬܝ܆ ܕܗ̣ܘ ܡܪܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܘܐ ܕܝܢ̇ܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ. ܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܢܗܘܐ ܐܡܬܝ܆ ܕܕܡ̈ܝܬܐ ܢܗܘܐ ܕܝܢ̇ܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ. ܘܢܗܘܐ ܬܘܒ ܐܡܬܝ܆ ܕܕܚܝ̈ܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܕܝܢ̇ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ην οτε ο κυριος ημων των ζωντων μονον ην κριτης αλλ’ ουκ εσται οτε των νεκρων μονον κριτης εσται· εσται δε αυτις οτε των ζωντων μονον κριτης εσται. | S2-Guill ܐܝܬ ܐܡܬܝ܆ ܕܕܚܝ̈ܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܘܐ ܡܪܝܐ ܕܝܢ̇ܐ. ܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܢܗܘܐ ܐܡܬܝ܆ ܕܕܡܝ̈ܬܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܕܝܢ̇ܐ. ܘܢܗܘܐ ܬܘܒ ܐܡܬܝ܆ ܕܕܚܝ̈ܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܕܝܢ̇ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 There was a time when the Lord wasjudge only of the living; but there will never be a time when he will judge only the dead; and there will be again a time when he will judge only theliving. (cf.Acts 10:42; 2Tim 4:1; 1Pe 4:5) |
85 2 85 2 85 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ ܡܩܒ̈ܠܢܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܘܕܠܐ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܡܝ̈ܬܐ ܐܢܘܢ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܙܒܢ ܒܨܒܝܢܗܘܢ ܡܢ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܢ̣ܦܠܘ܀ | S1-Fr Ει οι ζωντες της τε αρετης και της κακιας δεκτικοι εισιν δηλον οτι οι εναντιως τουτοις εχοντες νεκροι εισιν οι ποτε κατα την αυτων προαιρεσιν της ζωης εξεπεσον. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ ܡܩ̈ܒܠܢܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܝܬܝܕܘܬܐ ܘܕܒܨܝܪܘܬܐ܆ ܡܕܝܢ ܕܠܩܘܒܠܐ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܡܝ̈ܬܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܗ̣ܢܝܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܡܩܒ̇ܠܝܢ. ܘܐܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܝ܆ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܬܘܒ ܡܫ̈ܚܠܦܐ ܢܗܘܘܢ܇ ܘܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܕܠܗܘܢ ܠܚ̇ܡܝܢ ܢܬܒܪܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the living are receptive of increase and decrease, it is thus evident that these are they who are opposed to those who are dead [and] who [also]receive these same things. And if this is so, then there will again be new and varied bodies, and worlds will be created which are suitable to them. |
86 2 86 2 86 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܠܒܪ ܗܘ ܕܘܒܪܗܘܢ܆ ܠܚܡܗܘܢ ܕܠܐ ܐܦ̈ܐ ܗܘ. ܘܫܩ̣ܝܗܘܢ ܕܒܒ̈ܐ ܡܠ̣ܐ. ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܠܓܘ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܕܘܒܪܗܘܢ܆ ܠܚܡܗܘܢ ܠܚ̣ܡ ܐܦ̈ܐ ܗܘ. ܘܫ̣ܩܝܗܘܢ ܕܠܐ ܢܟܝܢܐ ܗܘ܀ | S1-Fr Ων η page 88v | αναστροφη εξωθεν εστιν τουτων ο αρτος ουκ εστι προ θεσεως και το ποτηριον αυτων μυ ρ ιων πληρες· ων δε η αναστροφη εσωθεν εστιν ο αρτος αρτος προθεσεως και το ποτηριον αυτων αβλαβες. | S2-Guill ܕܒ̇ܪ̈ܝܐ ܡ̇ܢ܆ ܠܚܡܗܘܢ ܕܠܐ ܐܦ̈ܐ ܗܘ. ܘܫܩ̣ܝܗܘܢ ܕܒ̈ܒܐ ܡܠ̣ܐ. ܕܓܘܝ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܠܚܡܗܘܢ ܠܚ̣ܡ ܐܦ̈ܐ ܗܘ. ܘܫ̣ܩܝܗܘܢ ܕܠܐ ܢܟܝܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Those who are outside - their bread is notshowbread, and their drink is full of flies; but those who are inside - their bread is showbread, and their drink is unspoiled. (cf. Ex 25:50; Heb. 9:2) |
87 2 87 2 87 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܙܒܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܙܘܥܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ. ܕܠܐ ܙܒܢ ܕܝܢ ܫܘܓܢܝܐ ܕܠܐ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܀ | S1-Fr Χρονου μεν εστιν η των σωματων κινησις αχρονος δε η των ασωματων τροπη. 187 | S2-Guill ܕܙܒܢܐ ܗܝ ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ. ܕܠܐ ܙܒܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܫܘܚܠܦܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Temporal is the movement of bodies, but timeless the transformation of the incorporeals. |
88 2 88 2 88 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܡܬܚܙܝܢܐ܆ ܠܘ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܠܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܠܬܘܪܣܝܐ ܝܗܝܒܐ. ܐܠܐ ܐܦ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η τουτου του κοσμου του ορατου θεωρια ου μονον τοις αν θρωποις εις τροφην δεδοται αλλα και τοις αλλοις λογικοις | S2-Guill ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ܆ ܠܘ ܠܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܝܗܝܒܐ ܠܬܘܪܣܝܐ. ܐܠܐ ܠܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ܀ 97 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The contemplation of this sensible world - it is not only to men that it is given as nourishment, but also to reasoning natures. |
89 2 89 2 89 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 96 ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܝ̇ܬܒ ܡܢ ܝܡܝܢܗ ܕܐܒܐ܆ ܗ̣ܘ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܩ̣ܢܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܡܝܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ος μονος καθηται εκ δεξιας του πατρος αυτος μονος κεκτηται την της δεξιας γνωσιν. | S2-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܝ̇ܬܒ ܡܢ ܝܡܝܢܗ ܕܐܒܐ܆ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܡܝܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 He who alone is seated at the right of the Father alone has knowledge of the right. (Ps. 109:1; Acts 2:33) |
90 2 90 2 90 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܚ̣ܙܘ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܢܗܝܪ̈ܐ ܕܪܘܚ܆ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܢܫ̣ܬܘܘܢ ܠܡܚܙܐ ܠܗ̇ܘ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܕܛܘ̈ܒܐ܇ ܕܠܗ ܢܚܙܐ ܒܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܡܪܢ ܝܫܘܥ ܡܫܝܚܐ. ܟܕ ܢܫܬܘܐ ܠܚܘܕܬܐ ܕܦܓܪ̈ܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Οι εωρακοτες το των δυο πνευματικων λαμπαδων φως αυτοι αξιωθησονται οραν εκεινο το πρωτον φως το των μακαρισμων ο ορωιμεν τηι του κυριου ημων Ι. Χ. χαριτι αξιωθεντες της των σωματων ημων ανακαινωσεως. | S2-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܢܘܗܪܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܢܗܝܪ̈ܐ ܚܙ̣ܘ܆ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܢܚܙܘܢ ܠܢܘܗܪܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܘܛܘܒܬܢܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܗ ܢܚܙܐ ܒܡܫܝܚܐ. ܟܕ ܒܝܕ ܚܘܠܦܐ ܡܝܬܪܐ ܢܩܘܡ ܩܕܡܘܗܝ܀ 99 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 They who have seen the light of the two luminaries, (?Mt. 17:3; Mk 8:4; Lk 9:30) are those who have seen the first and blessed light, which we will see in Christ, when by an excellent change we will rise before him. |
ep 2 ep 2 ep | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܫܠ̣ܡ̇ܬ ܡܐܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܕܚܣܝܪܐ ܪ̈ܝܫܐ ܥܣܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr | S2-Guill ܫܠ̣ܡ̇ܬ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The End of the Second [Century] |
ti title 3 ti 3 ti 3 title 3 title | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ti title title 98 ܡܐܬܐ ܕܬܠܬ܀ | S1-Fr | S2-Guill ti title title ܡܐܬܐ ܕܬܠܬ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy |
1 3 1 3 1 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܐܒܐ ܝ̇ܕܥ ܠܡܫܝܚܐ. ܘܗ̣ܘ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܘ ܒܪܐ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܝ̇ܕܥ ܠܐܒܐ. ܗܢܐ ܡ̇ܢ܆ ܐܝܟ ܝܚܝܕܝܐ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܒܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ܆ ܐܝܟ ܚܕܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Μονος ο πατηρ γιγνωσκει τον Χ. και αυτος ο υιος μονος γιγνωσκει τον πατερα· ουτος μεν ως μονοειδης μονος εν τηι μοναδι εκεινος δε κατα την της μοναδος ενωσιν. 189 | S2-Guill ܐܒܐ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܝ̇ܕܥ ܠܡܫܝܚܐ. ܘܒܪܐ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܠܐܒܐ. ܗܢܐ ܡ̇ܢ܆ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܝܚܝܕܝܐ ܒܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ. ܗܢܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܚܕܝܘܬܐ ܘܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Father alone knows the Christ, and the Son alone [knows] the Father, the latter as unique[?only-begotten?] in the Unity, and the former as Monad and Unity. (Mt.11:27) (for unique see also I,12; IV,16) |
2 3 2 3 2 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܟܠܗ̇ ܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ܇ ܘܡܘܟܟܐ ܩ̇ܒܠ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Χριστος εστιν εν ωι η μονας πασα ενεστι και την λογικης φυσεως ταπεινωσιν εδεξατο. | S2-Guill ܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܒܗ ܠܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ܇ ܘܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܩܒ̇ܠ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Christ is he who alone has within himself the Unity and has received the judgement of the logoi. |
3 3 3 3 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܗܫܐ ܡܢ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܗܘ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܬܝܕܥܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܕܥܬܗ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr 191 Μονας εστιν ητις τανυν μονον υπο του Χ. γιγνωσκεται ου η γνωσις συσιωδης εστιν. | S2-Guill ܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܗܫܐ ܡܢ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܬܝܕܥ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܕܥܬܗ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Unity is what is now known only by Christ, he whose knowledge is essential |
4 3 4 3 4 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܕܒܟܠܙܒܢ ܗ̣ܘܘ ܡܬܬܪܣܝܢ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ. ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܕܒܙܒܢ ܙܒܢ. ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܐܦܠܐ ܒܙܒܢ܀ | S1-Fr Των μεν αγγελων εστι το παντι χρονωι τρεφεσθαι ταις των οντων θεωριαις των δε ανθρωπων επι του καιρου των δε δαιμονων ουδαμως. | S2-Guill ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܕܒܟܠ ܙܒܢ ܢܬܬܪܣܘܢ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ. ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܠܘ ܒܟܠܙܒܢ. ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܠܐ ܒܙܒܢ ܘܠܐ ܕܠܐ ܙܒܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 It is proper to angels that they are nourished at all times by the contemplation of beings, to men that they are not [so nourished] at all times; and to demons that they are not [so nourished] at proper or improper times. |
5 3 5 3 5 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܘ̈ܢܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܠܘܬܐ ܫܡܝ̈ܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܢ ܐܢܘܢ. ܟܕ ܡܠ̣ܝܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ ܘܓܘ̈ܫܡܝܗܘܢ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܐܢܘܢ܇ ܕܨܡ̇ܚܝܢ ܥܠ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܛܝܒܘܬܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܠܘܬܗܘܢ ܓܠܝ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οι τε των ουρανιων δυναμεων νοες καθαροι εισι πληρεις της αληθινης γνωσεως και τα σωματα αυτων φως εκλαμποντα παρ‘ οις χαριτι αποκαλυψεις γιγνονται. 193 | S2-Guill ܗܘ̈ܢܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܠܘܬܐ ܫܡܝ̈ܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܢ ܐܢܘܢ ܘܡܠ̣ܝܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ. ܘܓܘ̈ܫܡܝܗܘܢ ܢܘܗܪ̈ܐ ܐܢܘܢ܇ ܕܨܡ̇ܚܝܢ ܥܠ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ ܠܘܬܗܘܢ܀ 101 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The noes of celestial powers are pure and full of knowledge, and their bodies are lights which shine on those who approach them. |
6 3 6 3 6 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 100 ܗܘܢܐ ܥܪܛܠܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܫܬܡܠܝ ܒܚܙܬܐ ܕܩܢܘܡܗ: ܘܐܫ̣ܬܘܝ ܕܢܫܬܘܬܦ ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Νους γυμνος εστιν ος ετελειωθη εν τηι αυτου ορασει και ηξιωθη της της αγιας τριαδος θεωριας κοινωνειν. | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܥܪܛܠܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܥܠܘܗܝ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܡܚܝܕ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The naked nous is that which, by means of the contemplation which concerns it, is united to knowledge of the Trinity. |
7 3 7 3 7 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܕܚܘ̈ܕܬܐ ܗܕܐ ܐܬܗܝܡܢ܆ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܡܬܪܣܐ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ. ܘܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܬܬܪܣܝܢ܆ ܠܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ. ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܡܬܬܪܣܝܢ܆ ܠܫܘ̈ܓܢܝܐ ܚܣܝܪ̈ܐ ܥ̇ܛܦܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Το των ανακαινωσεων διαφορον τουτο επιστευθη το τρεφειν τους λογι κους, οι δε τρεφονται προς την αρετην πλησιαζουσι, οι δε μη τρεφονται εις τροπας υστερουσας μεταβαλλονται. | S2-Guill ܟܠ ܚܕ ܡܢ ܚܘ̈ܠܦܐ ܣܝ̣ܡ ܕܢܬܪܣܐ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ. ܘܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܬܬܪܣܝܢ܆ ܠܚܘܠܦܐ ܡܝܬܪܐ ܐܬ̇ܝܢ. ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܡܬܬܪܣܝܢ܆ ܠܘܬ ܚܘܠܦܐ ܒܝܫܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Each of the changes is established to feed the logikoi and those which feed [on it] attain to the excellent change; but those which do not feed [on it] attain to the bad change. . |
8 3 8 3 8 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܕܩ̣ܢܐ ܠܒܘܫܐ ܐܚܪܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Νους ος κεκτηται το εσχατον ενδυμα εστιν ουτος ος την δευτεραν θεωριαν την φυσικην εχει. 195 | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܕܩ̣ܢܐ ܠܒܘܫܐ ܐܚܪܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܝ̇ܕܥ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The nous which possesses the last robe is that which knows only the contemplation of all the second beings. |
9 3 9 3 9 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܡܣ̇ܬܝܟܐ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ. ܡܬܝܬܪܐ ܒܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢܗܘܢ ܢܒ̇ܥܝܢ ܚܕܘܬܐ ܘܟܪܝܘܬܐ. ܚܕܘܬܐ ܠܚܦܝ̈ܛܐ܆ ܘܟܪܝܘܬܐ ܠܫܦ̈ܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εν τωι μελλοντι αιωνι η των λογικων αγνοια τελευτησεται περισσευσει δε εν αυτοις η των διαφορων γνωσις εξ ων ευφροσυνη τε και λυπη ανατελει, ευφροσυνη μεν τοις σπουδαιοις λυπη δε τοις αμελουσιν. | S2-Guill ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܡܬܥܒܪܝܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܕܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ. ܒܗ̇ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܬܪܗ܆ ܬܘܣܦܬܐ ܕܢܘܪܐ ܘܕܐܐܪ ܡܩ̇ܒܠ ܚܘܠܦܐ. ܘܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܬܚܬ ܡܟܝܠ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܬܚܦ̇ܛܝܢ. ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܒ̈ܬܝܗܘܢ ܕܥ̇ܘ̈ܠܐ ܡܩ̇ܒܠܝܢ ܕܘܟܝܐ܇ ܘܝܘܡܢܐ ܘܡܚܪ ܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܣܥ̇ܪ ܡܫܝܚܐ܇ ܘܒܝܘܡܐ ܕܬܠܬܐ ܡܫܬܡܠܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 In the world to come the bodies of ignorance will be surpassed, and those which will follow the change will receive an increase of fire and air; and these that are below will concentrate henceforth on knowledge, if ‘the houses of the impious receive purification’ (Prv. 14:9) and that ’today and tomorrow’ the Christ ‘performs miracles and on the third day it is accomplished’. (Lk 13:32) |
10 3 10 3 10 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܫܡܠܝ ܐܝܬܗܘܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܕܟܝܠ ܣܢܝܩ ܕܢܬܝܬܪ ܒܣܘܟܠܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܕܒ̣ܪ̈ܝܬܐ܇ ܘܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܟܢܪܐ ܗܢܐ ܡ̣ܨܐ ܩܢ̇ܐ ܠܗܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Νους ατελης εστιν ος ετι χρειαν εχει του πληρωθηναι εν τε τηι των φυσεων των κτισματων συνεσει και εν τηι πρωτηι θεωριαι page 94r | ατινα εν τουτωι τωι οργανωι κτασθαι δυναται. | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܫܡܠܝ ܐܝܬܗܘܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܕܟܝܠ ܣܢܝܩ ܥܠ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ܇ ܕܒܝܕ ܟܝܢܐ ܦܓܪܢܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܐ܀ 103 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The nous which is imperfect is that which again has need of the contemplation which is known by corporeal nature. |
11 3 11 3 11 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 102 ܚܟܡܬܐ ܡܠ̣ܝܬ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܦܓܪܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܩܒ̇ܠ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܕܢ̣ܚ̇ܬ ܠܢ ܐܦ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Την πολυποικιλον σοφιαν το του Χ. σωμα εδεξατο εν ωι ανετειλεν ημιν και η της αγιας τριαδος γνωσις. 197 | S2-Guill ܚܟܡܬܗ ܡܠ̣ܝܬ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܟܝܢܐ ܦܓܪܢܐ ܩܒ̇ܠ. ܕܝܠܗ ܕܝܢ ܠܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ. ܟܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܘܚܟܡܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܡܚܘ̇ܐ܆ ܘܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܕܝܠܗ̇ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Corporeal nature has received the manifold wisdom (Eph. 3:10) of Christ; but of him it is not receptive. But incorporeal nature displays the wisdom of the Unity and is receptive of the Unity. |
12 3 12 3 12 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP νοῦς τέλειός ἐστιν ὁ τὴν οὐσιώδη γνῶσιν ῥαδίως δυνάμενος ὑποδέξασθαι | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܓܡܝܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܦܫܝܩܐܝܬ ܡܫܟܚ ܕܢܩܒ̇ܠ܀ | S1-Fr Νους τελειος εστιν ος την ουσιωδη γνωσιν ραδιως οιος τε εστι δεχεσθαι. | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܓܡܝܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܦܫܝܩܐܝܬ ܡܫܟܚ ܕܢܩܒ̇ܠ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The perfect nous is that which is able to easily receive essential knowledge. |
13 3 13 3 13 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܚܟܡܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܒܡܬܢܚܬܢܘܬܗ̇ ܕܠܘܬ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܝ̣ܕܥܢܢ. ܘܒܗ̇ ܩܒ̇ܠܝܢ ܓܠܝ̈ܢܐ ܟܣܝ̈ܐ ܕܐܒܐ܆ ܘܢܡܘ̈ܣܐ ܓܡܝܪ̈ܐ ܕܪܘܚ܀ | S1-Fr Την της αγιας τριαδος σοφιαν δια της καταβασεως αυτης της προς την λογικην φυσιν εγνωμεν και εν αυτηι εδεξαμε δ θ α τας αποκρυφους του πατρος αποκαλυψεις τε και τους τελειους νομους πνευματικους. 199 | S2-Guill ܠܚܟܡܬܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ܆ ܟܕ ܡܚܝܕܐ ܠܟܝܢܐ ܕܠܬܚܬ ܡܢܗ̇ ܝ̣ܕܥܢܢ. ܗ̣ܝ ܕܝܢ ܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ܆ ܕܬܬܚܙܐ ܟܕ ܡܥܪܙܠܐ ܒܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚܐ. ܘܡܛܠ ܗܢܐ ܗܘܢܐ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ܆ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܘ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܚܙ̇ܐ ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 we have known the wisdom of the Unity, united to the nature that is below it; but the Unity itself cannot be seen, linked to some of the beings; and because of this the incorporeal nous sees the Holy Trinity in those which are not bodies. |
14 3 14 3 14 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ψυχή ἐστιν ἀτελὴς ἧς ἡ παθητικὴ δύναμις πρὸς τὰ μάταια νένευκεν | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܢܦܫܐ ܚ̇ܣܝܪܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܚܝܠܗ̇ ܚܫܘܫܐ ܠܘܬ ܣܪܝܩܘܬܐ ܪܟ̣ܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ψυχη ζημιωθεισα Frankenberg (υστερουσα) εστιν ης η παθητικη δυαμις προς το ματαιον μετακλινει. | S2-Guill ܢܦܫܐ ܚ̇ܣܝܪܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܚܝܠܗ̇ ܚܫܘܫܐ ܠܘܬ ܣܪܝܩܘܬܐ ܪܟ̣ܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The deficient soul is that whose power subject to passion inclines towards vain [things]. |
15 3 15 3 15 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܫܘܡܠܝܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ: ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܐܒܗ̈ܬܐ: ܕܟܠܝܠܗ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ܆ ܕܐܝܢܐ ܕܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܚܣܝܪ܆ ܡܒ̣ܥܕ ܗܘ ܡܢ ܫܘܡܠܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει η του νοος τελειοτης γνωσις πνευματικη εστιν ως λεγουσιν οι πατερες οτι ο στεφανος αυτου εστιν η της αγιας τριαδος γνωσις δηλον οτι ο ταυτα υστερων μακραν απεστι της τελειοτητος. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܫܘܡܠܝܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ: ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ: ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܗܝ ܒܠܚܘܕ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܒܫܘܡܠܝܐ܆ ܘܠܐ ܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܗܘܠܐ ܡܟ̇ܬܪ. ܘܐܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܝ܆ ܗܘܢܐ ܡܟܝܠ ܥܪܛܠܝܐ ܢܗܘܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the perfection of the nous is immaterial knowledge, as it is said, and if immaterial knowledge is solely the Trinity, it is evident that in perfection there will not remain anything of matter. And if that is so, the nous, forevermore naked will come to vision of theTrinity. |
16 3 16 3 16 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ψυχή τελεία ἐστίν, ἧς ἡ παθητικὴ δύναμις ἐνεργεῖ κατὰ φύσιν | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܢܦܫܐ ܓܡܝܪܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܚܝܠܗ̇ ܚܫܘܫܐ ܟܝܢܐܝܬ ܡ̇ܥܒܕ܀ | S1-Fr Ψυχη τελειος εστιν ης η παθητικη δυναμις κατα φυσιν page 96r | ενεργει. | S2-Guill ܢܦܫܐ ܓܡܝܪܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܚܝܠܗ̇ ܚܫܘܫܐ ܟܝܢܐܝܬ ܡ̇ܥܒܕ܀ 105 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The perfect soul is one whose passible power acts according to nature. |
17 3 17 3 17 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 104 ܐܝܠܕܗ̣ܘܘ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܆ ܐܦ ܒܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܪܝܫܝܬܐ ܩܝ̇ܡܝܢ. ܘܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܒܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܩܝ̇ܡܝܢ. ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܕܘܒܪ̈ܐ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܩܝ̇ܡܝܢ܆ ܒܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܕܟܝܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܇ ܘܡܬܩܪܝܢ ܬܠܝܬܝ̈ܐ ܒܛܟܣܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οι εν τηι πρωτηι θεωριαι γενομενοι και εν τηι αρχικηι καταστασει εστασιν οι δε εν τηι δευτεραι θεωριαι εν τηι φυσικηι καταστασει εστασιν οι δε εν ταις της αρετης αναστοφαις καθεστωτες εν τηι της καθαροτητος καταστασει εισι και τριτοι τηι ταξει ονομαζονται. 201 | S2-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܗ̣ܘܘ܆ ܗܠܝܢ ܐܦ ܒܗ ܒܛܟܣܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܗ ܟܕ ܒܗ ܒܛܟܣܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܇ ܡܢ ܟܕܘ ܐܦ ܒܗ̇ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ. ܡܫܟܚܐ ܓܝܪ ܛܐܘܣ ܕܢܗܘܘܢ ܒܬܐܩܪܝܐ ܕܥܠ ܡ̈ܬܝܕܥܢܐ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܐܦ ܗ̣ܝ ܥܠ ܗܘܢܐ ܥܪܛܠܝܐ ܣܢܝܩܐ܇ ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܐܦ ܡܢ ܩܕܝܡ ܥܪܛܐܝܬ ܚܙ̣ܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 These who have attained to immaterial contemplation, are also in the (same) state; but they are not those who are in the same state who are from now on also in immaterial contemplation. Indeed, it is possible that they are again in the contemplation that concerns the intelligibles, which also requires a naked nous , if it previously has also seen it nakedly. |
18 3 18 3 18 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܫܘܢܩܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܟܪܝܘܬܐ ܕܒܝܕ ܢܘܪܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܒܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܡܕܟ̇ܝܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Βασανισμος εστιν η δια του πυρος λυπη η εν κρισει καθαριζουσα το της ψυχης παθητικον. | S2-Guill ܫܘܢܩܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܟܪܝܘܬܐ ܚܡܝܡܬܐ ܕܡܕܟ̇ܝܐ ܡܢ̇ܬܗ̇ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Torment is the fiery suffering which purifies the passible part of the soul. |
19 3 19 3 19 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܝܢܐ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܥܠ ܗܘܢܐ ܥܪܛܠܝܐ ܣܢܝܩܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܇ ܥܠ ܥܪܛܠܝܘܬܗ ܣܢܝܩܐ܇ ܐܦܢ ܦܪܝܫܐ ܡܢ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܒܢܝܫܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Ως η πρωτη θεωρια γυμνου νοος χρειαν εχει ουτως και η δευτερα θεωρια της γυμνοτητος αυτου καιπερ διαφερουσα της πρωτης τωι σκοπωι αυτης. 203 | S2-Guill ܓܘܢܐܝܬ ܡ̇ܢ ܩ̣ܢܝܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܘܬܪܝܢܬܐ܇ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܐܝܬ ܠܗܝܢ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ ܥܪܛܠܝܐ. ܝܚܝܕܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܗ̇ܝ ܚܕܐ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ. ܐܚܪܝܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܗܘܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The first and second contemplations possess in common that they [both] have a naked vision, but especially this: that one is immaterial and the other material. |
20 3 20 3 20 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܫܘܚܠܦܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܦܠܘ̈ܚܐ܆ ܚܘܕܬܐ ܗܘ ܕܡܢ ܦܓܪܢܘܬܐ ܠܪܘܚܢܘܬܐ܇ ܐܝܟ ܡܫܘܚܬܐ ܕܬܩܢܘܬܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Η των εργαζομενων σωματων μεταμορφωσις εστιν ανακαινωσις επ του σαρκικου εις το πνευματικον κατα το της καταστασεως αυτων μετρον. | S2-Guill ܚܘܠܦܐ ܕܐܪ̈ܓܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܫܘܢܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܠܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܇ ܐܝܟ ܡܫܘܚܬܐ ܕܛܟܣ̈ܐ ܕܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܕܡܬܟܕܢܝܢ ܥܡܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The change of the organa is the passage of bodies to bodies, according to the degree of the order of those who are joined to them. |
21 3 21 3 21 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܘܕܬܠܬ܆ ܓܘܢܐܝܬ ܩܢ̣ܝܢ ܠܗ̇ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܒ̣ܪ̈ܝܬܐ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܕ̇ܝܡܐ ܠܚܒܪܬܗ̇܆ ܗܘܢܐ ܥܪܛܠܝܐ ܩܢ̣ܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η δευτερα και η τριτη θεωρια καινως την των κτισματων γνωσιν κεκτηνται· η δε της ετερας προτερα νουν γυμνον κεκτηται. | S2-Guill ܓܘܢܐܝܬ ܡ̇ܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܇ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܘܕܬܠܬ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܗܘܠܐ. ܝܚܝܕܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܚܕܐ܆ ܗܘܢܐ ܥܪܛܠܝܐ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ̇ ܘܕܝܠܗ ܟܕ ܕܝܠܗ ܕܛܟܣܐ. ܐܚܪܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܥܡ ܦܓܪܐ ܘܒܛܟܣ̈ܐ ܡܫܚܠܦ̈ܐ܀ 107 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 This is common to both second and third contemplations - that they are material: but especially this, that one has a naked nous and the same order; and the other is with bodies and in various orders. |
22 3 22 3 22 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 106 ܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܗ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܠܗܘܢܗ: ܡܢ ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܝܚܝܕܝܬܐ ܕܒܗ܀ | S1-Fr Η πρωτη της λογικης φυσεως κινησις αφορισμος τωι νωι αυτης απο της ιδιας γνωσεως της εν αυτωι γενομενος. | S2-Guill ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܦܘܪܫܢܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܡܢ ܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܕܒܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The first movement of the logikoi is the separation of the nous from the Unity that is in it. |
23 3 23 3 23 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܕܬܚܝܬ ܫܡܝܐ܆ ܓܘܢܐܝܬ ܩܢ̣ܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ ܠܐܪܒܥܬܝܗܘܢ ܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܐ. ܝܚܝܕܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܠܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܕܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οι λογικοι οι υπο τον ουρανον κοινως μεν κεκτηνται τα τεσσαρα στοιχεια ιδιως δε την των ποιοτητων διαφοραν. 205 | S2-Guill ܓܘܢܐܝܬ ܡ̇ܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܇ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܡܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܐ ܢܬܩܝ̇ܡܘܢ. ܝܚܝܕܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ܆ ܕܟܠ ܚܕ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܫܘܚܠܦܐ ܕܡܘܙܓܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 This is common to all the worlds: that they are constituted of the four elements; but especially this - that each of them has a variation of quality. |
24 3 24 3 24 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܥܠ ܟܝܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܕܠܗ̇ ܡܫܬܘܫܛܝܢ ܡܢ ܒܬܪ ܫܘܡܠܝܐ ܕܕܘܒܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Η περι της πρωτης φυσεως των λογικων γνωσις θεωρια πνευ ματικη εστι ηι επεκτεινονται μετα την της αναστροφης αυτων τελειωσιν. | S2-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܬܚ̇ܫܚ ܒܪܘܝܐ ܘܥ̣ܒܕ ܗܘ̈ܢܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ܇ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܡܩ̈ܒܠܢܐ ܕܟܝܢܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The knowledge of the first nature is the spiritual contemplation which has served the Creator by making only the noes that are receptive of his nature. |
25 3 25 3 25 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܓܪܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܕܠܒܫܝܢ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܨܥܝ̈ܐ ܒܝܘܡܐ ܐܚܪܝܐ܆ ܠܘ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܗܘ ܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܓܘܫܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܕܠܗ ܫ̇ܠܚܝܢ. ܐܠܐ ܠܗ ܟܕ ܠܗ ܠܗܢܐ ܕܡܙܕܪܥ ܒܚܒ̇ܠܐ܆ ܠܒ̇ܫܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܚܒ̇ܠܐ ܟܕ ܬܪܝܨ ܘܡܒܪܟ܀ | S1-Fr Το πνευματικον σωμα ο ενδυσουσιν οι μεσοι λογικοι εν τηι εσχατηι ημεραι ουκ αλλο εστι παρα τουτο ο εκδυουσιν αλλα αυτο το εσπαρμενον εν φθοραι ενδυσουσιν αφθαρτον ορθιον και ευλογουν | S2-Guill ܓܘܫܡܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ ܘܕܠܩܘܒܠܗ܆ ܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܡܢ ܗܕܡܝ̈ܢ ܐܘ ܡܢ ܡܢܘ̈ܬܢ ܗ̇ܘܐ. ܐܠܐ ܡܢ ܓܘܫܡܐ. ܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܓܝܪ ܫܘܢܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܗ̈ܕܡܐ ܠܗ̈ܕܡܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܚܘܠܦܐ. ܐܠܐ ܕܡܢ ܡܘܙܓܐ ܡܝܬܪܐ ܐܘ ܒܝܫܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܚܘܠܦܐ ܡܝܬܪܐ ܐܘ ܒܝܫܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The spiritual body and its opposite will not be (formed) of our members or our parts, but of a body. For the change is not a passage of members to members, but (the passage) of a an excellent or evil quality to an excellent or evil change. (1Cor 15:42) |
26 3 26 3 26 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܥܠ ܟܝܢܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܗܝ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܆ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܬܚܫ̇ܚ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܘܒ̣ܪܐ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Frankenberg (sic) . Η περι της δευτερας φυσεως γνωσις θεωρια πνευματικη εστι η εχρησατο ο Χ. και εκτισεν τους κοσμους. 207 | S2-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܥܠ ܟܝܢܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܬܚ̇ܫܚ ܡܫܝܚܐ܇ ܘܒ̣ܪܐ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܘܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܡܢܗ܀ 109 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The knowledge that concerns the second nature is the spiritual contemplation which has served the Christ by creating the nature of bodies and the worlds from it. |
27 3 27 3 27 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 108 ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ܆ ܢܝܫܐ ܗܝ ܕܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ܆ ܘܕܠܐ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܗ܀ | S1-Fr Η πρωτη της φυσεως θεωρια σκοπος εστι της τε του νοος κινησεως και του ακινητου αυτου. | S2-Guill ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ܆ ܡܟ̣ܢܐ ܕܬܦܪܘܫ ܡܢ ܗܘܢܐ ܘܕܠܐ ܬܦܪܘܫ. ܗ̇ܝ ܓܝܪ ܕܡܬܝ̇ܠܦܐ܆ ܡܬܦܪܫܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܗܘܢܐ ܝܕܘܥܗ̇ ܡܬܚܙܝܐ܆ ܠܐ ܡܬܦܪܫܢܝܬܐ ܡܚ̣ܘܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 First natural contemplation is naturally made for the separation of the nous, and so that it will not be separated. Indeed, that which is taught is separable, but that which appears in the nouswhich it know is sown to be inseperable. |
28 3 28 3 28 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܢܦܫܐ ܚ̇ܛܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܐ ܕܒܝܕ ܡܗܡܝܢܘܬܗ ܢ̣ܦܠ ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܇ ܘܣܢܝܩ ܕܒܝܕ ܥܡܠܐ ܣܓܝܐܐ ܢܫܬܘܐ ܠܨܠܡܐ ܓܡܝܪܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢܗ ܢ̣ܦܠ܀ | S1-Fr Ψυχη αμαρτωλος εστιν page 100r | ο νους ο δια την αμελειαν αυτου της της αγιας μοναδος θεωριας εκπεσων τε και χρειαν εχων δια πολλου πονου αξιωθηναι της της αγιας τριαδος εικονος αφ’ ης επεσεν. | S2-Guill ܢܦܫܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܒܡܗܡܝܢܘܬܗ ܢ̣ܦܠ ܡܢ ܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ܇ ܘܡܢ ܠܐ ܙܗܝܪܘܬܗ ܠܛܟܣܐ ܕܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܢ̣ܚܬ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The soul isthe nous which, through negligence, has fallen from the Unity; and through its carelessness, has descended to the rank of thepraktike. |
29 3 29 3 29 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܬ̇ܐ ܕܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܐܢܫܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܦܓܪܐ ܕܒܢܝ̈ ܐܢܫܐ. ܢܝܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܚܕ ܚܕ ܡܢ ܒܢܝ̈ ܐܢܫܐ܆ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܗܠܝܢ. ܪܒܘܬܐ. ܘܐܣܟܡܐ. ܘܓܘܢܐ. ܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܟܝ̈ܢܝܐ. ܘܡܚܝܠܘܬܐ. ܘܙܒܢܐ. ܘܐܬܪܐ. ܘܐܒܗ̈ܐ. ܘܬܪܒܝܬܐ. ܘܦܘܪ̈ܣܐ. ܘܐܘ̈ܡܢܘܬܐ. ܘܚܝ̈ܐ. ܘܡܘܬܐ. ܘܟܡܐ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܡܕܥ܇ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܬܪ ܗܠܝܢ ܪܕ̇ܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Της ανθρωπινης καταστασεως σημειον εστι το των ανθρωπων σωμα σκοποι δε της ενος εκαστου των ανθρωπων καταστασεως εισιν οιδε μεγεθος και σχημα και χρωμα, δυναμεις φυσικαι και ασθενεια, και χρονος και τοπος, και πατερες και αυξησις, και ποροι και τεχναι, και ζωη και θανατος και ποσον εστι γιγνωσκειν εν τοις τοιουτοις. 209 211 | S2-Guill ܢܝܫܐ ܕܛܟܣܐ ܐܢܫܝܐ ܓܘܫܡܐ ܐܢܫܝܐ. ܢܝܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܟܠ ܚܕ ܚܕ ܡܢ ܛܟܣ̈ܐ ܪܒܘܬܐ. ܘܐܣܟܡ̈ܐ. ܘܓܘ̈ܢܐ. ܘܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ. ܘܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܟܝܢܝ̈ܐ. ܘܡܚܝܠܘܬܐ. ܘܙܒܢܐ. ܘܐܬܪܐ. ܘܐܒ̈ܗܐ. ܘܬܪ̈ܒܝܬܐ. ܘܦܘܪ̈ܣܐ. ܘܚܝ̈ܐ. ܘܡܘܬܐ. ܘܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܗܠܝܢ ܢܩܝ̈ܦܢ܀ 111 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The sign of the human state is the human body, and the sign of each state is the greatness of their forms, the colors, the qualites, the natural forces, the weakness, the time, the relative place, the increases, the modes, the life, the death, and what attaches to these things. |
30 3 30 3 30 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP νοῦς ἐστιν ὁ τῆς ἁγίας τριάδος θεατής | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 110 ܗܘܢܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο νους ο πνευματκος εστιν εποπτης Frankenberg (ορατικος) της αγιας τριαδος. | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The nous is the seer of the Blessed Trinity. |
31 3 31 3 31 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܡܢܐ ܗܝ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ܆ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܗܝ ܠܡܐܡܪ. ܕܡܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܝܢ ܟܝܢܗ ܠܐ ܡܬܐܡܪ. ܡܛܠ ܕܐܦܠܐ ܡܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܝܢ ܐܬܩܝ̇ܡ܀ | S1-Fr Τι εστιν η του νοος κινησις οιον τε λεγειν τι δε εστιν η φυσις αυτου ου λεκτεον εστι διοτι ουκ εν τοις τεσσαρσι στοιχειοις συνεστηκεν. | S2-Guill ܕܡܢܐ ܗܝ ܚܕܝܘܬܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ܆ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܗܝ ܠܡܐܡܪ. ܕܡ̇ܢܘ ܕܝܢ ܟܝܢܗ ܠܐ ܡܬܐܡܪ. ܗ̇ܘ ܓܝܪ ܕܠܘ ܡܢ ܚܙܬܐ ܘܠܘ ܡܢ ܗܘܠܐ ܐܬܩܝ̇ܡ܆ ܠܝܬܝܗ̇ ܝܕܥܬܗ ܕܡܘܙܓܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 It is possible to say what the movement of the nous is, but its nature is ineffable, because it has not been constituted of the four elements. | S2-Dy S2 It is possible to speak of the unity of thenous; but its nature cannot be described: because there is no knowledge of the quality of [something]composed of neither form nor matter |
32 3 32 3 32 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܨܠܡܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܠܘ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡ̣ܨܐ ܡܬܬܨܝܪ ܒܗ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܚܟܡܬܗ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܫܟܚܐ ܗ̣ܘܝܐ܇ ܐܦ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܝܢ ܐܬܩܝ̇ܡܘ. ܐܠܐ ܗܢܘ ܨܠܡܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܡ̣ܨܐ ܕܢܩܒ̇ܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Του θεου εικων θεου ουκ εστιν εν ωι δυναται η σοφια αυτου εκτυ πωθηναι οτι δυνατον και εν τοις εκ των τεσσαρων στοιχειων συνεστηκοσιν αλλα τουτο εστιν εικων του θεου ο εστι δεκτικον της της αγιας τριαδος γνωσεως. | S2-Guill ܨܠܡܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܠܘ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܚܟܡܬܗ. ܗܟܢܐ ܓܝܪ ܐܦ ܟܝܢܐ ܦܓܪܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܘܐ ܨܠܡܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܐܠܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܕܝܠܗ̇ ܕܝܚܝܕܘܬܐ܇ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܨܠܡܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The image of God is not that which is suceptible of His wisdom, for corporeal nature would thus be the image God. Rather that which has become susceptible of the Unity - this is the Image of God. |
33 3 33 3 33 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܢܝܫܐ ܕܚܝܘܬܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ܆ ܠܐ ܡܝܘܬܘܬܐ ܡܬܩܪܝܐ. ܢܝܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܡܝܢܘܬܗ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܥܠܡ ܡܩ̇ܘܐ. ܘܠܢܝܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܩܕܡܝܐ܆ ܠܘ̣ܝܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܠܢܝܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܬܪ̈ܝܢ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Σκοπος του ζωτικου του νοος αθανασια ονομαζεται σκοπος δε της προσκαρτερησεως αυτου οτι εις αιωνα διαμενει· απτεται δε του μεν πρωτου σκοπου η της αγιας τριαδος γνωσις, του δε δευτερου η πρωτη της φυσεως θεωρια. 213 | S2-Guill ܠܚܕܝܘܬܗ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܗܘܢܐ܆ ܫܡܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܝܘܬܘܬܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥ. ܠܠܐ ܡܬܚܒܠܢܘܬܗ ܕܝܢ܆ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܥܠܡ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܘܠܫܡܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܠܘ̣ܝܐ. ܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܬܪ̈ܝܢ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The name of "immortality" makes known the natural unity of the nous and the fact that it is eternal makes known its ‘incorruptibility’. The first name - the knowledge of the Trinity accompanies it; and the second -the first contemplation of nature. (1Cor 15:53-54) |
34 3 34 3 34 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP δαίμων ἐστὶ φύσις λογικὴ δι’ ἐπικρατείας θυμοῦ πρακτικῆς ἐκπεσοῦσα | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܫܐܕܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܛܠ ܝܬܝܪܘܬܐ ܕܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܢ̣ܦܠ ܡܢ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο δαιμων εστι φυσις λογικη δια περισσον θυμου αποστασα της του θεου θρησκειας. | S2-Guill ܫܐܕܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܛܠ ܝܬܝܪܘܬܐ ܕܚܡ̣ܬܐ ܢ̣ܦܠ ܡܢ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The ‘demon’ is the reasoning nature which, because of an abundance of thumos, has fallen from the service of God. |
35 3 35 3 35 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1932 85 Νοῦν μὲν καθαίρει πνευματικὴ γνῶσις· θυμὸν δὲ θεραπεύει ἀγάπη· ἐπιθυμίαν δὲ ῥέουσαν ἵστησιν ἐγκράτεια. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܗܘܢܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܐܣܝܐ ܠܗ: ܘܠܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܚ̣ܘܒܐ. ܘܠܪܓܬܐ ܢܟܦܘܬܐ. ܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܩܕܡܝܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ܆ ܘܕܬܪܝܢܐ ܬܠܝܬܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τον νουν θεραπευει η γνωσις και τον θυμον η αγαπη και την επιθυμιαν η σωφροσυνη· αιτια δε του πρωτου το δευτερον και του δευτερου το τριτον. 215 | S2-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܡܐܣܝܐ. ܠܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܚ̣ܘܒܐ. ܘܠܪܓܬܐ ܢܟܦܘܬܐ. ܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܩܕܡܝܐ ܬܪܝܢܐ܆ ܘܕܬܪܝܢܐ ܬܠܝܬܝܐ܀ 113 | S1-Dy S1 The nous is healed by knowledge; the thumos, by love; and theépithumia, by chastity. And the cause of the first is the second, and that of the second is the third. | S2-Dy S2 [Spiritual*] knowledge heals the nous, love [heals] thumos, and chastity epithumia. And the cause of the first is the second, and that of the second the third. [*Syriac lacks spiritual] |
36 3 36 3 36 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 1172d Αἰών ἐστι σύστημα φυσικὸν, ἐκ σωμάτων ποικίλων λογικὰς διαφορὰς περιέχον τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ γνώσεως ἕνεκεν. Εἰς αἰῶνα, φησὶν, ἀγαλλιά- σονται, ὅτι καὶ αἰώνιος ἑαυτοῖς κατασκήνωσις. | grc-Rondeau Αἰών ἐστι σύστημα φυσικὸν ἐκ σωμάτων ποικίλων λογικὰ διάφορα περιέχον τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ γνώσεως ἕνεκεν. | S1-Guill 112 ܥܠܡܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܩܘܝܡܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ܇ ܕܐܬܩܝ̇ܡ ܡܢ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܡܦܪ̈ܫܐ܇ ܘܡܣܝ̇ܟ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܦܪ̈ܝܫܐ܇ ܡܛܠ ܬܪܒܝܬܐ ܕܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Frankenberg (sic!) . Κοσμος εστι συστασις φυσεως η συνεστηκεν τε εκ σωματων κεχωρισμενων και περιεχει λογικους διαφορους αυξησεως της εν τηι του θεου γνωσει ενεκα. | S2-Guill ܥܠܡܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܩܘܝܡܐ ܟܝܢܝܐ܇ ܕܐܚܝܕ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܡܫܚܠܦ̈ܐ ܘܡܦܪ̈ܫܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܛܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The world is the sustasis of the natures that have been constituted of different bodies and contain different logikoi for growth in the knowledge of God. | S2-Dy The world is the natural sustasis that comprises the different and varied bodies of the logikoi, for the knowledge of God. |
37 3 37 3 37 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܘ̈ܟܒܐ ܒܫܘܒܚܐ ܦܪܝܫܝܢ ܚܕ ܡܢ ܚܕ. ܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܒܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܆ ܡܛܠ ܕܫ̣ܘܝܢ ܐܢܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Οι αστερες εν δοξηι διαφερουσιν αλληλων αλλ’ ου και εν σωμασι διοτι ισα εστι. | S2-Guill ܟܘܟܒ̈ܐ ܒܫܘܒܚܐ ܡܝܬܪܝܢ ܡܢ ܚܕܕ̈ܐ܆ ܘܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܒܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ. ܪܒܘܬܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܘܐܣܟܡܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܘܪܚܝܩܘܬܗܘܢ ܕܡܢ ܚܕܕ̈ܐ ܘܡܪ̈ܕܝܬܗܘܢ ܡܫܚܠܦ̈ܬܐ. ܘܗ̇ܝ ܕܡܢܗܘܢ ܠܓܘ ܡܢ ܛܠܠܗ̇ ܕܐܪܥܐ: ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܠܒܪ ܡܢܗ: ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܒܬܚܘܡܐ ܡܦܪܫܢܐ܆ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ ܥܠ ܛܟܣܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܘܥܠ ܡܕܒܪܢܘܬܐ ܕܐܬܗܝܡܢܘ ܡܢ ܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 "The stars are superior to one another by their glory" (1Cor 15:41) and not by bodies; but their greatness, their shapes, their distance from one another, and their courses are varied. The fact that some of them are united to the interior of the shadow of the earth, others outside of it, and others to the separating limit, provides information concerning their orders and concerning the government which has been confided to them by God. |
38 3 38 3 38 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 370 Πῶς οὖν ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις φησίν· «ὁ πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ πᾶσαν τὴν κρίσιν δέδωκεν τῷ υἱῷ»; Ἢ ἄλλο μέν ἐστι τιμωρία, ἄλλο δὲ κρίσις. Καὶ τιμωρία μέν ἐστιν στέρησις ἀπαθείας καὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ μετ' ὀδύνης σωματικῆς· κρίσις δέ ἐστιν γένεσις αἰῶνος κατ' ἀναλογίαν ἑκάστῳ τῶν λογικῶν σώματα διανέμοντος. | grc-Géh1987 Πῶς οὖν ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις φησίν· «ὁ πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ πᾶσαν τὴν κρίσιν δέδωκεν τῷ υἱῷ»; Ἢ ἄλλο μέν ἐστι τιμωρία, ἄλλο δὲ κρίσις. Καὶ τιμωρία μέν ἐστιν στέρησις ἀπαθείας καὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ μετ' ὀδύνης σωματικῆς· κρίσις δέ ἐστιν γένεσις αἰῶνος κατ' ἀναλογίαν ἑκάστῳ τῶν λογικῶν σώματα διανέμοντος. | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܟܐܢܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܣܐ̇ܡ ܦܘܪܥܢܐ ܐܘ ܓܙ̇ܪ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ܇ ܘܒܟܠ ܚܕ ܚܕ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܐܝܟ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܥ̇ܒܕ̈ܘܗܝ. ܗܢܘ ܕܝܢ ܐܘ ܫܘܒܚܐ ܐܘ ܫܘܢܩܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η του θεου κρισις εστι διακρισις δικαια η εν τοις των λογικων σωμασι θησει ανταποδομα η κατακριμα κατα τα εργα ενος εκαστου τουτεστιν η δοξαν η βασανισμον. | S2-Guill ܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗܘܝܐ ܕܥܠܡܐ܇ ܕܐܝܟ ܡܫܘܚܬܐ ܕܟܠ ܚܕ ܡܢ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܦܓܪܐ ܝ̇ܗܒ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The judgment of God is the creation of the world, in which he provides a body, proportionately measured for each of the logikoi, |
39 3 39 3 39 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢܗ̇ ܕܢܘܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܘܩܕܢܐ ܘܡܢܗ̇ ܠܐ ܡܘܩܕܢܐ. ܘܡܘܩܕܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܗܘܠܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܝܬܐ ܡ̇ܘܩܕ. ܠܐ ܡܘܩܕܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܓܡܪܢܐ ܕܫܓܝܫܘܬܐ ܕܫܓܝ̈ܫܐ. ܘܩܕܡܝܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܠܐ ܡ̇ܘܩܕ ܟܠܗ ܡܠܘܐܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܡܘܩܕܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܟܠܗ ܡܠܘܐܐ ܕܫܓܝܫܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Του πυρος εστι το μεν καυστικον το δε ου καυστικον. καυστικον εστι το την αισθητην υλην κατακαιον ου καυστικον δε εστι το του των τεθορυβημενων θορυβου αναλωτικον. και το μεν πρωτον page 104v | ου κατακαιει πασαν υλην αισθητην το δε δευτερον παντος του θορυβου πληθους καυστικον εστι. 217 | S2-Guill ܡܢܗ̇ ܕܢܘܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܘܩܕܢܐ ܘܡܢܗ̇ ܠܐ ܡܘܩܕܢܐ. ܘܡܘܩܕܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܗܘܠܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܝܬܐ ܡ̇ܘܩܕ. ܠܐ ܡܘܩܕܢܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܡܓܡܪܢܐ ܕܫܓܝܫܘܬܐ ܕܫܓܝ̈ܫܐ. ܘܩܕܡܝܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܠܐ ܡ̇ܘܩܕ ܟܠܗ ܡܠܘܐܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ. ܬܪܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܘܩܕܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܟܠܗ ܡܠܘܐܐ ܕܫܓܝܫܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 One part of fire is able to burn, while the other is incabable of burning: the part able to burn is that which burns sensible matter; incapable of burning is the part thatt consumes the trouble of the troubled. And the first does not burn all sensible matter, while the second is able to burn [up] the whole mass of trouble. |
40 3 40 3 40 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܩܪܢܐ ܐܚܪܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܦܘܩܕܢܐ ܕܕܝܢ̇ܐ ܟܐܢܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡ̇ܠܒܫ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܦܓܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ܇ ܠܦܘܬ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܕܘܒܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Η εσχατη σαλπιγξ εστι κελευσμα του δικαιου κριτου ος ενδυει τους λογικους τα σωματα αυτων κατα την των αναστροφων αυτων καταστασιν. | S2-Guill ܩܪܢܐ ܐܚܪܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܦܘܩܕܢܗ ܕܕܝܢ̇ܐ܇ ܕܟ̣ܕܢ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܛܒ̈ܐ ܐܘ ܒܝ̈ܫܐ܇ ܕܒܬܪܗ ܠܐ ܢܗܘܘܢ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܒܝ̈ܫܐ܀ 115 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The ‘last trumpet’ (1Cor 15:52) is the commandment of the judge who has joined thelogikoi to good or bad bodies, after which there will be no bad bodies. |
41 3 41 3 41 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 114 ܥܠ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ: ܘܥܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܚܢܢ ܘܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܕܝܠܝܢܢ ܟܠܗ ܩܪܒܐ ܗܢܐ ܕܒܡܨܥܬܐ. ܗܠܝܢ ܡ̇ܢ ܟܕ ܨ̇ܒܝܢ ܕܢܥܘܟܘܢܢ ܕܠܐ ܢܕܥ. ܚܢܢ ܕܝܢ ܟܕ ܡܬܚܦ̇ܛܝܢܢ ܠܡܐܠܦ܀ | S1-Fr Περι τε της των οντων θεωριας και περι της αγιας τριαδος γνωσεως ημεις και οι δαιμονες παντα τον πολεμον τον εν μεσωι εγειρομεν ουτοι μεν βουλομενοι κωλυσαι ημας του μη γιγνωσκειν ημεις δε σπουδαζοντες μανθανειν. 219 | S2-Guill ܥܠ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ: ܘܥܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܐܢܚܢܢ ܘܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܕܝܠܝܢܢ ܩܪܒܐ ܪܒܐ ܥܡ ܚܕܕ̈ܐ. ܗܠܝܢ ܟܕ ܨ̇ܒܝܢ ܕܢܥܘܟܘܢ ܠܢ ܕܠܐ ܢܕܥ. ܚܢܢ ܕܝܢ ܟܕ ܡܬܚܦ̇ܛܝܢܢ ܕܢ̣ܐܠܦ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Concerning the contemplation of beings and the knowledge of Trinity, we - [that is] we and the demons - provoke a great battle, one against the other: the latter through wanting to prevent us from knowing, and we, by striving to learn |
42 3 42 3 42 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܕܟܠܡܕܡ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܘܕܗ̇ܘܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܪܒ̇ܝܐ ܠܗ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܘܡܩ̇ܪܒܐ ܠܗ ܠܫܘܡܠܝܐ ܕܨܠܡܗ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܬܒ̣ܪܝ܀ | S1-Fr Θεωρια εστι παντος ο εγενετο και γενησεται γνωσις πνευματικη ητις αυξανει τον νουν και τηι της εικονος αυτου καθως εκτισθη τελειοτητι εγγιζειν αυτον ποιει. | S2-Guill ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܘܗ̇ܘܝܢ܇ ܕܡܥ̇ܠܝܐ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܠܘܬ ܛܟܣܗ ܩܕܡܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Contemplation is spiritual knowledge of the things which have been and will be it is this that causes the nous to ascend to its first rank.. |
43 3 43 3 43 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܚܦܝܛܝܢ ܠܡܬܓ̣ܡܪܘ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ܆ ܓܘܢܐܝܬ ܩܢ̣ܝܢ ܠܡܝ̈ܐ ܘܠܡܫ̣ܚܐ ܡܒ̇ܣܡܐ. ܝܚܝܕܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܩܢ̣ܝܢ ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܠܡܫ̣ܚܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οι σπουδαζοντες τελειωθηναι εν τηι της αληθειας επι γνωσει κοινως τοτε υδωρ και το ελαιον κεκτηνται· ιδιως δε οι ανθρωποι το ελαιον κεκτηνται. | S2-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܚܦܝܛܝܢ ܗܫܐ ܠܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܘ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܓܘܢܐܝܬ ܩܢ̣ܝܢ ܠܡܝ̈ܐ ܘܠܡܫ̣ܚܐ ܡܒ̇ܣܡܐ. ܝܚܝܕܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܘܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܩܢ̣ܝܢ ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܠܡܫ̣ܚܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 These who now apply themselves to approaching near[er] to knowledge possess in common the ‘water’ and the ‘scented oil’[i.e. chrism]; but human beings especially and abundantly possess ‘the oil’. |
44 3 44 3 44 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ἥλιός ἐστι νοητός, φύσις λογικὴ τὸ πρῶτον καὶ μακάριον φῶς ἐν ἑαυτῇ περιφέρουσα | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܫܡܫܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܫܬܘܫܛ ܠܡܛܥܢ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܕܬܫܒܘܚܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ηλιος νοητος εστιν η λογικη φυσις η το πρωτον της δοξης φως αναλαβειν επεκτεινομενη. | S2-Guill ܫܡܫܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܢܘܗܪܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܘܛܘܒܬܢܐ ܐܚܝܕ ܒܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible ‘sun’ is the reasoning nature that contains within it it the first and blessed light. . |
45 3 45 3 45 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܝܬ ܠܡܐܡܪ ܕܐܝܬ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܩܫܝܫ ܡܢ ܗܘܢܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܝܬ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܐ ܕܩܫܝܫܝܢ ܡܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܦܓܪ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Frankenberg (sic) . Ωσπερ ου χωρει λεγειν οτι εστι νους πρεσβυτερος νοος ουτως ουκ εστι σωματα πνευματικα ατινα πρεσβυτερα παρα σωματα σαρκικα. 221 | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܝܬ ܠܡܐܡܪ ܕܐܝܬ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܩܫܝܫ ܡܢ ܗܘܢܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܠܐ ܡܢ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܦܠܘ̈ܚܐ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܐ. ܐܢ ܚܕ ܗܘ ܚܘܠܦܐ ܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܐܪ̈ܓܢܐ܀ 117 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as one cannot say that one nous is older than a[nother] nous, so also spiritual bodies are not older that praktike bodies if the change causing the two organa is one ("unique"). |
46 3 46 3 46 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 116 ܥܡܠܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܒܛܝܠܘܬܐ ܕܥܠ ܢܦ̈ܫܬܐ ܟܪ̈ܝܗܬܐ܇ ܕܢܩ̇ܪܒܘܢ ܐܢܝܢ ܠܫܘܡܠܝܗ ܕܚܘܠܡܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο των αγγελων πονος εστι η των νοσουσων ψυχων επιμελεια του προσαγειν αυτας προς την της υγιειας τελειωσιν. | S2-Guill ܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܥܠ ܟܘܪ̈ܗܢܐ ܢܦ̈ܫܢܐ܇ ܕܠܘܬ ܚܘܠܡܢܐ ܡܥ̇ܠܝܐ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܬܡ̇ܚܝܘ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The judgement of angels is that knowledge concerning the soul’s infirmities which effected the ascent to health of those who had been injured. |
47 3 47 3 47 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚܕ ܗܘ ܚܘܕܬܐ ܕܒܪܦܦ ܥܝܢܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܠܟܠܗܘܢ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܦܘܩܕܢܗ ܕܕܝ̇ܢܐ ܟܐܢܐ܇ ܡܦ̇ܪܫ ܠܟܠ ܚܕ ܚܕ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܦܘܪܥܢܐ ܕܥܡܠܗ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܝܢ ܕܢܡܪܚ ܐܢܫ ܘܢܐܡܪ: ܕܐܝܬ ܚܘܕܬܐ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܗܢܐ ܕܟܠܗ ܓܘܐ܆ ܗܕܐ ܢܝܫܐ ܗܝ ܕܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܐ ܐܪܓܫ ܒܣܘܟܠܐ ܕܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܟܐܢܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Μια εστιν ανακαινωσις εν ριπηι οφθαλμου εσομενη πασι τοις των λογικων σωμασιν η κελευσματι του δικαιου κριτου ενι εκαστωι αυτων το της ασκησεως αυτου ανταποδομα ορισει· το δε τολμαν τινα λεγειν οτι εστιν ανακαινωσις ετερα παρα ταυτην την κοινην απαντων σημειον εστι της αγνοιας του ουκ αισθομενου της δικαιας του θεου κρισεως συνεσεως. | S2-Guill ܚܕ ܗܘ ܚܘܠܦܐ ܕܒܪܦܦ ܥܝܢܐ܇ ܕܐܝܟ ܡܫܘܚܬܐ ܠܟܠ ܐܢܫ ܡܢ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒ܇ ܘܓܘܫܡܐ ܕܟܠܢܫ ܡ̇ܬܩܢ ܐܝܟ ܡܫܘܚܬܐ ܕܛܟܣܗ. ܕܢܐܡܪ ܓܝܪ ܐܢܫ: ܕܒܡܢܘ̈ܬܐ ܐܝܬ ܚܘܠܦܐ ܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܗܢܐ ܕܓܘܐ܆ ܗܕܐ ܕܐܝܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܝ̇ܕܥ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 One [‘unique’] is the change that is made ‘in the twinkling of an eye’ (1Cor 15:52) which will affect each according to his degree as a result of judgement, and will establish the body of each according to the degree of his order. Indeed, should someone say that there is a change in the components apart from that which is common, that indicates that he is ignorant of the intellections of judgement. |
48 3 48 3 48 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 + grc-Rondeau ...
κρίσις ἐστὶ δικαίων μὲν ἡ ἀπὸ πρακτικοῦ σώματος ἐπὶ ἀγγελικὰ μετάβασις | S1-Guill ܚܘܕܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܢ ܕܙܕܝ̈ܩܐ ܗܢܘ܆ ܥܘܠܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܠܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ܇ ܘܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܡܢܗ̇ ܡܝܬܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η πνευματικη των δικαιων ανακαινωσις εστιν εξ αρετης εις αρετην τε και εκ γνωσεως εις γνωσιν υπερβαλλουσαν αναγωγη Frankenberg (μετεωρισμος) . 223 | S2-Guill ܚܘܠܦܐ ܕܙܕܝ̈ܩܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܫܘܢܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܦܠܘ̈ܚܐ ܘܚܙ̇ܝ̈ܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܚܙ̇ܝ̈ܐ ܐܘ ܕܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܚܙ̇ܝܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The ‘change of the just’ is the passage from bodies that are praktike and seeing, into bodies which are seeing or very [clearly] seeing. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
49 3 49 3 49 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܐ ܡܬܟ̇ܠܠ ܗܘܢܐ ܒܟܠܝܠܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ܇ ܐܢ ܠܐ ܕܚ̇ܩ ܡܢܗ ܠܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܐܓܘ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ου στεφανωθησεται ο νους τωι της ουσιωδους γνωσεως στεφανωι εαν μη την των δυο αγωνων γνωσιν αποβαληι. | S2-Guill ܠܐ ܡܬܟ̇ܠܠ ܗܘܢܐ ܒܟܠܝܠܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ܇ ܐܠܐ ܫ̣ܕܐ ܡܢܗ ܠܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܐܓܘ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The nous will not be crowned with the crown of essential knowledge, if it has not cast far from it ignorance of the two struggles. |
50 3 50 3 50 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 + grc-Rondeau ...
ἀσεβῶν δὲ ἀπὸ πρακτικοῦ σώματος ἐπὶ σκοτεινὰ καὶ ζοφερὰ μετάθεσις σώματα | S1-Guill ܫܘܚܠܦܐ ܕܚܛܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܫܘܢܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܚܛܗ̈ܐ ܠܚܛܗ̈ܐ ܕܩܫܝܢ܇ ܘܡܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܚܫ̇ܝܟܐ ܡܢܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Η των αμαρτωλων μεταθεσις εστι τροπη εξ αμαρτιων εις αμαρτιας σκληροτερας και εξ αγνοιας εις αγνοιαν σκοτεινοτεραν. | S2-Guill ܚܘܠܦܐ ܕܚܛܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܫܘܢܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܦܠܘ̈ܚܐ ܐܘ ܫܐܕܢܝ̈ܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܝܩܝܪ̈ܝܢ ܘܚܫܘܟܝܢ܀ 119 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The change of sinners is the passage frompraktike or demonic bodies to [bodies] that are very heavy and darkened.. [judgment] for the ungodly is the change from a body for asceticism to a darkened and gloomy one. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
51 3 51 3 51 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 118 ܒܟܠܗ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܦ̇ܪܚܐ ܒܝܘܡ ܚܘܕܬܐ. ܐܠܐ ܗܕܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܐ܆ ܠܡܢܗܘܢ ܠܒܘܣܡܐ ܘܠܡܢܗܘܢ ܠܫܘܢܩܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εν πασηι των λογικων φυσει αναζεσει Frankenberg (εξανθησει) η γνωσις ημεραι της ανα καινωσεως· αλλα γαρ εσται τοις μεν εις ευφροσυνην τοις δε εις βασανισμον. 225 | S2-Guill ܟܠܗܘܢ ܚܘ̈ܠܦܐ ܕܡܢ ܩܕܡ ܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܗ̣ܘܘ܆ ܠܡܢܗܘܢ ܥܡ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܡܝܬܪ̈ܐ ܟ̣ܕܢܗ ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܥܡ ܒܝ̈ܫܐ. ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܬܪ ܗܢܐ ܕܐܬ̇ܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ܆ ܠܟܠܗܘܢ ܥܡ ܐܪ̈ܓܢܐ ܝܕܘ̈ܥܬܢܐ ܟ̇ܕܢܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 All the changes which are produced before ‘the world to come’ have joined some with excellent bodies, and others with bad bodies. But those which will be produced after that which comes will join them all to gnostic organa. |
52 3 52 3 52 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP σελήνη ἐστὶ νοητὴ φύσις λογικὴ πρὸς τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης φωτιζομένη | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܣܗܪܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢ ܫܡܫܐ ܕܙܕܝܩܘܬܐ ܡܬܢ̇ܗܪ܀ | S1-Fr Σεληνη νοητη εστιν η λογικη φυσις η παρα του της δικαιοσυνης ηλιου φωτισθεισα. | S2-Guill kalvesmaki agents person tag:kalvesmaki.com,2014:self tag:kalvesmaki@gmail.com,2014:self Joel Kalvesmaki kalvesmaki kalvesmaki ܣܗܪܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܕܡܢ ܫܡܫܐ ܕܙܕܝܩܘܬܐ ܡܬܢ̇ܗܪ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible ‘moon’ is the reasoning nature that is illuminated by ‘the sun of justice.’ |
53 3 53 3 53 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠ ܕܒܒ̣ܪܝܬܗ ܗ̣ܘܐ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ: ܘܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܗܕܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܝ̇ܩܪ ܠܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܗܢܐ ܟܐܢܐܝܬ ܡܬܩܪܐ ܒܝܫܐ. ܠܝܬܘܗܝ ܕܝܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܦܓܪܢܐ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܕܗܕܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ. ܘܡܟܝܠ ܠܘ ܟܐܢܐܝܬ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐ̇ܡܪܝܢ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܒܝܫܐ ܗܘ܀ | S1-Fr Πας κτισει της του θεου γνωσεως δεκτικος και παρα ταυτην την γνωσιν την αγνοιαν προτιμων δικαιως κακος ονομαζεται· αλλ’ ουκ εστιν η σωματικη φυσις δεκτικη ταυτης της γνωσεως ωστε ου δικαιως λεγουσιν οι λεγοντες οτι τουτο το σωμα κακον εστιν. | S2-Guill ܟܠ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ: ܘܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܗܕܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܝ̇ܩܪ ܠܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܠܗܢܐ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܝܫܐ. ܠܝܬܘܗܝ ܓܝܪ ܟܝܢܐ ܦܓܪܢܐ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ. ܡܕܝܢ ܘܠܐ ܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ܇ ܘ̇ܠܐ ܕܢܬܐܡܪ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܝܫܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Whoever has become receptive of the knowledge of God [but] who honors ignorance more than this knowledge - he is said to be evil. Now there is no corporeal nature receptive of knowledge. None of the bodies, can therefore properly be said to be bad. |
54 3 54 3 54 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܡܠܬܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ ܡܢ ܒܪܝܫܝܬ ܐܬܩܝ̇ܡܘ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ ܘܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ. ܘܠܝܬ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܒܬܪܥܝܬܗ ܕܒܪܘܝܐ ܩܫܝܫ ܡܢ ܚܒܪܗ܀ | S1-Fr Τωι του κυριου λογωι εν αρχηι τα οντα τα τε ενσωματα και τα ασωματα συνεστηκε και ουκ εστιν αυτων πρεσβυτερον παρα το αλλο εν γε τηι του κτιστου διανοιαι. 227 | S2-Guill ܒܗ ܒܪܦܦ ܥܝܢܐ܆ ܘܟܪ̈ܘܒܐ ܟܪ̈ܘܒܐ. ܘܓܒܪܝܐܝܠ ܓܒܪܝܐܝܠ. ܘܒܪܢܫܐ ܒܪܢܫܐ ܐܫܬܡܗܘ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 ‘In the wink of an eye’ Cherubs have been appointed Cherubs, Gabriel, Gabriel, and human beings, human beings. |
55 3 55 3 55 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢ ܩܕܝܡ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܆ ܐܝܬ ܗܘܐ ܡܠܦܢܐ ܓܠܝܢܐ ܕܪܘܚܐ. ܥ̣ܛܦ ܕܝܢ ܘܗ̣ܘܐ ܬܠܡܝܕܐ ܠܪ̈ܓܫܐ. ܘܒܫܘܡܠܝܗ ܬܘܒ ܕܒܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܫ̣ܬܘܐ ܠܡܠܦܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr page 110r | Το πρωτον τωι λογικωι νοι η του πνευματος αποκαλυψις διδασ καλος ην μεταβληθεις δε μαθητης εγενετο των αισθητηριων και εν τηι δια του Χ. τελειωσει αυθις του πρωτου διδασκαλου αξιωθησεται. | S2-Guill ܡܢ ܩܕܝܡ ܠܗܘܢܐ܆ ܐܠܗܐ ܠܐ ܡܬܚܒܠܢܐ ܐܝܬ ܗܘܐ ܠܗ ܡܠܦܢܐ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ. ܗܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܪܓܫܬܐ ܡܬܚܒܠܢܝܬܐ܇ ܩ̇ܒܠ ܡܠܦܢܐ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܗܘ̈ܠܢܝܐ܀ 121 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 In the beginning the nous had [the]incorruptible God as teacher of immaterial intellections; but now it has received corruptible sensation as the teacher of material intellections. |
56 3 56 3 56 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 120 ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܓܦ̈ܐ ܕܗܘܢܐ. ܘܝܕܘܥܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܓܦ̈ܐ. ܐܢܕܝܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܟܠܗܝܢ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܦܠܐܬܐ ܫܩܝ̈ܠܢ ܕܐܝ̈ܠܢܐ܇ ܕܥܠܝܗܘܢ ܫܟ̇ܢ ܗܘܢܐ܇ ܘܒܛܪ̈ܦܝܗܘܢ ܡܬܦܪܓܐ܇ ܘܡܢ ܦܐܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܡܬܒ̇ܣܡ܇ ܥܕܡܐ ܕܢܫ̣ܬܘܐ ܠܡܬܡ̇ܢܥܘ ܠܘܬ ܐܝܠܢܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η πνευματικη γνωσις εστι πτερυγες του νοος και γνωστικος εστιν ο των πτερυγων νους· ει δε ταυτα ουτως εχει παντα τα τουτου του κοσμου πραγματα συμβολικα εστι δενδρων εφ’ ων κατασκηνοι τε ο νους και τοις φυλλοις αυτων ηδεται και τοις καρποις αυτων ευφραινεται εως αν αξιωθηι προς το της ζωης δενδρον κατανταν. 229 | S2-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܓܦ̈ܐ ܕܗܘܢܐ. ܝܕܘܥܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܓܦ̈ܐ. ܘܐܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܝ܆ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܐܝ̈ܠܢܐ ܛܥܝ̈ܢܝܢ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ. ܗܠܝܢ ܕܥܠܝܗܘܢ ܫܟ̇ܢ ܗܘܢܐ܇ ܘܒܛܪ̈ܦܝܗܘܢ ܡܬܦܪܓܐ܆ ܘܡܢ ܦܐܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܡܬܒ̇ܣܡ. ܟܕ ܡܬܚܦ̇ܛ ܒܟܠܫܥ ܠܘܬ ܐܝܠܢܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Spiritual knowledge is the ‘wings’ of thenous; the [one] who knows is the nous of the wings. And if this is so, then objects bear the sign of ‘trees’, on which the nous abides, [in] which it is charmed by the leaves and [in] which it savors the fruits, by hastening every moment towards ‘the tree of life’ |
57 3 57 3 57 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܬܘ̈ܬܐ ܠܝܠܘ̈ܕܐ ܡ̇ܫܠܡܝܢ: ܒܥܩܒ̈ܐ ܕܕܦ̈ܐ ܪܫ̇ܡܝܢ ܠܗܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܟܕ ܡ̇ܠܦ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܚܟܡܬܗ܇ ܒܟܝܢܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܪܫ̣ܡ ܐܬܘ̈ܬܗ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ οι τα γραμματα τοις παιδιοις παραδιδοντες εν τωι εσχατωι (?) του πινακος αυτα σημαινουσιν ουτως και ο Χ. διδασκων τους λογικους την σοφιαν αυτου εν τηι του σωματος φυσει αυτης τα γραμματα εσημηνε. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܬܘ̈ܬܐ ܠܛܠܝ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܫܠܡܝܢ: ܒܕܦ̈ܐ ܪܫ̇ܡܝܢ ܠܗܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܟܕ ܡ̇ܠܦ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܚܟܡܬܗ܇ ܒܟܝܢܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܪܫܡ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as those who teach letters to children trace them on tablets, so too the Christ, in teaching his wisdom to the logikoi, has traced it in corporeal nature. |
58 3 58 3 58 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܠܡܩ̇ܒܠܘ ܐܬܘ̈ܬܐ܆ ܥܠ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܣܢܝܩ ܕܢܚܙܐ ܐܢܝܢ. ܘܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܠܡܐܠܦ ܚܟܡܬܐ ܕܒܗܘܝ̈ܐ܆ ܥܠ ܚܘ̣ܒܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ ܣܢܝܩ܇ ܕܒܗ ܢܚܙܐ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο μελλων δεξεσθαι τα γραμματα φωτος χρειαν εχει ωστε οραν αυτα και ο μελλων μαθησειν την εν τοις ουσι σοφιαν αγαπης page 111v | πνευματικης χρειαν εχει ωστε το της γνωσεως φως οραν εν αυτηι | S2-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܕܢܚܙܐ ܠܟ̈ܬܝܒܬܐ܆ ܥܠ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܣܢܝܩ. ܘܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܕܢ̣ܐܠܦ ܚܟܡܬܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܆ ܥܠ ܚܘ̣ܒܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܐ ܣܢܝܩ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 He who has to see written things has need of the light; and he who has to learn the wisdom of beings has need of spiritual love. |
59 3 59 3 59 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Εἰ πᾶσα κακία ἐκ τοῦ λογιστικοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ ἐπιθυμητικοῦ, ἢ ἐκ τοῦ θυμικοῦ πέφυκε γίνεσθαι, ταύταις δὲ ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἔστιν εὖ ἢ κακῶς χρήσασθαι, παρὰ τὴν χρῆσιν δηλονότι τούτων τῶν μερῶν ἐπισυμβαίνουσιν ἡμῖν αἱ κακίαι· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει, οὐδὲν τῶν ὑπὸ Θεοῦ γεγονότων ἐστὶ πονηρόν. = E 8. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢ ܟܠܗ̇ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܡܢ ܬܠܬ ܡܢܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܬܝܠܕܐ: ܗܢܘ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܡܠܝܠܘܬܗ̇ ܘܡܢ ܪܓܬܗ̇ ܘܡܢ ܚܡ̣ܬܗ̇: ܐܢ ܒܗܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬ ܗܘ ܠܡܬܚܫ̇ܚܘ ܛܒܐܝܬ ܘܒܝܫܐܝܬ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܡܢ ܚܫܚܬܐ ܕܠܒܪ ܡܢ 122 ܘܠܝܬܐ ܡܬܝܠܕܐ ܒܝܫܬܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܐܝܟ ܡܐ ܕܐܦ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܠܝܬ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܢ ܐܠܗܐ ܐܬܒ̣ܪܝ܇ ܘܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει παν το κακον εκ των τριων της ψυχης μερων γενναται τουτ’ εστιν εκ του λογιστικου αυτης και εκ του επιθυμητικου αυτης και εκ του θυμικου αυτης εστι δε τουτοις χρησθαι αγαθως και κακως δηλον οτι εκ της παρ’ ο πρεπει χρησεως Frankenberg (καταχρησεως) γενναται το κακον· ει δε τουτο ουτως εχει καθως και εχει ουδεν των υπο του θεου εκτισμενων και οντων το κακον. 231 | S2-Guill ܐܢ ܟܠܗ̇ ܒܝܫܘ̇ܬܐ ܡܢ ܣܟܘܠܬܢܘܬܐ ܘܡܢ ܚܡ̣ܬܐ ܘܡܢ ܪܓܬܐ ܡܬܝܠܕܐ: ܒܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܗܠܝܢ ܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܗܝ ܕܢܬܚܫ̇ܚ ܛܒܐܝܬ ܘܒܝܫܐܝܬ܆ ܡܕܝܢ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܒܚܫܚܬܐ ܕܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܡܢܘ̈ܬܐ 122 ܘܠܝܬܐ ܡܬܝܠܕܐ ܒܝܫܬܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܐܝܟ ܡܐ ܕܐܦ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܠܝܬ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܢ ܐܠܗܐ ܐܬܒ̣ܪܝ܇ ܘܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 If all evil is created by the three parts of the soul, that is by thelogistikon, by epithumia, or by thumos, and if it is possible to use these either well or badly, it is clear that evil is created by their use contrary to nature. And if this is the case, there is nothing that has been created by God that is evil. | S2-Dy S2 If all vice is naturally engendered by thelogistikon by the epithumetikon, or by thethumikon, and of these powers is possible for us to use them well or badly, it is evident, therefore, that it is by the use against nature of these parts that vices later happen to us. And if this is so, there has never been anything created by God that is evil. |
60 3 60 3 60 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܠܐܬܐ ܕܡܕܢܚܗ ܕܝܘܡܐ܆ ܦܠܐܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ. ܕܡܥܪܒܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ ܢܦ̈ܫܬܐ ܕܒܫܝܘܠ. ܫܘܡܠܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܪܗܛܐ ܕܟܠ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Συμβολον της ημερας ανατολης εστι το των αγιων συμβολον των δε δυσμων αι εν αιδου ψυχαι· τελειωσις δε του του παντος δρομου εστιν η αγια τριας. | S2-Guill ܐܬ̇ܐ ܕܡܕܢܚܐ ܦܠܐܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ. ܐܬ̇ܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܥܪܒܐ ܢܦ̈ܫܬܐ ܕܒܫܝܘܠ. ܫܘܡܠܝ ܕܝܢ ܦܘܢܝܐ ܕܪܗܛܐ ܕܟܠ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The ‘sign of the East’ is the symbol of the saints, and the ‘sign of the West’ of the souls which are in Sheol. But the achievement of the return from ‘the race’ by all is the Blessed Trinity. |
61 3 61 3 61 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܡܚܘ̇ܝܐ ܠܗ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ. ܘܗ̣ܝ ܗܕܐ ܡ̇ܩܝܡܐ ܠܗ ܒܬܩܢܘܬܗ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ. ܘܗ̣ܝ ܬܘܒ ܬܩܢܘܬܗ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܡܩ̇ܪܒܐ ܠܗ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η μεν αρετη αποδεικνυσι τωι νοι την φυσικην θεωριαν την δευτεραν και αυτη καθιστησιν αυτον εις την πρωτην αυτου καταστασιν· η δε πρωτη αυτου καταστασις αυθις προσαγει αυτον προς την της αγιας μοναδος γνωσιν. | S2-Guill ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܡܚܘ̇ܝܢ ܠܗ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ. ܘܗܕܐ ܡܚܘ̇ܝܐ ܠܗ ܠܗ̇ܝ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ. ܘܗ̇ܝ ܬܘܒ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܠܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Virtues cause the nous to see second natural contemplation; and the latter cause it to see first [natural contemplation]; and the first in its turn (makes it see) the Blessed Unity. |
62 3 62 3 62 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ἀστέρες εἰσὶ νοητοὶ λογικαὶ φύσεις τοὺς ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ ὄντας φωτίζειν πεπιστευμέναι | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܘ̈ܟܒܐ ܡܬܝܕ̈ܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܇ ܕܐܬܗܝܡܢܘ ܠܡܢ̇ܗܪܘ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Φωστηρες νοητοι εισιν αι λογικαι φυσεις αι το τους εν αγνοιαι οντας φωτισαι πιστευθεισαι. 233 | S2-Guill ܟܘܟܒ̈ܐ ܡ̈ܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܇ ܕܐܬܗܝܡܢܘ ܠܡܢ̇ܗܪܘ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܚܫܘܟܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible ‘star’s are reasoning natures to which it has been confided to illuminate those who are in the darkness. |
63 3 63 3 63 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܢܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܗ ܒܥܒ̣ܪܐ ܗܝ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܦܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܗ ܒܥ̣ܒܪܐ ܗܝ ܘܐܝܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܗ ܒܠܐ ܥܒ̣ܪܐ ܗܝ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܦ ܝܕܥܬܗ ܒܠܐ ܥܒ̣ܪܐ ܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Ου η γνωσις εν μεταβασει Frankenberg (= παραλλεξει) εστι δηλον οτι και η αγνοια αυτου εν μεταβασει και ου η αγνοια ουκ εν μεταβασει εστι δηλον οτι και η γνωσις αυτου ουκ εν μεταβασει. | S2-Guill ܐܝܢܐ ܕܐܝܕܥܬܗ ܡܣܝܟܬܐ ܗܝ܆ ܐܦ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܗ ܡܣܝܟܬܐ ܗܝ. ܘܐܝܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܗ ܠܐ ܡܣܝܟܬܐ ܗܝ܆ ܐܦ ܐܝܕܥܬܗ ܠܐ ܡܣܝܟܬܐ ܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 He whose knowledge is is limited; his ignorance is also limited: and he whose ignorance is unlimited; his knowledge is also unlimited. |
64 3 64 3 64 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܒܡܬܛܥܡܢܝ̈ܬܐ ܠܝܬ ܕܚ̣ܠܐ ܡܢ ܕܒܫܐ ܘܡܢ ܟܟܪܝܬܐ: 124 ܝܬܝܪ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܚܠ̣ܝܐ ܝܕܥܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܠܝܬ ܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܟܠ ܕܒܐܪܥܐ ܗܘ܇ ܕܝ̇ܗܒ ܗܢܝܐܘܬܐ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܐܝܟ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει εν τοις γευστεοις ουδεν ηδιον μελιτος και εγκριδος υπερ δε ταυτα η του θεου γνωσις δηλον οτι ουδεν των εν τηι γηι εστι διδουν τηι ψυχηι ωφελημα Frankenberg (ηδονην) ως η του θεου γνωσις. 235 | S2-Guill ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܒܡܬܛܥ̈ܡܢܝܬܐ ܠܝܬ ܕܚ̣ܠܐ ܡܢ ܕܒܫܐ ܘܡܢ ܟܟܪܝܬܐ: 125 ܝܬܝܪ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܠܝܬ ܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܟܠ ܕܒܐܪܥܐ ܕܝ̇ܗܒ ܗܢܝܘܬܐ ܐܝܟ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If among tasty things none is sweeter than honey and the honeycomb, and if the knowledge of God is said to be superior to these things, it is evident that there is nothing of all the things on earth that gives pleasure like the knowledge of God. |
65 3 65 3 65 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠܗܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܐܬܬܠܡܕܘ ܠܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܆ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܫܘ̈ܬܦܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܕܫܘ̈ܒܚܝܗܘܢ܇ ܐܝܟ ܡܫܘܚܬܐ ܕܬܪܒܝܬܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Παντες οσοι εν τωι κοσμωι εμαθητευσαν τοις αγιοις αγγελοις εν τωι μελλοντι αιωνι κοινωνησουσι της δοξης αυτων κατα το της αυξησεως αυτων μετρον. | S2-Guill ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܐܢܫ̈ܐ ܡܢ ܐܪܥܐ ܬܠܡܕܘ܆ ܠܗܘܢ ܠܗܠܝܢ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܝܪ̈ܘܬܐ ܕܡܕܒܪܢܘܬܗܘܢ ܢܩܝܡܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Angels that will have had men as disciples on the earth will establish the former, in the world to come, as heirs of their government. |
66 3 66 3 66 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܦܘܩܕܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܒܪܘܝܐ ܗ̣ܘܐ ܕܟܠ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܩܪܢܐ ܐܚܪܝܬܐ ܡܚܕܬܢܝܬܐ ܕܟܠ ܦܓܪ̈ܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ το πρωτον κελευσμα κτιστης εγενετο παντων των σωματων ουτως η εσχατη σαλπιγξ πασης σαρκος ανακαινιστης. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܩܪܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܗܘܝܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܐܘܕܥ̇ܬ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܩܪܢܐ ܐܚܪܝܬܐ ܚܒ̇ܠܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as the first trumpet has made known the genesis of bodies, so in the same way will ‘the last trumpet’ make known the destruction of bodies. |
67 3 67 3 67 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠܗ̇ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܢܝܫܐ ܛܥܝܢܐ ܕܚ̇ܠܒܐ. ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܕܒܫܐ. ܬܪ̈ܬܝܗܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ ܐܪܥܐ ܕܡ̇ܪܕܝܐ ܚ̇ܠܒܐ ܘܕܒܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η φυσικη θεωρια η δευτερα πασα τυπος εστι του γαλακτος η δε πρωτη του μελιτος· αι δε δυο εισι γη ρεουσα γαλα και μελι. 237 | S2-Guill ܟܠܗ̇ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܢܝܫܐ ܛܥܝܢܐ ܕܚ̇ܠܒܐ. ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܕܒܫܐ. ܘܗܕܐ ܗܝ ܐܪܥܐ ܕܡ̇ܪܕܝܐ ܚ̇ܠܒܐ ܘܕܒܫܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 All second natural contemplations bear the sign of milk, and the first that of honey; and it is there that the "land flows with milk and honey." |
68 3 68 3 68 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܡܪܬܝܢܘܬܗ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܦܪ̣ܫ̇ܬ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܟܐܢܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܇ ܡܓܡܪܢܐ ܕܣܟܐ ܕܟܠܗ̇ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ η πρωτη του θεου νουθετησις την κακιαν της λογικης φυσεως αφωρισεν ουτως η δικαια του θεου κρισις πασης κακιας ολως αφανιστικη εσται. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܢܝܚܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܒܨܝܪܘܬ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܛܘܠܩܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܥܒܝ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܬܪܝܢܝܬܐ܇ ܚܒ̇ܠܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ܇ ܘܒܨܝܪܘܬ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ܀ 127 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as the first "rest" of God will make know the decrease of wickedness and the disappearance of thickened body, so also the second will make know the destruction of bodies, second beings, and the diminution of the ignorance. |
69 3 69 3 69 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 126 ܡܢ ܟܠ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܗܘܢܐ ܗܘ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܕܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Παντος γενομενου μονος ο νους της αγιας τριαδος γνωσεως δεκτικος. | S2-Guill ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܡܢܗ̇ ܐܬܩܝ̇ܡ ܗܘܢܐ܆ ܕܢܬܩܝ̇ܡ ܡܢܗ̇ ܡܕܡ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚܐ܇ ܘܐܠܐ ܐܦ ܗ̣ܘ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Of all creation, only the nous is receptive of the knowledge of the Holy Trinity. | S2-Dy S2 From the contemplation of which the nouswas constituted, it is not possible that anything else be constituted, unless this is also receptive of the Trinity. |
70 3 70 3 70 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܗܘܢܐ ܗܝ ܥܪܛܠܝܐ ܗܕܐ ܠܡܐܡܪ: ܕܡ̇ܢܘ ܟܝܢܗ. ܘܠܗܢܐ ܫܘܐܠܐ ܗܫܐ ܠܝܬ ܡܦܩ ܒܪܘܚܐ. ܠܚܪܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܦܠܐ ܗ̣ܘ ܫܘܐܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Γυμνου νοος εστι το λεγειν τι εστιν η φυσις αυτου· και τουτωι τωι ζητηματι τα νυν ουκ εστιν αποκρισις τελος δε ουδε το ζητημα εσται. 239 | S2-Guill ܕܗܘܢܐ ܗܝ ܥܪܛܠܝܐ ܕܢܐܡܪ ܡ̇ܢܘ ܟܝܢܗ. ܘܥܠ ܗܢܐ ܫܘܐܠܐ ܗܫܐ ܠܝܬ ܡܦܩ ܒܪܘܚܐ. ܠܚܪܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܦܠܐ ܗ̣ܘ ܫܘܐܠܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 It pertains to the naked nous to say what is its nature; and to this question now there is no reply, but at the end there will not be even the question. |
71 3 71 3 71 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܒܪܢܫܐ ܟܕ ܩܒ̇ܠ ܡܦܘܚܝܬܐ: ܗ̣ܘܐ ܠܢܦܫ ܚܝ̇ܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܗ ܡܐ ܕܩ̇ܒܠܗ̇ ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܚܝ̇ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ ο ανθρωπος δεξαμενος το εμφυσημα εγενετο εις ψυχην ζωσαν ουτως και ο νους αυτου οταν δεξηται την αγιαν τριαδα γενησεται εις νουν ζωντα. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܒܪܢܫܐ ܟܕ ܩ̇ܒܠ ܡܦܘܚܝܬܐ: ܗ̣ܘܐ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܚܝ̇ܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܟܕ ܢܩܒ̇ܠ ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܚܝ̇ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as man, after receiving the [divine]inbreathing, "has become a living spirit", so also the nous, when it has received the blessed Trinity, will become living nous. |
72 3 72 3 72 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܪܬܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܝܬܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܘܟܘܠ ܕܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܥܡܗ ܝܪ̈ܘܬܐ܆ ܫܘ̈ܬܦܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܥܡܗ ܒܗܕܐ ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܕܢܗܘܘܢ ܥܡܗ ܝܪ̈ܘܬܐ܇ ܐܠܐ ܗ̣ܘܘ ܝܪ̈ܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Η του Χ. κληρονομια εστιν η μονας της αγιας ουσιας και παντες οι συνκλ η ρη ρονομοι αυτου κοινωνοι αυτωι εσονται ταυτης της αγιας γνωσεως. αλλ’ ουκ ενδεχεται γενεσθαι αυτους συνκληρο μ ν ομους αυτου ει μη εγενοντο κληρονομοι αυτου. | S2-Guill ܝܪܬܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܢܗܘܘܢ ܒܢܝ̈ ܝܪܬܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܢܕܥܘܢ ܠܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܕܢܗܘܘܢ ܒܢܝ̈ ܝܪܬܘܬܗ܇ ܐܠܐ ܠܘܩܕܡ ܗ̣ܘܘ ܝܪ̈ܘܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The inheritance of the Christ is knowledge of the Unity; and if all become coheirs of Christ, all will know the blessed Unity. But it is not possible for them to become his coheirs unless they have previously become his heirs. |
73 3 73 3 73 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܝܘܡܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ ܐܝܟ ܓܢܒܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܬ̇ܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܠܝܬ ܐܢܫ ܡܢ ܟܘܠ ܕܒܒܝܬܐ ܗܘ܇ ܕܡ̣ܨܐ ܠܡܕܥ ܠܝܘܡܐ ܐܘ ܠܫܥܬܐ܇ ܕܒܗ̇ ܡܚ̇ܠܨ ܠܕܡܟ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει η του κυριου ημερα ωσπερ κλεπτης ερχεται δηλον οτι ουδεις των εν τηι οικιαι δυναται την ημεραν η την ωραν ειδεναι ηι τους καθευδοντας συλησει. 241 | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܝܘܡܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ ܐܝܟ ܓܢܒܐ ܒܠܠܝܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܬ̇ܐ܆ ܠܐ ܐܢܫ ܝܕ̇ܥ ܡܢ ܟܠ ܕܒܒܝܬܐ܇ ܒܐܝܕܐ ܫܥܬܐ ܐܘ ܒܐܝܢܐ ܝܘܡܐ ܡܚܠ̇ܨ ܠܕܡܟ̈ܐ܀ 129 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the day of the Lord comes like a thief in the night, no one of all those who are in the house knows at what time or on what day he steals from those who sleep. |
74 3 74 3 74 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 128 ܟܠ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܗܘ ܦܓܪܢܐ: ܘܡܬܩܪܐ ܩܕܝܫܐ܆ ܒܡܠܬܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܕܫ. ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܝܕܥܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܕܫܝܢ. ܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܡܢ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܕܒܡܠܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܕܫܝܢ. ܗܢܘ ܕܝܢ ܛܠܝ̈ܐ܇ ܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܕܐܦ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܡܩܒ̈ܠܢܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Παν οτι σωματικης φυσεως ον αγιον ονομαζεται τωι του κυριου λογωι αγιαζεται, οι δε λογικοι τηι του θεου γνωσει αγιαζονται· εστι δε και των λογι κων οι τωι του θεου λογωι αγιαζονται, τα παιδια δηλαδη τα και αυτα δεκτικα της γνωσεως οντα. | S2-Guill ܟܠ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܗܘ ܦܓܪܢܐ: ܘܡܬܐܡܪ ܩܕܝܫܐ܆ ܗܢܐ ܒܡܠܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܕܫ. ܘܟܠܡܕܡ ܕܡܢ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܫܬܡܗ ܩܕܝܫܐ܆ ܗܢܐ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܕܫ. ܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܛܐܘܣ܆ ܕܒܡܠܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܕܫܝܢ. ܐܝܟ ܛܠܝ̈ܐ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܡܩܒ̈ܠܢܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Everything which pertains to corporeal nature and is called holy has been sanctified by the word of God ; and everything which is called holy among the logikoi is sanctified by the knowledge of God. But there are again some among the second who are sanctified by the word of God, like children, who are receptive of knowledge. |
75 3 75 3 75 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܕܡ ܕܠܐ ܕܟ̣ܐ܆ ܐܘ ܒܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܕܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܚܫܚܬܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ܆ ܐܘ ܒܥ̣ܠܬܐ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ. ܘܐܝܠܝܢ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܚܫܚܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ܆ ܒܝܕ ܦܓܪܐ ܡܫܬܡܫ̈ܢ. ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܬܘܒ ܕܡܛܘܠ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܡܬܛܢܦ̈ܢ܆ ܒܝܕ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܡܣ̣ܬܥܪ̈ܢ܇ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܐܦ ܐܒܗ̈ܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr 243 Το ακαθαρτον η αιτιαι τηι παρα την χρησιν γινεται η αιτιαι της κακιας· και τα μεν παρα την χρησιν δια σωματος διακονειται τα δε δια κακιαν μεμολυσμενα δια λογικης φυσεως πραττεται καθως και λεγουσιν οι πατερες. | S2-Guill ܡܕܡ ܕܠܐ ܕܟ̣ܐ܆ ܐܘ ܡܢ ܚܫܚܬܐ ܕܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ܆ ܐܘ ܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ. ܘܟܠܡܕܡ ܕܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܚܫܚܬܐ ܡܣ̣ܬܒܪ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܛܡܐܐ܆ ܗܢܐ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܗܘ ܦܓܪܢܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܛܡܐܐ܆ ܗܢܐ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 What is impure becomes so as a result of use contrary to nature or as a result of wickedness. And everythng used contrary to nature which is considered polluted comes from corporeal nature; but what is polluted as a result of wickedness,that, it is said, arises from reasoning nature. |
76 3 76 3 76 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Μορφούμενοι μὲν ἐν τῇ γαστρὶ, τὴν τῶν φυτῶν ζῶμεν ζωὴν, τεχθέντες δὲ τὴν τῶν ζῴον, καὶ τελειωθέντες τὴν τῶν ἀγγέλων. 22. Αἴτιον δὲ τῆς μὲν πρώτης ζωῆς ἡ ἔμψυχος οὐσία, τῆς δὲ δευτέρας αἱ αἰσθήσεις, τῆς δὲ τρίτης τὸ ἀρετῆς εἶναι ἡμᾶς καὶ κακίας δεκτικούς. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܕ ܡܬܛܒ̇ܥܝܢܢ ܒܟܪܣܐ܆ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܢܨܒ̈ܬܐ ܚܐ̇ܝܢ ܚܢܢ. ܡܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܬܝܠܕܢܢ܆ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܚܝܘ̈ܬܐ ܚܐ̇ܝܢܢ. ܡܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܬܓܡ̇ܪܢܢ܆ ܐܘ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܘ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܚܐ̇ܝܢܢ. ܗ̇ܢܘ ܕܝܢ ܐܘ ܒܝܕ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ܆ ܐܘ ܒܝܕ ܪܦܝܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Μορφουμενοι εν τηι μητραι ζωην των φυτων ζωμεν γεννηθεντες δε ζωην των θηρων ζωμεν· οταν δε τελειωθωμεν η την των αγγελων η την των δαι μονων ζησομεν τουτεστιν η δια της αρετης η δια της ολιγωριας. | S2-Guill ܟܕ ܡܬܨܝܕܝܢܢ ܒܟܪܣܐ܆ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܢܨܒ̈ܬܐ ܚܐ̇ܝܢ ܚܢܢ. ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܡܬܝܠܝܕ܆ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܘܬܐ. ܡܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܬܓܡ̇ܪܢܢ܆ ܘܐ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܘ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܚܐ̇ܝܢ ܚܢܢ ܥܠ̣ܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ ܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܢܦܫܐ. ܘܕܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܐܪܓܫܬܐ. ܕܬܠܝܬܝ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܢܗܘܐ ܡܩܒ̈ܠܢܐ ܕܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܐܘ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 When we were formed in the womb we lived the life of plants, when we were children, we lived the lives of animals, and when we becameadults, we live the life either of angels or of demons; that is, by virtue or bycontempt. | S2-Dy S2 When we are formed in the womb, we live the life of plants; as infants, (we live) the life of animals; and, as adult, we live either the life of angels or the life of demons. The cause of the first life is animate nature; that of the second is sensation, and that of the third is the fact that we are receptive of virtue or of vice. |
77 3 77 3 77 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܥܠ ܚܝܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܘܡܘܬܗܘܢ ܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܐ ܬܢ̣ܝ̇ܬ ܠܢ܆ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ ܐܦ ܩܝ̣ܡܬܐ ܕܗ̇ܘܝܐ ܩ̇ܕܡ̇ܬ ܣ̇ܒܪܬ̇ ܠܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ων περι της ζωης τε και του θανατου το αγιον πνευμα διηγη σατο ημιν τουτων και την αναστασιν την εσομενην Frankenberg (D) προεκηρυξεν ημιν. 245 | S2-Guill ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܚܝ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܘܡܘܬܗܘܢ ܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܐ ܐܫ̇ܬܥܝ ܠܢ܆ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ ܐܦ ܩܝ̣ܡܬܐ ܕܗ̇ܘܝܐ ܩ̇ܕܡ ܣ̇ܒܪ ܠܢ܀ 131 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Those [by?] whom the Holy Spirit has told us of life and death, they also have proclaimed to us in advance the resurrection which is to come. |
78 3 78 3 78 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 220 πῶς ἄγγελοι μὲν καὶ δαίμονες τῷ ἡμετέρῳ παραβάλλουσι κόσμῳ, ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῖς αὐτῶν κόσμοις οὐ παραβάλλομεν, οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀγγέλους θεῷ πλέον συνάπτειν δυνάμεθα οὐδὲ δαίμονας μᾶλλον ἀκαθάρτους ποιεῖν προ αιρούμεθα. | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 130 ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܘܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܠܥܠܡܢ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ. ܚܢܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܥܠܡܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܠܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܝܢܢ. ܠܐ ܓܝܪ ܠܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܕܢܩ̇ܪܒ ܠܐܠܗܐ ܝܬܝܪ ܡ̣ܨܝܢܢ܆ ܐܦܠܐ ܠܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܠܡܛܡ̇ܐܘ ܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܡܐ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܡܬܪܥ̇ܝܢܢ܀ | S1-Fr Οι τε αγγελοι και οι δαιμονες προς τον ημων κοσμον εγγι ζουσιν, ημεις δε προς τους κοσμους αυτων ουκ εγγιζομεν· ου γαρ τους αγγελους προσαγειν προς τον θεον μαλλον δυναμεθα ουδε τους δαιμονας μιαινειν υπερ ο εισι διανοουμεθα (?) . 247 | S2-Guill ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܘܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܠܥܠܡܢ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ. ܚܢܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܥܠܡܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܠܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܝܢܢ. ܠܐ ܓܝܪ ܠܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܡܫܟܚܝܢܢ ܕܢܩ̇ܪܒ ܝܬܝܪ ܠܐܠܗܐ܆ ܐܦܠܐ ܠܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܠܡܛܡ̇ܐܘ ܝܬܝܪ ܡܬܪܥ̇ܝܢܢ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The angels and the demons approach our world but we do notapproach their worlds. Indeed, we can not move closer to God's angels, nor can we imagine defiling the demons worse than they are. | S2-Dy S2 Angels and demons approach our world; but we do not approach their worlds. For, we are not able to unite the angels more [closely] to God, nor could we propose to make the demons more impure. |
79 3 79 3 79 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܕ ܒܝ̈ܫܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܒܨܒܝܢܗܘܢ܆ ܐܠܐ ܦܪܝܫܐ ܗܝ ܒܗܘܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ. ܐܝܬ ܗܘ ܒܗܘܢ ܓܝܪ ܕܩܫܝܐ ܒܗܘܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܡܢ ܕܚܒܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Παντων των δαιμονων κακων οντων τωι θεληματι αυτων διαφερει εν αυτοις η κακια· εστι γαρ εν οις η κακια σκληρα εστι παρα την των εταιρων αυτων. | S2-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܗܫܐ ܠܬܚܬ ܡܢ ܐܪܥܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܗܫܐ ܥ̣ܒܕܘ ܐܪ̈ܥܢܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܟܝܠܐ ܠܕܘ̇ܝ̈ܐ ܢ̣ܬܦܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Those who are now under the earth will carry away to an inordinate wickedness those who will now have made the things of earth - the poor wretches! |
80 3 80 3 80 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܬܚܝܬ ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܐܟܚܕ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܘܟܝܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ. ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܝܕܘܥܐ܆ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ. ܐܠܗܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܝܕܘܥܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܐܦ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ. ܐܠܐ ܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܐܝܟ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ܆ ܐܦܠܐ ܐܝܟ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ܀ | S1-Fr Υπο την γνωσιν πιπτει κοινως η των σωματων και η των ασωματων φυσις μονον δε νοερα εστιν η των ασωματων φυσις· ο δε θεος και νοερος εστι και νοητος αλλ ου κατα την ασωματον φυσιν ουδε κατα την ενσωματον φυσιν. 249 | S2-Guill ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܘܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ. ܝܕܘܥܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܟܝܢܐ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ. ܐܠܗܐ ܕܝܢ ܘܝܕܘܥܐ ܘܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܐܠܐ ܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܐܝܟ ܟܝܢܐ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܝ̇ܕܥ. ܐܦܠܐ ܬܘܒ ܐܝܟ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܘܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܡܬܝܕܥ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Knowable are corporeal nature and incorporeal (nature); but only incorporeal nature is knowing. God is both knowing and knowable; but it is not as incorporeal nature that he knows, nor is it more as corporeal nature and incorporeal nature that he is known. |
81 3 81 3 81 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝ̇ܕܥ ܠܐܠܗܐ܆ ܐܘ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܗ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ܆ ܐܘ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܚܟܡܬܗ ܡܠ̣ܝܬ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܬܚ̇ܫܚ ܘܒ̣ܪܐ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ος γιγνωσκει τον θεον η την της φυσεως αυτου γνωσιν εχει η την της πολυποι κιλου σοφιας αυτου γνωσιν ηι χρησαμενος εκτισε τους κοσμους. 251 | S2-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝ̇ܕܥ ܠܐܠܗܐ܆ ܐܘ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܗ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ܆ ܐܘ ܕܚܟܡܬܗ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܬܚ̇ܫܚ ܘܥ̣ܒܕ ܟܠ܀ 133 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 He who knows God has either knowledge of His nature or knowledge of His wisdom "which served him in making everything". |
82 3 82 3 82 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 132 ܛܘܒܘܗܝ ܠܗ̇ܘ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܒܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ܇ ܡܩ̇ܒܠ ܬܚܘܝܬܐ ܕܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܛܘܒܘܗܝ ܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܠܐܝܢܐ ܕܒܝܕ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡ̣ܨܐ ܕܢܥ̇ܩܒ ܥܠ ܗܠܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Μακαριος ος δια των πραγματων αποδειξιν της του θεου χαριτος λαμβανει· μακαριος δε και ος δια γνωσεως περι τουτων εξεταζειν δυναται. | S2-Guill ܛܘܒܘܗܝ ܠܐܝܢܐ ܕܒܝܕ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ܇ ܡܩ̇ܒܠ ܬܚܘܝܬܐ ܕܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܛܘܒܘܗܝ ܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܠܐܝܢܐ ܕܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܡ̣ܨܐ ܕܢܥ̇ܩܒ ܥܠ ܗܠܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 blessed are they who by means of objects receive the demonstration of the grace of God; and blessed also those who by knowledge can undertake an examination of them. |
83 3 83 3 83 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP πίστις ἐστὶν ἡ ὑγιὴς ψυχῆς διάθεσις ἢ ὑπόληψις ἑκούσιος· ἢ “ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις πραγμάτων, ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων”· ἐνδιάθετον ἀγαθὸν πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν ποδηγοῦν ἡμᾶς μακαριότητα | grc-FP πίστις ἐστὶν ἐνδιάθετον ἀγαθὸν πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν ποδηγοῦν ἡμᾶς μακαριότητα | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܝܡܢܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܛܒܬܐ ܕܡܢ ܒܪܝܫܝܬ ܐܬܬܣܝ̣ܡ̇ܬ ܒܢ ܡܢ ܐܠܗܐ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܡܕܒ̇ܪܐ ܠܢ ܥܕܡܐ ܠܛܘܒܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ܀ | S1-Fr Η πιστις εστιν αγαθον ο εν αρχηι εν ημιν ετεθη υπο του θεου· οδηγει δε ημας εως της μελλουσης μακαριοτητος. 253 | S2-Guill ܗܝܡܢܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܛܒܬܐ ܨܒܝܢܝܬܐ܇ ܕܠܘܬ ܛܘܒܬܢܘܬܐ ܕܥܬܝܕܐ ܡܕܒ̇ܪܐ ܠܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Faith is a voluntary good which guides us towards the blessedness to come. |
84 3 84 3 84 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠܗ̇ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܐܪܙܐ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ̇ ܕܟܘܟܒ̈ܐ܇ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܐܬܗܝܡܢܘ ܠܡܢ̇ܗܪܘ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܚܫܘܟܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Η φυσικη θεωρια η δευτερα ολη συμβολον εστι των αστερων των το τους εν σκοτει φωτισαι πεπιστευμενων. | S2-Guill ܟܠܗ̇ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܟܘܟܒ̈ܐ ܛܥܝܢܐ. ܟܘܟܒ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܐܬܗܝܡܢܘ ܠܡܢ̇ܗܪܘ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܠܠܝܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 All the second natural contemplation bears the sign of [the] stars; and stars are those to whom it has been confided to illuminate these who are in the night. |
85 3 85 3 85 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠܗܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܡܝ̈ܐ ܥ̇ܡܕܝܢ܆ ܠܪܝܚܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܩܘܕܫܐ ܡܫܬܘܬܦܝܢ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܡ̇ܥܡܕ܆ ܗ̣ܘܝܘ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܡܫ̣ܚܐ ܡܒ̇ܣܡܐ܀ | S1-Fr Παντες οι εν τωι υδατι βαπτισθεντες της του αγιου πνευματος οσμης κοινωνουσιν, ο δε βαπτιζων αυτος εχει το ελαιον το ευφραινον (oder της ευφροσυνης). 255 | S2-Guill ܟܠܗܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܡܝ̈ܐ ܥ̇ܡܕܝܢ܆ ܠܪܝܚܐ ܒܣܝܡܐ ܡܩ̇ܒܠܝܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܡ̇ܥܡܕ܆ ܗ̣ܘܝܘ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܡܫ̣ܚܐ ܡܒ̇ܣܡܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 All those who are baptized in water receive the delectable odor; but he who baptizes -it is he who has the perfumed oil . |
86 3 86 3 86 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܛܘܒܘܗܝ ܠܐܝܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܐܚܒ ܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܟܠܡܕܡ ܕܛܥ̣ܝܢ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܇ ܐܠܐ ܐܢ ܠܗ̇ ܠܬܐܘܪ̈ܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Μακαριος ος ουκ ηγαπησε τι παντων των συμβολων της δευτερας γνωσεως, ει μη αυτην την αυτων θεωριαν. | S2-Guill ܛܘܒܘܗܝ ܠܐܝܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܐܚܒ ܠܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܇ ܐܠܐ ܐܢ ܠܗ̇ ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Blessed is he who has not loved anything , of second natural contemplation. |
87 3 87 3 87 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܛܘܒܘܗܝ ܠܐܝܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܣܢ̣ܐ ܠܡܕܡ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ܇ ܐܠܐ ܠܡܗܡܝܢܘܬܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Μακαριος ος ουδεν μισει των της πρωτης θεωριας της φυσικης ει μη την ολιγωριαν αυτων. 257 | S2-Guill ܛܘܒܘܗܝ ܠܐܝܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܣܢ̣ܐ ܠܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ܇ ܐܠܐ ܠܒܝܫܘܬܗܘܢ܀ 135 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Blessed is he who has not hated anything of [the] first contemplation of natures, except their wickedness. (N.B. |
88 3 88 3 88 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 134 ܛܘܒܘܗܝ ܠܐܝܢܐ ܕܡ̣ܛܐ ܠܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܬܥ̣ܒܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Μακαριος ος κατηλθε εις την απειρον αγνωσιαν. | S2-Guill ܛܘܒܘܗܝ ܠܐܝܢܐ ܕܡ̣ܛܐ ܠܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܬܥ̣ܒܪܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Blessed is he who has attained infinite knowledge. |
89 3 89 3 89 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܦܓܪܢ ܟܕ ܡܢ ܐܒܗ̈ܝܢ ܡܬܝܠܕ: ܕܢܗܦܘܟ ܢܘܠܕ ܐܢܘܢ ܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܒܛܝܒܘܬܐ ܝܠܝܕ ܡܢ ܐܠܗܐ܇ ܕܢܦ̣ܪܥܝܘܗܝ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܐ. ܐܝܟ ܕܟܬܝܒ. ܕܡܢܐ ܐܦܪܘܥ ܠܡܪܝܐ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܦܘܪ̈ܥܢܘܗܝ ܥܠܝ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ ημων το σωμα υπο των πατερων ημων γεννηθεν ανακαμψαν ου δυναται γενναν αυτους ουτως και ο νους χαριτι υπο του θεου γεννηθεις ανταποδιδον τ αι αυτωι την γνωσιν ου δυναται, καθως γεγραπται· τι ανταποδωσω τωι κυριωι περι page 126r | παντων ων ανταπεδωκεν μοι. 259 | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܦܓܪܢ ܟܕ ܡܬܝܠܕ ܡܢ ܐܒܗ̈ܝܢ: ܕܢܗܦܘܟ ܢܘܠܕ ܐܢܘܢ ܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܢܦܫܐ ܕܡܬܝܠܕܐ ܡܢ ܐܠܗܐ ܕܬܦ̣ܪܥܝܘܗܝ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܝܐ. ܡܢܐ ܓܝܪ ܐܦܪܘܥ ܠܡܪܝܐ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܦܘܪ̈ܥܢܘܗܝ ܥܠܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as our body which is begotten by our parents cannot in turn beget them, so also the soul, which is begotten by God, can not give Him knowledge in return. Indeed, "What return can I make to the Lord for all He has given me?" |
90 3 90 3 90 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Οὐ παύονται τῶν γνωστικὸν συκοφαντοῦντες οἱ δαίμονες καὶ μηδὲν πλημμελοῦντα, ἵνα τὸν νοῦν πρὸς αὐτοὺς περισπάσωσιν· νέφος γάρ τι περὶ τὸν νοῦν ἵσταται καὶ τῆς θεωρίας ἀπάγει τὸν νοῦν, καθ’ὃν καιρὸν ὡς συκοφαντοῦντας ἐλλέγχει τοὺς δαίμονας. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܐ ܫ̇ܠܝ̈ܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܡܢ ܕܠܡܥܫܩ ܠܝܕܘܥܐ܆ ܐܦ ܟܕ ܠܐ ܢ̇ܣܟܠ. ܕܗܘܢܐ ܒܝܕ ܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܠܘܬܗܘܢ ܢܬܦܘܢ. ܐܝܟ ܥܪܦܠܐ ܓܝܪ ܥܡܛܢܐ ܩ̇ܐܡ ܩܕܡ ܬܪܥܝܬܐ܆ ܘܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܚ̇ܩ ܡܢ ܗܘܢܐ܇ ܒܥܕܢܐ ܕܐܝܟ ܕܠܥܫܘ̈ܩܐ ܡ̇ܟܣ ܠܗܘܢ ܠܫܐܕ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ου παυονται οι δαιμονες page 126v | επιτιθεντες τωι γνωστικωι καν μη πλημμεληι ινα τον νουν τωι θυμωι παρελκωσιν προς αυτους· οτι ως γνοφος νεφελη (?) ισταται ενωπιον της διανοιας και αποκρουει την θεωριαν απο του νοος καιρον οτε τους δαιμονας ουκ ελεγχει ως συκοφαντουντας. | S2-Guill ܠܐ ܫ̇ܠܝ̈ܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܡܢ ܕܠܡܥܫܩ ܠܝܕܘܥܐ܆ ܐܦ ܟܕ ܠܐ ܢ̇ܣܟܠ. ܐܝܟ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܢܬܦܘܢ ܠܘܬܗܘܢ ܗܘܢܗ. ܥܢܢܐ ܓܝܪ ܡܕܡ ܩܝ̇ܡܐ ܥܠ ܬܪܥܝܬܐ܆ ܘܕܚ̇ܘܐ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ܇ ܒܥܕܢܐ ܕܐܝܟ ܕܠܥܫܘ̈ܩܐ ܡ̇ܟܣ ܠܗܘܢ ܠܫܐܕ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The demons do not cease slandering the gnostic, even when it is not at fault in order to attract them to the nous by thumos. Indeed, it is as if a dark cloud stands before the mind and drives the nous away at the time of contemplation if the demons are not reproved as slanderers. | S2-Dy S2 Demons do not cease slandering thegnostikos, even when he is not in fault, in order to attract his nous to them. Indeed a cloud attaches to the nous and chases the nous far from contemplation at the moment the demons resume[their role] as slanderers. |
ep 3 ep 3 ep | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܫܠ̣ܡ̈ܬ ܡܐܬܐ ܕܬܠܬ܆ ܕܚܣܝܪܐ ܪ̈ܝܫܐ ܥܣܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr | S2-Guill ܫܠ̣ܡ̇ܬ ܡܐܬܐ ܕܬܠܬ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 THE END of the THIRD [CENTURY] |
ti title 4 ti 4 ti 4 title 4 title | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ti title title 136 ܡܐܬܐ ܕܐܪܒܥ܀ | S1-Fr | S2-Guill ti title title 137 ܡܐܬܐ ܕܐܪܒܥ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy |
1 4 1 4 1 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܠܗܐ ܢ̣ܨܒܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ. ܪܒ̇ܝܬ̇ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܚܟܡܬܗ܆ ܟܕ ܩ̇ܪܝܐ̇ ܠܗܘܢ ܟܬܒ̈ܐ ܒܟܠ ܦܘܪܫܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ο θεος εφυτευσεν αυτωι τους λογικους ηυξησε δε αυτους η σοφια αυτου αναγιγνωσκουσα αυτοις γραφας διαφορους. | S2-Guill ܐܠܗܐ ܢ̣ܨܒ ܠܗ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ. ܪܒ̣ܝܬ̇ ܒܗܘܢ ܬܘܒ ܚܟܡܬܗ܆ ܟܕ ܩ̇ܪܝܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܟܬܒ̈ܐ ܕܟܠ ܦܘܪܫܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 God has planted for Himself the logikoi; His wisdom has, in turn, grown in them by their reading every kind of scripture [ܟܬܒܵܐ] |
2 4 2 4 2 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܬܝܕܥܢܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩ̇ܕܝܡܝܢ ܒܗܘܝܗܘܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܠܐ ܡܬܕܪܟܢܘܬܗ ܕܝܢ ܒܡܫܝܚܗ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Το γνωστον του πατρος εν τοις την γενεσιν πρωτευουσιν εστι το δε ακαταληπτον αυτου εν τωι Χ. αυτου εστιν. 261 | S2-Guill ܝܕܝܥܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩܕܝܡܝܝܢ ܒܗܘܝܗܘܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܠܐ ܝܕܝܥܘܬܗ ܕܝܢ ܒܡܫܝܚܗ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 "That which can be known of God " is in those who are first by their genesis; and what is not knowable of Him is in His Christ. |
3 4 3 4 3 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܬܝܕܥܢܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܬܪ̈ܝܢܝܢ ܒܗܘܝܗܘܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܠܐ ܡܬܕܪܟܢܘܬܗ ܕܝܢ ܒܐܒܘܗܝ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Το γνωστον του Χ. εν τοις δευτεροις την γενεσιν εστι το δε ακα ταληπτον αυτου εν τωι πατρι αυτου εστι. 263 | S2-Guill ܝܕܝܥܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܬܪ̈ܝܢܝܢ ܒܗܘܝܗܘܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܠܐ ܝܕܝܥܘܬܗ ܕܝܢ ܒܐܒܘܗܝ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 That which is knowable of Christ is in those who are seconds by their genesis, and that which is not knowable of Him is in His Father. |
4 4 4 4 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܪܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܫ̣ܬܘܝ ܠܡܗܘܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Κληρονομος του Χ. εστιν ο αξιωθεις εποπτης ειναι των γενητων. | S2-Guill ܝܪܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܕܡܢ ܒܬܪ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܝ̇ܕܥ܀ 139 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The heir of Christ is one who knows the intellections of all the beings subsequent to the first judgement. |
5 4 5 4 5 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 138 ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܝܕܘ̈ܥܐ܆ ܡܢܗ̇ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡ̈ܫܟܚܢ ܕܢܬܝܕ̈ܥܢ ܗ̣ܘܝܐ. ܡܢܗ̇ ܕܝܢ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܡ̈ܫܟܚܢ ܕܢܬܝܕ̈ܥܢ ܕܢ̇ܚܐ܀ | S1-Fr Γνωσις τοις γνωστικοις η μεν εν τοις νοηθηναι δυναμενοις εστιν, η δε εν τοις νοηθηναι ου δυναμενοις εκλαμπει. | S2-Guill ܝܕܥܘܬܐ ܠܝܕܘܥܐ܆ ܡܢܗ̇ ܒܝܕܘܥܐ ܘܡܢܗ̇ ܒܠܐ ܝܕܘܥܐ ܡܬܓܠ̣ܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 What is knowable been revealed to the knower, partly in the knower and partly in the non - knower. |
6 4 6 4 6 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢܗ̇ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܐ ܠܕܟܝ̈ܐ܆ ܘܡܢܗ̇ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܢ. ܘܗ̇ܝ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܡܬܝܕܥܐ ܠܕܟܝ̈ܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܡܬܩܪܝܐ. ܠܗ̇ܝ ܕܝܢ ܕܓ̇ܕܫܐ ܠܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܫܚܝܡܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܩ̇ܪܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Της γνωσεως το μεν γιγνωσκεται τοις καθαροις το δε τοις ου καθαροις· η μεν γιγνωσκομενη τοις καθαροις γνωσις πνευματικη λεγεται την δε τοις δευτεροις τυχουσαν γνωσιν κοινην της φυσεως ονομαζουσιν. | S2-Guill ܡܢܗ̇ ܕܝܕܝܥܘܬܐ ܒܕܟ̣ܝ̈ܐ܆ ܘܡܢܗ̇ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܢ ܗ̣ܘܝܐ. ܘܗ̇ܝ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܒܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܗ̣ܘܝܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܡܬܩܪܝܐ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܓܕܝܫܐ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܡܫܡܗܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Of that which is knowable, one part is produced in the pure, and one part in those who are not pure. What is produced in the first is called spiritual knowledge; and what falls to the second goes by the name of natural contemplation. |
7 4 7 4 7 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܚܟܡܬܐ ܡ̣ܠܝܬ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܒܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܣ̣ܡ܆ ܗ̣ܘ ܡ̣ܨܐ ܕܢܐ̇ܠܦ ܐܘܡܢܘܬܗ ܠܚܦܝ̈ܛܐ܆ ܘܕܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܝܠܐܝܬ ܐܢܫ ܢܗܘܐ ܚ̇ܙܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr ος την πολυποικιλον σοφιαν εν τοις γενητοις τεθεικε δυναται τους σπουδαιους την τεχνην αυτου διδασκειν και οπως τις ευκοπως εποπτης αυτης γινεται. 265 | S2-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܚܟܡܬܐ ܡ̣ܠܝܬ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܒܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܣ̣ܡ܆ ܗܢܐ ܐܦ ܐܘܡܢܘܬܐ ܡ̇ܠܦ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܨ̇ܒܝܢ܇ ܕܐܝܟܝܢܐ ܐܢܫ ܕܠܝܠܐܝܬ ܢܗܘܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 He who has placed the ful[ly] manifold wisdom in beings - he also teaches those who want it the art of easily becoming a seer. |
8 4 8 4 8 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܪܘܬܐ ܥܡ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܗ̇ܘܐ ܒܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ܇ ܟܕ ܡܬܒ̇ܣܡ ܥܡܗ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Συνκληρονομος του Χ. εστιν ο ων εν τηι μοναδι ευφραινομενος μετ’ αυτης (?) εν τηι θεωριαι αυτης. | S2-Guill ܒܪ ܝܪܬܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܝܚܝܕܘܬܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ܇ ܘܡܢܗ̇ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܥܡ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܬܒ̇ܣܡ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The coheir of Christ is one who arrives in the Unity and delights in contemplation with the Christ. |
9 4 9 4 9 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢ ܐܚܪܝܢ ܗܘ ܝܪܘܬܐ: ܘܐܚܪܬܐ ܗܝ ܝܪܬܘܬܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܕܐܬܒ̣ܪܝܘ ܒܨܠܡܗ ܕܒܪܐ܆ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܝܪ̈ܘܬܘܗܝ ܠܘܬ ܐܒܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ετερον εστιν ο κληρονομος και ετερον η κληρονομια δηλον οτι οι λογικοι οι εκτισθησαν εν τηι του υιου εικονι αυτοι κληρονομοι αυτου εσονται παρα τωι πατρι. | S2-Guill ܐܢ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܗܘ ܝܪܘܬܐ ܘܐܚܪܬܐ ܝܪܬܘܬܐ܆ ܠܘ ܡܠܬܐ ܗܘ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝ̇ܪܬ. ܐܠܐ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܠܡܠܬܐ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܝܪܬܘܬܐ. ܡܛܠ ܕܟܠ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܗܟܢ ܝ̇ܪܬ܆ ܠܝܪܬܘܬܐ ܡܬܚܝ̇ܕ. ܡܢ ܚܘܝܕܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܠܬܐ ܐܠܗܐ ܡܚܪܪ ܗܘ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the heir is one thing and the inheritance another, the Word is not that which inherits: rather the Christ (inherits) the Word which is the inheritance; because anyone who inherits is thus united to the inheritance; and the Word-God is free from (or "for"?) union. |
10 4 10 4 10 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܡܟܬܒ̈ܢܐ ܕܝܘ̈ܠܦܢܐ ܕܛܘܥܝܝ܆ ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ 140 ܢ̣ܦܠܘ. ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܬܪܝܢܝܬܐ. ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܫ̣ܪܥܘ܀ | S1-Fr Των της πλανης διδασκαλιας συγγραφεων οι μεν της προτης θεωριας της φυσεως εξεπεσαν, οι δε της δευτερας, οι δε και εν τηι της αγιας τριαδος γνωσει επταισαν. | S2-Guill ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܡܟܬܒ̈ܢܐ ܕܝܘ̈ܠܦܢܐ ܫܪܝܪ̈ܐ܆ ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܢܦ̣ܠܘ. 141 ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܬܪܝܢܝܬܐ. ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܐܦ ܡܢ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܫ̣ܪܥܘ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Among writers of true doctrines, some have plunged from the first contemplation of nature, others from the second, and still others are fallen from the blessed Trinity. |
11 4 11 4 11 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܒܝܬ ܟܝܢܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ ܠܟܝܢܐ ܦܓܪܢܐ ܡܬܝܕܥ ܐܠܗܐ: ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܓܝܪ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܛܟܣ̈ܝܢ ܡ̇ܚܝܐ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܫܦܝܪ ܐܡܝܪܐ ܠܢܒܝܐ܇ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܒܝܢܬ ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܚܝܝ̈ܢ ܡܬܝܕܥ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ο θεος αναμεσον της φυσεως της σωματικης και της φυσεως της πνευματικης γιγνωσκεται η δε τουτων δυο ταγματων θεωρια ζωοποιει τους λογικους καλως ειρηται τωι προφητηι οτι ο θεος εν μεσωι δυο ζωων γιγνωσκεται. 267 | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܒܝܕ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܘܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܡܬܝܕܥ ܐܠܗܐ: ܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܓܝܪ ܬܐܘܪ̈ܝܣ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܡ̇ܚܝ̈ܢ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܫܦܝܪ ܡܬܐܡܪ܇ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܒܓܘ ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܚܝܝ̈ܢ ܡܬܝܕܥ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If God is known by means of corporeal nature and incorporeal (nature) , and that the two contemplations of these (natures) vivify thelogikoi, it is very well-said that God "is known by the interior of the two living" |
12 4 12 4 12 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP περιτομή ἐστι νοητὴ ἀπόθεσις παθημάτων ἑκούσιος τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ γνώσεως ἕνεκεν | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 276 τὴν κατὰ διάνοιαν τοὺς ἐμπαθεῖς λογισμοὺς περικόπτουσαν, ἥντινα καὶ πνευματικὴν περιτομὴν τοῦ κρυπτοῦ Ἰουδαίου ὁ ἅγιος Παῦλος ὠνόμασεν. | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܓܙܘܪܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܡܪܚܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܡܢ ܚܫ̈ܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܒܨܒܝܢܐ ܛܒܐ܇ ܡܛܠ ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܗ̣ܘܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Περιτομη πνευματικη εστιν η απο των παθηματων αποχωρησις ητις αγαθωι θεληματι δια την του θεου γνωσιν γινεται. | S2-Guill ܓܙܘܪܬܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܡܪܚܩܢܘܬܐ ܨܒܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܡܢ ܚܫ̈ܐ܇ ܕܡܛܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible circumcision is a voluntary distant removal of the passions that (are made) for the knowledge of God. |
13 4 13 4 13 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܫܬܘܬܦܘ ܠܒ̣ܣܪܐ ܘܕܡ̣ܐ܆ ܒܢܝ̈ܐ ܐܢܘܢ. ܟܠ ܕܝܢ ܒܪܐ. ܕܛ̣ܠܐ܆ ܠܐ ܛܒܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܒܝܫܬܐ ܩ̣ܢܐ ܓܡܝܪܐܝܬ. ܫܦܝܪ ܗܟܝܠ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ܆ ܕܡܨܥܝ̈ܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܒܝܬ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܠܫܐܕ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οι κεκοινωνηκασι σαρκος και αιματος παιδια εισι, παν δε παιδιον νηπιον ου το αγα δ θ ον ουδε το κακον κεκτηται τελειως· καλως ουν λεγονται page 131r | οι ανθρωποι οτι μεσοι εισι των τε αγγελων και των δαιμονων. 269 | S2-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܫܬܘܬܦܘ ܠܒ̣ܣܪܐ ܘܕܡ̣ܐ܆ ܛܠܝ̈ܐ ܐܢܘܢ. ܟܠ ܕܝܢ ܕܛܠ̣ܐ܆ ܠܐ ܛܒܐ ܗܘ ܘܠܐ ܒܝܫܐ. ܡܕܝܢ ܫܦܝܪ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ܇ ܕܒܢܝ̈ ܐܢܫܐ ܡܨܥܝ̈ܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܒܝܬ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܠܫܐܕ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Those "who share in flesh and blood" are children ; now whoever is young is neither good nor bad. It is thus well said that men are intermediate between angels and demons. |
14 4 14 4 14 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܪܗܒܘܢܐ ܕܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ: ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܗܝ ܙܥܘܪܬܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܦ ܪܗܒܘܢܐ ܕܒܝ̈ܕܥܬܐ܇ ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܗܝ ܙܥܘܪܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ ο αρραβων ο εν τοις σωμασι μερος τι σμικρον εν τωι σωματι εστιν ουτως και ο αρρραβων ο εν ταις γνωσεσι μερος σμικρον της των γενητων γνωσεως. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܪܗܒܘܢܐ ܕܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܗܘ ܙܥܘܪܬܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܪܗܒܘܢܐ ܕܒܝܕ̈ܥܬܐ܇ ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܡܕܡ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܀ 143 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as the pledges which are in bodies are a small part of the body, so also the pledes which are in knowledge[s] are a certain part of the knowledge of beings. |
15 4 15 4 15 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 142 ܐܢ ܟܠܗ ܥܠܡܐ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܥܠܡܐ ܗܘ ܕܛܠܝ̈ܐ܆ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܗ̣ܘ ܠܩܘܡܬܐ ܢܬܟ̇ܒܘܢ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܪܗ̇ܛܐ ܩܕܡ ܙܕܝ̈ܩܐ܆ ܐܘ ܕܪܗ̇ܛܐ ܩܕܡ ܥ̇ܘ̈ܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει πας ο των ανθρωπων κοσμος παιδιων κοσμος εστι . . . . 271 | S2-Guill ܐܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܟܠܗ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܥܠܡܐ ܗܘ ܕܛܠܝ̈ܐ܆ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܗ̣ܘ ܠܩܘܡܬܐ ܢ̇ܕܪܟܘܢ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܙܕܝܩ̈ܐ ܐܘ ܠܥ̇ܘ̈ܠܐ ܠܚ̇ܡܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the whole world of men is a world of children, one day they will attain the age of adulthood befitting the just or the impious. |
16 4 16 4 16 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP μονογενής ἐστιν οὗ ἄλλος οὐ προετέχθη, καὶ μεθ’ ὃν ἕτερος οὐ γέγονεν | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP 263 Μονογενής ἐστιν, οὗ ἄλλος οὐ προετέχθη καὶ μεθ’ ὃν ἕτερος οὐ γέγονε. | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܚܝܕܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩܕܡܘܗܝ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܠܐ ܐܬܝܠܕ܇ ܐܦܠܐ ܡܢ ܒܬܪܗ ܐܚܪܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Μονογενης εστιν ου προτερος αλλος ουκ εγεννηθη ουδε μετ’ αυτον αλλος. | S2-Guill ܝܚܝܕܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩܕܡܘܗܝ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܠܐ ܐܬܝܠܕ܇ ܐܦܠܐ ܡܢ ܒܬܪܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The only-begotten is he before whom no other has been begotten, and after whom no (other) has been. |
17 4 17 4 17 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܥܠ ܡܬܩܪܝܐ ܡܣܩܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ. ܠܬܚܬ ܕܝܢ ܡܚܬܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ανω λεγεται η της γνωσεως αναγωγη κατω δε η της αγνοιας καταβασις. | S2-Guill ܠܥܠ ܡܬܐܡܪ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܠܐܝܟܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܩܢܝ̈ܝܗ̇ ܡܩ̇ܪܒܐ. ܠܬܚܬ ܕܝܢ܆ ܠܐܝܟܐ ܕܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩ̣ܢܝܢ ܠܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 It is said that "up" is where knowledge leads those who posess it, and "down" is where ignorance leads those who posess it. |
18 4 18 4 18 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܫܝܚܘܬܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܡܠܦܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܗܕܐ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܪܝܐ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Χρισμα νοητον εστιν η της αγιας μοναδος γνωσις διδασκαλος δε αυτης προς τους λογικους εστιν ο κυριος Χ. 273 | S2-Guill ܡܫܝܚܘܬܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܘܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܗܕܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܚܝܕ. ܘܐܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܝ܆ ܠܘ ܡܠܬܐ ܗܘ ܩܕܡܝܬ ܡܫܝܚܐ. ܐܝܟ ܕܠܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܬܡ̣ܫܚ ܩܕܡܝܬ ܐܠܗܐ. ܐܠܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܡܛܠ ܗܢܐ ܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܘܗܢܐ ܡܛܠ ܗ̇ܘ ܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible anointing is the spiritual knowledge of the holy Unity, 2 and the Christ is he who is united to this knowledge. 3 And if this is so, the Christ is not the Word in the beginning,4 just as as he who is anointed is not God in the beginning. 5 Rather the latter [God] because of the former [anointed] is the Christ, and the former[anointed] because of the latter [God] is God. |
19 4 19 4 19 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF Ὁ γὰρ ἀριθμός ἐστι τοῦ ποσοῦ, τὸ δὲ ποσὸν τῇ σωματικῇ φύσει συνέζευκται· ὁ ἄρα ἀριθμὸς τῆς σωματικῆς φύσεως. | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚܕ ܒܡܢܝܢܐ ܕܟܡܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܬܐܡܪ. ܫ̇ܟܢ ܥܠ ܟܝܢܐ ܦܓܪܢܐ. ܡܢܝܢܐ ܗܟܝܠ܆ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Εν εν τωι αριθμωι το ποσον κατηγορει αρμοζει δε προς την σωματικην φυσιν· ο αριθμος αρα της φυσικης θεωριας της δευτερας εστιν. 275 | S2-Guill ܚܕ ܗܘ ܡܢܝܢܐ ܕܟܡܝܘܬܐ. ܟܡܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܥܡ ܟܝܢܐ ܦܓܪܢܐ ܟܝܢܐ. ܡܢܝܢܐ ܡܕܝܢ܆ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 One is a number of quantity, and quantity is linked to corporeal nature; number therefore pertains to second natural contemplation. |
20 4 20 4 20 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP πρωτότοκός ἐστιν, οὗ ἄλλος οὐ προετέχθη καὶ μεθ' οὗ οὐ γεγόνασιν ἕτεροι | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܘܟܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢ ܩܕܡܘܗܝ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܠܐ ܐܬܝܠܕ. ܒܬܪܗ ܕܝܢ ܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ ܗ̣ܘܘ܀ | S1-Fr Πρωτοτοκος εστι ου προτερος αλλος μεν ουκ εγεννηθη μετ’ αυτον δε αλλοι εγενοντο. | S2-Guill ܒܘܟܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩܕܡܘܗܝ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܠܐ ܐܬܝܠܕ. ܒܬܪܗ ܕܝܢ ܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ ܗ̣ܘܘ܀ 145 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The first is only he before whom there are no others, and after whom the others come to be. |
21 4 21 4 21 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Wolf | grc-Pitra + grc-Rondeau ...
ἢ εἰ πᾶσα δύναμις τῶν οὐρανῶν τῇ τῶν γεγονότων κέχρισται θεωρίᾳ ὁ δὲ χριστὸς παρὰ πάντας κέχρηται καὶ τοὺς μετόχους αὐτοὐ δηλονότι τῇ τῆς μονάδος δηλονότι κέχρισται γνώσει διὸ καὶ μόνος λέγεται ἐν δεξιᾷ καθέζεσθαι τοῦ πατρὸς χριστός χριστὸν δέ φημι τὸν μετὰ θεοῦ λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου ἐπιδημήσαντα κύριον | S1-Guill 144 ܡܫܝܚܘܬܐ ܐܘ ܐܬ̇ܐ ܗܝ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ܆ ܐܘ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Το χρισμα εστιν η σημειον της μοναδος γνωσεως η σκοπος της των οντων γνωσεως. 277 279 | S2-Guill ܡܫܝܚܘܬܐ ܐܘ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ܆ ܐܘ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܡܒ̇ܕܩܐ. ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܚܒܪ̈ܘܗܝ ܡܫܝܚ ܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܡܫܝܚ. ܡܛܠ ܗܢܐ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܡܬܐܡܪ܆ ܕܝ̇ܬܒ ܡܢ ܝܡܝܢܐ ܕܐܒܘܗܝ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܗܪܟܐ ܐܝܟ ܢܡܘܣܐ ܕܝܕܘܥ̈ܬܢܐ܆ ܠܚܕܝܘܬܐ ܘܠܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ ܝܡܝܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The anointing either indicates knowledge of the Unity or [it] designates the contemplation of beings. And if Christ is anointed more than the others , it is evident that he is anointed with knowledge of the Unity. Because of this, he alone is said to be seated at the right of his Father ; the right which here, according to the rule of the gnostikoi, indicates the Monad and the Unity. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 4 22 4 22 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܦ̈ܠܐܬܐ ܕܕܒܚܬܐ ܠܐܠܗܐ ܡܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ ܒܝܕ ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ: ܙܘ̈ܥܐ ܚܝܘ̈ܬܢܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡ̇ܘܩܕܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܡܕ̈ܒܚܝܢ ܒܝܕ ܒܝ̈ܫܬܐ܇ ܡܥܒܕܢܘ̈ܬܐ ܟܝܢܝ̈ܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܚ̇ܒܠܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ οι τα της θυσιας συμβολα δι’ αρετων τωι θεωι προσφε ροντες τας της ψυχης θηριωδεις ορμας εμπιμπρασιν ουτως οι τοις δαιμοσι θυσιαζοντες δια κακιας τας ενεργειας της ψυχης τας κατα φυσιν διαφθειρουσιν. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܒ̈ܚܬܐ ܦܠܐܬܢܝ̈ܬܐ ܠܐܠܗܐ ܡܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ: ܒܝܕ ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܙܘܥ̈ܐ ܚܝܘ̈ܬܢܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡ̇ܘܩܕܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܡܕ̈ܒܚܝܢ܇ ܒܝܕ ܒܝ̈ܫܬܐ ܡܥܒ̈ܕܢܘܬܐ ܟܝܢܝ̈ܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܚ̇ܒܠܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as those who offer symbolic sacrifices burn up through the virtues the bestial movements of the soul, so do those who sacrifice to demons destroy through the vices the natural activites of the soul. |
23 4 23 4 23 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܘܫܐ ܘܐܠܝܐ ܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܡܛܠ ܕܚܕ ܢܝܫܐ ܫܩܝܠ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ. ܐܚܪܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ουκ εστι Μωυσης και Ηλειας βασιλεια του θεου διοτι ο μεν την των φυσεων θεωριαν ο δε τους αγιους ανθρωπους σημαινει. | S2-Guill ܠܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܘܫܐ ܘܐܠܝܐ ܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܗ̇ܝ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܇ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܐܢܫ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ. ܐܝܟܢܐ ܡܕܝܢ ܦܪܘܩܢ ܟܕ ܐܫܬܘܕܝ ܠܬܠܡܝ̈ܕܐ܇ ܕܢܚܘܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܇ ܒܓܘܫܡܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ ܠܗ ܘܠܡܘܫܐ ܘܠܐܠܝܐ ܒܛܘܪܐ ܚܘܝ ܠܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Moses and Elijah are not the Kingdom of God, if the latter is contemplation, and the former the saints. How is it therefore that our Savior, after promising to show the disciples the kingdom of God, shows them - having a spiritual body himself - - Moses and Elijah on the mountain? |
24 4 24 4 24 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP πρωτότοκός ἐστιν ἐκ νεκρῶν ὁ ἀναστάς ἐκ νεκρῶν, καὶ πρῶτος φορήσας σῶμα πνευματικόν | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܘܟܪܐ ܕܡܢ ܒܝܬ ܡܝ̈ܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢ ܒܝܬ ܡܝ̈ܬܐ ܩܕܡܐܝܬ ܩ̣ܡ܇ ܟܕ ܠܒܝܫ ܓܘܫܡܐ ܕܪܘܚ܀ | S1-Fr Πρωτοτοκος των νεκρων εστιν ος εκ των νεκρων πρωτος ηγερθη σωμα πνευματικον ενδυς. 281 | S2-Guill ܒܘܟܪܐ ܕܡܢ ܒܝܬ ܡܝ̈ܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩ̣ܡ ܡܢ ܒܝܬ ܡܝ̈ܬܐ܇ ܘܩܕܡܝܐ ܠܒ̣ܫ ܓܘܫܡܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The firstborn from among the dead is he who is raised from the dead, and [is] the first to assume a spiritual body |
25 4 25 4 25 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܢܘܗܪܐ ܕܕ̇ܠܩ ܒܗܝ̈ܟܠܝܢ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ: ܢܝܫܐ ܫܩܝܠ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ 146 ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܫܪ̈ܓܐ ܕܕ̇ܠܩܝܢ ܒܢܘ̈ܣܐ ܕܦܬܟܪ̈ܐ܇ ܢܝܫܐ ܫܩܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܓܠܬܐ. ܘܢܘܗܪܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܡܬܬܪܣܐ ܒܝܕ ܡܫ̣ܚܗ ܕܚ̣ܘܒܐ. ܕܠ̣ܩܐ ܕܝܢ ܬܪܝܢܐ܆ ܡܢ ܪܚܡܬܐ ܕܣܪܝܩܘܬܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ το φως το εν αγιοις ιεροις καιομενον σημανει την πνευματικην γνωσιν ουτως και οι λυχνοι οι εν τοις των ειδωλων ναοις καιομενοι σημαντικοι της ψευδωνυμου γνωσεως· και το μεν πρωτον φως δια του της αγαπης ελαιου τρεφεται το δε δευτερον εκ της του κοσμου τουτου ματαιοτητος επιθυμιας. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܢܘܗܪܐ ܕܕ̇ܠܩ ܒܗܝ̈ܟܠܝܢ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ: ܦܠܐܬܐ ܗܘ ܕܐܝܕܥܬܐ 147 ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܆ ܘܗܟܢܐ ܘܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܝܬ ܦܬܟܪ̈ܐ܇ ܐܬ̇ܐ ܗܘ ܕܝܘ̈ܠܦܢܐ ܘܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕ̈ܓܠܐ. ܘܩܕܡܝܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܡܬܬܪܣܐ܆ ܒܡܫ̣ܚܗ ܕܚ̣ܘܒܐ ܩܕܝܫܐ. ܬܪܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܝܕ ܚ̣ܘܒܐ ܥܠܡܢܝܐ܇ ܕܡ̇ܚܒ ܠܥܠܡܐ ܘܠܗܠܝܢ ܕܒܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as the light that shines in holy temples is the symbol of spiritual knowledge, so also that in the house of idols is the sign of untrue doctrines and logoi . The first is nourished by the oil of holy love, and the second it by the worldly love that loves the world and what is in it. |
26 4 26 4 26 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܒܝܘܡܐ ܬܠܝܬܝܐ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܫܬܡܠܐ: ܒܝܘܡܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܩܕܡ ܗܢܐ: ܝ̣ܩܕ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩܝ̈ܣܐ ܒܡܕܒܪܐ ܡܓ̇ܒܐ ܗܘܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܝܘܡܐ ܕܝܘܡܢܐ܆ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܥܪܘܒܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܇ ܕܒܫܥܬܐ ܕܚܕ ܥܣܪܐ܇ ܕܒܗ̇ ܥܡܡ̈ܐ ܡܢ ܦܪܘܩܢ ܠܚܝ̈ܐ ܐܬܩܪܝܘ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ο Χ. τηι τριτηι τελειουται τηι δε προ ταυτης ημεραι ο τα ξυλα εν τηι ερημωι συλλεξας πεπρησται δηλον οτι η σημερον ημερα σημαινει την παρασκευην ης περι την ενδεκατην ωραν τα εθνη υπο του σωτηρος ημων εις σωην κεκληται. 283 | S2-Guill ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܒܝܘܡܐ ܕܬܠܬܐ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܫܬܡܠܐ: ܒܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܩܕܡܘܗܝ ܝ̇ܩܕ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩܝ̈ܣܐ ܒܡܕܒܪܐ ܡܓ̇ܒܐ ܗܘܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܝܘܡܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܥܪܘܒܬܐ܇ ܕܒܚܕܥܣܪܐ ܫܥ̈ܐ ܕܒܗ̇܇ ܥܡܡ̈ܐ ܡܢ ܦܪܘܩܢ ܠܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܠܥܠܡ ܐܬܩܪܝܘ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If on the third day the Christ "is accomplished" and on the preceding day the wood gathered in the desert is burned, it is evident that "today" is that which is called Friday, when "at the eleventh hour" the nations have been called by our Savior to eternal life |
27 4 27 4 27 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܡ̣ܘܬܐ ܕܝܘܢܐ ܕܥܠ ܝܘܪܕܢܢ ܠܡܥܡܕܢܐ ܐܬܚ̣ܙܝ̇ܬ܆ ܣܗܕܘܬܐ ܗܝ ܠܥܡ̇ܘܕܐ܇ ܕܒܪܗ ܗܘ ܕܥܠܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η της περιστερας της παρα Ιορδανηι τωι βαπτιστηι φανεισης εικων μαρτυρια εστι τωι βαπτιζομενωι οτι υιος εστι του υψιστου. | S2-Guill ܦܠܐܬܐ ܕܐܬܚ̣ܙܝ̇ܬ ܠܡܥܡܕܢܐ ܕܡܬܥܡܕܢܐ: ܐܪܐ ܟܝ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܆ ܐܘ ܒܬܪܝܢܝܬܐ܇ ܐܘ ܒܬܠܝܬܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܘܬܘܒ ܐܢ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܒܕܡ̣ܘܬܐ ܕܕܐܝܟ ܗܕܐ ܬܬܛܒ̇ܥ܆ ܐܠܐ ܩܢܕܝܢܘܣ ܗܘ ܕܥܠ ܗܕܐ ܓܠܝܐܝܬ ܢܘܕܥ. ܬܬ̇ܪܨ ܕܝܢ ܗܕܐ ܦܠܐܬܐ ܒܝܬ ܕܝܕܘܥ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The symbol which has appeared to the Baptist of the one baptized - , is it that which is in the first contemplation, or the second, or in the third? And again is it possible that the Unity could be imprinted in a form as that [symbol], however there is here a danger which we make known openly openly; but you will correct this symbol among the gnostikoi |
28 4 28 4 28 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ἄζυμα νοητά ἐστιν ἕξις ἀρίστη λογικῆς ψυχῆς ἐξ ἀρετῶν καθαρῶν καὶ δογμάτων ἀληθῶν συνεστῶσα | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܛܝܪܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܢ ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܬܐ܇ ܘܡܢ ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܝܡܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αζυμα πνευματικα εστιν εχις Frankenberg (= καταστασις) page 139r | ψυχης λογικης η εκ παθαρων αρετων τε και εκ γνωσεως της αληθειας συνεστηκεν. | S2-Guill ܦܛܝܪ̈ܐ ܡܬܝ̈ܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܕܡܢ ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܬܐ܇ ܘܡܢ ܝܘ̈ܠܦܢܐ ܫܪ̈ܝܪܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܝܡܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible unleavened loaves are the state of the reasoning soul which is constituted by pure virtues and true doctrines. |
29 4 29 4 29 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܬܫ̣ܬܩܠ ܐܪܥܐ ܡܢ ܐܦܝ̈ ܫܡܫܐ: ܠܠܝܐ ܒܐܦܝ̈ 148 ܪܩܝܥܐ ܠܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܟܕ ܬܫ̣ܬܩܠ ܡܢ ܡܨܥܬܐ ܪܦܝܘܬܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܇ ܬܘܒ ܠܐ ܬܗܘܐ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ της γης εκ προσωπου του ηλιου αρθεισης ουκ εσται νυξ εν προσωπωι του στερεωματος ουτως της των λογικων αμελειας εκ μεσου αρθεισης ουκετι εσται αγνοια. 285 | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܐܢ ܬܬܚܒ̇ܠ ܐܪܥܐ: ܬܘܒ ܠܠܝܐ ܒܐܦܝ̈ ܐܪܩܝܥܐ ܠܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ 149 ܟܕ ܬܫ̣ܬܩܠ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ܇ ܬܘܒ ܠܐ ܬܗܘܐ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܒܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ. ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܛܠܠܗ̇ ܕܒܝܫܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܝܟ ܕܒܠܠܝܐ ܡܗܠܟܝܢ܆ ܒܡܫ̣ܚܐ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܬܢ̣ܗܪܝܢ ܘܠܟܘܟܒ̈ܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܢ. ܐܝܟ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܡܫ̣̈ܬܘܝܢ ܕܢܩܒ̇ܠܘܢ ܡܢܗ. ܘܐܦ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܟܘܟܒ̈ܐ ܢ̇ܦܠܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ܇ ܐܢ ܩܠܝܠܐܝܬ ܬܘܒ ܠܘܬ ܫܡܫܐ ܕܙܕܝܩܘܬܐ ܠܐ ܢܬܦ̇ܢܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as if the earth were destroyed night would no longer exist on the face of the firmament, so when vice will be removed ignorance will no longer exist among the logikoi. Ignorance is the shadow of evil, in which those who walk there, as in the night, are illuminated by the [lamp-] oil of Christ and see the stars, according to the knowledge that they are worthy of receiving; and - for them as well - the stars will fall for them, if they do not return promptly to the sun of justice. , |
30 4 30 4 30 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܥܘܬܪܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܬܝܕ: ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܕܒܗ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܢܒ̣ܗܬܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܚܟܐ ܘܒܟܪܣܐ ܡܣܝ̇ܟܝܢ ܠܗ̇ ܠܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܫܡܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ο πλουτος του θεου ο μελλων η πνευματικη γνωσις η εν αυτωι εστιν αισχυνωνται οι την βασιλειαν των ουρανων φαρυγγι τε και γαστρι περιγραφουσιν. | S2-Guill ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܥܘܬܪܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܬܝܕ: ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܗܝ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܕܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܕܗ̇ܘܝܢ܆ ܢܒ̣ܗܬܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܚܟܐ ܘܒܟܪܣܐ ܡܣܝ̇ܟܝܢ ܠܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܫܡܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the wealth of God, which is to come is the spiritual contemplation of worlds that will be, those who limit the kingdom of heaven to the palace and the banquet will be disconcerted. |
31 4 31 4 31 | grc-Géh1996 + grc-Hau ...
ὥσπερ ὁ κρυπτόμενος ἀστὴρ τοῦ κρύπτοντος αὐτὸν ἀστέρος ἀνώτερος ἀποδείκνυται οὕτως ὁ μᾶλλον πραῢς πρᾳῢς τοῦ ἧττον πραέος πρᾳέος ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ μέλλοντι ὑψηλότερος εὑρεθήσεται = e 9 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܟܘܟܒܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܓܢܝܐ ܕܚܒܪܗ ܡܬܟ̇ܣܐ: ܥܠܝ ܗܘ ܡܢܗ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܟܝܟ ܡܢ ܚܒܪܗ ܒܦܘܪܫܢܐ܇ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܢܫܬܟܚ ܕܡܥܠܝ ܗܘ ܡܢܗ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ ο αστηρ ο υπο σκεπηι ετερου αποκρυφθεις υψηλοτερος εστιν εκεινου, ουτως ο πραυς παρα τον ετερον διαφεροντως εν τωι μελλοντι αιωνι ευρεθησεται υψωθεις υπερ αυτον. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܟܘܟܒܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܓܢܝܐ ܕܚܒܪܗ ܡܬܚܦܐ ܥܠܝ ܗܘ ܡܢܗ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܡܟܝܟ ܡܢ ܚܒܪܗ܇ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܢܫܬܟܚ ܕܡܥܠܝ ܗܘ ܡܢܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as the star hidden by the interposition of another star is higher than it, so one who is much more humble that another will be found, in the world to come, to be more exalted than he. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
32 4 32 4 32 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP λόβος ἥπατός ἐστι τὸ πρῶτον ἐκ τοῦ ἐπιθυμητικοῦ μέρους τῆς ψυχῆς συνιστάμενον νόημα | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚܨܪ ܟܒܕܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܡܚܫܒܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܢ ܪܓܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܗ̣ܘܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Λοβος του ηπατος εστιν ο πρωτος διαλογισμος ο εκ του επιθυμητικου της ψυχης. | S2-Guill ܚܨܪ ܟܒܕܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܡܚܫܒܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܇ ܕܡܢ ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܕܪܓܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܝܡܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The lobe of the liver is the first [tempting-] thought that is constituted by the concupiscible part of the soul. |
33 4 33 4 33 | grc-Géh1996 + grc-Hau ...
τοὺς ἀνελεήμονας μετὰ τὸν θάνατον ἀνελεήμονες ὑποδέχονται δαίμονες τοὺς δὲ μᾶλλον ἀνελεήμονας οἱ μᾶλλον τούτων ἀπανθρωπότεροι εἰ δὲ τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει λέληθεν ἄρα τοὺς ἑαυτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ σώματος ὑπεξάγοντας ὁποῖοι αὐτοῖς μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον ὑπαντιάζουσι δαίμονες καὶ γὰρ λόγος ἐστὶ μηδένα τῶν βουλήσει θεοῦ ἐξιόντων τοῖς τοιούτοις παραδοθῆναι παραδίδοσθαι δαίμοσιν = e 10 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܠܐ ܪ̈ܚܡܐ ܐܢܘܢ܆ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܠܐ ܪ̈ܚܡܝܢ ܡܩܒ̇ܠܝܢ. ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܕܠܐ ܪ̈ܚܡܐ ܐܢܘܢ܆ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܒܝܫܝܢ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܡܩܒ̇ܠܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ. 150 ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܛܥܝܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܢܦܫܗܘܢ ܩ̇ܛܠܝܢ܇ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܡܢ ܟܘܠܗܘܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܒܝܫܝܢ ܡܩܒ̇ܠܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Τους ανελεημονας δαιμονες ανελεημονες page 140r | εκδεξονται τους δε μαλλον ανελεημονας δαιμονες κακιονες εκδεξονται· ει δε τουτο ουτως εχει τους αυτους αποκτεινοντας οτι δαιμονες παντων αγριωτατοι εκδεξονται αυτους λανθανει. | S2-Guill ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܠܐ ܪ̈ܚܡܐ ܐܢܘܢ܆ ܡܢ ܒܬܪ ܡܘܬܗܘܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܠܐ ܪ̈ܚܡܐ ܡܩܒ̇ܠܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ. ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܕܠܐ ܪ̈ܚܡܐ ܐܢܘܢ܆ ܕܒܝܫܝܢ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ 151 ܡܩܒ̇ܠܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ. ܘܐܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܝ܆ ܛܥܝܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܢܦܫܗܘܢ ܡܢ ܦܓܪܐ ܡ̇ܦܩܝܢ܇ ܕܕܐܝܟ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܡܩܒ̇ܠܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ ܡܢ ܒܬܪ ܡܘܬܗܘܢ. ܐܦ ܡܠܬܐ ܗܝ ܓܝܪ܆ ܕܠܐ ܐܢܫ ܡܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܝܟ ܨܒܝܢܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܢ̇ܦܩܝܢ܇ ܢܫ̣ܬܠܡ ܠܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܕܐܝܟ ܗܠܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The merciless at death are received by merciless demons; and those more merciless [are received] by [demons] who are themselves even less human. And if these latter acquire them, they then extract them unawares, from their bodies, so that in departing [from life] they encounter demons. Indeed, it is even said that God never desires that those who depart [life] be given over to such demons. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
34 4 34 4 34 | grc-Géh1996 Οὐ δυνατὸν ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι φυγεῖν τινα τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φυλακήν· οὐκ ἐξελεύσεται γὰρ ἐκεῖθεν, φησίν, μὴ τὸ τοῦ ἐσχάτου κοδράντου ἀποθέμενος πάθος. | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ܆ ܠܐ ܐܢܫ ܡܫܟܚ ܠܡܦܠܛ ܡܢ ܒܝܬ ܐܣܝܪ̈ܐ ܕܢ̇ܦܠ ܒܗ. ܟܬܝܒ ܓܝܪ ܕܠܐ ܬܦܘܩ ܡܢ ܬܡܢ܆ ܥܕܡܐ ܕܬܬܠ ܫܡܘܢܐ ܐܚܪܝܐ. ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܦܘܪܥܢܐ ܕܒܘܨܪܐ ܙܥܘܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εν τωι μελλοντι αιωνι ουδεις δυναται εκφευγειν εκ της φυλακης εις ην αν βληθηι οτι γεγραπται· ου μη εξελθηις εκειθεν εως αν αποδωις τον εσχατον κοδραντην· εστι δε τουτο ανταποδοσις της ολιγοστης πλημμελειας. 287 | S2-Guill ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ܆ ܠܐ ܐܢܫ ܦ̇ܠܛ ܡܢ ܒܝܬ ܐܣܝܪ̈ܐ ܕܢ̇ܦܠ ܒܗ. ܐܡܝܪ ܓܝܪ ܕܠܐ ܬܦܘܩ ܡܢ ܬܡܢ܆ ܥܕܡܐ ܕܬܬܠ ܫܡܘܢܐ ܐܚܪܝܐ. ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܚܫܐ ܙܥܘܪܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 In the world to come, no one will escape the prison into which he will fall; because it is said: You will not depart from there, until what you pay the last penny," that is a minimum suffering. |
35 4 35 4 35 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܡܘܗܒܬܐ ܕܠܫܢ̈ܐ: ܡܘܗܒܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܡܢ ܗܕܐ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܓܠܝܙܝܢ ܐܢܘܢ. ܒܠܫܢ̈ܐ ܓܝܪ ܠܐ ܡܡܠܠܝܢ. ܘܐܦܠܐ ܚܕ ܫܐܕܐ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܠܫܢ̈ܐ ܝ̇ܕܥ. ܡܬܕ̇ܪܫܘ ܕܝܢ ܡܬܕ̇ܪܫܝܢ ܒܠܫܢܝ̈ܢ ܠܫܢܝ̈ܢ܆ ܡܛܠ ܕܥܬܝ̈ܩܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܒܥܠܡܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει το των γλωσσων δομα χαρισμα εστι του αγιου πνευματος δηλον οτι οι δαιμονες τουτου ου μετεχουσι, ου γαρ γλωσσολαλουσιν page 140v | ουδε εις δαιμων πασας γλωσσας επισταται· πεπαιδευνται δε ταις γλωσσαις ως παλαιοι οντες εν τωι κοσμωι. | S2-Guill ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܡܘܗܒܬܐ ܕܠܫܢ̈ܐ ܡܘܗܒܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܪܘܚ: ܡܢ ܗܕܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܘܗܒܬܐ ܓܠܝܙܝܢ ܐܢܘܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ܆ ܒܠܫܢ̈ܐ ܠܐ ܡܡܠܠܝܢ. ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܝܘܠܦܢܐ ܡܦ̣ܣܝܢ ܒܠܫܢ̈ܐ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ. ܘܠܘ ܕܕܘܡܪܐ ܗܝ܆ ܐܢ ܡܢ ܡܩܒܠܢܘܬܐ ܩ̣ܢܝܢ ܗܕܐ. ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܥܡ ܩܘܝܡܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܬܚܐ ܕܩܘܝܡܗܘܢ. ܐ̣ܡܪ ܕܝܢ ܐܢܫ܆ ܕܐܦ ܡܦܪ̈ܫܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܠܫܢܝ̈ܗܘܢ. ܡܛܠܬܗ̇ ܕܝܠܗ̇ ܕܥ̣ܠܬܐ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ. ܘܐܝܬ ܕܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܐܦ ܠܫܢ̈ܐ ܕܩܫܝ̈ܫܝܢ ܐܝܬ ܒܗܘܢ. ܐܝܟ ܕܢܫܬܟܚܘܢ ܣܩܘܒܠܝܝܢ ܠܥܒܪ̈ܝܐ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܠܫܢܐ ܥܒܪܝܐ ܡܬܚܫܚܝܢ ܘܠܫܘܢܝ̈ܐ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܠܫܢܐ ܝܘܢܝܐ ܡܡܠܠܝܢ. ܘܠܕܫܪܟܐ ܗܟܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the gift of languages is a gift of the Spirit, and [if] the demons are deprived of this gift, then they do not speak in languages. But it is said that, as a result of study, they know the languages of men; and this is not surprising that they possess this through receptivity; because their sustasis is coextensive with the sustasis of the world. Someone has said that their languages also vary, like those of men. And there are those who say that there are even ancient languages among them, with the result that those who work against the Hebrews make use of the Hebrew language, and to Greeks there are those who speak in the Greek language, and so on for the rest. |
36 4 36 4 36 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP στέαρ ἐστὶ νοητὸν ἡ ἐκ τῆς κακίας τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ παχύτης ἐπισυμβαίνουσα | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 1220d Στέαρ μὲν νοητὸν ἡ ἐκ τῆς κα κίας ἐπισυμβαίνουσα τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ παχύτης. | grc-Rondeau Στέαρ ἐστὶ νοητὸν ἡ ἐκ τῆς κακίας τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ παχύτης ἐπισυμβαίνουσα. | S1-Guill ܬܪܒܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܥܒܝܘܬܐ ܕܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܓ̇ܕܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Στεαρ νοητον εστι παχυτης τωι νοι εκ κακιας συμβεβηκυια. | S2-Guill ܬܪܒܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܥܒܝܘܬܐ ܕܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܓ̇ܕܫܐ܀ 153 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligilble fat is the thickness which, on account of vices, descends upon thehegemonikon. |
37 4 37 4 37 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 152 ܡܢܗܝܢ ܕܚܝܘ̈ܬܐ ܢܫܡܬܐ ܡܢ ܠܒܪ ܢ̇ܬܦ̈ܢ. ܡܢܗܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܢܫܡܬܗܝܢ ܒܓܘܗܝܢ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܐ. ܘܕܡܢ ܠܒܪ ܢ̇ܬܦ̈ܢ܆ ܒܐܐܪ ܥ̇ܡܪ̈ܢ. ܗܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܠܓܘ܆ ܒܡܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Των ζωων τα μεν εξωθεν την πνοην ελκει των δε η πνοη εσωθεν κινειται τα δε εξωθεν ελκοντα εν τωι αερι οικει τα δε εσωθεν εν τωι υδατι εστιν. 289 | S2-Guill ܡܢܗܝܢ ܕܚܝܘ̈ܬܐ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ܆ ܕܢܫܡܬܐ ܡܢ ܠܒܪ ܢ̇ܬܦ̈ܢ ܘܡܢܗܝܢ ܡܢ ܠܓܘ ܘܡܢܗܝܢ ܡܢ ܚܕܪ̈ܝܗܝܢ ܘܡܢܗܝܢ ܡܢ ܟܠ ܓܒ̈ܝܢ. ܘܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܠܒܪ܆ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ. ܘܟܠ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܗܘܢ ܪܬܐ. ܕܡܢ ܠܓܘ ܕܝܢ܆ ܢܘ̈ܢܐ. ܘܟܠ ܕܦܫܝܛ ܚܪܫܗ. ܕܡܢ ܚܕܪ̈ܝܗܝܢ ܕܝܢ܆ ܕܒܘܪ̈ܝܬܐ ܒܚܘܨܐ ܕܓܦܝ̈ܗܝܢ. ܕܡܢ ܟܠ ܓܒ̈ܝܢ ܕܝܢ܆ ܕܝܘ̈ܐ. ܘܟܠܗܘܢ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩ̣ܢܝܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܕܐܐܪ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Among animals, it is said that some draw breath from the outside, others from the inside, others from their surroundings, and yet others from every direction. And it is said that those that[draw breath] from the outside are men and all those with lungs; those that [draw breath from] the inside are fish and all those with large throats; those that breathe from their surroundings are bees [breathing] by the beating of their wings; and those who draw breath from every direction [are]the demons and all the logikoi posessing bodies of air. |
38 4 38 4 38 | grc-Géh1996 Ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι θυμώδης ἄνθρωπος ἀγγέλοις οὐ συναριθμηθήσεται οὐδὲ ἀρχήν τινα πιστευθήσεται· οὐδὲ γὰρ θεωρήσει διὰ τὸ πάθος καὶ ῥᾳδίως ἀγανακτήσει ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀρχομέ 65 νοις καὶ τῆς μὲν ἐκπεσεῖται, τοὺς δὲ κινδύνοις ὑποβαλεῖ· ἑκάτερα δὲ ἀγγελικῆς καταστάσεως ἀλλότρια. | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ܆ ܒܪܢܫܐ ܚܡܬܢܐ ܥܡ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܠܐ ܡܬܡܢܐ. ܐܦܠܐ ܪܝܫܢܘܬܐ ܢܬܗܝܡܢ܆ ܡܛܠ ܕܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܢܘܟܪܝܐ ܗܝ ܠܕܘܒܪܐ ܡܠܐܟܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εν τωι μελλοντι αιωνι ανθρωπος θυμικος τοις αγγελοις ουκ εναριθμειται ουδε αρχην πιστευθησεται οτι ο θυμος αλλοτριος της αγγελικης πολιτειας. | S2-Guill ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ܆ ܓܒܪܐ ܚܡܬܢܐ ܥܡ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܠܐ ܡܬܡܢܐ. ܐܦܠܐ ܪܫܢܘܬܐ ܡܬܗܝܡܢ. ܠܐ ܓܝܪ ܚܙ̇ܐ ܡܛܠ ܚܫܐ. ܘܕܠܝܠܐܝܬ ܡܬܥ̇ܝܛ ܥܠ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢܗ ܡܬܕܒ̣ܪܝܢ. ܘܡܢ ܚܙܬܐ ܢ̇ܦܠ܆ ܘܠܗܠܝܢ ܒܩܢܕܝܢܘܣ ܪܡ̇ܐ. ܬܪ̈ܬܝܗܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܢܟܪ̈ܝܢ ܐܢܝܢ ܠܛܟܣܐ ܡܠܐܟܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 In the world to come, the irascible man will not be counted among the angels, nor will the[headship?] be confided to him. Indeed, he does not see that because of passion he readily loses his temper with those who are led by him, [and thus] he descends from vision and rejects those who are in danger. For these two things are foreign to the angelic order. |
39 4 39 4 39 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ: ܐܠܗܐ ܥܘܬܪܗ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܚܘ̇ܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܒܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܡܢܗ ܐܚܝܕܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ει εν τωι μελλοντι αιωνι ο θεος τον πλουτον αυτου τοις λογικοις αποδειξει δηλον οτι εν τουτωι τωι κοσμωι μερος ουτου κατεχουσιν. | S2-Guill ܐܢ ܒܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܕܐܬ̇ܝܢ: ܐܠܗܐ ܥܘܬܪܗ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܚܘ̇ܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܬܪ ܗܢܐ ܕܐܬ̇ܐ ܢܥ̣ܒܕ ܗܕܐ. ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܩܕܡ ܗܢܐ܆ ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚܝܢ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܕܢܩ̇ܒܠܘܢ ܥܘܬܪܗ ܩܕܝܫܐ܀ 155 | S1-Dy S1 If in the world to come God shows His riches to the logikoi, it is evident that in this world they possess a part of it | S2-Dy S2 If in the worlds to come God shows his wealth to the logikoi, it is clear that He will do this in those who will be after Him who comes because before Him the logikoiwould not be able to receive His holy riches . |
40 4 40 4 40 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP κλείς ἐστι τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν, χάρισμα πνευματικὸν τοὺς περὶ πρακτικῆς καὶ φυσικῆς καὶ θεολογικῆς μερικῶς λόγους ἀποκαλύπτον | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 154 ܩܠܝܕܐ ܕܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܫܡܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܘܗܒܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܗܘܢܐ ܓ̇ܠܝܐ܇ ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ ܘܠܣܘܟܠܐ ܕܒܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܘܠܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܐܠܗܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Κλεις της των ουρανων βασιλειας εστι το χαρισμα πνευματικον ο τωι νοι την της πνευματικης θρησκειας θεωριαν τε και την εν ταις φυσεσιν διανοιαν και τους περι της θεοτητος λογους αποκαλυπτει. | S2-Guill ܐܩܠܝܕܐ ܕܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܫܡܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܘܗܒܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܡ̈ܢܘܢ ܡ̈ܢܘܢ܇ ܓ̇ܠܝܐ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܘܕܟܝܢܐ܇ ܘܕܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The key of the kingdom of the heavens is the spiritual gift which reveals to the nous the contemplation of the spiritual praktiké, the intellection which is in the natures and the logoi that concern the divinity. | S2-Dy S2 The Key of the Kingdom of Heaven is the spiritual gift which partially reveals the intellections of the praktike and of the nature, and those of the logoi which concern God. |
41 4 41 4 41 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܫܝܚܐ ܩܕܡ ܡܐܬܝܬܗ܆ ܠܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܒܕܡ̣ܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܐܬܚܙܝ ܒܡܐܬܝܬܗ ܕܝܢ܆ ܒܫܪܪܐ ܕܦܓܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܐܬܚܙܝ ܠܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ο Χ. προ της ελευσεως αυτου τοις ανθρωποις εν διαφοροις εικοσιν εφανη εν δε τηι ελευσει αυτου εν τηι του σωματος αυτων αληθειαι ωφθη αυτοις. | S2-Guill ܡܫܝܚܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܠܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܩܕܡ ܡܐܬܝܬܗ܆ ܦܓܪܐ ܡܠܐܟܝܐ ܚܘܝ. ܠܐܚܪ̈ܝܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܠܘ ܓܘܫܡܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܗܫܐ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܚܘܝ. ܐܠܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܕܢܗܘܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܓܠ̣ܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Christ, before his coming, appeared to men in various forms; and in His coming, He appeared to them in the truth of their bodies. | S2-Dy S2 Before his coming the Christ showed to men an angelic body, and more recently He has not shown them the body He has now: rather, he has revealed [the body] which they should [?will]have. |
42 4 42 4 42 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܘܪܥܢܐ ܕܡܐܐ ܐܥܦܝ̈ܢ: ܕܒܣܒܪܬܗ ܡܪܢ ܐܫܬܘܕܝ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܥܠܡ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܟܬܝܒ. ܕܗܠܝܢ ܐܢܘܢ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܠܥܠܡ܆ ܕܢܕܥܘܢܟ ܕܐܝܬ ܐܢܬ ܐܠܗܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ ܒܠܚܘܕܝܟ܇ ܘܡ̇ܢ ܕܫܕܪܬ ܝܫܘܥ ܡܫܝܚܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η εκατονταπλασιων ανταποδοσις ην εν τωι ευαγγελιωι αυτου ο κυριος επηγγελκεν η των οντων θεωρια εστιν, η δε ζωη αιωνιος η της αγιας τριαδος θεωρια καθως γεγραπται· αυτη δε εστιν η αιωνιος ζωη ινα γινωσκουσιν σε τον μονον αληθινον θεον και ον απεστειλας Ι. Χ. 291 | S2-Guill ܡܘܠܟܢܐ ܕܡܐܐ ܐܥܦܝ̈ܢ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܥܠܡ܆ ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܗܠܝܢ ܐܢܘܢ ܠܡ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܠܥܠܡ܆ ܕܢܕܥܘܢܟ ܠܟ ܐܠܗܐ ܫܪܝܪܐ ܒܠܚܘܕܝܟ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The promise of the hundredfold is the contemplation of beings, and eternal life is the knowledge of the Blessed Trinity: This, then is eternal life; to know you, the only true God |
43 4 43 4 43 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܣܒܠܬܐ ܕܐܬܚܙ̣ܝ̇ܬ ܠܝܥܩܘܒ: ܕܪܝܫܗ̇ ܡ̇ܛܐ ܠܫܡܝܐ: ܘܡܪܝܐ ܥܠܝܗ̇ ܣܡܝܟ܆ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܬܐܘܪ̈ܝܣ ܐܝܬ ܒܗ̇܇ ܡܣܩܬܐ ܕܕܟܝܘܬܐ܆ ܘܕܡܝܬܪܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η κλιμαξ ην ειδεν Ιακωβ ης η κεφαλη αφικνειτο εις τον ουρανον και ο κυριος επεστηρικτο επ’ αυτης σημειον των δυο θεωριαν εστιν· η της καθαροτητος και της υπερβολης της γνωσεως αναγωγη . (?) | S2-Guill ܡܫܝܚܐ ܕܐܬܚܙܝ ܠܝܥܩܘܒ ܥܠ ܣܒܠܬܐ: ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܪܡ̇ܙ܆ ܕܡ̣ܘܬܗ̇ ܕܣܒܠܬܐ ܥܠ ܐܘܪܚܐ ܕܦܠܘܚܘܬܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥ܆ ܦܠܐܬܐ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܣܒܠܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the Christ who has appeared to Jacob on the ladder designates natural contemplation, the appearance of the ladders provides information concerning the path of the praktike:but if it means the knowledge of the Unity, the ladder is the symbol of all worlds. |
44 4 44 4 44 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP σάββατόν ἐστιν ἠρεμία ψυχῆς λογικῆς, καθ’ ἣν πέφυκε μὴ ὑπερβαίνειν τοὺς τῆς φύσεως ὅρους | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܫܒܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܒܗܝܠܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܡ̣ܟܢܐ ܒܗ̇܇ ܕܠܐ ܗ̣ܘܬ ܥ̇ܒܪܐ ܬܚܘ̈ܡܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Σαββατον εστιν ’ησυχια Frankenberg (γαληνη) ψυχης λογικης ητις πεφυκε τους της φυσεως ορους ου παραβαινειν. | S2-Guill ܫܒܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܒܗܝܠܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܕܒܗ̇ ܡ̣ܟܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܬܥ̣ܒܪ ܬܚܘܡ̈ܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ܀ 157 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Sabbath is the rest of the reasoning soul, in which it is naturally made not to cross the limits of nature. |
45 4 45 4 45 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 156 ܚܝܠܘ̈ܬܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܆ ܕܚܘ̈ܩܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܕܒ̇ܚܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ. ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܓܝܪ ܡ̇ܠܦܝܢ܆ ܕܟܘܠ ܕܒܚܬܐ ܠܡܪܝܐ ܬܬܩ̇ܪܒ. ܐܝܟ ܕܐܬܐܡܪ ܠܓܕܥܘܢ ܘܠܡܢܘܚ܀ | S1-Fr Αι αγιαι δυναμεις απωθουνται τους αυτοις θυσιαζοντας διδασκουσι γαρ οτι πασα θυσια τωι θεωι προσφερεσθαι δει ωσπερ Γεδεων και Μανωε ειρηται. | S2-Guill ܠܘ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܣ̇ܓܕܝܢ. ܐܠܐ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܕܒ̇ܚܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ܇ ܕܚ̇ܩܝܢ ܚܝܠܘ̈ܬܐ ܐܠܗܝ̈ܐ. ܘܗܕܐ ܒܕ̈ܝܢ̇ܐ ܒܝܕ ܡܢܘܚ ܓܠܝܐܝܬ ܝܠ̣ܦܢܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 It is not those who adore them, but rather those who sacrifice to them that the divine powers repel; and of this we have been clearly apprised in Judges, by Manoah. |
46 4 46 4 46 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf volume 3 167 Τέσσαρες ἀρχαὶ τὰ τέσσαρα στοιχεῖα, δη 168 λοῦσι, καὶ τὸ φανὲν σκεῦ ος τὸν παχύτερον κόσ μον σημαίνει, καὶ τὰ διάφορα ζῶα τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων καταστάσεώς ἐστι σύμβολα. | S1-Guill ܐܪܒܥ ܩܪ̈ܢܢ ܢܝܫܐ ܡ̇ܘܕ̈ܥܢ ܕܐܪܒܥܐ ܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܝܢ. ܘܡܐܢܐ ܕܐܬܚܙܝ܆ ܢܝܫܐ ܗܘ ܕܥܒܝܘܬܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ. ܚܝܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܟܠ ܓܢܣ܆ ܢܝܫܐ ܐܢܝܢ ܕܛܟܣ̈ܐ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αι τεσσαρες αρχαι σημαινουσι τα τεσσαρα στοιχεια και το σκευος ο ωφθη σημαινει την του κοσμου τουτου παχυτητα τα δε παντοια θηρια σημαινει τα των ανθρωπων ταγματα. 293 | S2-Guill ܐܪܒܥ ܩܪ̈ܢܢ ܠܐܪܒܥ ܐܣܛܘܟܣ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܘܕ̈ܥܢ. ܘܡܐܢܐ ܕܐܬܚܙܝ܆ ܠܥܠܡܐ ܥܒܝܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥ. ܘܚܝܘ̈ܬܐ ܡܫ̈ܚܠܦܬܐ ܦ̈ܠܐܬܐ ܐܢܝܢ ܕܛܟܣ̈ܐ ܕܒܢܝ̈ ܐܢܫܐ. ܘܗܢܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܠ ܐܓܪܐ ܠܦܛܪܘܣ ܐܬܚܙܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The four corners signify the four elements, the object which appeared means the dense world, and the different animals are symbols of the orders of men: and it is this which appeared to Peter on the roof. |
47 4 47 4 47 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܥܡ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܢܝ̈ܫܐ ܩܛܝ̈ܢܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܡܟܬܒܢ̈ܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ܆ ܫܐܕܐ ܕܪܘܓܙܐ ܒܠܠܝܐ ܘܒܐܝܡܡܐ ܡ̇ܩܪܒ. ܗ̣ܘܝܘ ܓܝܪ ܕܡܥܕ ܡܥ̇ܘܪ ܬܪܥܝܬܐ܇ ܘܓ̇ܠܙ ܠܗ̇ ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܪܘܚ܀ | S1-Fr Προς τους τα λεπτα προβληματα πνευματικα συγγραφοντας ο του θυμου δαιμων νυκτος και ημερας πολεμει· αυτος γαρ την page 143v | διανοιαν τυφλουν ειωθε τε και αποστερει την πνευματικην θεωριαν. | S2-Guill ܥܡ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܘܬ ܗܘ̈ܠܣ ܥܡܘ̈ܛܬܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ: ܘܥܠܝܗܝܢ ܨܒ̇ܝܢ ܠܡܟܬܒ܆ ܫܐܕܐ ܕܪܝܓܙܐ ܒܠܠܝܐ ܘܒܐܝܡܡܐ ܡ̇ܩܪܒ. ܗ̣ܘ ܕܡܥܕ ܥ̇ܘܪ ܬܪܥܝܬܐ܇ ܘܓ̇ܠܙ ܠܗ̇ ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܪܘܚ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 With those who approach obscure matters and want to write on them the demon of anger fights night and day, that [demon] which is accustomed to blind the thought and to deprive it of spiritual contemplation. |
48 4 48 4 48 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠܝܠܐ ܕܟܗܢܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗܝܡܢܘܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܨܛܠܝܐ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܩܢܛܐ ܕܕܚܠܬܐ ܟܠ ܟܠܗ ܠܐ ܡܩܒ̇ܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Κιδαρις της ιερωσυνης εστι πιστις ουκ εκκλινουσα ητις υποψιαν του φοβου ου δεχεται. | S2-Guill ܡܨܢܦܬܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܗܝܡܢܘܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܨܛܠܝܐ܇ ܘܠܐ ܡܩܒܠܢܝܬܐ ܕܕܚܠܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible turban is faith which is inflexible and not susceptible to fear. |
49 4 49 4 49 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܕ ܟܠ ܗܢܝܝܘܬܐ ܕܠܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܛܒ̈ܬܐ ܗ̣ܘܝܐ: ܠܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܡܩ̇ܕܡܐ܆ ܗܢܝܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ܆ ܡܟ̇ܬܪܐ ܥܡ ܗܘܢܐ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܘܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ܀ | S1-Fr Πασης της ωφελειας Frankenberg (χαρας) της τηι των αγαθων εργασιαι γενο μενης εις τον μελλοντα αιωνα προαποκειμενης η τις πνευματικης γνωσεως μενει μετα του νοος εν τουτωι τωι κοσμωι και εν τωι μελλοντι. | S2-Guill ܚܕܐ ܗܝ ܡܢ ܟܠ ܐܪ̈ܓܝܓܢ܇ ܕܡܬܡܬܚܐ ܥܡ ܩܘܝܡܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠ̣ܘܝܐ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ. ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܟܠܗܝܢ ܥܡ ܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܥ̇ܒܪ̈ܢ܀ 159 | S1-Dy S1 While all pleasure which comes from the practice of good actions proceeds from the world to come, the pleasure of spiritual knowledge remains with the nous in this world and in the world to come. | S2-Dy S2 Among all pleasures, there is one coextensive with the sustasis of the nous: namely, the [pleasure] accompanying knowledge, for all will pass away in the world to come. |
50 4 50 4 50 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-DP | grc-PG86a volume 86a 1285 Εἶς πόθος ἀγαθὸς καὶ αἰώνιος ὁ τῆς ἀληθοῦς γνώσεως ἐφιέμενος | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 158 ܚܕܐ ܗܝ ܪܚܡܬܐ ܛܒܬܐ ܕܠܥܠܡ ܡܩ̇ܘܝܐ܆ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܪܚܡܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Μια εστι η του αγαθου αγαπη η εις αιωνα διαμενουσα ητις εστιν η της αληθειας γνωσεως αγαπη. | S2-Guill ܚܕܐ ܗܝ ܪܚܡܬܐ ܛܒܬܐ ܕܠܥܠܡ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ ܓܒ̇ܝܐ ܠܗ̇. ܘܠܐ ܡܬܦܪܫܢܝܬܐ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܡܢ ܗܘܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 There is one good love which remains eternally, that which is the love of the true knowledge. | S2-Dy S2 There is a good love that is eternal: namely, that which true knowledge chooses for itself, and which is said to be inseparable from the nous. |
51 4 51 4 51 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܫܠܝ̈ܛܢܐ ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܬܚܝܬ ܫܘ̈ܠܛܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ. ܒܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܠܐ ܫܠܝ̈ܛܢܐ ܘܠܐ ܕܬܚܝܬ ܫܘ̈ܠܛܢܐ. ܐܠܐ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܐܠܗ̈ܐ ܢܗܘܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Εν τηι φυσικηι θεωριαι τηι δευτεραι οι μεν αρχουσιν οι δε αρχονται εν δε τηι μοναδι ουκ εισιν οι αρχουσιν ουδε οι υπ’ αρχας αλλα παντες θεοι εισιν. 295 | S2-Guill ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܪ̈ܫܐ ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܬܚܝܬ ܪ̈ܫܐ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܇ ܐܝܟ ܕܡܢ ܐܢܢܩܐ. ܒܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܠܐ ܪ̈ܫܐ ܘܠܐ ܕܬܚܝܬ ܪ̈ܫܢܐ. ܐܠܐ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܐܠܗ̈ܐ ܢܗܘܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 In second natural contemplation, it is said that some are leaders, and others ar submissive to leaders, of necessity. But, in the Unity there will not be those who are leaders, neither those who are submitted to leaders; but all will be gods. |
52 4 52 4 52 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP πέταλόν ἐστι νοητόν γνῶσις ἀληθὴς τῆς ἁγίας τριάδος | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܛܣܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Πεταλον πνευματικον εστιν η αληθινη της αγιας τριαδος γνωσις. | S2-Guill ܛܣܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible blade is the knowledge of the Blessed Trinity. |
53 4 53 4 53 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-Rondeau Τοῖς ἀπὸ κακίας καὶ ψευδῶν δογμάτων πόλιν οἰκοδομοῦσιν ἀγνωσία ἐπισυμβαίνει καὶ σύγχυσις γλωσσῶν παύουσα αὐτοὺς τῆς κακῆς ἐνεργείας, καθάπερ καὶ τοῖς ἐν Χαλάνῃ τὸν πύργον κατασκευάσασιν. | S1-Guill ܡܬܚ̇ܣܪܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܘܢ̇ܚܬܐ܆ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܡܢ ܡܣܒܪܢܘܬܐ ܕܓܠܬܐ ܒ̇ܢܝܢ ܡܓܕܠܐ. ܓ̇ܕܫܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܘܒܘܠܒܠܐ܆ ܐܝܟ ܡܐ ܕܐܦ ܓ̣ܕܫ̇ܬ ܠܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܕܒܢ̇ܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܡܓܕܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Υστερειται η γνωσις και καταγεται εν τουτοις οι εκ κακιας τε και κενοδοξιας πυργον οικοδομουσιν, καταληψεται δε αυτους αγνοια και συγχυσις και τοις τον πυργον ωικοδομηκοσι συνεβη. | S2-Guill ܡܬܒ̇ܨܪܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܘܢ̇ܚܬܐ܆ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܡܢ ܝܘ̈ܠܦܢܐ ܕܓ̈ܠܐ ܒ̇ܢܝܢ ܡܓܕܠܐ. ܓ̇ܕܫܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܘܒܘܒܠܐ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ܆ ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܐܦ ܠܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܕܒܢ̇ܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܡܓܕܠܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Knowledge diminishes and decreases among those who build the tower with viciousness and with false doctrines; they run aground on ignorance and confusion of ideas["intellections"], in the same way as those also who construct the tower. |
54 4 54 4 54 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܟܠܗܘܢ ܠܫܢ̈ܐ܆ ܫܡܗ̈ܐ ܘܡ̈ܠܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܝܢ. ܡ̇ܘܕܥܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܥܠ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ. ܗܟܢ ܠܫܢܐ ܕܪܘܚܐ܇ ܥܠ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥ܀ | S1-Fr Εν πασαις ταις γλωσσαις ονοματα και λογοι γιγνωσκονται γνωριζουσιν δε τα πραγματα· ουτως η του πνευματος γλωσσα την των διανοιων διαφοραν γνωριζει. | S2-Guill ܫܡܗ̈ܐ ܕܟܠ ܠܫܢܝ̈ܐ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܡ̇ܘ̈ܕܥܢ. ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܬܝܕܥܝܢ. ܡ̈ܠܐ ܡܕܝܢ ܕܫܠܝ̈ܚܐ ܕܒܠܫܢܐ ܥܒܪܝܐ ܐܬܡܠܠ܆ ܡ̈ܫܬܚ̇ܠܦܢ ܗܘ̈ܝ ܠܫܡܗ̈ܐ ܘܠܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܠܫ̈ܢܐ. ܘܡܛܠ ܗܕܐ ܟܠ ܫܪ̈ܒܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܬܓ̣ܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܝ̣ܕܥ܀ 161 | S1-Dy S1 In all the languages, the names and the words are known, and they inform about the objects. Thus, the language of the holy Spirit informs64 about the differences in the intellections. | S2-Dy S2 In all languages words make known names, and [so] objects are known. In this way the words of the Apostles offered in the Hebrew language were transformed into the names and the words of (other) languages; [and] because of this all peoples had knowledge of what was revealed. |
55 4 55 4 55 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 160 ܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܡܚܙܝܬܐ ܐܢܝܢ ܕܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ. ܐܝܢܐ ܗܟܝܠ ܕܫ̇ܡܥ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܘܠܐ ܥ̇ܒܕ ܠܗܝܢ܆ ܗܢܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܛܠܠܐ ܕܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܒܡܚܙܝܬܐ ܚ̇ܙܐ. ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܫܪܝܪܬܐ ܦܪܨܘܦܐ ܚܬܝܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οι των αρετων λογοι εσοπτρα των αρετων· ος αρα αν ακουηι τους λογους και μη ποιηι μονον την της αρετης σκιαν ως εν εσοπτρωι καθοραι η δε αληθινη αρετη το ακριβες της ψυχης προσωπον. 297 | S2-Guill ܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܡܚܙܝܬܐ ܐܢܝܢ ܕܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܫ̇ܡܥ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܘܠܐ ܥ̇ܒܕ ܠܗܝܢ܆ ܗܢܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܒܛܠܠܐ ܚܙ̇ܐ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ܇ ܕܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܦܪܨܘܦܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The utterances of the virtues are the mirror of the virtues; he who thus "listens" to the virtues and does not "practice them," he sees only the shadow of the virtues as in a mirror. But the true virtue is the exact face of the soul. | S2-Dy S2 The words [?names] of the virtues are virtues’; and he who hears the words but does not practice them. sees virtue [as] in [that] shadowwhich is the face of the soul. . |
56 4 56 4 56 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܦܘܕܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܡܝܬܪܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܕܒܗ̇ ܡܥܕ ܒܪ ܐܢܫܐ ܠܡܦܠܚ ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܗ܀ | S1-Fr Επωμις πνευμματικη εστιν Frankenberg (εξις) καταστασις περισσευουσα της λογικης ψυχης ηι ειωθεν ο ανθρωπος εργαζειν τα αυτου κατορθωματα. | S2-Guill ܦܕܬܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܕܒܗ̇ ܡܥܕ ܒܪܢܫܐ ܠܡܦܠܚ ܒܗ̇ ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible ephod is the state of the reasoning soul, in which a man customarily practices his virtues. |
57 4 57 4 57 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܕܦ̣ܠܚ ܡܫܝܚܐ: ܘܒܐܬܘ̈ܬܐ ܘܒܬܕܡܪ̈ܬܐ ܘܒܐܣܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܥ̣ܒܕ܆ ܕܒܪܘܝܐ ܗܘ ܐܬܟܪܙ܀ | S1-Fr Εν ταις αρεταις ας εποιει ο Χ. και εν τοις σημειοις και τερασι και ιαμασιν ας εποιησε οτι κτιστης εστιν απηγγελθη. | S2-Guill ܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܬܚܙܝ ܒܪܘܝܐ܆ ܒܠܚܡܐ ܕܟܡܝܘܬܐ. ܒܚܡ̣ܪܐ ܕܚܕܝܘܬܐ. ܒܥܝ̈ܢܘܗܝ ܕܝܢ ܕܣܡܝܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Christ has appeared as creator by the multiplication of loaves, by the wine of the[marital] union, and by eyes of the man born blind. |
58 4 58 4 58 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܠܗܐ ܥܕܠܐ ܢ̣ܒܪܐ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܆ ܒܐܝܬܘܬܗ ܥ̇ܡܪ ܗܘܐ. ܡܢ ܒܬܪ ܕܝܢ ܕܒ̣ܪܐ܆ ܡܥܡܪܗ ܥܒ̣ܕܗ܀ | S1-Fr Ο θεος προ του την λογικην φυσιν κτιζειν εν τηι αυτου ουσιαι ενωικησε μετα δε το κτιζειν αυτην κατοικητηριον αυτου εποιησεν. | S2-Guill ܐܠܗܐ ܟܕ ܒ̇ܪܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܘܠܐ ܒܡܕܡ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܘܐ. ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܒ̇ܪܐ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܘܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܕܡܢܗ܆ ܒܡܫܝܚܗ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 God, when he created the logikoi, was not in anything; but, when he creates the corporal nature and worlds which arise from it, he is in his Christ. |
59 4 59 4 59 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܬܐ ܒ̣ܪܝܬܐ ܡܢ ܐܝܬܘܬܐ ܟܢܬܗ̇: ܕܝܬܝܪܐ ܐܘ ܕܒܨܝܪܐ ܠܐ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܒܒ̣ܪܝܬܗ̇: ܡܪܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܣܒܪܬܗ ܐܘܕܥ ܕܐܝܬ ܫܐܕܐ ܕܒܝܫ ܡܢ ܚܒܪܗ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܠܘ ܒܒ̣ܪܝܬܗܘܢ ܒܝܫܝܢ܇ ܐܠܐ ܒܨܒܝܢܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ουσια εκτισμενη παρα την ετεραν οτι περισσευει η υστερει τηι κτισει ουκ ενδεχεται λεγειν, ο δε κυριος εν τωι ευαγγελιωι αυτου εγνωρισεν οτι εστι δαιμων κακιων του ετερου δηλον οτι οι δαιμονες ου κτισει αλλα θεληματι αυτων κακοι εισιν. 299 | S2-Guill ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܬܐ ܡܢ ܐܝܬܘܬܐ: ܕܝܬܝܪܐ ܐܘ ܕܒܨܝܪܐ ܠܐ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ: ܕܝܘܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܝܫ ܡܢ ܕܝܘܐ ܡܢ ܦܪܘܩܢ ܐܫܬܡܗ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܠܘ ܒܐܝܬܘܬܗܘܢ ܒܝܫܝ̈ܢ ܕܝܘ̈ܐ܀ 163 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If an essence is not said to be superior or inferior to an[other] essence, and that a demon has been designated by our Savior as worse that an[other] demon, it is evident that it is not by their essence that demons are bad. |
60 4 60 4 60 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 162 ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܓܕ̇ܦܝܢ ܥܠ ܒܪܘܝܐ: ܘܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܒܝܫܐܝܬ ܠܦܓܪܐ ܗܢܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܆ ܡܢ̣ܘ ܢܘܕܥ ܐܢܘܢ ܥܠ ܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܡܪܢ ܕܥܒܝܕܐ ܒܗܘܢ ܘܡܣ̇ܬܪܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܡܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܟܠܥܕܢ. ܣ̇ܗܕܝܢ ܠܝ ܕܝܢ ܥܠܝܗ̇ ܥܠ ܗܕܐ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܚܠܡܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܡܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܡܣܬܪܕ̇ܝܢ܇ ܘܒܥܪܘܩܝܐ ܕܡܢܗܘܢ ܒܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܡܬܓܘܣܝܢ܇ ܘܗܟܢܐ ܠܥܝܪܘܬܐ ܐܬܝ̇ܢ ܟܕ ܡ̇ܪܓܫܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Τοις τον κτιστην βλασφημουσι τε και τουτο το της ψυχης σωμα κακως λεγουσι τις την του κυριου αγαθοτητα εις αυτους γενονενην και διαπαντος απο των δαιμονων αυτους σκεπαζουσαν γνωρισει· μαρτυρες δε μοι τουτου οι εν τοις ενυπνιοις υπο των δαιμονων φοβηθεντες προς τους αγγελους προσφευγουσι και ουτως αισθανο μενοι εξυπνοι γινονται. | S2-Guill ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܥܠ ܒܪܘܝܐ ܡܓ̇ܕܦܝܢ: ܘܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܒܝܫܐܝܬ ܠܦܓܪܐ ܗܢܐ ܕܢܦܫܢ܆ ܡܢ̣ܘ ܢܚܘܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܛܝܒܘܬܐ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܟܕ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܚܫܘ̈ܫܐ ܩ̇ܒܠܘ܇ ܕܒܐܪܓܢܘܢ ܕܕܐܝܟ ܗܢܐ ܐܬܟ̣ܕܢܘ. ܣ̇ܗܕܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܡ̈ܠܝ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܫܪܓܪ̈ܓܝܬܐ ܕܚܠܡ̈ܐ ܡܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܡܣܬܪܕ̇ܝܢ܇ ܘܠܥܝܪܘܬܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܘܬ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܥ̇ܪܩܝܢ܇ ܟܕ ܩܠܝܠ ܢܬܬܥܝܪ ܦܓܪܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 To those who blaspheme against the Creator and speak ill of this body of our soul: who will demonstrate the grace that they have received, [namely] while they are passible, to have been joined such an organon? They testify in favor of my words, who in hallucinations of dreams are terrified by demons and escape into wakefulness as [if] beside angels, when the body awakens abruptly. |
61 4 61 4 61 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܓܠܝܢܐ ܕܫܘܘܕܥܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܦܘܫܩܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܘܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ܇ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܡܬܓܠ̣ܐ ܠܒܘܝܐܐ ܕܦܫܝ̈ܛܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αποκαλυψις διδακτικη εστιν η των του θεου εντολων ερμηνεια ητις αποκαλυπτεται εις την των απλων παρακλησιν. 301 | S2-Guill ܫܘܘܕܥܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܦܘܫܩܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܐ ܠܒܘܝܐܐ ܕܦܫܝ̈ܛܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 "Interpretation" is explanation of the commandments for the consolation of the simple. |
62 4 62 4 62 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܙ̇ܕܩ ܠܗ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܕܢܬܥ̣ܢܐ܆ ܐܘ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ܆ ܐܘ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܆ ܐܘ ܒܚܙܬܐ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ. ܒܗܠܝܢ ܓܝܪ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܚܝ̈ܘܗܝ. ܐܠܐ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚ ܕܢܚܙܐ܇ ܟܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܛܡܐܐ ܒܨܒܝܢܗ. ܐܦܠܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܠܓܘܫܡ̈ܐ܇ ܟܕ ܢܬܓܠܙ ܡܢ ܟܢܪܐ܇ ܕܒܝܕ ܪ̈ܓܫܘܗܝ ܡܚܘ̇ܐ ܠܗ. ܘܐܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ܆ ܡܢܐ ܝܬܝܪ ܢܬܠܘܢ ܠܚܙܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܝܬܐ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܛܠ̇ܡܝܢ ܠܒܪܘܝܐ܇ ܘܥ̇ܫܩܝܢ ܐܦ ܠܦܓܪܢ ܗܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Καθηκει τωι νοι σχολαζειν η τηι των ασωματων θεωριαι· η τηι των σωματικων θεωριαι η τηι των πραγματων οπτασιαι οτι εν τουτοις η ζωη αυτου· αλλα γαρ τα μεν ασωματα οραν ου δυναται μεμολυσμενος τωι θεληματι αυτου ουδε τα σωματα απεστερημενος του οργανου του δια των αισθητηριων αυτου αυτωι αποδει κνυντος· τουτων δε ουτως εχοντων τι περισσον τηι της ψυχης της νεκρας ορασει δωσουσιν οι αδικουντες τον κτιστην και το σωμα τουτο συκοφαντουντες. | S2-Guill ܐܠ̇ܨܐ ܠܗܘܢܐ܆ ܕܐܘ ܥܠ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ ܐܘ ܥܠ ܓܘܫܡ̈ܐ ܢܬܚ̇ܟܡ. ܐܘ ܕܦܫܝܛܐܝܬ ܢܚܙܐ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ. ܗܠܝܢ ܐܢܘܢ ܓܝܪ ܚܝܘ̈ܗܝ. ܐܠܐ ܠܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ܆ ܠܐ ܚܙ̇ܐ ܟܕ ܛܡܐ ܒܨܒܝܢܗ. ܐܦܠܐ ܠܓܘܫܡ̈ܐ ܟܕ ܢܬܓ̣ܠܙ ܡܢ ܐܪܓܢܘܢ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܚܘ̇ܐ ܠܗ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ. ܡܢܐ ܡܕܝܢ ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܢܬܠܘܢ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܡܝܬܬܐ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܛܠ̇ܡܝܢ ܠܒܪܘܝܐ܇ ܘܥ̇ܫܩܝܢ ܐܦ ܠܦܓܪܢ ܗܢܐ܀ 165 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 It is necessary for the nous to be instructed concerning incorporeal [beings], concerning bodies, or even simply to see objects: for there, indeed, is its life. But it will not see incorporeal[beings], if it be impure in its will, nor bodies, if it should be deprived of the organon that shows it sensible things. What, then, will they give to the dead soul for contemplation, those who despise the Creator and also malign our body here? |
63 4 63 4 63 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 164 ܦܕܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܒܝܐܐ ܠܦܠܘ̈ܚܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εφωδ πνευματικον εστι γνωσις πνευματικη ητις παρακαλει τους εργατας. 303 | S2-Guill ܚܘܣܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܕܡܕ̇ܒܪܐ ܢܦ̈ܫܬܐ ܕܦܠܘ̈ܚܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The propitiatory is. spiritual knowledge, which conducts the soul of the praktikoi. |
64 4 64 4 64 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܠܐܝܣܪܝܠ ܩܕܡܝܐ: ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ ܕܠܘ ܡܢ ܐܝܣܪܝܠ ܗ̣ܘܘ ܐܬܠܘ̇ܝܘ ܠܗ܆ ܕܠܡܐ ܐܦ ܥܡ ܐܝܣܪܝܠ ܚܕܬܐ܇ ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ ܡܢ ܡܨܪ̈ܝܐ ܢܦ̣ܩܘ܀ | S1-Fr Ει τωι πρωτωι Ισραηλ πολλοι οι ουκ εξ Ισραηλ ησαν προσεκολ ληθησαν, αρα και συν τωι καινωι Ισραηλ ουκ αν πολλοι οι ουκ εξ Ισραηλ εξηλθον. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܠܐܝܣܪܝܠ ܥܬܝܩܐ ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ ܕܠܘ ܡܢ ܐܝܣܪܝܠ ܗ̣ܘܘ ܐܬܠܘ̇ܝܘ܆ ܕܠܡܐ ܟܝ ܐܦ ܥܡ ܐܝܣܪܝܠ ܚܕܬܐ ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ ܡܢ ܡܨܪ̈ܝܐ ܢܦ̣ܩܘ܀ | S1-Dy + S2-Dy ...
if the first ancient israel many of whom were not from many were notpart of israel accompanied him is it also thus with the new israel that many among the egyptians 67 did not go out | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
65 4 65 4 65 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܠܬܠܬ ܡܢܘ̈ܬܐ ܡܬܦ̣ܪܫ. ܘܥܠ ܚܕܐ ܡ̇ܡܠܟܝܢ ܚܝ̈ܐ. ܘܥܠ ܐܚܪܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܘܡܘܬܐ. ܥܠ ܬܠܝܬܝܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η λογικη φυσις εις τρια μερη διακρινεται του μεν ενος βασι λευει η ζωη, του δε αλλου η τε ζωη και ο θανατος, του δε τριτου ο θανατος. | S2-Guill ܟܠܗ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܆ ܠܬܠܬ ܡܢܘ̈ܬܐ ܡܬܦ̣ܪܫ. ܘܥܠ ܚܕܐ ܡ̇ܡܠܟܝܢ ܚܝ̈ܐ. ܘܥܠ ܬܪܝܢܬܐ ܡܘܬܐ ܘܚܝ̈ܐ. ܘܥܠ ܬܠܝܬܝܬܐ ܡܘܬܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 All reasoning nature is divided into three parts: over one reigns life, over the second (reign) death and life, and over the third (reigns) only death . |
66 4 66 4 66 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ὑποδύτης ἐστὶ νοητὸς γνῶσις άπόρρητος τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ μυστηρίων | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܪܙܘܡܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܟܣܝܬܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܘܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Υποδυτης πνευματικος εστιν αποκεκρυμμενη των του θεου εντολων γνωσις. | S2-Guill ܦܪܙܘܡܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܟܣܝܬܐ ܕܐܪ̈ܙܘܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible pectoral is the hidden knowledge of the mysteries of God. |
67 4 67 4 67 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ ܡ̇ܙܝ̈ܥܢ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܠܡܠܒܫ ܕܡ̣ܘ̈ܬܗܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܡܬܝ̈ܕܥܢܐ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܡ̇ܙܝܥܝܢ ܠܡܠܒܫ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Τα αισθητα πραγματα κινει την ψυχην ενδυεσθαι την εικονα αυτων ουτως και αι διανοιαι νοηται τον· νουν κινουσιν την αυτων θεωριαν ενδυεσθαι. | S2-Guill ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܕܒܝܕ ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܢ̇ܦܠܝܢ ܬܚܝܬ ܢܦܫܐ܆ ܡ̇ܙܝܥܝܢ ܠܗ̇ ܕܬܩ̇ܒܠ ܒܗ̇ ܕܡ̣ܘ̈ܬܗܘܢ. ܡܛܠ ܕܗܢܘ ܥ̇ܒܕܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܕܢܕܥ. ܐܟܙܢܐ ܕܚܝܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܡܢ ܠܒܪ ܣܝ̈ܩܢ. ܘܒܩܢܕܝܢܘܣ ܢ̇ܦܠ ܐܠܐ ܦ̇ܠܚ. ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܚܟܝܡܐ ܫܠܝܡܘܢ܇ ܢܘܗܪܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ ܢܫܡܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ܀ 167 | S1-Dy S1 The sensible things move the soul to make it take on their shapes: just as the intelligible intellections move the nous to make it take on their contemplation | S2-Dy S2 Objects which fall beneath the soul through the senses move it in order to make it receive their forms within it: for this is the "work" of the nous - to know, like the animals that breathe externally: and [the nous] falls into danger if it does not work, if, in the words of wise Solomon, the light of the Lord is the breath of men. . |
68 4 68 4 68 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Οἴκου μὲν εἰκόνα σώζει τὸ σῶμα τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς, αἱ δὲ αἰσθήσεις θυρίδων ἐπέχουσι λόγον, δι᾿ ὧν παρακύπτων ὁ νοῦς βλέπει τὰ αἰσθητά. = E13. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 166 ܦܓܪܢ ܗܢܐ܆ ܢܝܫܐ ܗܘ ܕܒܝܬܐ. ܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܢܝܫܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܕܟܘ̈ܐ. ܕܡܢܗܝܢ ܡ̇ܕܝܩ ܗܘܢܐ܇ ܘܚܙ̇ܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τουτο το σωμα ημων συμβολον εστιν οικου τα δ’αισθητηρια συμβολον θυριδων εξ ων διακυπτει τε ο νους και οραι τα αισθητα. | S2-Guill ܦܓܪܐ ܗܢܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܆ ܝܘܩܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܒܝܬܐ. ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܟܘ̈ܐ ܛܥܝ̈ܢܢ. ܕܡܢܗܝܢ ܡ̇ܕܝܩ ܗܘܢܐ܇ ܘܚܙ̇ܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 This body of the soul is the image of the house, and sense carries the sign of the windows, by which the nous regards and sees sensible things. |
69 4 69 4 69 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܪܛܘܛܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܠܦܢܘܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܕܡܟ̇ܢܫܐ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܛܥ̇ܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Περιβολαιον πνευματικον εστι διδασκαλια πνευματικη συναγειρουσα τους πλανωντας. 305 | S2-Guill ܡܪܛܘܛܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܠܦܢܘܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܕܡܟ̇ܢܫܐ ܠܛܥܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible coat is the spiritual teaching that gathers wanderers. |
70 4 70 4 70 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Οὐ πάντων οὖν ἐστι τὸ λέγειν· ἔκβαλλε ἐκ φυλακῆς τὴν ψυχήν μου ἀλλὰ τῶν δυναμένων διὰ καθαρότητα ψυχῆς καὶ χωρὶς τοῦ σώματος τούτου τῇ θεωρίᾳ τῶν γεγονότων ἐπιβάλλειν. = E13. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 + grc-PG39 + grc-Rondeau ...
Pairwise Similarity The table below shows the percentage of similarity of each
pair of versions, starting with the version that shows the least divergence from
the entire group and proceeding to versions that are most divergent. This table
is useful for identifying clusters and pairs of versions that are closest to
each other.
grc-PG12 grc-PG39 grc-Rondeau οὐ πάντων grc-PG12 grc-Rondeau ἐ grc-PG39 δὲ ἔ grc-PG12 grc-Rondeau grc-PG39 στ grc-PG12 grc-Rondeau ὶ grc-PG39 ιν grc-PG12 grc-Rondeau grc-PG39 τ grc-PG12 grc-Rondeau ὸ grc-PG39 οῦτο grc-PG12 grc-PG39 grc-Rondeau λέγειν ἔκβαλ grc-Rondeau λ grc-PG12 grc-PG39 grc-Rondeau ε ἐκ φυλακῆς τὴν ψυχήν μου grc-PG12 grc-Rondeau εἰ grc-PG39 ἀλλ grc-PG12 grc-Rondeau grc-PG39 grc-PG12 grc-Rondeau μὴ grc-PG39 ἢ grc-PG12 grc-PG39 grc-Rondeau τῶν δυναμένων διὰ καθαρότητα grc-PG39 grc-Rondeau καρδίας grc-PG12 grc-PG39 grc-Rondeau καὶ χωρὶς τοῦ σώματος τούτου ἐπιβ grc-PG12 grc-PG39 α grc-Rondeau άλ grc-PG12 grc-PG39 grc-Rondeau λε grc-PG12 grc-PG39 ῖ grc-Rondeau ι grc-PG12 grc-PG39 grc-Rondeau ν τῇ θεωρίᾳ τῶν γεγονότων grc-PG12 grc-PG39 | S1-Guill ܠܘ ܕܟܠܢܫ ܗܝ ܒܚܝܠܐ ܠܡܐܡܪ܇ ܕܐܦܩ ܢܦܫܝ ܡܢ ܒܝܬ ܚܒܘܫܝܐ ܕܐܘܕܐ ܠܫܡܟ. ܐܠܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܛܠ ܕܟܝܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܇ ܐܦ ܒܠܥܕ ܦܓܪܐ ܗܢܐ܇ ܡ̣ܨܝܢ ܕܢܕܝܩܘܢ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ου παντος τινος εστι εν δυναμει ειπειν· εξαγαγε εκ φυλακης την ψυχην μου του εξομολογησασθαι τωι ονοματι σου, αλλα τουτων οι δια την της ψυχης καθαροτητα και ανευ τουτου του σωματος εις την των οντων θεωριαν βλεπειν οιοι τε εισιν. | S2-Guill ܠܘ ܕܟܠܢܫ ܗܝ ܠܡܐܡܪ܇ ܕܐܦܩ ܢܦܫܝ ܡܢ ܒܝܬ ܚܒܘܫܝܐ. ܐܠܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܛܠ ܕܟܝܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܇ ܡ̣ܨܝܢ ܕܐܦ ܒܠܥܕ ܦܓܪܐ ܗܢܐ܇ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܘܢ ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 it is not said to all: Flee from prison, my soul: but to those empowered by purity of soul, to give themselves over, apart from this body, to the contemplation of what has come to be. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
71 4 71 4 71 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢ ܚܕܐ ܡܢ ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܬܚ̣ܣܪ: ܩܫܝܐܝܬ ܡ̇ܥܝܩܐ ܠܐܝܢܐ ܕܐܬܓܠܙ ܡܢܗ̇܆ ܡܢ̣ܘ ܡܫܟܚ ܕܢܣܝܒܪ ܓܠܝܙܘܬܐ ܕܡܢ ܟܠܗܝܢ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܢ ܫܠܝܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܐ܇ ܘܓ̇ܠܙܐ ܠܗ ܡܢ ܬܗܪܐ ܕܒܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει μια των δια σωματος αισθησεων υστερει δεινως λυπει τον αυτης απεστερη μενον· τις δε την πασων εξαπινα γενομενην αποστερησιν την το εν τοις σωμασι θαυμαστον αυτον αφαιρουσαν υπομενειν δυνατος; | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܚܕܐ ܡܢ ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܬܚ̣ܣܪ: ܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܡ̇ܥܝܩܐ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܬܓܠܙܝܢ ܡܢܗ̇܆ ܡܢ̣ܘ ܡܫܟܚ ܡܣܝܒܪ ܓܠܝܙܘܬܐ ܕܡܢ ܟܠܗܝܢ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܢ ܫܠܝ ܗ̇ܘܝܐ܇ ܘܓ̇ܠܙܐ ܠܗ ܡܢ ܬܗܪܐ ܕܒܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܀ 169 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If one of the senses is missing, it deeply saddens those deprived of it: who [then] will be able to endure the deprivation of all, which will occur all at once and deprive him of the admiration for bodies? |
72 4 72 4 72 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP περισκέλιον ἐστι νοητὸν νέκρωσις τοῦ ἐπιθυμητικοῦ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ γνώσεως ἕνεκεν | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 168 ܦܪܙܘܡܐ ܕܟܗܢܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܝܬܘܬܐ ܕܪܓܬܐ ܒܝܫܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܝܐ ܡܛܠ ܝܕܥܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Περισκελη της ιερωσυνης εστι νεκρωσις της κακης επιθυμιας ητις δια την του θεου γνωσιν γινεται. | S2-Guill ܬܪܒܢܩܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܝܬܘܬܐ ܕܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܕܪܓܬܐ܇ ܕܡܛܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܗ̣̇ܘܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible trousers are the mortification of the concupiscible part, which been made for the knowledge of God. . |
73 4 73 4 73 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܗܘܢܗ ܒܟܠܙܒܢ ܠܘܬ ܡܪܝܐ ܗܘ: ܘܛܢܢܗ ܡܠ̣ܐ ܡܢ ܥܘܗܕܢܗ: ܘܟܠܗ̇ ܪܓܬܗ ܠܘܬܗ ܡܬܝܚܐ܆ ܠܗܢܐ ܩ̇ܪܝܒܐ ܗܝ ܠܗ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܐ ܢ̣ܕܚܠ܇ ܡܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܦܓܪ̈ܝܢ ܡܬܟܪܟܝܢ܇ ܘܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܒܥܠܝ̈ ܕܪܐ ܡܪ̈ܘܕܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ουτινος ο νους διαπαντος προς τον κυριον εστι και ο ζηλος αυτου της μνημης πληρης και η επιθυμια αυτου ολη προς αυτον εκτεινεται τουτωι το τους εξω των σωματων ημων περιφερομενους πολεμιους ανυποτακτους οντας ου φοβεισθαι εγγυς εστι. 307 | S2-Guill ܐܝܢܐ ܕܗܘܢܗ ܒܟܠܙܒܢ ܠܘܬ ܡܪܝܐ ܗܘ: ܘܡܢ̇ܬܗ ܚܡܬܢܝܢܐ ܡ̣ܠܝܐ ܡܟܝܟܘܬܐ ܡܢ ܥܘܗܕܢܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ: ܘܟܠܗ̇ ܪܓܬܗ ܪܟ̣ܝܢܐ ܠܘܬ ܡܪܝܐ܆ ܕܗܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܕܠܐ ܢ̣ܕܚܠ ܡܢ ܒܥܠܝ̈ ܕܝ̣ܢܝ̈ܢ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܦܓܪ̈ܝܢ ܡܬܟܪܟܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 One in whom the nous always attends to the Lord, in whom the thumikos is full of humility following the memory of God, and in whomepithumia is completely oriented toward the Lord - is it appropriate for him not to fear our adversaries who circle outside our bodies?. |
74 4 74 4 74 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠܗܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܫܘܡܠܝܐ ܕܦܘܩܕ̈ܢܘܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܬܓ̣ܡܪܘ: ܘܦ̣ܛܪܘ ܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܠܐ ܦܪܝܫܝܢ ܡܢ ܚܘܠܛܢܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οσοι εν τηι των του θεου εντολων πληρωσει τετελειωνται και τουτου του κοσμου απολελυνται δηλον οτι ου χωριζονται της των αγιων αγγελω υ ν ομιλιας. | S2-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܡܢ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܕܗܫܐ ܡܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܐܫ̣ܬܪܝܘ: ܘܒܓܘܕܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܕܬܚ̇ܠܛܘ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܗܠܝܢ܇ ܡܛܠ ܡܕܒܪܢܘܬܐ ܐܦ ܠܥܠܡܢ ܐ̣ܬܘ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 These among saints who have now been delivered of bodies and have mingled with the choir of angels, it is evident that the latter have come also to our world because of the [divine?]economy. |
75 4 75 4 75 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ποδήρης ἐστὶ νοητὸς δικαιοσύνη ψυχῆς καθ' ἣν εἴωθεν ἄμεμπτος ἐν πράξει καὶ δόγμασι χρηματίζειν ἄνθρωπος | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܘܨܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܙܕܝܩܘܬܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ܇ ܕܒܗ̇ ܡ̣ܥܕܐ ܡܬܢ̇ܨܚܐ ܒܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܕܫܦܝܪ̈ܬܐ܇ ܘܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܗܝܡܢܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Βυσσος πνευματικη εστιν η της ψυχης δικαιοσυνη ηι ειωθοτως εν ταις καλαις πραξεσι τε και εν τηι γνωσει της του θεου πιστεως εκλαμπει. | S2-Guill ܐܦܘܕܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܙܕܝܩܘܬܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ܇ ܕܒܗ̇ ܡ̣ܥܕ ܒܪܢܫܐ ܡܬܢ̇ܨܚ܆ ܒܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܘܒܝܘ̈ܠܦܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܥܕܠܝ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The spiritual "linen" is the justice of the soul, by which it is accustomed to win fame in works of beautiful actions and in the science of faith. | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible ephod is the soul’s justice, through which man is accustomed to win fame in works and in irreproachable teachings. |
76 4 76 4 76 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-Dor 126 Ἔλεγε καὶ Εὐάγριος ὅτι ἐμπαθής τις ὢν καὶ προσευχόμενος ταχυτέραν αὐτῷ γενέσθαι τὴν ἔξοδον, ἔοικεν ἀνθρώπῳ παρακαλοῦντι τὸν τέκτονα ταχέως συντρίψαι τὴν κλίνην τοῦ ἀσθενοῦντος. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦ σώματος τούτου περισπᾶται ἡ ψυχὴ ἀπὸ τῶν παθῶν αὐτῆς καὶ παρακαλεῖται· | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܢܐ ܕܡ̣ܠܐ ܚܫ̈ܐ: ܘܡܨ̇ܠܐ ܕܒܥܓܠ ܬܗܘܐ ܡܦܩܬܗ ܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܆ ܕܡ̇ܐ ܠܓܒܪܐ ܕܟܪܝܗ ܘܡܦܝܣ ܠܗ ܠܢܓܪܐ܇ ܕܒܥܓܠ ܢ̣ܬܒܪܝܗ̇ ܠܥܪܣܗ ܩܕܡ ܚܘܠܡܢܗ܀ | S1-Fr Ος αν εμπαθης ων ευχηται ινα δια ταχους η εκ τουτου του κοσμου αναλυσις αυτου γενηται εοικεν ανδρι ασθενουντι τε και τον τεκτονα δια ταχους τον κραβαττον αυτου προ του υγιαινειν αυτον καταξαι αναπειθοντι. 309 | S2-Guill ܐܝܢܐ ܕܚܫܘܫܐ ܗܘ ܘܡܨ̇ܠܐ ܕܒܥܓܠ ܬܗܘܐ ܡܦܩܬܗ܆ ܕܡ̇ܐ ܠܓܒܪܐ ܕܟܪܝܗ܇ ܘܡܦܝܣ ܠܢܓܪܐ ܕܒܥܓܠ ܢ̣ܬܒܪܝܗ̇ ܠܥܪܣܗ܀ 171 | S1-Dy S1 He who is full of passions and prays for his departure from this world to occur rapidly resembles a man who is sick and who asks the cabinet maker to quickly break up his bed before he gets well. | S2-Dy S2 One who is passionate and who prays to quickly depart (the body) resembles the sick man who asks to the carpenter to quickly break up his bed. |
77 4 77 4 77 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 170 ܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ܆ ܡܢ ܠܒܪ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ. ܚܙܬܗܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܓܘ ܡܢܗ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܗܟܢܐ ܒܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܓܝܪ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Τα αισθητα εξω του νοος εστιν η δε ορασις αυτων εντος αυτου, αλλ’ ουχ ουτως εν τηι αγιαι τριαδι, γνωσις γαρ ουσιωδης εστιν. | S2-Guill ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܗܘܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ. ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܥܠܝܗܘܢ ܠܓܘ ܡܢܗ ܡܬܩ̇ܝܡܐ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܗܟܢܐ ܥܠ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܝܕܥܬܐ ܓܝܪ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy S1 The sensible things are outside of the nous, and their view is inside it. But it is not therefore that way in regard to the holy Trinity, because that is essential knowledge. | S2-Dy S2 Objects are outside of the nous, and the contemplation concerning them is constituted within it. But it is not thus with the holy Trinity, for it is solely essential knowledge. |
78 4 78 4 78 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܬܝܪܬ ܘܝ̇ܪܬ܆ ܐܒܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܬܝܪܬ܀ | S1-Fr Ο μεν Χ. κληρονομειται τε και κληρονομει, ο δε πατηρ μονον κληρονομειται. | S2-Guill ܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܬܝܪܬ ܘܝ̇ܪܬ. ܐܒܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܬܝܪܬ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Christ is inherited and he inherits; but the Father is only inherited. |
79 4 79 4 79 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ζώνη ἐστιν ἀρχιερατική πραΰτης τοῦ θυμικοῦ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν περισφίγγουσα | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܣܪ ܚܨ̈ܐ ܕܟܗܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܟܝܟܘܬܗ ܕܛܢܢܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܚܝ̇ܨܐ ܠܡܠܟܘܬܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ζωνη των οσφυων του ιερεως page 152v | εστιν η του θυμου Frankenberg (ζηλου) ταπεινοτης ητις την του νοος ταπεινοτητα ζωννυει. 311 | S2-Guill ܐܣܪ ܚܨ̈ܐ ܕܪܒ ܟܗ̈ܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܟܝܟܘܬܗ̇ ܕܚ̣ܡܬܐ܇ ܕܡܚ̇ܝܨܐ ܠܗܘܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The belt of the high priest is humility of the thumos, which strengthens the nous. |
80 4 80 4 80 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-Rondeau Οὐδὲν δὲ τῶν συνεστώτων ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων γνώσεώς ἐστι δεκτικόν, γνωστὸς δὲ ἡμῶν ὁ θεός. | S1-Guill ܡܚܬܬܗ ܕܡܪܢ ܕܠܫܝܘܠ ܘܡܣܩܬܗ ܕܠܘܬ ܐܒܐ܆ ܠܘ ܡܛܠܬܗ ܗ̣ܘܬ܆ ܐܠܐ ܡܛܠܬܢ. ܟܝܢܗ ܓܝܪ ܥܠ ܗܕܐ ܠܐ ܣܢܝܩ ܗܘܐ܆ ܐܠܐ ܚ̣ܘܒܗ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܥܠ ܗܕܐ ܐܣܢܩܗ܀ | S1-Fr Η του κυριου ημων εις αιδου καταβασις και η προς τον πατερα αυτου αναβασις ου δι’ αυτον εγενετο αλλα δι’ ημας· η γαρ φυσις αυτου τουτου απροσδεης αλλα γαρ η αγαπη αυτου μονη αυτον τουτο ηναγκασεν. | S2-Guill ܠܘ ܡܠܬܐ ܐܠܗܐ ܩܕܡܝܬ܇ ܢ̣ܚܬ ܠܫܝܘܠ ܘܣ̣ܠܩ ܠܫܡܝܐ. ܐܠܐ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܒܗ ܡܠܬܐ. ܦܓܪܐ ܓܝܪ ܫܚܝܡܐ ܠܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ. ܐܠܗܐ ܕܝܢ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܘ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 It is not the Word of God who descended to Sheol and ascended to Heaven, but the Christ, who has the Word [with]in Him; indeed, the coarse body is not receptive of knowledge, and God is known. |
81 4 81 4 81 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Πᾶσα μὲν θεωρία τῷ ἰδίῳ λόγῳ ἄϋλός ἐστιν καὶ ἀσώματος· ἔνυλον δὲ πάλιν λέγουσιν καὶ ἄϋλον θεωρίαν τὴν ἐχουσαν καὶ μὴ ἔχουσαν ὑποκείμενα πράγματα. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܒܢܝܫܐ ܕܣܘܟܠܗ̇܆ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܘܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ. ܕܗܘܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܘܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܡܬܩܪܝܐ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܩܢ̣ܝܐ ܐܘ ܠܐ ܩ̣ܢܝܐ܇ ܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܕܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܒܗܝܢ ܡܬܝܕܥܐ܀ | S1-Fr Πασα θεωρια κατα τον της διανοιας αυτης σκοπον αυλος τε εστι και ασωματος· υλικη δε και αυλος ονομαζεται θεωρια ητις τας των πραγατων εν οις νοειται διαστολας κεκτηται η ου κεκτηται. | S2-Guill ܟܠ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܒܢܝܫܐ ܕܣܘܟܠܗ̇܆ ܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܘܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ. ܕܗܘܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܘܕܠܐ ܗܘܠܐ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܩܢ̣ܝܐ ܘܕܠܐ ܩ̣ܢܝܐ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܕܢ̇ܦܠܝܢ ܬܚܘܬܝܗ̇܀ 173 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 All contemplation by the sign of its intellection is immaterial and incorporeal; but material or immaterial, is said to be that which possesses or that does not possess objects which fall beneath it. |
82 4 82 4 82 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP φυγαδευτήριόν ἐστι σῶμα πρακτικὸν ἐμπαθοῦς ψυχῆς ἀπὸ τῶν κυκλούντων αὐτὴν δαιμόνων ῥυόμενος | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 172 ܒܝܬ ܓܘܣܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܦܓܪܐ ܢܦܫܢܝܐ ܕܝܠܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܣ̇ܬܪ ܠܗ̇ ܘܡܦ̇ܨܐ ܠܗ̇ ܡܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܚܕܝܪܝܢ ܠܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Φυγαδευτηριον εστι το ψυχικον σωμα τηι εμπαθει ψυχηι σκεπαζον αυτην τε και ρυομενον εκ των κυκλωι αυτης δαιμονων page 153v | . 313 | S2-Guill ܒܝܬ ܓܘܣܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܦܓܪܐ ܦܠܘܚܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ܇ ܕܡܦ̇ܨܐ ܠܗ̇ ܡܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܚܕܝܪ̈ܝܢ ܠܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The refuge is the praktike body of the passible soul, which delivers it from the demons that surround it. |
83 4 83 4 83 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܕܟ̣ܐ: ܘܡ̇ܓܗܐ ܡܢ ܦܓܪܐ܆ ܗܢܐ ܢܬܚ̇ܫܒ ܒܬܪܥܝܬܗ ܕܠܡܐ ܒܪ ܫܪܒܬܗ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܬܩ̣ܛܠ܇ ܠܒܪ ܩ̇ܐܡ ܥܠ ܬܪܥܐ ܘܡܩ̇ܛܪܓ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Fr Οστις αν μη καθαρος του σωματος ολιγωρησηι λογιζηται εν τηι διανοιαι αυτου μη ποτε ο συγγενης του αποκταθεντος εξω στηι παρα τηι θυραι και κατηγορηι αυτου. | S2-Guill ܐܝܢܐ ܕܟܕ ܠܐ ܕܟ̣ܐ ܡ̇ܓܗܐ ܡܢ ܦܓܪܐ܆ ܗܢܐ ܢܬܚ̇ܫܒ ܕܠܡܐ ܒܪ ܫܪܒܬܗ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܬܩ̣ܛܠ܇ ܩ̇ܐܡ ܥܠ ܬܪܥܐ ܘܡܩ̇ܛܪܓ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 He who, although impure, escapes from the body should reflect on whether perchance the parent of the one who was killed is not standing by the door and will not accuse him. |
84 4 84 4 84 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܙܘܥܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ. ܙܘܥܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܒܓܘ̈ܢܐ ܘܒܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αι των ασωματων κινησεις Frankenberg (μεταβασεις) εν γνωσει αι δε των σωματων κινησεις εν χρωμασι και εν ποιοτησιν. | S2-Guill ܠܝܬܝܗ̇ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܘܙܓܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ. ܘܠܐ ܓܘ̈ܢܐ ܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ. ܐܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ. ܓܘܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܓܕܫܢܐܝܬ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Knowledge is not a quality of bodies, nor are colors qualities of the incorporeals; but knowledge is (a quality ) of the incorporeals, and color is accidentally (a quality) of bodies. |
85 4 85 4 85 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚ̇ܣܢܝܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܟܕ ܢ̣ܣܓܘܢ ܚܫ̈ܐ. ܘܠܒܪ ܐܢܫܐ ܠܐ ܡܪܓܫܢܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܝܢ ܠܗ. ܟܕ ܡܕܥ̇ܟܝܢ ܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܕܪ̈ܓܫܘܗܝ܆ ܕܟܠ ܟܠܗ ܠܐ ܢ̇ܪܓܫ ܒܚܕܐ ܡܢ ܥܠ̈ܠܬܐ ܫܦܝܪ̈ܬܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܢ ܠܗ ܠܚܝ̈ܘܗܝ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܟܕ ܢ̇ܪܓܫ ܒܗ̇܆ ܐܝܟ ܕܡܢ ܓܘܒܐ ܬܚܬܝܐ ܕ̇ܠܝܐ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Fr Κατακρατουσιν οι δαιμονες της ψυχης των παθων πλεοναζοντων και τον ανθρωπον αναισθητον ποιουσι τας των αισθητηριων αυτου δυναμεις κατασ βεννυντες ινα παντως τινος των καλων αιτιων των εις ζωην αυτωι παραγιγνομενων μη αισθηται ης εαν αισθηται ως εκ λακκου κατωτατου αντλησει αυτον. 315 | S2-Guill ܚ̇ܣܢܝܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܟܕ ܢ̣ܣܓܘܢ ܚܫ̈ܐ. ܘܠܒܪܢܫܐ ܠܐ ܡܪܓܫܢܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܝܢ ܠܗ. ܟܕ ܡܕܥ̇ܟܝܢ ܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܕܪ̈ܓܫܘܗܝ܆ ܕܕܠܡܐ ܟܕ ܚܕ ܡܢ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܕܩܪ̈ܝܒܝܢ ܢܫܬܟܚ܇ ܘܠܗܘܢܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܡܢ ܓܘܒܐ ܬܚܬܝܐ ܢܣܩܝܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The demons prevail over the soul when the passions are multiplied, and they render man insensible by extinguishing the powers of his sense organs, for fear that by perceiving a nearby object he will make the nous ascend as from a deep well. |
86 4 86 4 86 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܦܓܪܐ ܠܗܘܢܐ܆ ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚ ܕܢܚܙܐ ܠܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ. ܘܟܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ܆ ܠܐ ܢܚܙܐ ܠܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܀ | S1-Fr Σωματος τωι νοι γενομενου ου δυναται τα ασωματα οραν ασωματος δε γενο μενος ουχ οραι τα σωματα. | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܕܩ̣ܢܐ ܓܘܫܡܐ܆ ܠܐ ܚ̇ܙܐ ܠܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ. ܘܟܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ܆ ܠܐ ܚ̇ܙܐ ܠܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܀ 175 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The nous that possesses a body does not see the incorporeals; and, when it will be incorporeal, it will not see the bodies. |
87 4 87 4 87 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 174 ܟܠ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ܆ ܒܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܬܚܘܬܝܗ̇ ܡܬܝܕܥܐ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܗܟܢܐ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Πασα θεωρια εν τινι υποκειμενωι γιγνωσκεται· αλλ’ ουχ ουτως εν τηι αγιαι τριαδι. | S2-Guill ܟܠ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ܆ ܒܣܘܥܪܢܐ ܕܬܚܘܬܝܗ̇ ܡܬܚܙܝܐ. ܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 All contemplation appears with an underlying object, except for the Blessed Trinity. |
88 4 88 4 88 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܬܠܬܐ ܡܕܒ̈ܚܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܒܚܘܕܪܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ. ܚܕ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܣܟܐ ܗܘ܀ | S1-Fr Των τριων της γνωσεως θυσιαστηριων δυο κυκλωι περιγεγραπται το δε εν απειρον. 317 | S2-Guill ܡܢ ܬܠܬܐ ܡܕܒ̈ܚܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܕܚܘܕܪܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ. ܗ̣ܘ ܕܝܢ ܬܠܝܬܝܐ ܕܠܐ ܚܘܕܪܐ ܡܬܚܙܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Of the three altars of knowledge, two are circumscribed, while the third appears uncircumscribed. |
89 4 89 4 89 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡ̣ܢܘ ܢܫ̇ܬܥܐ ܥܠ ܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܘܡܢ̣ܘ ܢܥ̇ܩܒ ܥܠ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܡܕܒܪܢܘܬܐ܇ ܘܐܝܟܢܐ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܒܝܕ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܘܗܝ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܇ ܡܕܒ̇ܪ ܠܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܥܕܡܐ ܠܚܘܠܛܢܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܗ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τις απαγγελει περι της του θεου χαριτος και τις τους της οικονομιας αυτου λογους εξιχνιασει και οπως ο Χ. δια της των αγιων εντολων αυτου λατρειας την λογικην φυσιν εως της της αγιας τριαδος αυτου επιμιξιας παιδαγωγει. | S2-Guill ܡ̣ܢܘ ܢܫ̇ܬܥܐ ܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܘܡܢ̣ܘ ܢܥ̇ܩܒ ܠܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܒܛܝܠܘܬܐ܇ ܘܐܝܟܢܐ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܕܒ̇ܪ ܠܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܒܝܕ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܡܫ̈ܚܠܦܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܚܕܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Who will recount the grace of God? Who will scrutinize the logoi of providence and how the Christ leads the reasoning nature by [means of] varied worlds to the union of the Holy Unity? |
90 4 90 4 90 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Mu1931 Ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ γνῶσις οὐ διαλεκτικῆς χρίζει ψυχῆς, ἀλλὰ βλεπούσης· τὸ μὲν γὰρ διαλέγεσθαι, καὶ ταῖς ἀκαθάρτοις προσγίνεται ψυχαῖς· τὸ δὲ βλέπειν μόναις ταῖς καθαραῖς. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܕܥܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܠܘ ܥܠ ܢܦܫܐ ܕܪܘܫܬܐ ܣܢܝܩܐ. ܐܠܐ ܥܠ ܚܙܝܬܐ. ܕܪܫܐ ܓܝܪ܆ ܐܦ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܕܟ̣ܝ̈ܢ ܡ̣ܨܝܢ ܩܢ̇ܝܢ. ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܟ̣ܝ̈ܢ܀ | S1-Fr Η του Χ. γνωσις ου ψυχης την ζητησιν δεινης χρειαν εχει αλλ’ ορατικης· την γαρ παιδειαν και οι ακαθαρτοι κτασθαι εχουσιν η δε θεωρια μονον εν τοις καθαροις. 319 | S2-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܠܘ ܥܠ ܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ ܣܢܝܩܐ. ܐܠܐ ܥܠ ܚܙܝܬܐ. ܡܠܝܠܘܬܐ ܓܝܪ܆ ܐܦ ܠܢܦܫ̈ܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܕܟ̣ܝ̈ܢ ܡܥ̣ܕܐ ܕܬܫܬܟܚ. ܚ̣ܙܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܕܟ̣ܝ̈ܬܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The knowledge of God requires not a soul[skilled in] dialectic, but one that sees: for while impure souls may become dialecticians, seeing is reserved to the pure. |
ep 4 ep 4 ep | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܫ̣ܠܡ̇ܬ ܡܐܬܐ ܕܐܪܒܥ܆ ܕܚܣܝܪܐ ܪ̈ܝܫܐ ܥܣܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr | S2-Guill ܫ̣ܠܡ̇ܬ ܡܐܬܐ ܕܐܪܒܥ܀ 177 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The End of the Fourth Century |
ti title 5 ti 5 ti 5 title 5 title | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ti title title 176 ܡܐܬܐ ܕܚܡܫ܀ | S1-Fr | S2-Guill ti title title ܡܐܬܐ ܕܚܡܫ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy |
1 5 1 5 1 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܕܡ ܛܘܦܣܐ ܗܘ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ. ܚܘܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܕܡܛܠܬܗ̇ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܢ̣ܦܩ ܡܢ ܦܪܕܝܣܗ܀ | S1-Fr Αδαμ τυπος του Χ. Ευα δε της λογικης φυσεως δι ην ο Χ. εξηλθε της παραδεισου αυτου. | S2-Guill ܐܕܡ ܛܘܦܣܐ ܗܘ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ. ܚܘܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܕܡܛܠܬܗ̇ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܢ̣ܦܩ ܡܢ ܦܪܕܝܣܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Adam is the image of Christ, and that of the reasoning nature is Eve, on account of whom the Christ has left his Paradise. |
2 5 2 5 2 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܫܡܘ̈ܥܐ ܕܥܕܬܐ ܓܠܝܬܐ܆ ܒܕܘܟܝ̈ܬܐ ܡܬܦ̣ܪܫܝܢ ܡܢ ܚܕܕ̈ܐ. ܫܡܘ̈ܥܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܥܕܬܐ ܕܒܫܡܝܐ܆ ܘܒܕܘܟܝ̈ܬܐ ܘܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܡܬܦ̣ܪܫܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Οι ακροωμενοι της φανερας εκκλησιας τοποις των αλλων κεχωρισ μενοι εισιν οι δε της εν τωι ουρανωι ελλκησιας και τοποις και σωμασιν κεχωρισ μενοι εισιν. | S2-Guill ܫܡܘ̈ܥܐ ܕܥܕܬܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܝܬܐ܆ ܒܕܘܟܝ̈ܬܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܬܦ̣ܪܫܝܢ ܡܢ ܚܕܕ̈ܐ. ܗܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ ܕܠܘܩܒܠ ܗܕܐ܆ ܒܕܘܟܝ̈ܬܐ ܘܒܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The hearers of the sensible Church are separated from one another only by by [their]place[s]; but in the intelligible [Church], those who are opposed to one another [are separated] by [their]place and [their] bodies. |
3 5 3 5 3 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܆ ܘܡܬܪܓܪܓܝܢ ܠܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗ ܩܠܝܠ ܡܢ ܣܓܝ ܚ̇ܙܝܢ. ܡܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܫ̇ܠܡܘ ܪܗܛܗܘܢ ܫܦܝܪܐ ܘܡܢ̇ܥܘ܆ ܢܗܝܪܐܝܬ ܚܙ̇ܝܢ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Fr Οι εν τουτωι τωι κοσμωι οντες και του μελλοντος επιθυμουντες την θεωριαν αυτου εκμερους ορωσι· εαν δε τον δρομον αυτων καλως τελεσωσι και καταντησωσι δηλαυγως οψονται αυτον. 321 | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܥܡܪܝܢ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܆ ܚܙܬܐ ܩܠܝܠ ܙܥܘܪܬܐ ܫ̇ܩܠܝܢ ܥܠ ܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܥܠܡܐ ܐܚܪܝܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܇ ܨܡ̈ܚܐ ܡܕܡ ܢܗܝܪ̈ܐ ܚ̇ܙܝܢ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as those who reside in this world catch a very small glimpse of the world to come, so those who are in the last world see something of the luminous rays of the Blessed Trinity. |
4 5 4 5 4 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܪܝܫܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ܇ ܕܐܬܗܝܡܢ ܬܫܡܫܬܐ ܕܡܝܬܪܐ ܒܛܟܣܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αρχαγγελος εστι φυσις λογικη ασωματος ητις διακονιαν περισσευου σαν Frankenberg (διαφερουσαν) εν τωι των αγγελων ταγματι πεπιστευται. | S2-Guill ܪܝܫ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܐܝܬܘܬܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܕܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܒܛܝܠܘܬܐ ܘܕܝ̣ܢܐ܇ ܘܕܥܠܡܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܬܗܝܡܢ܀ 179 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 An archangel is the reasoning essence to whom has been confided the logoi concerning providence and judgement and those of the worlds of angels. |
5 5 5 5 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 178 ܠܡ̇ܢܬܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܆ ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܕܘܒܪ̈ܐ ܪܘܪ̈ܒܐ ܡܕܟ̇ܝܢ. ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܐ܆ ܘܡܟܝܟܘܬܗ ܘܚܫܝܫܘܬܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Το της ψυχης παθητικον δυο μεγαλαι πολιτειαι καθαιρουσι η τε των εντολων εργασια και η του νοος ταπεινοτης και λυπη. | S2-Guill ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܡܢ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܡܕܟ̇ܝܢ ܡܢ̇ܬܗ̇ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ. ܚܕ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܒܝܕ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ܆ ܘܐܚܪܢܐ ܒܝܕ ܬܫܢܝܩܐ ܚܪܝܦܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Two among the worlds purify the passible part of the soul, one of them by praktike, and the other by cruel torment. |
6 5 6 5 6 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܘܪܫܠܡ ܕܒܫܡܝܐ ܘܨܗܝܘܢ ܡܬܩܪܝܐ܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܗܝܡܢܘ ܒܡܫܝܚܐ ܘܐܬܩ̇ܪܒܘ ܠܛܘܪܗ ܩܕܝܫܐ ܘܠܡܕܝܢܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܚܝ̇ܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܡܠܐܟܘ̈ܗܝ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܐܬܩ̇ܪܒܘ܀ | S1-Fr Ει η των αγγελων γνωσις επουρανιος Ιερουσαλημ και Σιων ονομαζεται οι πιστευουσιν εις Χρ. και προσεληλυθασι τωι αγιωι ορει αυτου και τηι page 158r | πολει θεου ζωντος δηλον οτι τηι των αγιων αγγελων αυτου γνωσει προσεληλυθασιν. | S2-Guill ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܐܘܪܫܠܡ ܕܒܫܡܝܐ ܘܛܘܪܐ ܕܨܗܝܘܢ ܡܫܬܡܗܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܗܝܡܢܘ ܒܡܫܝܚܐ: ܠܛܘܪܐ ܕܨܗܝܘܢ ܘܠܡܕܝܢܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܚܝ̇ܐ ܐܬܩ̇ܪܒܘ܆ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܡܕܝܢ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܗ̣ܘܘ ܘܗ̇ܘܝܢ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܗܝܡܢܘ ܒܡܫܝܚܐ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܡܢܗ̇ ܐܒܗ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܟܕ ܢ̣ܦܩܘ ܠܡܨܪܝܢ ܢ̣ܚܬܘ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The contemplation of angels is named [the]celestial Jerusalem and the mountain of Zion: now if those who have believed in Christ have approached the mountain of Zion and the city of the living God, it is therefore in the contemplation of angels which have been and will be[come] those who have believed in Christ, that from which their fathers have come up from and gone down into Egypt. |
7 5 7 5 7 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܠܐܟܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ܇ ܕܐܬܗܝܡܢ ܡܢ ܐܠܗܐ ܬܫܡܫܬܐ ܕܠܘܬ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܥܬܝܕܝܢ ܠܡܐܪܬ ܚܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αγγελος εστι φυσις λογικη ασωματος ητις υπο του θεου την προς τους αγιους διακονιαν πεπιστευται τους μελλοντας κληρονομειν σωτηριαν. | S2-Guill ܡܠܐܟܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܐܝܬܘܬܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܕܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܒܛܝܠܘܬܐ ܘܕܝ̣ܢܐ܇ ܘܕܥܠܡܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܐܬܗܝܡܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 An angel is the reasoning essence to whom have been confided the logoi that concern providence and judgement and those of the worlds of men. |
8 5 8 5 8 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܪܥܗܘܢ ܦ̣ܠܚܘ ܒܫܬ ܫܢܝ̈ܐ ܕܦܘܠܚܢܐ܆ ܗܠܝܢ ܠܘ ܒܫ̣ܢܬܐ ܕܬܡܢܐ ܐܠܐ ܒܫ̣ܢܬܐ ܕܫܒܥ ܢܬܪܣܘܢ ܝܬܡ̈ܐ ܘܐܪ̈ܡܠܬܐ. ܒܫ̣ܢܬܐ ܓܝܪ ܕܬܡܢܐ ܠܝܬ ܝܬܡ̈ܐ ܘܐܪ̈ܡܠܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οι την γην αυτων εν τοις εξ ετεσι της εργασιας ειργασαντο ουκ εν τωι ογδοωι ετει αλλ’ εν τωι εβδομωι τους τε ορφανους και τας χηρας θρεψουσι· εν γαρ τωι ογδοωι ετει ορφανοι και χηραι ουκ εισιν. 323 | S2-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܪܥܗܘܢ ܦ̣ܠܚܘ ܒܫܬ ܫܢܝ̈ܐ ܕܦܘܠܚܢܐ܆ ܗܠܝܢ ܠܘ ܒܫ̣ܢܬܐ ܕܬܡܢܐ. ܐܠܐ ܒܕܫܒܥ ܢܬܪܣܘܢ ܝܬܡ̈ܐ ܘܐܪ̈ܡܠܬܐ. ܒܫ̣ܢܬܐ ܓܝܪ ܕܬܡܢܐ ܠܝܬ ܝܬܡ̈ܐ ܘܐܪ̈ܡܠܬܐ܀ 181 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Those who have cultivated their earth during the six years of praktike, these will feed orphans and widows not in the eighth year but in the seventh; for in the eighth year there are no orphans and widows. |
9 5 9 5 9 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 180 ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ܆ ܥܐܕܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܝܢ ܥܡ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ. ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܫܚܪܐ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܡܬܚ̇ܠܛܝܢ. ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܥܡ ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܛܡ̈ܐܐ ܡܫ̇ܬܢܩܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Των ανθρωπων οι μεν εορτην ποιουσι μετα των αγγελων οι δε ταις των δαιμονων αγελαις επιμιγνυνται οι δε μετα των ανθρωπων βασανιζονται. | S2-Guill ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܒܢܝ̈ ܐܢܫܐ܆ ܥܐܕܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܝܢ ܥܡ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ. ܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܫ̣ܚܪܐ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܡܬܚ̇ܠܛܝܢ. ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܥܡ ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܛܡ̈ܐܐ ܡܫ̇ܬܢܩܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Among men, some will feast with the angels, others will mingle with the brood of demons, and others will be tormented with impure men. |
10 5 10 5 10 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܘܟܪ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܡܝܬܪܘܬܗܘܢ ܩ̇ܕܝܡܝܢ ܠܐܚܝ̈ܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Πρωτοτοκοι εισι φυσεις λογικαι αι τηι αρετηι αυτων πρωτευουσι των αδελφων αυτων. | S2-Guill ܒܘܟܪ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܇ ܕܒܟܠ ܚܕ ܡܢ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܠܚܘܠܦܐ ܡܝܬܪܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 "The first-born" are reasoning natures that, in each of the worlds, approach the higher transformation. |
11 5 11 5 11 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 Ἐξ ἀγγελικῆς καταστάσεως καὶ ἀρχαγγελικῆς, ψυ χικὴ κατάστασις γίνεται· ἐκ δὲ τῆς ψυχικῆς, δαιμο- νιώδης καὶ ἀνθρωπίνη· ἐκ δὲ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης, ἄγγε- λοι πάλιν καὶ δαίμονες γίνονται. | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܢ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ܆ ܠܕܘܒܪܐ ܐܢܫܝܐ ܡܫܬܪ̈ܓܠܝܢ ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ. ܘܡܢܗ ܬܘܒ܆ ܠܫܦ̣ܠܐ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܡܬܬܚܬܝܢ. ܡܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܥ̇ܛܦܝܢ ܠܡܣܩ܆ ܥܠ ܕܪ̈ܓܐ ܕܢ̣ܦܠܘ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܥ̇ܒܪܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Εξ αγγελικης καταστασεως εις την ανθρωπινην πολιτειαν ολισθαινουσιν οι ανθρωποι και εξ αυτης αυθις εις την των διαμονων ταπεινοτητα καταβιβαζονται εαν δε αναστρεφωνται του αναβηναι εις τους βαθους ων απεπεσον ανερχονται. | S2-Guill ܡܢ ܛܟܣܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ܆ ܛܟܣܐ ܕܪ̈ܒܝ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܘܕܢܦ̈ܫܢܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ. ܡܢ ܕܢܦ̈ܫܢܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܘܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ. ܡܢ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܬܘܒ ܘܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ. ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܫܐܕܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܛܠ ܝܬܝܪܘܬܐ ܕܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܢ̣ܦܠ ܡܢ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ܇ ܘܥܡ ܓܘܫܡܐ ܚܫܝܟܐ ܘܡܬܝܚܐ ܐܬܟܕܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 From the order of angels come the order of archangels and that of psychics; from that of psychics (will come that) of demons and of men; and from that of men will come anew that of angels and demons, if a demon is that which, because of an abundance of thumos, has fallen the praktike and has been joined to a darkened and extensive body. |
12 5 12 5 12 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܐ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܐܫ̇ܬܠܚ ܡܢ ܚܫ̈ܐ: ܘܒܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܡܪܢ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܡܒܣܪܢܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܐܦ ܥܠ ܟܠܗܝܢ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ܇ ܡܛܠ ܕܗ̣ܝ ܪܘܚܢܘܬܗ ܡܬܒܢܝܐ. ܘܗ̇ܘܐ ܪܘܝܚ ܒܩܢܘܡܗ ܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܟܠܗ ܥܠܡܐ ܘܠܬܡܢ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܢ̇ܬܦ ܠܗ̇ ܠܬܪܥܝܬܗ܆ ܡܢ ܚܙܬܐ ܕܟܠܗܝܢ ܓܠܝ̈ܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ο νους εκδεδυται τα παθη και χαριτι κυριου ορατικος εστι των οντων τοτε και παντων των αισθητων καταφρονησει διοτι το πνευματικον αυτου οικοδομειται και ευρος Frankenberg (χωρητικος) εν τηι διαθεσει αυτου εσται παρα παντα τον κοσ μον και εκεισε απο της παντων των φανερων ορασεως την δινοιαν αυτου ελκυσει. | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܕܐܫ̇ܬܠܚ ܡܢ ܚܫ̈ܐ: ܘܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܚܙ̇ܐ܆ ܠܐ ܡܟܝܠ ܫܪܝܪܐܝܬ ܡܩܒ̇ܠ ܦܬܟܪ̈ܐ ܕܒܝܕ ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ. ܐܠܐ ܐܝܟ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܡܬ̣ܒܪܐ ܒܝܕܥܬܗ. ܘܠܘܬܗ ܢ̇ܬܦ ܠܗ̇ ܠܬܪܥܝܬܗ܆ ܘܫ̇ܕܐ ܡܢܗ ܥܠܡܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ܀ 183 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The nous that is divested of the passions and sees the logoi of beings does not henceforth truly receive the eidola that (arrive) through the senses; but it is as if another world is created by its knowledge, attracting to it its thought and rejecting far from it the sensitive world. |
13 5 13 5 13 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP νεφέλη ἐστὶ νοητὴ φύσις λογικὴ τοὺς ὑποδεεστέρους παρὰ Θεοῦ ποτίζειν πεπιστουμένη | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 182 ܥܢܢܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܐܬܗ̣ܝܡܢ̇ܬ ܡܢ ܐܠܗܐ ܠܡܫܩܝܘ ܠܬܡܝ̈ܡܐ܀ | S1-Fr Νεφελη πνευματικη εστι φυσις λογικη ασωματος ητις υπο θεου ποτισαι τους ακακους πεπιστευται. | S2-Guill ܥܢܢܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܕܐܬܗܝܡܢ ܡܢ ܐܠܗܐ ܠܡܫܩܝܘ ܠܕܡ̈ܟܝܢ ܡܢܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible cloud is the reasoning nature which has been entrusted by God to give drink to those who sleep far from it. |
14 5 14 5 14 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܡܐ ܕܕ̇ܢܚ ܫܡܫܐ: ܐܦ ܒܙܩ̈ܐ ܙܥܘܪ̈ܐ ܕܒܐܪܥܐ ܛܠܠܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܩܕܡ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܡܫ̇ܪܐ ܨ̇ܡܚ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ܇ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܠܘܩܕܡ ܥܡܘܛܐܝܬ ܡ̈ܬܚܙܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ εν τηι του ηλιου ανατοληι και τα λιθιδια της γης σκιαν ποιει ουτως και προ του νοος του αρχομενου εκλαμπειν εν γνωσει τα τουτου του κοσμου πραγματα το πρωτον σκοτεινως οραται. 325 | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܡܐ ܕܕ̇ܢܚ ܫܡܫܐ: ܐܦ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܩܠܝܠ ܪ̈ܡܢ ܡܢ ܐܪܥܐ ܛܠܠܐ ܥ̇ܒܕ̈ܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܠܗܘܢܐ ܕܡܫ̇ܪܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒ ܠܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܇ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܥܡܘܛܐܝܬ ܡܬܚܙܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as when the sun rises things which are elevated a little from the ground cast a shadow, so also to the nous which begins to approach the logoi of beings, objects appear obscurely. |
15 5 15 5 15 | grc-Géh1996 Νοῦς παθῶν γυμνωθεὶς ὅλος φωτοειδὴς γίνεται ὑπὸ τῆς θεωρίας τῶν γεγονότων καταλαμπόμενος. | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܡܐ ܕܐܫ̇ܬܠܚ ܡܢ ܚܫ̈ܐ܆ ܟܠܗ ܨ̇ܡܚ ܐܝܟ ܢܘܗܪܐ. ܘܗ̇ܘܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ ܢܗܝܪܐ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܥ̇ܒܕ̈ܘܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οταν ο νους εκδυηται τα παθη ολος εκλαμπει ως φως και εσται δηλαυγως ορατικος παντων των του θεου ποιηματων. | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܕܐܫ̇ܬܠܚ ܡܢ ܚܫ̈ܐ܆ ܟܠܗ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܐܝܟ ܢܘܗܪܐ. ܒܕܡܬܢ̇ܗܪ ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The nous that is divested of the passions becomes completely like light, because it is illuminated by the contemplation of beings. |
16 5 16 5 16 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP γνόφος ἐστὶ νοητὸς θεωρία πνευματικὴ τοὺς περὶ κρίσεως καὶ προνοίας τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς περιέχουσα λόγους | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܥܪܦܠܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܪܘܚ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܐܬܗ̣ܝܡܢ̇ܬ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܡܕܒܪܢܘܬܐ ܘܕܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ζοφος πνευματικος εστι θεωρια πνευματικη ητις τους της τε προνοιας και της κρισεως του θεου λογους πεπιστευται. | S2-Guill ܥܪܦܠܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܕܐܚܝܕܐ ܒܗ̇ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܒܛܝܠܘܬܐ܇ ܘܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܥܠ ܐܪܥܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible (large or storm-) cloud is spiritual contemplation which contains within it the logoi of providence and the judgement of those who are on earth. |
17 5 17 5 17 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܓܠ̈ܠܐ ܡܐ ܕܡܬܬܪܝܡܝܢ ܛܠܠܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܝܢ: ܘܒܪܫܥܬܗ ܢ̇ܝܚܝܢ ܘܡܫ̣ܬܪܐ ܛܠܠܗܘܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܩܕܡ ܗܘܢܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ܇ ܐܦܢ ܢܗܘܘܢ ܥܘ̈ܘܟܐ ܙܥܘܪ̈ܐ܇ ܕܠܝܠܐܝܬ ܕܥ̇ܟܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ τα κυματα υψουμενα σκιαν ποιει και ευθυς παυεται και η σκια λυεται ουτως προ νοος πνευματικου καιπερ εστιν εμποδια μικρα ευχερως αφανιζεται. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܓܠ̈ܠܐ ܡܐ ܕܡܬܬܪܝܡܝܢ ܛܠܠܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܝܢ: ܘܬܘܒ ܡܚܕܐ ܕܠܐ ܛܠܠܐ ܡܬܚܙܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܟܕ ܡ̇ܢ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܢܥ̣ܪܩܘܢ ܡܢ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܐ܇ ܡܚܕܐ ܬܘܒ ܡܬܝܕܥܝܢ܀ 185 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as waves when they rise cast a shadow, and then immediately appear again without shadow, so when the logoi of beings flee from the pure nous,they will immediately be known again. |
18 5 18 5 18 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 184 ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܒܓܘ̈ܢܐ ܘܒܐܣܟܡ̈ܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܬܕܡ̇ܝܢ. ܚܝ̈ܠܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܆ ܐܦ ܠܡܘܙܓܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܒܦܘܩܕܢܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܫܬܚܠܦܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Δαιμονες εν χρωμασι μονον και εν σχημασιν σωματος ομοιουνται αι δε αγιαι δυναμεις και εις την του σωματος ποιοτητα θεου εντοληι μεταμορφουνται Frankenberg (μετατιθενται) . 327 | S2-Guill ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܢ܆ ܠܓܘ̈ܢܐ ܘܠܐܣܟܡ̈ܐ ܘܠܪܒܘܬܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܬܕܡ̇ܝܢ. ܚܝܠܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܆ ܐܦ ܠܗ ܠܟܝܢܐ ܕܓܘܫܡܐ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ ܠܡܫܚܠܦܘ. ܟܕ ܡܛܟܣܝܢ ܠܗ ܡܛܠ ܬܫܡ̈ܫܬܐ ܕܐܠܨ̈ܢ. ܘܗ̇ܝ ܡ̇ܢ ܠܘܬ ܡܪ̈ܟܒܐ ܓ̇ܕܫܐ. ܕܟܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ܆ ܠܝܬ ܐܢܘܢ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܕܐܝܟ ܗܠܝܢ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Demons only imitate colors, forms and size, but the holy powers also know how to transform the nature of the body by disposing it for services that are necessary. And that happens among the composite [natures]; but of the incorporeal nature there are no such logoi, as someone has said. |
19 5 19 5 19 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܩܝ̣ܡܬܐ ܙܥܘܪܬܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܫܘܚܠܦܐ ܕܗ̇ܘܐ ܠܗ ܡܢ ܡܦܘܠܬܐ ܕܛܡܐܘܬܐ܇ ܠܩܝ̣ܡܬܐ ܕܩܕܝܫܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η μικρα του σωματος αναστασις εστιν η μεταθεσις αυτου εκ πτωσεως της ασελγειας εις την του αγιασμου αναστασιν. | S2-Guill ܩܝ̣ܡܬܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܫܘܢܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܡܘܙܓܐ ܒܝܫܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܡܘܙܓܐ ܡܝܬܪܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The resurrection of the body is the passage from the bad quality to the superior quality. |
20 5 20 5 20 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚܝ̈ܐ ܫܪܝܪ̈ܐ ܢ̇ܛܪܝܢ ܠܚܝ̈ܐ. ܡ̇ܚܝ̈ܢ ܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܠܡܝ̈ܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η αληθινη ζωη τηρει τους ζωντας ζωοποιει δε και τους νεκρους. | S2-Guill ܚܝ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܩܕܡܝܬ ܠܚܝ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܚܝ̈ܢ. ܒܬܪܟܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܚ̇ܐܝܢ ܘܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܝܬܝܢ. ܠܚܪܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܠܡܝ̈ܬܐ ܡ̇ܚܝ̈ܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The life vivifies first the living, then those who live and those who are dead; but at the end it will vivify also the dead. |
21 5 21 5 21 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܐܘܪܫܠܡ ܕܒܫܡܝܐ ܘܛܘܪܐ ܕܨܗܝܘܢ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ ܬܫܟܚ܀ | S1-Fr Εν επουρανιωι Ιερουσαλημ και εν ορει Σιων την ασωματων Frankenberg (? -ων) θεωριαν ευρησεις. | S2-Guill ܠܘ ܒܟܠܗܘܢ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܬܫܟܚ ܡܨܪܝܢ. ܒܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܬܚܙܐ ܠܐܘܪܫܠܡ ܘܠܛܘܪܐ ܕܨܗܝܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 IT is not in all worlds that you will find Egypt; but in the others you will see Jerusalem and the mountain of Sion. |
22 5 22 5 22 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܩܝ̣ܡܬܐ ܙܥܘܪܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܫܘܚܠܦܐ ܕܡܢ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܐ܇ ܠܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܚܫ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Μικρα της ψυχης αναστασις εστι μεταθεσις εκ της εμπαθειας εις την ης απαθειας καταστασιν. | S2-Guill ܩܝ̣ܡܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܦܘܢܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܛܟܣܐ ܕܚܫܘܫܘܬܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܚܫ̈ܐ܀ 187 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The resurrection of soul is the return from order of passibility has the impassible state. |
23 5 23 5 23 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 186 ܣܓܝܐܘܬܐ ܕܡ̈ܠܐ ܘܕܚܫ̈ܐ܆ ܥܡܘܛܐ ܘܚ̇ܫܝܟܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܝܢ ܠܗ ܠܢܝܫܐ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ܇ ܕܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܘܕܡܕܒܪܢܘܬܗ܀ | S1-Fr Πληθος των λογων και των παθων τον της κρισεως τε και της προνοιας του θεου σκοπον γνοφωδη και σκοτεινον ποιει. 329 | S2-Guill ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܗܘܢ ܣܓܝܐܬ ܕܡܘ̣̈ܬܐ ܘܚܫܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܡܫ̈ܚܠܦܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܐܠܨ̇ܘ ܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܒܛܝܠܘܬܐ ܥܡܘܛܐܝܬ ܢܬܚܙܘܢ. ܛܟܣܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܫ̈ܚܠܦܐ܆ ܠܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܡܚܦܝ̈ܐ ܥ̣ܒܕܘ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The multiform movement and the various passions of the reasoning beings (logikoi) have forced the logoi that concern providence to appear obscurely; and their various orders have rendered hidden the logoi that concern judgement. |
24 5 24 5 24 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܒܗ̈ܬܐ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ܆ ܕܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ܇ ܕܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οι πατερες λεγουσιν οτι οι της κρισεως λογοι δευτεροι εισι των της κινησεως λογων. | S2-Guill ܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ܆ ܬܪ̈ܝܢܝܬܐ ܐܢܝܢ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ܇ ܕܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܘܥܠ ܒܛܝܠܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The logoi which concern judgment are secondary, as has been said, in relation to the logoithat concern the movement and providence. |
25 5 25 5 25 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܩܝ̣ܡܬܐ ܙܥܘܪܬܐ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܫܘܢܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Μικρα του νοος αναστασις εστιν η εξ αγνοιας εις γνωσιν μεταβολη. | S2-Guill ܩܝ̣ܡܬܐ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܫܘܢܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The resurrection of the nous is the passage from ignorance to true knowledge. |
26 5 26 5 26 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡ̇ܢ ܕܠܐܠܗܐ ܠܐ ܚ̣ܙܐ܆ ܕܢܡܠܠ ܥܠܘܗܝ ܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ος τον θεον ουχ εωρακε λεγειν περι αυτου ου δυναται. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܘ ܗ̣ܝ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܝ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܕܢܚܙܐ ܠܢܘܗܪܐ ܘܕܢܡܠܠ ܥܠ ܢܘܗܪܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܐ ܫܘ̣ܝܐ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܢܚܙܐ ܠܐܠܗܐ܇ ܘܕܢܣ̇ܬܟܠ ܡܕܡ ܥܠ ܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 just as it is not the same thing for us to see the light as to speak of the light, even so, to see God is not the same thing as to understand something concerning God. |
27 5 27 5 27 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Ὁ θυμὸς μὲν ταρασσόμενος τὸν ὁρῶντα τυφλοῖ, ἐπιθυμία δὲ ἀλόγως κινουμένη τὰ ὁρώμενα πράγματα κρύπτει. = E14. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܡܕܠܚܢܝܬܐ܆ ܠܚܙ̇ܝܐ ܡܣܡ̇ܝܐ. ܪܓܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܝܫܬܐ ܠܡܬܚܙܝܢܝ̈ܬܐ ܡܟ̇ܣܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο θυμος ο ταραττων την ορασιν αποτυφλοι η δε κακη επιθυμια τα ορατα αποκρυπτει. | S2-Guill ܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܟܕ ܬܫ̇ܬܓܫ܆ ܡܣܡ̇ܝܐ ܠܚܙ̇ܝܐ. ܪܓܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܟܕ ܚܝ̇ܘܬܢܐܝܬ ܬܬܙܝܥ܆ ܠܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܡ̈ܬܚܙܝܢܐ ܡܚܦ̇ܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Thumos, when it is disturbed, blinds the one who sees, and epithumia, when it is moved irrationally, hides visible objects. |
28 5 28 5 28 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ῥομφαία ἐστὶ νοητὴ λόγος πνευματικὸς σῶμα χωρίζων ἀπὸ ψυχῆς, ἢ κακίαν καὶ ἀγνωσίαν | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 1681 Ῥομφαῖα ἐστὶ νοῦς λογικὸς ἐκ- κόπτων ψυχὴν ἀπὸ κακίας καὶ ἀγνωσίας. | grc-Rondeau Ῥομφαία ἐστὶ νοητὴ λόγος πνευματικὸς χωρίζων ψηχὴν ἀπὸ σώματος ἢ κακίας ἢ ἀγνωσίας. | grc-Rondeau Ῥομφαία ἐστὶ νοητὴ λόγος πνευματικὸς ἐκκόπτων ψυχὴν ἀπὸ κακίας καὶ ἀγνωσίας. | S1-Guill ܣܝܦܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܠܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܦ̇ܪܫܐ ܢܦܫܐ ܡܢ ܦܓܪܐ܇ ܘܦ̇ܣܩܐ ܡܢܗ̇ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Μαχαιρα πνευματικη εστι λογος πνευματικος οστις διαχωριζει τε την ψυχην του σωματος και αυτης την της αγνοιας κακιαν αποκοπτει. 331 | S2-Guill ܣܝܦܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܠܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܕܦ̇ܪܫܐ ܦܓܪܐ ܡܢ ܢܦܫܐ܇ ܐܘ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܀ 189 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible sword is the spiritual saying that separates the body from the soul, or the vice and the ignorance. |
29 5 29 5 29 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 188 ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܚܙ̇ܝ̈ܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܕܫܘܦܪ̈ܐ ܕܡܕܝ̈ܢܬܐ: ܒܬܗܪܐ ܕܒܗܝܢ ܡ̇ܓܪܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܘܢܐ ܟܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ ܒܥ̇ܒ̈ܕܘܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ܇ ܒܬܗܪܐ ܡ̇ܓܪ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢܗ ܠܝܬ ܕܡ̣ܨܐ ܢ̇ܬܦ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ οι θεαται γενομενοι των των πολεων καλλων θαμβωι αυτων εκτενει κατεχονται ουτως και ο νους θεατης των του θεου ποιηματων γενομενος εκ τενει κατεχεται θαμβωι αφ ου ουδεις αυτον αποσπαν δυναται. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܡ̈ܕܝܢܬܐ ܐܬ̇ܝܢ ܕܢܚܙܘܢ ܫܘܦܪ̈ܝܗܝܢ: ܡܬܕܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܟܕ ܒܟܠ ܚܕ ܡܢ ܥ̇ܒ̈ܕܐ ܚܝ̇ܪܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܟܕ ܢܬܩ̇ܪܒ ܠܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܇ ܡܢ ܪܓܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܡܬܡܠܐ ܘܡܢ ܬܗܪܐ ܠܐ ܡܬܦ̣ܪܫ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as those who come into cities to see their beauty are amazed by looking at each work, so also the nous, when it approaches the logoi of beings, will be filled with spiritual desire and will not withdraw from admiration. |
30 5 30 5 30 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Wolf | grc-Pitra 335 Καθάπερ γὰρ ὅτε κλῆρον πατρῷον τὴν ὑπ’ ἐκείνων τῶν δυσσεβῶν βα σιλέων κατασχεθῆναι γῆν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἔδω κεν ὁ τούτου Θεὸς, ἐστὶ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρα νῶν ἡ θεωρία τῶν γεγονότων· αὕτη δὲ κατὰ τὸν Κύριον ἐντὸς ἡμῶν ἐστι· τὰ δὲ ἐντὸς [ὅτε] ὑπὸ δαιμόνων κεκράτηται, καλῶς λέ γονται οἱ ἀλλόφυλοι τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελ λίας κατέχειν. | grc-Rondeau Εἰ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἡ θεωρία τῶν γεγονότων ἐστίν, αὔτη δὲ κατὰ τὸν κύριον ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν, τὰ δὲ ἐντὸς ὑπὸ δαιμόνων κεκράτηται, καλῶς λέγονται οἱ ἀλλόφυλοι τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας κατέχειν. | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܫܡܝܐ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܇ ܘܗ̣ܝ ܗܕܐ ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܡܪܢ ܒܓܘܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇: ܓܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܒܝܟ ܗܘ ܡܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ܆ ܫܦܝܪ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ܇ ܕܦܠܫܬܝ̈ܐ ܐܪܥܐ ܕܡܘܠܟܢܐ ܠܒܝܟܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ει βασιλεια των ουρανων η των οντων θεωρια εστι και αυτη κατα το ρημα του κυριου εντος ημων εστι τα δε εντος ημων υπο των δαιμονων κεκρατηται καλως ειρηται οτι οι Φιλισταιοι την της επαγγελιας γην κατεχουσιν. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܫܡܝܐ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇: ܘܗܕܐ ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܡܪܢ ܒܓܘܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇: ܓܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܒܝܟ ܗܘ ܡܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ܆ ܫܦܝܪ ܡܕܝܢ ܡܬܐܡܪ܇ ܕܦ̈ܠܫܬܝܐ ܐܪܥܐ ܕܡܘܠܟܢܐ ܠܒܝܟܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the kingdom of heaven is the contemplation of beings, and if the former, according to the saying of Our Lord, is within us, and if our inner[self] is occupied by demons, it is therefore quite rightly said that it is said that Philistines occupy the Promised Land. . |
31 5 31 5 31 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܣܟܪܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܦܠܘܚܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܠܡ̇ܢܬܐ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܇ ܕܠܐ ܢܟܝܢܐ ܡܣ̇ܬܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Θυρεος πνευματικος εστιν η γνωσις η εργαζομενη ητις το παθητικον της ψυχης αβλαπτον σκεπαζει. | S2-Guill ܣܟܪܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܦܠܘܚܬܐ܇ ܕܡܢ̇ܛܪܐ ܕܠܐ ܢܟܝܢ ܡ̇ܢܬܗ̇ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible shield is practical knowledge that guards unharmed the passible part of the soul. |
32 5 32 5 32 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܕ ܣ̣ܓܝ̇ܬ ܒܢ ܚܟܡܬܗ ܣܓܝܕܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܒܚ̣ܡܪܐ ܘܒܡܝ̈ܐ ܡܙܓܬܗ̇ ܒܢ. ܘܥܠ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܒܚܦܝܛܘܬܐ ܥܩ̇ܒ܀ | S1-Fr Πληθυνουσης εν ημιν της σεβασμιας του θεου σοφιας εν οινωι και εν υδατι η μιξις αυτης εν ημιν· τουτων δε την θεωριαν σπουδαιως ζητει. | S2-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܡܕܡ ܕܒܟܣܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܡܣܝܟ ܠܚ̣ܡܪܐ ܕܡ̇ܐ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܬܪܝܢܐ܆ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܫܩܝܠ. ܐܡ̇ܪ ܐܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ. ܘܗܢܘ ܟܣܐ ܕܡܢ ܬܪ̈ܝܗܘܢ ܗܠܝܢ܇ ܡܢ ܚܟܡܬܐ ܠܢ ܐܬܡ̣ܙܓ܀ 191 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 What is contained in the first cup resembles wine, that is the knowldge of incorporeal [beings]; and what (is contained) in the second bears the sign of water, I mean the contemplation of bodies. And it is there that the cup of these two has been mixed for us by Wisdom. |
33 5 33 5 33 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 190 ܪܒܝܬܐ ܚܟܝܡܐ ܗܢܘ܆ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܡܘܗܒܬܐ ܕܐܬܗܝܡܢ ܡܢ ܐܠܗܐ܇ ܒܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܢܦܪܢܣܝܗ̇ ܠܟܢܘ̈ܬܗ. ܗܢܘ ܕܝܢ ܒܙܕܩܗ ܕܙܒܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οικονομος σοφος εστιν ος το δομα ο υπο θεου πεπιστευται εν δια κρισει διαδιδωσι τοις συνδουλοις αυτου, τουτ’ εστιν εν τωι δικαιωι του καιρου. | S2-Guill ܪܒܝܬܐ ܕܥ̣ܘܠܐ ܕܢܦܠܘܚ ܐܪܥܐ ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚ. ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܓܝܪ ܕܢܦܫܗ ܫ̣ܠܚ ܐܢܝܢ. ܘܕܢܚܕܘܪ ܬܘܒ ܕܘ̇ܝܐ ܡܬܢ̣ܟܦ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܠܦܢܐ ܕܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ. ܘܠܗܠܝܢ ܕܠܬܚܬ ܡܢܗ ܡܟܝܠ܆ ܚܡܬܐܝܬ ܡ̇ܠܦ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܗܫܐ ܒܝܬ ܢܨܝ̈ܐ ܦ̣ܪܫ ܠܡܟܬܪܘ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The iniquitous treasurer {steward} cannot till the earth because he has forsaken the virtues of his soul; and the wretch, on the other hand, is ashamed to beg - he who is the teacher of others. And he teaches with anger these who are henceforth below him; he who has withdrawn{into his hermitage(?) condemned}now to remain among the quarrelsome. |
34 5 34 5 34 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP περικεφαλαία ἐστὶ νοητὴ γνῶσις πνευματικὴ τὸ λογικὸν μέρος της ψυχῆς διαφυλάττουσα ἀνεπιβούλευτον | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܣܢܘܪܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܢ̇ܛܪܐ ܡܠܝܠܘܬܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܕܠܐ ܢܟܝܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η περικεφαλαια η πνευματικη εστιν η πνευματικη γνωσις η το της ψυχης λογικον αβλαπτον παρατηρουσα. | S2-Guill ܣܢܘܪܬܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܢ̇ܛܪܐ ܡ̇ܢܬܗ̇ ܣܟܘܠܬܢܝܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܕܠܐ ܢܟܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible helmet is spiritual knowledge that guards unharmed the intelligent part of the soul. |
35 5 35 5 35 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܠܚ̣ܡܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ: ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ: ܠܗܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܦܩܝܕܝܢܢ ܕܒܕܘܥܬܐ ܕܐܦܝ̈ܢ ܢܐܟܠܝܘܗܝ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܒܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܦܘܩܕ̈ܢܘܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܠܗܢܐ ܐܟ̇ܠܝܢܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ει της λογικης φυσεως αρτος η των οντων γνωσις εστι ταυτην δε εν ιδρωτι του προσωπου ημων φαγειν παρηγγελμεθα δηλον οτι εν τηι των εντολων θεου εργασιαι τουτον φαγομεν. 333 | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܠܚ̣ܡܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ: ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ: ܘܠܗܢܐ ܦܩܝܕܝܢܢ ܕܒܕܘܥܬܐ ܕܐܦܝ̈ܢ ܢܐܟܠܝܘܗܝ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܒܝܕ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܠܗܢܐ ܐܟ̇ܠܝܢܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the bread of the reasoning nature is the contemplation of beings, and if we have received the order to eat the former by the sweat of our brow, it is evident that it is by the praktike that we ate the former. |
36 5 36 5 36 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܐܪܥܐ ܕܡܘܠܟܢܐ ܝ̣ܕܬܘ܆ ܒܟܠܗ ܚܝܠܗܘܢ ܗ̣ܘܘ ܡܩ̇ܛܠܝܢ ܠܦܠܫܬܝ̈ܐ. ܕܕܠܡܐ ܟܕ ܢܣܐܒ ܒܗܘܢ ܝܫܘܥ܇ ܢܦܘܫ ܠܗ ܡܢ ܕܠܡܦܩ ܒܚܝܠܗܘܢ܇ ܘܬܘܒ ܢܗܘܘܢ ܠܗܘܢ ܥ̣ܒ̈ܕܐ ܠܦܠܫܬܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οι την της επαγγελιας γην εκληρονομησαν πασηι δυναμει τους αλλοφυ λους αποκτεινατωσαν μηποτε Ι. εν αυτοις γηρασας παυσηται τε εν τηι δυναμει αυτων εκπορευομενος και παλιν δουλευωσιν τοις αλλοφυλοις. | S2-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܐܪܥܐ ܕܡܘܠܟܢܐ ܝ̣ܪܬܘ܆ ܒܟܠܗ ܚܝܠܗܘܢ ܢܩ̇ܛܠܘܢ ܠܦܠܫܬܝ̈ܐ ܕܒܗ̇. ܕܕܠܡܐ ܟܕ ܢܣܐܒ ܒܗܘܢ ܝܫܘܥ܇ ܢܦܘܫ ܠܗ ܡܢ ܕܠܡܦܩ ܒܚܝܠܗܘܢ܇ ܘܬܘܒ ܢܗܘܘܢ ܥ̣ܒ̈ܕܐ ܠܦܠܫܬܝ̈ܐ܀ 193 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Those who have inherited the Promised Land will slay with all their might the Philistines who are there, for fear that, when Joshua becomes old among them, he will not cease going out with their force, and so they not again become slaves of the Philistines. |
37 5 37 5 37 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 192 ܒܠܘܥܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܠܦܢܘܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܢ ܥܘܡܩܐ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܠܢܦܫܐ ܢ̇ܬܦܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αγκιστρον πνευματικον εστιν η πνευματικη διδασκαλια ητις εκ του της κακιας βυθου την ψυχην ανελκει. | S2-Guill ܒܠܘܥܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܠܦܢܘܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ ܡܢ ܥܘܡܩ̈ܐ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܡ̇ܣܩܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible [fish-]hook is the spiritual teaching that draws the soul from the depth of vice towards virtue. |
38 5 38 5 38 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܢܐ ܕܥܠ ܐܦܝ̈ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܐ ܡܬܟ̇ܬܫ܆ ܢܙ̇ܕܝܢ ܒܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܘܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܐܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܥܠ ܐܦܝ̈ ܫܪܪܐ܆ ܢܙܕܝܢ ܒܝܕܥܬܗ ܘܗܟܢܐ ܢܦܘܩ ܠܘܩܒܠ ܒܥܠܕܒܒ̈ܘܗܝ. ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܕܝܢ ܡܙܕܟܝܢܘܬܗ ܕܩܕܡܝܐ܆ ܟܕ ܠܐ ܢܣܥܘܪ ܡܕܡ ܕܦܩܝܕ. ܘܕܬܪܝܢܐ܆ ܟܕ ܢ̣ܫܪܥ ܡܢ ܫܪܪܐ ܒܝܘܠܦܢܗ܇ ܘܪܝܫܐ ܢܗܘܐ ܠܝܘ̈ܠܦܢܐ ܛܥܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο υπερ της απαθειας στρατευομενος οπλιζεσθω ταις του θεου εντολαις ο δε υπερ της αληθειας οπλιζεσθω τηι γνωσει αυτου και ουτως εναντιον των πολεμιων αυτου εκπορευεσθω. εστι δε η του πρωτου ηττα εν τωι page 164r | μηδεν ποιειν αυτον ων παρηγγελται του δε δευτερου εν τωι παρεκπεσειν αυτον της αληθειας εν τηι διδασκαλιαι αυτου ωστε αρχηγον γενεσθαι διδασκαλιων πλανουσων. | S2-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܠ ܐܦܝ̈ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܐ ܡܬܟ̇ܬܫ܆ ܢܙ̇ܕܝܢ ܒܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܥܠ ܐܦܝ̈ ܫܪܪܐ܆ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܢܣܝܦ ܠܒܥܠܕܒܒ̈ܘܗܝ. ܡܙܕܟܝܢܘܬܗ ܕܝܢ ܕܩܕܡܝܐ܆ ܟܕ ܢܣܥܘܪ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܣܠܝ ܡܢ ܢܡܘܣܐ. ܕܬܪܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܟܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܪܫܐ ܕܝܘ̈ܠܦܢܐ ܘܕܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܓ̈ܠܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 He who fights for apatheia will arm himself with the commandments of God, and he who (fights) for the truth, will choose to arm himself with knowledge, and thus he will go out against their enemies. There will be a defeat of the first, when he will not do what is commanded of him and (defeat) of the second, when, in his doctrine, he will fall from the truth and will become the head of the erroneous doctrines. | S2-Dy S2 He who fights for apatheia will arm himself with the commandments, and he who (fights) for the truth will exterminate his enemies with knowledge. The defeat of the first occurs when he does what the law forbids and [defeat] of the second when he takes the lead in false teachings and opinions. |
39 5 39 5 39 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܘܟܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܫܝܢܐ ܐܬܩ̣ܪܝ̇ܬ. ܫܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ. ܡ̇ܢ ܗܟܝܠ ܕܪܓ̇ܐ ܠܗ ܕܐܠܗܗ ܢ̣ܫܪܐ ܒܗ܆ ܒܚܦܝܛܘܬܐ ܢܕ̇ܟܐ ܢܦܫܗ ܡܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܚܫ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr 335 Ο θεου τοπος ειρηνη κεκληται η δε ειρηνη εστι καταστασις απαθειας της λογικης φυσεως· ος δη αν επιθυμησηι τον θεον αυτου εν αυτωι ενοικειν σπουδηι την αυτου ψυχην παντων page 164v | των παθων καθαρισατω. | S2-Guill ܒܬܪܥܝܬܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܬܐ܆ ܫܡܝܐ ܢܗܝܪ ܚܙܬܐ ܡܬܛ̣ܒܥ ܘܐܬܪܐ ܐܪܘܝܚܐ. ܕܒܗ ܡܬܚܙܝܢ ܐܝܟܢܐ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܘܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܫ̇ܘܝܢ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ. ܠܗܕܐ ܕܝܢ ܚܙܬܐ ܕܡܬܛ̣ܒܥܐ܆ ܐܟܬܐ ܥܡܘܛܐܝܬ ܡܚܘ̇ܝܐ. ܚܡ̣ܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܟܕ ܬܫܬܠܗܒ܆ ܡܠܝܐܝܬ ܡܚ̇ܒܠܐ ܠܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy S1 "The place of God" (Exod, 24:1) is called peace, and peace is the state of dispassion of the reasonable nature. He who therefore wishes that his God resides in him will purify with care his soul of all passions. | S2-Dy S2 In pure thoughts [there] is imprinted a splendid sky to see and a spacious region where it appears how the logoi of beings and of the holy angels approach those who are worthy. And this vision that is imprinted - irritation causes it to be seen [only]obscurely, and anger when it flames up destroys it completely. |
40 5 40 5 40 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ὄρος ἐστὶ νοητὸν θεωρία πνευματικὴ εἰς ὕψος ἀνεγηγερμένη δυσπρόσιτον, ἐφ' ἧς ὁ νοῦς γεγονὼς τῶν κατωτέρων πραγμάτων τοὺς λόγους ἀποσκοπεύει | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܛܘܪܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܘܗܝܕ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܒܡܪܘܡܐ ܣ̣ܝܡܐ. ܕܟܕ ܗܘܢܐ ܠܘܬܗ̇ ܢܡ̇ܢܥ܇ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܕܟܠܗܝܢ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܟܝ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Πνευματικον ορος εστιν η πνευματικη θεωρια η εν υψει κειμενη εις ην ο νους καταντησας παντων των περι των φυσεων λογων εποπτης γινεται. | S2-Guill ܛܘܪܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܒܡܪܘܡܐ ܡܥܠܝܐ ܣ̣ܝܡܐ܇ ܕܥ̣ܣܩܐ ܠܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܘ ܠܗ. ܕܟܕ ܗܘܢܐ ܠܘܬܗ̇ ܢܡ̇ܢܥ܇ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܬܚܬܝ̈ܐ܀ 195 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible mountain is spiritual contemplation placed at a great height which it is difficult to approach: when the nous has attained it, it will become a seer of all the objects lying below. |
41 5 41 5 41 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Ὁ τὸν νοητὸν κόσμον ἐν ἑαυτῷ περιφέρων τυπούμενον, παύεται μὲν ἁπάσης ἐπιθυμίας φθαρτῆς· αἰσχύνεται δὲ ἐπὶ τούτοις λοιπὸν ἐφ᾿ οἷς πρότερον ἥδετο, τοῦ λογισμοῦ πολλάκις ἐγκαλοῦντος αὐτῷ τὰ τὴς προτέρας ἀναισθησίας. = E15. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 194 ܐܝܢܐ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܢܦܫܗ ܛܥܝܢ ܘܡܬܟ̣ܪܟ܆ ܦ̇ܐܫ ܠܗ ܡܟܝܠ ܡܢ ܟܠܗ̇ ܪܓܬܗ ܕܚܒ̇ܠܐ. ܒ̇ܗܬ ܕܝܢ ܣܓܝ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܩܕܝܡ ܣܥܝܪ̈ܢ ܗܘ̈ܝ ܠܗ܆ ܟܕ ܪܫ̇ܐ ܠܗ ܦܘܪܫܢܗ ܥܠ ܟܠܗ̇ ܠܐ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܗ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ος τον πνευματικον κοσμον εν τηι της ψυχης αυτου θεωριαι περιεχων περιπατει, παυσεται δη πασης επιθυμιας της φθορας, μεγα δε αισχυνθησεται επι τοις προ του αυτωι πεπραγμενοις της διακρισεως μεμφομενης αυτου πασαν την προτεραν αναισθησιαν. | S2-Guill ܐܝܢܐ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܡܠܝܐܝܬ ܒܢܦܫܗ ܛܒܝܥ܆ ܦܫ̣ ܠܗ ܡܢ ܟܠܗ̇ ܪܓܬܐ ܡܬܚܒܠܢܝܬܐ. ܒ̇ܗܬ ܕܝܢ ܡܟܝܠ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܩܕܝܡ ܡܬܢܝܚ ܗܘܐ܆ ܟܕ ܪܫ̇ܐ ܠܗ ܚܘܫܒܗ ܥܠ ܠܐ ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܗ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 One in whose soul the intelligible world is completely imprinted abstains from all corruptible desire, and is henceforth ashamed of what formerly gave him pleasure, his logismoi reproaching him for his former insensitivity. |
42 5 42 5 42 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Ὁ ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ κόσμος κτιζόμενος μεθ’ ἡμέραν μὲν δυσ- διάγνωστος εἶναι δοκεῖ, τῶν αἰσθήσεων περισπωσῶν τὸν νοῦν, καὶ τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ φωτὸς περιλάμποντος· νύκτωρ δὲ ἔστιν ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν περιφανῶς κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς προσευχῆς ἐκτυπούμενον. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܥܠܡܐ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܕܒܗܘܢܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܝܡ܆ ܒܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܢܗܝܪܐܝܬ ܡܬܚܙܐ. ܒܡܨܛܠܝܢܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܢܗܝܢ܆ ܐܡܝܢܐܝܬ ܚ̇ܫܟ܀ | S1-Fr Ο της πνευματικης θεωριας κοσμος ο εν τωι νοι συνεστηκως εν ταις αρεταις δηλαυγως οραται εν δε τωι μετακλινεσθαι αυτων διατελως σκοτιζεται. | S2-Guill ܥܠܡܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܬܪܥܝܬܐ ܡܬܒܢܐ܆ ܒܐܝܡܡܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܥ̣ܣܩ ܠܚܙܬܗ ܡܣ̣ܬܒܪ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܒܕܡܬܢ̣ܬܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܡܢ ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܘܡܢ ܢܘܗܪܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ ܕܡ̇ܢܗܪ. ܒܠܠܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬ ܠܡܚܙܝܗ܆ ܟܕ ܒܥܕܢܐ ܕܨܠܘܬܐ ܢܗܝܪܐܝܬ ܡܬܛ̣ܒܥ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The world created in the mind seems difficult to see by day, the nous being distracted by the senses and by the sensible light that shines; but at night it can be seen, luminously imprinted at the time of prayer |
43 5 43 5 43 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ὁδός ἐστι νοητὴ κατάστασις ἀρίστη λογικῆς ψυχῆς ἐφ' ἡς ὁ νοῦς τὴν πορείαν ποιούμενος ἁπαντᾷ τε τοῖς πράγμασιν καὶ τοὺς λόγους τούτων ἐπιγινώσκει | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܘܪܚܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܡܝܬܪܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ ܕܒܗ̇ ܗܘܢܐ ܪܕ̇ܐ܇ ܘܦ̇ܓܥ ܒܗܘܝ̈ܐ܇ ܘܡܬܒ̇ܣܡ ܒܚܙܬܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Η πνευματικη οδος εστιν εξις λογικης ψυχης ευκαταστατος εν ηι ο νους τρεχων τοις ουσι συνανται και τηι οψει αυτων ευφραινεται. 337 | S2-Guill ܐܘܪܚܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ. ܕܒܗ̇ ܗܘܢܐ ܟܕ ܢܪܕܐ܇ ܦ̇ܓܥ ܒܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܘܡܣ̇ܬܟܠ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܝܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible path is the state of the reasoning soul, on which the nous as it advances will encounter objects and will understand their logoi. |
44 5 44 5 44 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 300 Εἰ «θυμὸς δρακόντων ὁ οἶνος αὐτῶν», ἀκόλαστον δὲ ὁ οἶνος, ἀκόλαστον ἄρα ὁ θυμός, ἀκολάστους τοὺς 302 ἀνθρώπους ποιῶν, καὶ ὑβριστικὸν ἡ ὀργή· αὕτη γὰρ ἡ μέθη ἀπὸ ζέοντος τοῦ θυμοῦ πέφυκε γίνεσθαι. Εἰ δὲ οἴνου οἱ ναζιραῖοι κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἀπέχονται, θυμοῦ ἄρα τοὺς ναζιραίους ἐκτὸς εἶναι νενομοθέτηται. | grc-Géh1987 Εἰ δὲ «θυμὸς δρακόντων ὁ οἶνος αὐτῶν», ἀκόλαστον δὲ ὁ οἶνος, ἀκόλαστος ἄρα ὁ θυμός, ἀκολάστους ποιῶν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, καὶ ὑβριστικὸν ἡ ὀργή· γίνεται ἀπὸ ζέοντος τοῦ θυμοῦ. Οἴνου δὲ ἀπεχόμενοι ναζιραῖοι ἐκτὸς εἶναι θυμοῦ προσετάττοντο. | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܕܬܢܝܢܐ ܚ̣ܡܪܐ ܗܘ ܒܝܫܐ: ܡܢ ܚ̣ܡܪܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܬܦ̣ܩܕܘ ܢܙܝܪ̈ܐ ܠܡܪܚܩܘ܆ ܙ̇ܕܩܐ ܗܝ ܡܟܝܠ ܕܢܙܝܪ̈ܐ ܕܪܘܚ܆ ܡܢ ܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܒܟܠܙܒܢ ܗ̣ܘܘ ܪܚܝܩܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ει θυμος δρακοντων οινος κακος εστι του δε οινου οι νασιραιοι απεχεσθαι κελευονται δικαιον αρα εστι τους πνευματικους νασιραιους του θυμου διαπαντος απεχεσθαι. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܕܬܢܝ̈ܢܐ ܚ̣ܡܪܐ ܗܘ: ܡܢ ܚ̣ܡܪܐ ܕܝܢ ܢܙܝܪ̈ܐ ܪ̈ܚܝܩܝܢ܆ ܡܕܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܦܩܝܕܝܢ ܢܙܝܪ̈ܐ ܠܡܗܘܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the anger of dragons is their wine and if the Nazarenes in accordance with the law abstain from wine, the law has therefore ordained that the Nazarines are to be without anger. |
45 5 45 5 45 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Ὁ νοῦς μὲν κεφαλὴ τῆς ψυχῆς ὀνομάζεται, αἱ δὲ ἀρεταὶ τριχῶν ἐπέχουσι λόγον, ὧν στερηθεὶς Ναζιραῖος, τῆς γνώσεώς τε χω- ρίζεται καὶ δέσμιος ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων ἀπάγεται. = E 17. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܪܝܫܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܬܩܪܐ. ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܣܥܪܐ ܕܢܙܝܪܘܬܗ܆ ܕܟܕ ܡܢܗ ܢܬܓܠܙ܇ ܡܫ̣ܬܠܡ ܒܐܝܕܐ ܕܒܥܠܕܒܒ̈ܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Ο νους κεφαλη της ψυχης ονομαζεται αι δε αρεται τριχες της ναζι ραιοτητος αυτου ης απεστερημενος αν εις τας των εχθρων αυτου χειρας παραδιδοται. | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܪܫܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܫܬܡܗ. ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܣܥܪܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ܆ 197 ܗܠܝܢ ܕܟܕ ܢܬܓܠܙ ܡܢܗܝܢ܇ ܢܙܝܪܐ ܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܬܦ̣ܪܫ. ܘܟܕ ܦܟܝܪ ܡܢ ܒܥܠܕܒܒ̈ܘܗܝ ܡܬܕܒ̣ܪ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The nous is named head of the the soul, and virtues are signified by the word hair; when he will be deprived of it, the Nazarene will be separated from gnowledge and will be taken bound by his enemies . |
46 5 46 5 46 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 196 ܪܒ ܟܘܡܪ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܚܠܦ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܬܟ̇ܫܦ ܠܘܬ ܐܠܗܐ܇ ܟܕ ܒܡܨܥܝܘܬܗ ܦ̇ܪܫ ܠܗܘܢ ܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αρχιερευς εστιν ο υπερ πασων λογικων φυσεων προς τον θεον ικετευων τηι αυτου μεσιτειαι της τε κακιας και αγνοιας αυτας διαχωριζων. | S2-Guill ܪܒ ܟܘܡܪ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܚܠܦ ܟܠܗ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܡܬܟ̇ܫܦ ܠܘܬ ܐܠܗܐ܇ ܘܠܡܢܗܘܢ ܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܦ̇ܪܫ ܘܠܡܢܗܘܢ ܡܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The high priest is He who addresses supplications to God for all reasoning nature and separates some from evil, and others from ignorance. |
47 5 47 5 47 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܝ̇ܩܪܝܢ ܚܢܢ ܠܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ܆ ܠܘ ܡܛܠ ܟܝܢܗܘܢ. ܐܠܐ ܡܛܠ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܗܘܢ. ܘܡ̇ܨܚܝܢܢ ܠܫܐܕ̈ܐ܆ ܡܛܠ ܣܘܓܐܐ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Τιμωμεν τους αγγελους ου δια την φυσιν αυτων αλλα δια την αρετην αυτων και λοιδορουμεν τους δαιμονας δια το πληθος της κακιας αυτων. 339 | S2-Guill ܡܝ̇ܩܪܝܢܢ ܠܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ܆ ܠܘ ܡܛܠ ܟܝܢܗܘܢ. ܐܠܐ ܡܛܠ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܗܘܢ. ܘܡ̇ܨܚܝܢܢ ܠܫܐܕ̈ܐ܆ ܡܛܠ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܕܒܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 We honor angels non because of their nature, but on account of their virtue; and we insult demons on account of the vice that is in them. |
48 5 48 5 48 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 1557b Τὸ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν εἶπόν τινες εἶναι τὴν σάρκα τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἥτις διὰ τὸν Χριστόν ἐστι προσκυνητή· ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς προσκυνητὸς διὰ τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ Λόγον θεοῦ. | grc-Pitra 330 Προσκυνοῦμεν τὴν σάρκα τοῦ σωτῆρος [οὐ] διὰ τὴν φύσιν, ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ ὁ Χριστός ἐστιν ἐν αὐτῇ· καὶ ἡ μὲν σὰρξ προσκυνητὴ διὰ τὸν Θεὸν Λόγον, τὸν ἐν αὐτῇ. | grc-Rondeau Τὸ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν εἶπόν τινες εἶναι τὴν σάρκα τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἥτις διὰ τὸν Χριστόν ἐστι προσκυνητή· ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς προσκυνητὸς διὰ τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ λόγον θεόν. | grc-Rondeau Προσκυνοῦμεν τὴν σάρκα τοῦ σωτῆρος οὐ διὰ τὴν φύσιν, ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ ὁ Χριστός ἐστιν ἐν αὐτῇ· καὶ ἡ μὲν σὰρξ προσκυνητὴ διὰ τὸν Χριστόν, ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς διὰ τὸν θεὸν λόγον τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ. | S1-Guill ܚܕ ܗܘ ܦܓܪܐ ܕܡܢ ܟܘܠ ܣܓܝܕ܆ ܦܓܪܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ. ܡܛܠ ܕܒܗ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܓܘܫܡܢܐܝܬ ܡܠܬܐ ܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εν εστι σωμα ο υπο παντων προσκυνειται το του Χ., διοτι εν αυτωι μονωι ο θεος λογος σωματικως ενεστιν. | S2-Guill ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܡܢ ܟܠ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܝܢ܆ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܠܢ ܣܓܝܕܐ. ܡܛܠ ܕܗ̣ܘ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܒܗ ܡܠܬܐ ܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Alone of all bodies, the Christ is adorable by us because he alone has within him the Word of God. |
49 5 49 5 49 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP πρόσφατός ἐστι θεὸς ὁ μηδὲν οὐσιῶσαι δυνάμενος, ἢ ὁ τῇ κακίᾳ πεποιωμένος | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 + grc-Pitra + grc-Rondeau ...
Pairwise Similarity The table below shows the percentage of similarity of each
pair of versions, starting with the version that shows the least divergence from
the entire group and proceeding to versions that are most divergent. This table
is useful for identifying clusters and pairs of versions that are closest to
each other.
grc-PG12 grc-Rondeau grc-Pitra πρόσφατός εστι θεὸς ὁ μηδὲν οὐσιῶσαι δυνάμενος ἢ ὁ τῇ κακίᾳ πεποι grc-PG12 ω grc-Rondeau grc-Pitra η grc-PG12 grc-Rondeau grc-Pitra μένος grc-PG12 grc-Pitra καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἔθνεσι νενομισμένος | S1-Guill ܐܠܗܐ ܚܕܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܕܡ ܕܢ̣ܒܪܐ ܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܐ܇ ܐܠܐ ܡ̣ܠܐ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܟܣܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Θεος καινος Frankenberg (προσφατος? ψ 81,10 cf. Theod. eccl. lib. 4,22) εστιν ος κτιζειν τι ου δυναται αλλα μεστος εστι κακιας αποκεκρυμμενης. | S2-Guill ܐܠܗܐ ܚܕܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܢ̇ܟܝܢ ܡܕܡ ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚ. ܐܘ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܒܝܫܬܐ ܡܚܝܕ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The new God is he who cannot make anything to exist, or he who is united to evil. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
50 5 50 5 50 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܠܚܘܕܝܗ̇ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܡܢ ܩܕܡ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܣܓܝܕܐ. ܕܡܢܗ̇ ܒܬܪܟܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܘܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ ܡܢ ܠܐ ܡܕܡ ܐܬܩܝ̇ܡܘ܀ | S1-Fr Μονη η αγια τριας προ των αιωνων προσκυνητη υφ’ ης υστερον παντα τα οντα τα τε ενσωματα και τα ασωματα page 167r | εξ ουδενος συνεστηκε. | S2-Guill ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܡܛܠܬܗ̇ ܒܠܚܘܕܝܗ̇ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܣܓܝܕܬܐ. ܕܡܢܗ̇ ܒܚܪܬܐ ܟܝܢܐ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܘܡܓܫܡܐ܆ ܡܢ ܩܕܝܡ ܡܢ ܠܐ ܡܕܡ ܠܡܕܡ ܗ̣ܘܘ܀ 199 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Only the Blessed Trinity is adorable in itself, by which, finally, the incorporeal and the corporeal nature in the beginning became something out of nothing. |
51 5 51 5 51 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 198 ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢ ܚܙܬܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܒܐܠܗܐ ܚ̇ܐܪ܆ ܠܘ ܠܟܝܢܗ ܚܙ̇ܐ. ܐܠܐ ܠܡܕܒܪܢܘܬܐ ܕܚܟܡܬܗ. ܘܐܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܡܢܐ ܗܝ ܟܝ ܫܢܝܘܬܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡ̇ܡܪܚܝܢ ܠܡܐܡܪ ܕܟܝܢܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ος εκ της των οντων οψεως εις τον θεον κατανοει ου την φυσιν αυτου οραι αλλα την της σοφιας αυτου οικονομιαν· ει δε τουτο ουτως εχει ποση εστιν η μανια των ειπειν οτι την θεου φυσιν γινωσκουσιν τολμωντων. 341 | S2-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢ ܫܘܝܘܬܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܚ̇ܙܐ ܠܒܪܘܝܐ܆ ܠܘ ܠܟܝܢܗ ܝ̇ܕܥ ܕܡ̇ܢܘ. ܐܠܐ ܠܚܟܡܬܗ ܝ̇ܕܥ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܗ̇ ܥ̣ܒܕ ܟܠܡܕܡ. ܚܟܡܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܡ̇ܪ ܐܢܐ ܠܘ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܐܠܐ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܡܬܚܙܝܐ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܡ̣ܥܕܝܢ ܩ̇ܪܝܢ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܗܠܝܢ ܡܗܝܪܝܢ. ܘܐܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܝ܆ ܡܢܐ ܗܝ ܫܢܝܘܬܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ܇ ܕܟܝܢܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 One who sees the Creator according to the harmony of beings - it is not [God’s] nature that he knows, rather he knows His wisdom by which He has made everything: and I do not mean the essential wisdom, but that which appears in beings, that which is called natural contemplation by those who are expert in these things. And if this is so, what is the madness of those who say they know the nature of God! |
52 5 52 5 52 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܕ ܠܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܒ̇ܥܝܢ ܚܢܢ ܠܡܚܙܐ܆ ܥܠ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܐ ܣܢܝܩܝܢܢ. ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܠܠܐ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܆ ܠܕܟܝܘܬܐ ܝܬܝܪܬܐ. ܝܬܝܪ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܣܓܝ܆ ܡܐ ܕܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ ܚܢܢ ܠܡܚܙܐ ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τα μεν σωματα οραν ζητουντες νοος καθαρου χρειαν εχομεν τα δε ασωματα κα θαροτητος περισσευουσης μαλλον δε παρα πολυ εαν επιβαλωμεθα του οραν την αγιαν τριαδα. | S2-Guill ܥܠ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܐ ܣܢܝܩܝܢ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ. ܥܠ ܕܕܟ̣ܐ ܕܝܢ ܝܬܝܪ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ. ܘܥܠ ܕܕܟ̣ܐ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 a pure nous has need of the logoi of bodies, a purer (nous) [needs] the logoi of incorporeals, and a (nous) purer than the latter [needs] the Blessed Trinity. |
53 5 53 5 53 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP θυσία πνευματική ἐστι συνειδὸς καθαρὸν ἐπὶ τὴν κατάστασιν τοῦ νοῦ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον κείμενον | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܒܚܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܐܪܬܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܥܠ ܬܩܢܘܬܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܥܠ ܡܕܒܚܐ ܣܝ̇ܡܐ܀ | S1-Fr Θυσια πτευματικη εστι θεωρια καθαρα ητις την του νοος καταστασιν Frankenberg (= ευεξια) ως επι θυσιαστηριου τιθησι. | S2-Guill ܕܒܚܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܐܪܬܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܥܠ ܬܩܢܘܬܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܥܠ ܡܕܒܚܐ ܣܝ̇ܡܐ܀ 201 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The spiritual sacrifice is the pure conscience that puts on the state of the nous as on an altar. |
54 5 54 5 54 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 200 ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܥܛܠܐ ܠܡܕܥ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ: ܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܕܠܡܚܙܐ ܓܠܝܘܬܗܘܢ: ܗܟܢܐ ܥܛܠܐ ܠܡܕܥ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܦܓܪ̈ܐ܇ ܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܕܠܡܚܙܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܠܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ χαλεπον εστι την των φυσεων διανοιαν γιγνωσκευν μαλλον η το φανερον αυτων οραν ουτως χαλεπον γιγνωσκειν τους περι των σωματων λογους μαλλον η οραν τα σωματα αυτα. 343 | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܥܛܠܐ ܠܡܚܙܐ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܝܗܘܢ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ: ܡܢ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܝܕ ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܢܬܩ̇ܪܒ ܠܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܥܛܠܐ ܠܡܕܥ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܝܗܘܢ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܇ ܡܢ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܢܚܙܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܠܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as it is more difficult for us to see thelogoi of the incorporeals that [to perceive] through the senses objects which approach us, so it is more difficult for us to know the logoi of bodies that to see the bodies themselves. |
55 5 55 5 55 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܝܬܝܗ̇ ܨܒܘܬܐ ܕܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܗܕܐ ܓܝܪ ܕܒ̣ܪ̈ܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Ουκ εστιν επιμικτον και συνθετον τι η αγια τριας· τουτο γαρ της κτι σεως εστιν. | S2-Guill ܠܝܬܝܗ̇ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܨܒܘܬܐ ܕܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܡܡܙܓ̣ܐ. ܗܕܐ ܓܝܪ ܠܒ̣ܪ̈ܝܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܓ̣ܕܫ̇ܬ. ܡܕܝܢ ܚܣܝܐܝܬ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܐܢܫ ܠܗܕܐ ܢܫܡܗ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The holy Trinity is not a thing having qualities, for that pertains to creatures. | S2-Dy S2 The Blessed Trinity is not a thing that would be entangled into contemplation; Indeed, that occurs only to created beings. Thus one will call it holy essential knowledge. |
56 5 56 5 56 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܬܦ̣ܪܫ ܡܢ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ܆ ܐܦ ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܝܢ ܐܬܓܠܙ. ܘܐܝܢܐ ܕܐܫ̣ܬܩܠ̇ܬ ܡܢܗ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ܆ ܐܦ ܠܒܪ ܡܢܗܝܢ ܕܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܢܫܬܟܚ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܝ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܗܝܡܢܢ ܓܝܪ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Ος των πραγματων διακεχωρισται και της αυτων θεωριας απεστερηται και ου αφηιρηται η θεωρια και εκτος των πραγματων ευρεθησεται. αλλ’ ουχ ουτως η αγια τριας, πιστευομεν γαρ οτι γνωσις ουσιωδης εστιν. | S2-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܐܬܦ̣ܪܫ܆ ܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܦܢܛܘܣ ܐܦ ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܥܠܝܗܘܢ ܢ̣ܦܠ. ܘܠܐ ܬܘܒ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܐܘܒܕ܆ ܗܢܐ ܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܐܠܐ ܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܥܠ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܗܝܡܢܢ ܓܝܪ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy S1 He who was separated from things was deprived also of their contemplation; and he from whom was removed the contemplations will find himself outside of things. But the holy Trinity is not the same; we believed, in fact, that it is the essential knowledge. | S2-Dy S2 One who is separated from objects, has not[necessarily] also fallen completely from the contemplation that concerns them; nor is one who lost contemplation, [necessarily] outside of objects. But it is not the same concerning the Blessed Trinity; indeed, we that it is solely essential knowledge. |
57 5 57 5 57 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Ὥσπερ νῦν μὲν διὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἐπι- βάλλομεν πράγμασιν, ὕστερον δὲ καθαρθέντες, καὶ τοὺς λόγους τούτων ἐπιγινώσκομεν· οὕτω πρότερον μὲν ὀψόμεθα αὐτὰ τὰ πράγματα, ἐπὶ πλεῖον δὲ καθαρθέντες, καὶ τὴν περὶ αὐτῶν θεωρίαν εἰσόμεθα, μεθ’ ἣν ἔστι γνῶναι λοιπὸν καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν ἁγίαν Τριάδα. = E 18. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܗܫܐ ܒܝܕ ܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܢܢ ܠܟܝ̈ܢܐ: ܘܡܐ ܕܐܬܕܟܝܢ ܚܙ̇ܝܢܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܡܐ ܕܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܐܬܕܟܝܢ܇ ܡ̇ܕܝܩܝܢܢ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܠܐ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ. ܘܡܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܐܝܬ ܐܬܕܟܝܢ܆ ܡܫ̣ܬܘܝܢܢ ܐܦ ܠܚܙܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσ κ π ερ τα νυν δι’ αισθητηριων τας φυσεις ορωμεν και κεκαθαρισμενοι την αυτων θεωριαν ορωμεν page 169r | ουτως μαλλον κεκαθαρισμενοι διακυπτομεν εις την των ασωματων θεωριαν τρισσως δε κεκαθαρισμενοι επαξιωθησομεθα και της αγιας τριαδος οψεως. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܗܫܐ ܒܝܕ ܡܪ̈ܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܠܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܝܢܢ: ܠܚܪܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܐ ܕܐܬܕܟܝܢܢ ܘܠܣܘ̈ܟܠܝܗܘܢ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܬ ܠܗܘܢ ܠܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܢܢ ܚܢܢ܇ ܘܡܐ ܕܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܐܬܕܟܝܢ܇ ܐܦ ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܥܠܝܗܘܢ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢܢ܇ ܕܒܬܪܗ̇ ܐܝܬ ܠܡܕܥ ܡܟܝܠ ܐܦ ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ 203 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as we now approach sensible objects through the senses, and eventually when we are purified we will also know their logoi; so we first see objects, and when we are further purified, we will also see the contemplation concerning them, after which it is possible henceforth to also know the Blessed Trinity |
58 5 58 5 58 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 202 ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ ܦ̇ܪܫܐ. ܗܘܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Η μεν αισθησις τα αισθητα διακρινει ο δε νους την θεωριαν αυτων. 345 | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܠܐܪܓܫܬܐ ܠܘ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ ܦ̇ܪܫ: ܐܠܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܐܪܓܫܬܐ. ܪܓܫܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ܆ ܠܘ ܐܝܟ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ. ܐܠܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܐ ܦ̇ܪܫܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The senses discern the sensible, and the nous their contemplation. | S2-Dy S2 The nous discerns sensations not as sensible, but as sensation; and sensation discerns sensible things not as objects but as sensible objects. |
59 5 59 5 59 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܠܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܠܐ ܦ̇ܪܫܐ. ܦ̇ܪܫܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܠܘ ܠܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ܆ ܐܠܐ ܠܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ. ܗܘܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܘܠܡܪܓܫܢܘܬܐ ܦ̇ܪܫ܀ | S1-Fr Η αισθησις την αισθησιν ου διακρινει διακρινει δε τα αισθητηρια ου μην αλλα αισθητηρια αλλα την αισθησιν· ο δε νους τα τε αισθητηρια και την αισθησιν διακρινει. | S2-Guill ܐܪܓܫܬܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܠܐܪܓܫܬܐ ܠܐ ܦ̇ܪܫܐ. ܦ̇ܪܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܥܪ̈ܓܫܐ܆ ܠܘ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܐܠܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܐ. ܗܘܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܐܪ̈ܓܫܬܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܐܪܓܫܬܐ܆ ܘܠܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܪ̈ܓܫܐ ܦ̇ܪܫ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Sense does not discern sense; the sense organs do not discern the other sense organs, but the sense. The nous discerns the sense organs and the sense. | S2-Dy S2 Sensation does not discern sensation; rather it discerns only the sense-organs, not as sense-organs, but as sensible [objects]. The nous discerns sensation as sensation and the organs of sense as organs of sense. |
60 5 60 5 60 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܚܪܝܢ ܗܘ ܚܝܠܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܡܐ ܕܚ̇ܐܪ ܒܟܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܘܐܚܪܝܢ ܗܘ ܚܝܠܗ ܡܐ ܕܡ̇ܕܝܩ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ. ܚܕ ܗܘ ܕܝܢ ܚܝܠܗ ܟܕ ܫ̣ܘܐ ܡܐ ܕܡ̇ܕܝܩ ܒܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αλλη εστιν η του νοος δυναμις οταν βλεπηι εις τας φυσεις αλλη δε η δυναμις αυτου οταν εις την θεωριαν αυτων διακυψηι· μια δε εστιν η δυναμις αυτου και ιση καθ’ αυτην οταν εις την αγιαν τριαδα διακυψηι. | S2-Guill ܐܚܪܝܢ ܗܘ ܚܝܠܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܕܚ̇ܙܐ ܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܐ. ܘܐܚܪܝܢ ܗܘ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝ̇ܕܥ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܥܠܝܗܘܢ. ܚܕ ܗܘ ܕܝܢ ܚܝܠܗ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܚܙ̇ܐ ܘܡܣ̇ܬܟܠ ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The power of the nous that sees spiritual natures is one thing; that (power) which knows the contemplations which concern them is another. But(only) one is the power which knows and understands Blessed Trinity. |
61 5 61 5 61 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܐ ܕܚܝ̇ܪܝܢܢ ܒܗ̈ܘܠܣ܆ ܥ̇ܗܕܝܢܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܝܢ. ܘܡܐ ܕܩ̇ܒܠܢܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ܆ ܬܘܒ ܠܥܘܗܕܢܐ ܕܗܘ̈ܠܣ ܐܬ̇ܝܢܢ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܗܟܢܐ ܓ̇ܕܫܐ ܠܢ܇ ܐܦ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οταν βλεπωμεν εις τας υλας την θεωριαν αυτων μνημονευομεν και οταν την θεωριαν δεξωμεθα αυθις προς την των υλων μνημην ανερχομεθα· αλλ’ ουχ ουτως συμβαινει ημιν και εν τηι της αγιας τριαδος θεωριαι. 347 | S2-Guill ܟܡܐ ܙܒ̈ܢܝܢ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܒܗ̈ܘܠܣ ܚܝ̇ܪܝܢܢ܆ ܠܥܘܗܕܢܐ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܝܢ ܐܬ̇ܝܢܢ. ܘܡܢ ܕܩ̇ܒܠܢܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ܆ ܬܘܒ ܡ̇ܪܚܩܝܢܢ ܠܢ ܡܢ ܗ̈ܘܠܣ. ܐܠܐ ܠܘ ܗܕܐ ܓ̇ܕܫܐ ܠܢ ܥܠ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܓܝܪ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy S1 When we consider matter, we remember their contemplation; and, once we have received the contemplation, we come to the memory of matter But it is not how it happens also in the contemplation of the Holy Trinity | S2-Dy S2 Whenever we consider material [things], we come to the memory of their contemplations; and when we receive their contemplation we again distance ourselves from material [things]. But this is not what happens in regard to the Blessed Trinity; because it is solely essential contemplation. |
62 5 62 5 62 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܠܘ ܨܒܘܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܪ̈ܘܟܒܐ ܐܘ ܕܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ܇ ܐܘ ܕܚܣܝܪܘܬܐ ܐܘ ܕܝܬܝܪܘܬܐ. ܐܝܬܘܬܐ ܗܝ ܓܝܪ ܝܚܝܕܝܬܐ܆ ܕܒܟܠܡܕܡ ܒܟܠܙܒܢ ܫܘ̣ܝܐ ܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Η αγια τριας ουκ εστι πραγμα των συνθεσεων η των ποιοτητων η του υστερηματος η της περισσειας· ουσια γαρ μονοειδης εστι παντα και διαπαντος ιση. | S2-Guill ܠܐ ܡܬܝܕܥ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܒܡܣ̈ܩܬܐ ܘܡ̈ܚܬܬܐ. ܠܐ ܓܝܪ ܐܝܬ ܬܡܢ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܕܡܫܥܒܕܝܢ. ܘܟܝܢܗ̇ ܫܪܝܐ ܠܐ ܡܩ̇ܒܠ. ܡܛܠ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܫ̇ܪܐ 205 ܠܟܝܢܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ܆ ܒܗܘܠܐ ܡ̇ܩܝܡ ܠܗ ܦܢܛܘܣ ܘܒܚܙܬܐ. ܠܟܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܐܢ ܐܢܫ ܢܫ̣ܪܐ܆ ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܫܚܝܡܬܐ ܘܠܩܢܘܡܐ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܕܣܩܘܒܠܝܘܬܐ ܢ̇ܗܦܟ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܬ ܠܡܕܥ ܠܟܝܢܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The Holy Trinity is not a thing having composition or qualities, whether missing or in excess; it is in fact, a unique essence, which in everything is always equal to itself | S2-Dy S2 The nature of the Trinity is not known through ascents or descents. Indeed, [since] there are no subjacent objects, its nature does not admit analysis: for elucidating the nature of bodies would finally make [that nature] consist of matter and form; and in elucidating the incorporeal natures, one would return it to natural (? common) contemplation and to those substance susceptible of opposition. But it is not possible to know the nature of the Blessedtrinity by this means. |
63 5 63 5 63 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 204 ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܡܣ̈ܩܬܐ ܘܡ̈ܚܬܬܐ ܐܝܬ܆ ܐܝܟ ܚܦܝܛܘܬܐ ܘܡܗܡܝܢܘܬܐ. ܠܘ ܕܝܢ ܗܟܢܐ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܚܙܬܐ ܗܝ ܓܝܪ ܫ̣ܘܝܬܐ ܕܠܝܬ ܒܗ̇ ܡܣܩܬܐ ܘܡܚܬܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εν τηι των οντων θεωριαι αναβασεις και καταβασεις εισι κατα την σπουδην και την αμελειαν· αλλ’ ουχ ουτως εν τηι της αγιας τριαδος θεωριαι· εστι γαρ οψις ιση καθ αυτην, εν ηι ουκ εστιν αναβασις και καταβασις. 349 | S2-Guill ܫܪܝܐ ܡ̇ܢ܆ ܠܒܪܫܝܬ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܡ̇ܣܩ ܠܢ. ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܝܟ ܡܫܘܚܬܐ܆ ܚܟܡܬܗ ܕܒܪܘܝܐ ܡܚܘ̇ܝܐ. ܐܠܐ ܠܘ ܒܗܠܝܢ ܢܝ̈ܫܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܢ ܚܢܢ ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܠܝܬ ܠܗ̇ ܓܝܪ ܫܘܪܝܐ. ܘܠܐ ܬܘܒ ܚܟܡܬܐ ܕܒܗܠܝܢ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ܇ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܚܢܢ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܐܠܗܐ. ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܗܠܝܢ ܫܘܪ̈ܝܐ ܫ̇ܠܡܝܢ ܒܡܠܥܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ܇ ܠܗܠܝܢ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܫܘܪ̈ܝܝܗܘܢ. ܚܟܡܬܐ ܓܝܪ ܕܕܐܝܟ ܗܕܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܕܠܐ ܩܢܘܡ. ܕܒܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܬܚܙܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 In the contemplation of beings, there are ascents and descents, according to the diligence or the negligence. But it is not the same in the contemplation of the Holy Trinity. It is, in fact, a vision that is equal to itself, where there is neither ascent or descent. | S2-Dy S2 Investigation brings us back to the beginning of objects, and properly-measured knowledge renders visible the wisdom of the Creator; but it is not [by] following these signs that we see the Blessed Trinity. For it is without beginning, nor do we say that the wisdom in these objects is God, if these beginnings accord in the contemplation of nature with things of which they are the beginnings. Indeed, such a wisdom is knowledge without substance, which appears only in objects. |
64 5 64 5 64 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܡܚܙܝܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܛܘܢܦܐ ܡܟ̇ܬܪܐ ܡܢ ܕܡ̣ܘ̈ܬܐ: ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡ̇ܕܝ̈ܩܢ ܒܗ̇܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܢܦܫܐ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܡܢ ܟܠܗܝܢ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܒܐܪܥܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ εσοπτρον αμιαντον διαμενει παρα των εις αυτο παρακυπτουσων εικονων ουτως η ψυχη η απαθης παρα παντων των εν τηι γηι πραγματων. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܡܚܙܝܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܛܘܢܦܐ ܡܟ̇ܬܪܐ ܡܢ ܕܡ̣ܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܡ̇ܕܝܩ̈ܢ ܒܗ̇܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܢܦܫܐ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܡܢ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܒܐܪܥܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as a mirror remains unstained by images that are observed there, so the impassible soul (remains without being stained) by things that are on earth. |
65 5 65 5 65 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP πρακτικὸς μέν ἐστι στρατιώτης φρονήσεως· γνωστικὸς δὲ σοφίας ὑπασπιστής | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܠܘܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܦܠܚܐ ܕܦܘܪܫܢܐ. ܝܕܘܥܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܥܕܪܢܐ ܕܚܟܡܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Εργατης εστιν εργαζομενος μετα διακρισεως γνωστικος δε εστι βοηθος της σοφιας. | S2-Guill ܦܠܘܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܦܠܚܐ ܕܦܘܪܫܢܐ. ܝܕܘܥܬܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܥܕܪܢܐ ܕܚܟܡܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The praktikos is the servant of separation, and the gnostikos the assistant of wisdom. |
66 5 66 5 66 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܢܫܬܘܬܦ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ܇ ܩܕܡ ܕܢܐܬܐ ܠܚܘܠܡܢܐ ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܀ 206 | S1-Fr Αδυνατον τον νουν πνευματικης γνωσεως μετεχειν πριν η το της ψυχης παθητικον ιασασθαι. | S2-Guill ܠܐ ܡܬܚܝ̇ܕ ܗܘܢܐ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ܇ ܩܕܡ ܕܢܚܝ̇ܕ ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܗ ܠܡܝܬܪ̈ܘܬܐ ܕܩܢܘܡܗ܀ 207 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 the nous is not united to knowledge until it has united the passible part of its soul to its proper virtues. |
67 5 67 5 67 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-Rondeau Ξηραίνεται νοῦς ὕδατος πνευματικοῦ ἀπορῶν τοῦ ῥέοντος ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς τῆς ζωῆς. | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܢܝܫܐ ܕܐܝ̈ܠܢܐ ܛܥܝܢܝܢ: ܗܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܡܝ̈ܐ ܡܬ̇ܪܒܝܢ܆ ܫܦܝܪ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܝ̈ܐ ܚܝ̈ܐ ܐܢܘܢ܇ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܪܕ̇ܝܢ ܡܢ ܡܒܘܥܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει αι λογικαι φυσεις δενδρων συμβολα ταυτα δε υδατι αυξανει καλως η γνωσις υδωρ ζων εστι εκ της ζωης πηγης εκρεον. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܢܝܫܐ ܛܥܝܢܝܢ ܕܐܝ̈ܠܢܐ: ܗܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܡܝ̈ܐ ܡܬ̇ܪܒܝܢ܆ ܛܒܐܝܬ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܝ̈ܐ ܕܪܘܚ܇ ܕܪܕ̇ܝܢ ܡܢ ܡܥܝܢܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If reasoning natures bear the sign of trees and if the latter grow in water, it is rightly said that knowledge is called the spiritual water which flows from the source of life. |
68 5 68 5 68 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ἀλλόφυλός ἐστι νοητὸς ὁ τοῖς ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ὀδεύουσιν ἀνθιστάμενος | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܠܫܬܝܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩ̇ܐܡ ܠܘܩܒܠ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܥ̇ܐܠܝܢ ܠܡܐܪܬ ܐܪܥܐ ܕܡܘܠܟܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Φιλισταιος αλλοφυλος εστιν ο εναντιουμενος τοις την επαγ γελιας γην κληρονομειν βουλομενοις. | S2-Guill ܦܠܫܬܝܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩ̇ܐܡ ܠܘܩܒܠ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܥ̇ܐܠܝܢ ܠܡܐܪܬ ܐܪܥܐ ܕܡܘܠܟܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible Philistine is he who is opposed to those who enter through inheritance into the Promised Land. |
69 5 69 5 69 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܡܝ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܇ ܕܥܠܝܗܘܢ ܢܨܝܒ ܐܝܠܢܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η αγια τριας εστιν υδωρ αγιον παρ’ ο το της ζωης δενδρον πεφυτευται. 351 | S2-Guill ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܢܝܫܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ. ܘܐܝܠܢܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢܗ̇ ܫ̇ܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Blessed Trinity is the sign of the blessed water, and the Tree of Life is the Christ who drinks there. |
70 5 70 5 70 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Wolf | grc-Pitra + grc-Rondeau ...
τόπος γνώσεως θεοῦ καὶ νοῦς τόπος γνώσεως θεοῦ | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܦܓܪܢ ܒܗܕܐ ܕܘܟܬܐ ܐܘ ܒܗ̇ܝ ܡܬܐܡܪ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܢ ܒܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܕܝܕ̈ܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ το σωμα ημων εν τουτωι τωι τοπωι η εν εκεινωι ειναι λεγεται ουτως και ο νους ημων εν ταις της γνωσεως διαφοραις. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܦܓܪܢ ܒܕܘܟܬܐ ܡܬܐܡܪ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܗ̣ܝ. ܡܛܠ ܗܢܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܚܡܐܝܬ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܕܘܟܬܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as our body is said to be in a place, thenous is also (said to be) in a kind of knowledge; for this reason knowledge is accurately termed the place[of the nous’]. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
71 5 71 5 71 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ῥαφαίτης ἐστὶ νοητὸς ὁ τοὺς εἰσελθόντας εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας πάλιν ἐξελθεῖν βιαζόμενος | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܓܢܒܪܐ ܡܪܘܕܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܥ̣ܠܘ ܠܐܪܥܐ ܕܡܘܠܟܢܐ܇ ܕܢ̇ܦܩ ܡܢܗ̇ ܡܬܚܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Δυνατος αθετων Frankenberg (ανυποτακτος) εστιν ο τους εις την της επαγγελιας γην εισελθοντας εκβαλειν ισχυριζομενος. | S2-Guill ܓܢܒܪܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܥ̣ܠܘ ܠܐܪܥܐ ܕܡܘܠܟܢܐ܇ ܕܢ̇ܦܩ ܡܢܗ̇ ܡܬܚܪܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible hero is he who strives to go out with those who have entered the Promised Land.. |
72 5 72 5 72 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܐܪܒܥܐ ܪ̈ܝܫܝܢ ܡܢ ܚܕ ܡܒܘܥܐ ܦ̇ܪܫܘ܆ ܒܦܘܪܫܢܐ ܢܣ̇ܬܟܠ ܡܦܩ̈ܬܗܘܢ ܘܐܬܪ̈ܘܬܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ει τεσσαρες αρχαι απο μιας πηγης αποριζονται εν διακρισει δια νοηθωμεν την τε εκπορευσιν αυτων και τα χωρια. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܐܪܒܥܐ ܪ̈ܫܝܢ ܡܢ ܚܕ ܢܗܪܐ ܦ̣ܪܫܘ܆ ܢܐܡܪ ܐܢܫ ܥܠܡܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܚܕ ܗ̣ܘܐ ܢܗܪܐ. ܕܐܦ ܠܦܪܕܝܣܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢܗ ܫ̇ܬܐ܆ ܓܘܫܡܐ ܢܣ̇ܬܟܠ܀ 209 | S1-Dy S1 If "the four arms " were divided from only one source, let us understand with discernment their exits and their regions. | S2-Dy S2 If the four sources came from only one river, one should say, "the world where there was only one river", so that the body also discerns the Paradise from which it will drink. |
73 5 73 5 73 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 208 ܗܘܢܐ ܡܬܕ̇ܡܪ܆ ܟܕ ܚ̇ܐܪ ܒܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܘܠܐ ܡܬܕ̇ܠܚ. ܦ̇ܓܥ ܓܝܪ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܡܚܝ̣ܢܐ ܘܪܚܝܡܐ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Fr Ο νους θαυμαζει κατανοων εις τας φυσεις και ου ταρασσεται οτι θεωριαι αδελφηι τε και φιληι αυτωι συνανται. 353 | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܡܬܕܡ̇ܪ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܠܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܚܙ̇ܐ. ܘܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ ܠܐ ܡܫ̣ܬܓܫ. ܐܠܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܘܬ ܒܝ̈ܬܝܐ ܘܠܘܬ ܪ̈ܚ̇ܡܐ ܪܗ̇ܛ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The nous is in admiration, when it looks at the natures, and it is not troubled when it meets a related and beloved contemplation. | S2-Dy S2 The nous marvels, when it sees objects, and it is not disturbed in contemplating them; instead it runs as if towards its family and friends. |
74 5 74 5 74 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP πόλις ἐστὶ νοητὴ νοερὰς περιέχουσα φύσεις | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܕܝܢܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܪܘܚ܇ ܕܡܣܝ̇ܟܝܢ ܒܗ̇ ܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Πολις εστι θεωρια πνευματικη ηι αι λογικαι φυσεις περιεχονται. | S2-Guill ܡܕܝܢܬܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܆ ܕܡܣܝ̇ܟܐ ܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible city is the spiritual contemplation which contains the spiritual natures. |
75 5 75 5 75 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܟܡܐ ܕܡܫ̇ܬܠܚ ܡܢ ܚܫ̈ܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܡ̇ܕܝܩ ܒܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ. ܘܟܡܐ ܕܬ̇ܟܒܐ ܚܦܝܛܘܬܗ܆ ܗܟܢ ܥ̇ܬܪܐ ܝܕܥܬܗ܀ | S1-Fr Οσον ο νους τα παθη εκδυεται τοσουτον εν τοις νοημασι μαλλον κατανοει και οσον η σπουδη αυτου επικειται τοσουτον αυτου η γνωσις πλουτει. | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܟܡܐ ܕܡܫ̇ܬܠܚ ܡܢ ܚܫ̈ܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒ ܠܘܬ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ. ܘܐܝܟ ܡܫܘܚܬܐ ܕܛܟܣܗ܆ ܐܦ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܩ̇ܒܠ. ܘܟܘܠ ܛܟܣܐ ܕܢܩܘܡ ܒܗ܆ ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܠܗ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܕܝܠܗ ܝ̇ܕܥ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The more the nous divests itself of passions, the more it looks at the intellections; and the more its zeal presses the more the knowledge enriches itself | S2-Dy S2 The more the nous divests itself of the passions, the more it approaches objects; and, according to the level of its rank, it also receives knowledge. And [in] all the ranks in which it will stand it will know the contemplation proper [to that rank]. |
76 5 76 5 76 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܝܢܐ ܝܕܘܥܐ ܡܒ̇ܚܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ. ܘܗ̣ܝ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܝ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܕ̇ܟܝܐ ܠܝܕ̈ܘܥܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η γνωστικη φυσις την των φυσεων γνωσιν δοκιμαζει η δε γνωσις αυτη τους γνωστικους καθαριζει. | S2-Guill ܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܝܕ̈ܘܥܐ ܡܒ̇ܚܢܝܢ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ. ܘܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܡܕܟ̇ܝܐ ܠܝܕ̈ܘܥܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Knowing Natures examine objects, and the knowledge of objects purifies the Knowers. |
77 5 77 5 77 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP πύλαι εἰσὶ νοηταὶ ἀρεταὶ ψυχῆς λογικῆς διὰ πρακτικῆς καὶ δυνάμεως κατασκευασθεῖσαι Θεοῦ | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 104 Πύλας δὲ δυναστῶν τὰς ἀρετὰς τῶν σοφῶν λέγει· | grc-Géh1987 360 Αἱ πύλαι τῶν σοφῶν αἱ πρακτικαί εἰσιν ἀρεταὶ δι‘ ὧν εἰσέρχεται σοφία θεοῦ. | grc-Géh1987 362 Πύλαι δὲ τῶν σοφῶν αἱ πρακτικαὶ ἀρεταὶ δι’ ὧν εἰσέρχε ται σοφία θεοῦ. | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 + grc-Rondeau ...
πύλας δὲ λέγει τὰς ἀρετάς | S1-Guill ܬܪ̈ܥܐ ܡܬܝ̈ܕܥܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܚܦܝܛܘܬܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ܇ ܘܡܢ ܚܝܠܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܬܩܝ̇ܡ܀ | S1-Fr Πυλαι της πολεως εισιν αρεται λογικης ψυχης εκ τε της του νοος σπουδης και της θεου δυναμεως συνεστηκυιαι. | S2-Guill ܬܪ̈ܥܐ ܡܬܝ̈ܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ ܘܦܠܘܚܬܐ܇ ܕܡܢ ܚܝܠܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܬܩܝ̇ܡ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible gates are the virtues of the reasoning soul and praktike which have been constituted by the power of God. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
78 5 78 5 78 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܐ ܡܬܒ̇ܨܪܝܢ ܘܠܐ ܡܬܝ̇ܬܪܝܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܩܛܝ̈ܢܐ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ. ܠܘ̣ܝܐ ܠܗܘܢ 210 ܕܝܢ ܣܪܝܘܬܐ ܩܫܝܬܐ܆ ܕܒܪܝܚܗ̇ ܡ̇ܪܓܫܝܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܚܝܠܐ ܡܢ ܡܪܝܐ ܩ̇ܒܠܘ ܠܡ̇ܪܓܫܘ ܒܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Ου μειουται ουδε περισσευεται τα λεπτα των δαιμονων σωματα απτεται δε αυτων σηπεδων δεινη ης την οσμην αισθανονται οι παρα θεου την δυναμιν του αισθανεσθαι αυτην ελαβον. 355 | S2-Guill ܠܐ ܪܒ̇ܝܢ ܘܠܐ ܡܬܒ̇ܨܪܝܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ. ܠܘ̣ܝܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܣܪܝܘܬܐ 211 ܩܫܝܬܐ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܦ ܚܫܝ̈ܢ ܡ̇ܙܝܥܝܢ. ܘܕܠܝܠܐܝܬ ܡܬܝܕܥܝܢ ܡܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܚܝܠܐ ܡܢ ܡܪܝܐ ܩ̇ܒܠܘ ܕܢ̇ܪܓܫܘܢ ܒܪܝܚܐ ܗܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Bodies of demons neither grow nor diminish and a strong stench accompanies them, by which they also put our passions into motion; and they are easily known by those who have received from the Lord the power to perceive this odor. |
79 5 79 5 79 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܡ̇ܪܓܫܘ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܗܕܐ ܕܚܝܠܐ ܗܝ ܕܗܘܢܐ. ܠܡ̇ܕܩܘ ܕܝܢ ܒܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܠܝܬܝܗ̇ ܕܚܝܠܗ ܒܠܚܘܕ. ܐܠܐ ܡܘܗܒܬܐ ܝܬܝܪܬܐ ܕܛܝܒܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Το μεν την φυσεων θεωριαν αισθανεσθαι επι νοι εστι το δε εις την αγιαν τριαδα κατανοειν ουκ επ’ αυτωι μονον εστιν αλλα δομα της χαριτος περισσευον. | S2-Guill ܟܠܡܕܡ ܕܢ̇ܦܠ ܬܚܝܬ ܚܝܠܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ: ܗ̇ܘ ܕܚܙ̇ܐ ܠܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ܆ ܗܢܐ ܦܢܛܘܣ ܐܦ ܡܢܗ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܡܕܡ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܐܚܪܢܐ ܡܬܚܙܐ܆ ܗܢܐ ܕܢܗܘܐ ܒܪ ܟܝܢܗ ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚ. ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܘ ܚܝܠܐ ܢܕܥ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ܇ ܐܦ ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 To perceive the contemplation of the natures appertains to the power of the nous; but to look at the holy Trinity does not appertain to its powers alone; but that is a superior gift of grace | S2-Dy S2 Everything that falls under the nous’power to see the incorporeals is completely within its nature. But as for those who have seen by means of the other (power) that cannot be connatural to [thenous], if it is the same power that knows [both] the intellection of the incorporeals and the Blessed Trinity. |
80 5 80 5 80 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP μοχλός ἐστι νοητὸς αὐτεξουσιότης ἄκαμπος δι' αὐτὸ τὸ καλόν | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܘܟܠܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܚܐܪܘܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܒܛܢܢܗ̇ ܠܐ ܡܬܟܦܦܐ ܡܢ ܩܕܡ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ܇ ܡܛܠ ܪܚܡܬܗ̇ ܕܛܒܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Μοχλος πνευματικος εστιν λογικης φυσεως ελευθερια ητις εν τωι ζηλωι αυτης ουκ ανακαμπτει εναντιον page 174v | του κακου δια την του αγαθου φιλιαν. | S2-Guill ܡܘܟܠܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܚܐܪܘܬܐ ܡܫܠܛܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܬܟܦܦܐ܇ ܡܛܠܬܗ̇ ܕܫܦܝܪܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible deadbolt (or bar) is the free mastery of itself, which does not weaken because of goodness. |
81 5 81 5 81 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܐ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܐܫ̣ܬܘܝ ܠܡܗܘܐ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܒܛܝܒܘܬܐ ܐܦ ܐܠܗܐ ܡܬܩܪܐ. ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܐܫܬܡܠܝ ܒܨܠܡܐ ܕܒܪܘܝܗ܀ | S1-Fr Οταν ο νους του εν τηι της αγιας τριαδος θεωριαι ειναι κατα ξιωθηι τοτε χαριτι και θεος προσαγορευται ως εν τηι του κτιστου αυτου εικονι πληρωθεις. | S2-Guill ܐܡܬܝ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܢܩ̇ܒܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܐܠܗܐ ܢܬܩܪܐ. ܒܕܡܫܟܚ ܐܦ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܡܫܚܠܦ̈ܐ ܢ̇ܬܩܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 When the nous will have received essential knowledge, then it will also be called "God" , because it will also be able to found varied worlds. |
82 5 82 5 82 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP τεῖχός ἐστι νοητὸν ἀπάθεια ψυχῆς λογικῆς ἀπρόσιτος δαίμοσιν | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Wolf | grc-Pitra + grc-Rondeau ...
τὰ τείχη ἱερουσαλὴμ τὴν ἀπάθειαν σημαίνει τῆς ψυχῆς ἥντινα διαφθείραντες οἱ δαίμονες τὰ τὸ τῆς μοιχείας πάθη εἰσένεγκαν πάθος εἰσένεγκαν | S1-Guill ܫܘܪܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܣ̇ܬܪܐ ܠܗ̇ ܡܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ܀ 212 | S1-Fr Τειχος πνευματικον εστι λογικης ψυχης απαθεια διαφυλαττουσα αυτην απο των δαιμονων. | S2-Guill ܫܘܪܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܠܘܬܗ̇ ܠܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ܀ 213 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible wall is apatheia of the soul, which the demons do not approach. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
83 5 83 5 83 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܘܠܗܝܢ ܓܙܘܪ̈ܬܐ܆ ܫܒܥ ܐܫܟܚܢܢ ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܐ ܕܐܒܗ̈ܬܐ. ܐܪܒܥ ܡܢܗܝܢ ܕܝܘܡܐ ܫܬܝܬܝܐ: ܘܚܕܐ ܕܫܒܝܥܝܐ܆ ܘܕܫܪܟܐ ܕܝܘܡܐ ܬܡܝܢܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Πασας περιτομας επτα κατα τον των πατερων λογον ευρηκαμεν, τεσσαρας μεν αυτων page 175r | της εκτης ημερας τας δε λοιπας της ογδοης. 357 359 | S2-Guill ܟܠܗܝܢ ܓܙܘܪ̈ܬܐ܆ ܫܒܥ ܐܫܟܚܢܢ ܕܐܝܠܝܗܝܢ. ܐܪܒܥ ܡܢܗܝܢ ܕܝܘܡܐ ܫܬܝܬܝܐ܆ ܘܚܕܐ ܡܢܗܝܢ ܕܝܘܡܐ ܫܒܝܥܝܐ. ܕܫܪܟܐ ܕܝܘܡܐ ܬܡܝܢܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 We have found that all the circumcisions are seven: four of them are of the sixth day, one of them of the seventh day, and the others of the eighth day. |
84 5 84 5 84 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ναός ἐστι νοητὸς νοῦς καθαρὸς τὴν πολυποίκιλον τέως σοφίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ καθιδρυμένην ἔχων ἐν ἑαυτῷ | grc-FP ναὸς δἐ Θεοῦ ὁ τῆς ἁγίας μονάδος θεατής | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܝܟܠܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܫ̇ܘܐ ܠܡܗܘܐ ܒܝܬ ܡܥܡܪܐ ܠܚܟܡܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡ̣ܠܝܬ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ. ܡܫܬܡܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܡܗܘܐ ܗܝܟܠܐ ܠܐܠܗܐ܆ ܡܐ ܕܫ̣ܘܐ ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ναος πνευματικος εστιν ο τηι θεου πολυποικιλωι σοφιαι κατοικη τηριον ειναι ηξιωμενος· τελειται δε ειναι ναος θεωι οταν της αγιας τριαδος γνωσεως καταξιωθηι. | S2-Guill ܗܝܟܠܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܗܫܐ ܚܟܡܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡ̣ܠܝܬ ܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܒܗ. ܗܝܟܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܚ̇ܙܝܐ ܕܝܚܝܕܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܘܡܕܒܚܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible temple is the pure nous, which keeps [safe] within it the full manifold wisdom of God ; the temple of God is he who is a seer of the blessed Unity, and the altar of God is the contemplation of the Blessed Trinity. |
85 5 85 5 85 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܝܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܡܛܘܠ ܚܕ. ܘܕܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܠܘܬ ܚܕ ܘܗ̣ܘ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܘ ܒܚܕ܀ | S1-Fr Η πρωτη φυσις δι’ ενα και η δευτερα προς ενα και η αυτη εν ενι. | S2-Guill ܟܝܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܡܛܠ ܚܕ. ܘܬܪܝܢܐ ܠܘܬ ܚܕ. ܘܗ̣ܘ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܘ ܒܚܕ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The first nature is for the One, the second towards the One, and the same in the One. |
86 5 86 5 86 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP κενόδοξος ἐστιν ὁ πρὸ τῆς ἀπαθείας θέλων ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων δοξάζεσθαι ἐπὶ τοῖς πεφυκόσι γίνεσθαι δι' ἀπάθειαν καὶ γνῶσιν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܚܝܕܝܐ ܕܪܚ̇ܡ ܫܘܒܚܐ ܣܪܝܩܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩܕܡ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܐ ܚ̇ܐܪ ܕܢܫܬܒ̇ܚ ܡܢ ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ. ܡ̇ܟܝܟ ܪܘܚܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܦܠܐ ܒܬܪ ܚܘܠܡܢ ܢܦܫܐ܇ ܪܐ̇ܓ ܠܫܘܒܚܐ ܕܡܢ ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Μοναχος εραστης κενοδοξιας εστιν ος προ απαθειας δοξασθηναι υπο των ανθρωπων προσδοκαι, ταπεινος δε πνευμα εστιν ος ουδε μετα την ψυχης υγιειαν δοξης παρα των ανθρωπων επιθυμει. | S2-Guill ܝܚܝܕܝܐ ܕܪܚ̇ܡ ܫܘܒܚܐ ܣܪܝܩܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩܕܡ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܐ ܒܥ̇ܐ ܕܢܫܬܒ̇ܚ ܡܢ ܒܢܝ̈ ܐܢܫܐ܇ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܡܛܘܠ ܠܐ ܚܫܘܫܘܬܐ ܘܡܛܠ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The solitary who loves vainglory is he who, before apatheia, seeks to be glorified by men in things that are not made for the apatheia and the knowledge of God. |
87 5 87 5 87 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܕܥܬܐ ܬܪܝܢܝܬܐ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ. ܘܗܕܐ ܒܗ̇ ܟܕ ܒܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Η δευτερα γνωσις εν τηι πρωτηι θεωριαι και αυτη εν τηι αυτηι. 361 | S2-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܒܩܕܡܝܐ. ܘܕܩܕܡܝܐ ܒܗ. ܬܪܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܝܬܘܗܝ ܝܕܘܥܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The knowledge of seconds is in the first, and that of the first in it; but the second is not known. |
88 5 88 5 88 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܨܗܝܘܢ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܟܠܗ̇ ܕܝܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܒܡܨܪܝܢ ܡܬܟܢܝܐ. ܢܝܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܐܘܪܫܠܡ. ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܛܘܪܐ ܕܨܗܝܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Σιων εν τηι πρωτηι θεωριαι εστι πασα δε κακια Αιγυπτος χρηματιζει, συμβολον δε της φυσικης θεωριας Ιεροσολυμα εν οις το ορος Σιων. | S2-Guill ܨܗܝܘܢ ܢܝܫܐ ܗܝ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ. ܫܘܘܕܥܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܟܠܗ̇ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܡܨܪܝܢ. ܦܠܐܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܟܝܢܝܬܐ ܐܪܫܠܡ܆ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܛܘܪܐ ܕܨܗܝܘܢ ܪܝܫ ܡܕܝܢܬܐ܀ 215 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Zion is the sign of the first knowledge, and Egypt the token of all vice; but the symbol of natural contemplation is Jerusalem, or it is the mountain of Zion, summit of the city. |
89 5 89 5 89 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 214 ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܒܬܪ ܫܘܠܡܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܠܐ ܐܬ̇ܐ ܒܬܪܗ ܡܘܠܕܐ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܗܘܝܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ܇ ܠܐ ܩ̇ܕܝܡ ܠܗ ܚ̇ܒܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ μετα την του κοσμου συντελειαν ουκ εσται γεννησις ανθρωπων, ουτως προ του την πρωτην φυσιν γενεσθαι ου προυπηρχε φθορα. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܚ̇ܒܠܐ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܐܚܪܝܐ: ܠܐ ܠܘ̣ܐ ܠܗ ܗܘܝܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܗܘܝܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܠܐ ܩ̇ܕܝܡ ܚ̇ܒܠܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as the destruction of the last world will not be accompanied by a creation, so the creation of the first world is not preceded by a destruction. |
90 5 90 5 90 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Τὰ πράγματα ὡς ἔχει φύσεως ἢ νοῦς καθαρὸς ὁρᾷ, ἢ λόγος πνευματικὸς σαφῶς παρίστησιν· ὁ δὲ ἀμφοτέρων ἐστηρημένος πρὸς κακηγορίαν χωρήσει τοῦ συγγράφεως. = E 2. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚܙܬܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܟ ܡܐ ܕܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܒܫܪܪܐ܆ ܐܘ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܐ ܚܙ̇ܐ܆ ܐܘ ܡܠܬܐ ܕܚܟܝ̈ܡܐ ܡܫܘܕܥܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܓܠܝܙ ܡܢ ܬܪ̈ܬܝܗܝܢ܆ ܠܘܬ ܥܕܠܝܐ ܫ̇ܪܟ ܕܡܟܬܒܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Την των οντων οψιν ως εστιν αληθειαι η νους καθαρος οραι η σοφων λογος γνωριζει· ο δε των δυο page 178r | απεστερημενος εις την κατα του συγγραφεως μεμψιν επανερχεται Frankenberg (χωρει) . 363 | S2-Guill ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ ܟܝܢܐܝܬ܆ ܐܘ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܐ ܚܙ̇ܐ܆ ܐܘ ܡܠܬܐ ܕܚܟܝ̈ܡܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܓܠܝܙ ܡܢ ܬܪ̈ܬܝܗܝܢ܆ ܠܘܬ ܥܕܠܝܐ ܕܡܟܬܒܢܐ ܫ̇ܪܟ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Objects such as they naturally are - either the pure nous sees [them], or the spiritual saying of the wise makes them know. But one who is deprived of these two proceeds to indict the writer. 1. |
ep 5 ep 5 ep | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܫ̣ܠܡ̇ܬ ܡܐܬܐ ܕܚܡܫ܆ ܕܚܣܝܪܐ ܪ̈ܝܫܐ ܥܣܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr | S2-Guill ܫ̣ܠܡ̇ܬ ܡܐܬܐ ܕܚܡܫ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The End of the Fifth [Century] |
ti title 6 ti 6 ti 6 title 6 title | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ti title title 216 ܡܐܬܐ ܕܫܬ܀ | S1-Fr | S2-Guill ti title title 217 ܡܐܬܐ ܕܫܬ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy |
1 6 1 6 1 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܡܢܐ ܗܝ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܆ ܟܬܒܐ ܩܕܝܫܐ ܠܐ ܐܘܕܥ. ܕܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܘܬ ܗܕܐ ܡܬܡ̇ܛܝܢܢ ܒܝܕ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܐ ܘܒܝܕ ܫܪܪܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܢܗܝܪܐܝܬ ܐܠܦ. ܡܢ̣ܘ ܓܝܪ ܢ̣ܣܩ ܠܛܘܪܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ. ܘܕܫܪܟܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τι εστιν η των οντων θεωρια αι αγιαι γραφαι ου σημαινουσι οπως δε προς αυτην εφικνουμεθα δια της των εντολων θρησκειας τε και της γνωσεως αληθειας δηλαυγως διδασκουσιν· τις γαρ αναβησεται εις το ορος του κυριου κ.τ.ε. | S2-Guill ܕܡܢܐ ܗܝ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܆ ܟܬܒܐ ܐܠܗܝܐ ܠܐ ܐܘܕܥ. ܕܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܢܫ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒ ܠܗ̇ ܒܝܕ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܐ ܘܒܝܕ ܝܘ̈ܠܦܢܐ ܫܪܝܪ̈ܐ܆ ܓܠܝܐܝܬ ܐܠܦ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 What the contemplation of beings is, the Holy Bible has not made known; but how it may be approached by the practice of commandments and by true doctrines, it has taught in an obvious fashion. |
2 6 2 6 2 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܆ ܥܦܝܦܬܐ ܗܝ. ܚܕܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܣܘܥܪܢܐܝܬ܆ ܘܐܚܪܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܐܝܬ. ܘܠܘܬ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ ܐܦ ܐܢܫ̈ܐ ܛܠܘ̈ܡܐ. ܠܘܬ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܝܢ ܕܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ܆ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܐܢܫ̈ܐ ܗܘ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Η τουτου του κοσμου θεωρια διπλασια εστιν η μεν πραγματικη η δε πνευματικη· και προς μεν την πρωτην προσερχονται και ανδρες ασεβεις προς δε την δευτεραν μονον αγιοι εγγιζουσιν. | S2-Guill ܥܦܝܦܬܐ ܗܝ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ. ܚܕܐ ܓܠܝܬܐ ܘܥܒܝܬܐ܆ ܘܐܚܪܬܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ ܘܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ. ܘܠܘܬ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ ܐܢܫ̈ܐ ܥ̇ܘ̈ܠܐ ܘܫܐܕ̈ܐ. ܠܘܬ ܬܪܝܢܝܬܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܐܢܫ̈ܐ ܙܕܝܩ̈ܐ ܘܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܘܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܐܢܫ̈ܐ ܙܕܝܩ̈ܐ: ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܐܢܫ̈ܐ ܥ̇ܘ̈ܠܐ܇ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܥܒܝܬܐ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܐܦ ܠܐܢܫܝ̈ܢ ܡܢ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ ܡܣܬܒ̣ܪܝܢ ܕܝ̇ܗܒܝܢ ܠܗ̇. ܝ̣ܠܦܢ ܚܢܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܟܬܒܐ ܐܠܗܝܐ܆ ܕܐܦ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܗ̣ܝ ܗܕܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Twofold is the contemplation of this world: the one obvious and dense, the other spiritual and intelligible. The first contemplation [can be]approached by the impious and demons; and the second by the just and the angels of God. And just as the angels comprehend spiritual contemplation more than the just, similarly more than the impious do the demons comprehend the dense contemplation - which it is thought they also provide to some of those who belong to them; and we, we have learned from the Holy Bible that the holy angels also practice this. |
3 6 3 6 3 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܥܡܡ̈ܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܐ ܡܬܦ̣ܪܫܝܢ ܡܢ ܚܕܕ̈ܐ܆ ܒܐܬܪ̈ܘܬܐ ܘܒܠܫ̈ܢܐ. 218 ܘܒܐܣܟܡ̈ܐ. ܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܦ ܒܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ. ܥܡܡ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܆ ܒܕܘܒܪ̈ܐ ܘܒܝ̈ܕܥܬܐ ܘܒܡܘ̈ܗܒܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ܀ | S1-Fr Τα αισθητα εθνη αλληλων τοποις και γλωσσαις και σχημασι εστι δε και κρασεσι διαφερει, εθνη δε αγια πολιτειας και γνωσεσιν και χαρισμασι πνευ ματικοις. 365 | S2-Guill ܥܡܡ̈ܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܐ ܒܕܘܟܝ̈ܬܐ ܡܬܦ̣ܪܫܝܢ ܡܢ ܚܕܕ̈ܐ܆ ܘܒܢܡܘ̈ܣܐ ܘܒܠܫ̈ܢܐ ܘܒܐܣܟܡ̈ܐ. ܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܐܦ ܒܡܘ̈ܙܓܐ. ܡܬܝ̈ܕܥܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܘܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܆ 219 ܒܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܘܒܓܘܫܡ̈ܐ ܘܒܝ̈ܕܥܬܐ. ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܦ ܒܠܫ̈ܢܐ. ܘܐܒܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܩܕܡܝ̈ܐ ܐܕܡ. ܕܬܪ̈ܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܫܝܚܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܛܘܦܣܗ ܐܕܡ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The sensible nations are distinguished from one another by places, by laws, by languages, by clothes and sometimes also by qualities. The intelligible and holy (nations) (are distinguished) by worlds, by bodies, by knowledges and, it is said, also by languages. The father of first is Adam, and that of the second is the Christ, of whom Adam is (the representation). |
4 6 4 6 4 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܒܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ܆ ܐܒܐ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܬܩܪܐ. ܪܝܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܪܘܚ ܩܘܕܫܐ. ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܪܘܝܐ ܗܘ܀ | S1-Fr Πατηρ της αληθειας ο πατηρ Χ. προσαγορευται κεφαλη δε του αγιου πνευματος· των δε κτισματων κτιστης εστιν. | S2-Guill ܐܒܐ ܡܬܪܢܐ ܩܕܡ ܒܪܐ ܐܝܟ ܐܒܐ. ܩܕܡ ܕܝܢ ܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܐ ܐܝܟ ܪܫܝܬܐ. ܠܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܘܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ ܐܝܟ ܒܪܘܝܐ ܩ̇ܕܝܡ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Father is considered before the Son as Father, before the Holy Spirit as Principle, and He is anterior to the incorporeals and to the corporeals as Creator. |
5 6 5 6 5 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ἀγένητόν ἐστιν οὗ κατ’ οὐσίαν ὑπάρχοντος οὐδὲν προεπινενόηται τῶν ὄντων | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܐ ܒ̣ܪܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܟܕ ܒܐܝܬܘܬܗ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܇ ܠܝܬ ܡܕܡ ܕܩ̇ܕܝܡ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Fr Ακτιστον εστιν ου εν τηι αυτου ουσιαι υφισταμενου ουδεν προτερευει. 367 | S2-Guill ܠܐ ܒ̣ܪܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܟܕ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܒܐܝܬܘܬܗ ܇ ܠܝܬ ܡܕܡ ܕܩ̇ܕܝܡ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Uncreated is one before whom, because he is [such] by his essence, there is nothing which is prior. |
6 6 6 6 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܝܗܘܕܝܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ ܣܝܦܐ ܓܙ̇ܪ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܝܗܘܕܝܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ܇ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܘܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܐܝܟ ܡܠܦܢܘܬܗ ܕܡܪܢ ܕܐܡ̣ܪ ܕܚܪܒܐ ܐܬ̇ܝܬ ܕܐܪ̇ܡܐ ܒܥܠܡܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ τον αισθητον Ιουδαιον η μαχαιρα πριτομει ουτως τον νοητον Ιουδαιον η εντολων θεου θρησκεια κατα την κυριου διδαχην λεγοντος· μαχαιραν ηλθον βαλειν επι την γην. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܝܗܘܕܝܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ ܣܝܦܐ ܓܙ̇ܪ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܦܠܘܚܘܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܦܠܐܬܢܐܝܬ ܡܫܝܚ̇ܐ ܚܪܒܐ ܫܡܗ ܕܐܪܡܝ ܒܥܠܡܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as the knife circumcizes the sensible Jew, in the same way the praktiké (circumcizes) the intelligible (Jew), he whom Christ has symbolically named the sword he has hurled into the world. |
7 6 7 6 7 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܝܘܡܐ ܕܬܡܢܝܐ ܝܘܡܐ ܗܘ ܕܩܝ̣ܡܬܐ: ܩܝ̣ܡܬܢ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܪܢ ܝܫܘܥ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܬܓܙܪܝܢ ܒܝܘܡܐ ܕܬܡܢܝܐ܆ ܒܗ ܡܬܓܙܪܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ει η ογδοη ημερα της αναστασεως αναστασις δε ημων εστι ο κυριος Ι. δηλοντι οι περιτεμνομενοι εν τηι ογδοηι ημεραι εν αυτωι περιτεμνονται. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܝܘܡܐ ܬܡܝܢܝܐ ܦܠܐܬܐ ܗܘ ܕܩܝ̣ܡܬܐ: ܩܝ̣ܡܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܡܕܝܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܬܓܙܪܝܢ ܒܝܘܡܐ ܬܡܝܢܝܐ܇ ܒܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܬܓܙܪܝܢ܀ 221 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the eighth day is the symbol of the resurrection, and Christ is the resurrection, those therefore who are circumcized on the eighth day are circumcized in Christ. |
8 6 8 6 8 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 1189 Ὥσπερ ὁ παράδεισος τῶν δικαίων ἐστὶν οἰκητήριον, οὕτως ᾅδης τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν κολαστήριον. | grc-Rondeau Ὥσπερ ὁ παράδεισος τῶν δικαίων ἐστὶ παιδευτήριον, οὕτως ὁ ᾅδης τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐστι κολαστήριον. | S1-Guill 220 ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܦܪܕܝܣܐ ܡܒܣܡܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܙܕܝ̈ܩܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܫܝܘܠ ܡܫܢܩܢܝܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܥ̇ܩ̈ܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ ο παραδεισος των δικαιων ευφραντικη εστιν ουτως ο αιδης των πονηρων βασανιστικος. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܦܪܕܝܣܐ ܒܝܬ ܡܪܕܘܬܐ ܗܘ ܕܙܕܝܩ̈ܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܫܝܘܠ ܡܫܢܩܢܝܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܥ̇ܩ̈ܠܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as Paradise is the {academy?} of the just, so also Sheol is capable of being the torment of the impious. |
9 6 9 6 9 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܚ̇ܒܠܐ ܬܚܝܬ ܙܒܢܐ ܗܘ܆ ܗܘܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܩ̇ܕܝܡ ܗܘ ܠܚܒ̇ܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει η φθορα υπο τωι χρονωι εστι το πρωτον γενομενον της φθορας προτερον εστιν. | S2-Guill ܐܢ ܥܡ ܗܘܝܐ ܘܚ̇ܒܠܐ ܙܒܢܐ ܡܬܪܢܐ܆ ܕܠܐ ܙܒܢܐ ܡܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܘܝܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ. ܡܛܠ ܕܠܐ ܩ̇ܕܝܡ ܚܒ̇ܠܐ ܠܗܢܐ ܗܘܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If time is considered with generation and destruction, the generation of the incorporeals is therefore timeless, because there is no destruction prior to this generation. |
10 6 10 6 10 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܝܬܝܗ̇ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܇ ܐܝܟ ܪܒܝܥܝܘܬܐ ܘܚܡܝܫܝܘܬܐ ܘܕܫܪܟܐ. ܗܠܝܢ ܓܝܪ ܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ ܐܢܘܢ. ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܬܐ ܝܚܝܕܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Ουκ εστιν η αγια τριας ως τετρας και πεντας κ. τ. ε. αυται γαρ αριθμοι εισιν η δε αγια τριας ουσια μονειδης εστιν. 369 371 | S2-Guill ܠܝܬܝܗ̇ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܇ ܐܝܟ ܐܪܒܝܥܝܘܬܐ ܘܚܡܝܫܝܘܬܐ ܘܫܬܝܬܝܘܬܐ. ܗܠܝܢ ܓܝܪ ܕܡܢܝܢܐ܆ ܕܡ̣ܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܩܢܘܡ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ. ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Blessed Trinity is not like a tetrad, a pentad, or a hexad; indeed, these "numericals" are forms without substance; but the Blessed Trinity is essential knowledge. |
11 6 11 6 11 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܠܘ̣ܝܐ ܪܒܝܥܝܘܬܐ. ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܠܐ ܠܘ̣ܝܐ ܪܒܝܥܝܘܬܐ. ܠܝܬܝܗ̇ ܗܟܝܠ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܇ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τηι αριθμων τριαδι επακολουθει τετρας, ουκ αρα εστιν η αγια τριας τριας αριθμων. | S2-Guill ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ ܠܘ̣ܝܐ ܪܒܝܥܝܘܬܐ. ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܠܐ ܠܘ̣ܝܐ ܐܪܒܝܥܝܘܬܐ. ܠܝܬܝܗ̇ ܡܕܝܢ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The numerical triad is accompanied by a tetrad, but the Blessed Trinity is not accompanied by a tetrad; it is not therefore a numerical triad. |
12 6 12 6 12 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܩ̇ܕܝܡܐ ܬܪܝܢܘܬܐ. ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܠܐ ܩ̇ܕܝܡܐ ܬܪܝܢܘܬܐ. ܠܘ ܓܝܪ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Της αριθμων τριαδος προηγειται δυας, της δε αγιας τριαδος ου προτερα δυας· ου γαρ αριθμων τριας εστιν. | S2-Guill ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܩ̇ܕܝܡܐ ܬܪܝܢܘܬܐ. ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܠܐ ܩ̇ܕܝܡܐ ܬܪܝܢܘܬܐ. ܠܝܬܝܗ̇ ܓܝܪ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The numerical triad is preceded by a numerical diad, but the Blessed Trinity is not preceded by a numerical diad; indeed, it is not a numerica; triad. |
13 6 13 6 13 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܒܪܘܟܒܐ ܕܚܕ ܚܕ ܡܬܓ̣ܡܪܐ. ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ 222 ܕܝܢ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܆ ܠܘ ܒܪܘܟܒܐ ܕܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܡܛܠ ܕܐܦܠܐ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Τριας αριθμων συνθεσει ενος ενος τελειται η δε αγια τριας ουκ εν αριθμων συνθεσει εστι δια το μηδε αριθμων τριαδα ειναι. | S2-Guill ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ܆ ܒܪܘܟܒܐ ܕܚܕ ܚܕ ܕܠܐ ܩܢܘܡ ܡܬܩܝ̇ܡܐ. 223 ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܛܘܒܬܢܝܬܐ܆ ܠܘ ܒܪܘܟܒܐ ܕܝܚܝ̈ܕܝܐ ܕܕܐܝܟ ܗܠܝܢ ܡܬܩ̇ܝܡܐ. ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܡܕܝܢ ܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܕܒܡܢܝ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The numerical triad is constituted by addition of units without substance; but it is not by addition of such units that the Blessed Trinity is constituted; it is not therefore a triad that is [constituted] with numbers. |
14 6 14 6 14 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܓܪܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܗ ܨܒ̣ܐ ܟܠܗ ܡܘܠܝܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܠܡܥܡܪ ܓܘܫܡܐܝܬ. ܡܫܝܚܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܠܗܐ ܗܘ ܕܥܠ ܟܠ܆ ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܫܠܝܚܐ܀ | S1-Fr Το Χ. σωμα εκ της ανθρωπινης φυσεως εστιν εν ωι ευδοκησε παν το πληρωμα της θεοτητος κατοικειν σωματκος· Χ. δε θεος εστι επι παντων κατα τον αποστολικον λογον. 373 | S2-Guill ܠܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܒܪ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ. ܐܦܠܐ ܓܝܪ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܕܝܢ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܒܗ ܒܟܠܙܒܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܠܐ ܡܬܦܪܫܢܐܝܬ. ܡܫܝܚܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܡ̇ܪ ܐܢܐ܆ ܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܥܡ ܡܠܬܐ ܐܠܗܐ ܐܬ̣ܐ. ܒܪܘܚ ܕܝܢ ܗܘ ܡܪܝܐ܆ ܠܐ ܡܬܦܪܫܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܢ ܦܓܪܗ. ܘܒܚܕܝܘܬܐ ܒܪ ܟܝܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܐܒܘܗܝ. ܡܛܠ ܕܐܦ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Christ is not connatural with the Trinity. Indeed, he is also not essential knowledge; but he alone always has essential knowledge inseperably[with]in him. But Christ - I mean to say he who has come with the Word- God and in spirit is the Lord - is inseparable from his body; and by th[at] union he is connatural with his Father, because he is also essential knowledge. |
15 6 15 6 15 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܪ̈ܓܠܘܗܝ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܝܢ܆ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܘܬܐܘܪܝܐ. ܘܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܒܥܠܕܒ̈ܒܘܗܝ ܣ̇ܐܡ ܬܚܝܬ ܪ̈ܓܠܘܗܝ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܟܠ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܬܛܦܝܣܝܢ ܠܗ܆ ܡܩ̈ܒܠܢܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܕܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܘܕܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ποδες Χ. εισι πραξις Frankenberg (θρησκεια) τε και θεωρια· και ει παντας τους εχθρους αυτου θησει υπο τους ποδας αυτου δηλον οτι παντες οι πειθομενοι αυτωι δεκτικοι της τε πρακτικης και της γνωσεως εισιν. | S2-Guill ܪ̈ܓܠܘܗܝ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܘܬܐܘܪܝܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܠܟܠܗܘܢ ܒܥܠܕܒܒ̈ܘܗܝ ܢܣܝܡ ܬܚܝܬ ܪ̈ܓܠܘܗܝ܆ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܡܕܝܢ ܢܕܥܘܢ ܠܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܘܬܐܘܪܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The feet of Christ are praktike and contemplation; and if he puts all his enemies beneath his feet, all therefore will know praktike and contemplation. |
16 6 16 6 16 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP Χριστός ἐστιν ὁ ἐξ οὐσιώδους γνώσεως καὶ ἀσωμάτου καὶ σωματικῆς φύσεως ἡμῖν ἐπιφανείς· ὁ δὲ λέγων δύο Χριστούς, ἢ δύο υἱούς, ὅμοιός ἐστι τῷ λέγοντι τὴν σοφίαν καὶ τὸν σοφὸν δύο σοφοὺς καὶ δύο σοφίας | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ܇ ܘܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܘܡܓܫܡܐ܇ ܕܢ̣ܚ ܠܓܢܣܐ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܡ̇ܪ ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܡܫܝ̈ܚܝܢ ܘܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܒܢܝ̈ܢ܆ ܕܡ̇ܐ ܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܩ̇ܪܐ ܠܚܟܝܡܐ ܘܠܚܟܡܬܗ܇ ܐܘ ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܚܟܝ̈ܡܝܢ ܐܘ ܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܚܟܡ̈ܢ܀ | S1-Fr Χ. εστιν ος εκ ουσιωδους γνωσεως και εκ φυσεως ασωματου τε και σωματικης τωι ανθρωπων γενει εφανη· ο δε λεγων page 183v | δυο Χ. και δυο υιους ομοιος εστι τωι τον σοφον και την σοφιαν αυτου δυο σοφους και δου σοφιας προσαγορευοντι. 375 | S2-Guill ܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ܇ ܘܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܘܡܓܫܡܐ܇ ܕܢ̣ܚ ܠܢ. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܡ̇ܪ ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܡܫܝ̈ܚܝܢ ܐܘ ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܒܢܝ̈ܢ܆ ܕܡ̇ܐ ܠܗ̇ܘ ܕܩ̇ܪܐ ܠܚܟܝܡܐ ܘܠܚܟܡܬܗ܇ ܬܪ̈ܝܢ ܚܟܝ̈ܡܝܢ ܐܘ ܬܪ̈ܬܝܢ ܚܟܡ̈ܢ܀ 225 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Christ is he who, proceeding from essential knowledge and from incorporeal and corporeal nature has appeared to us: and [any]one who says "two Christs" or "two Sons" resembles someone who calls the sage and his wisdom two sages or two wisdoms. |
17 6 17 6 17 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 224 ܚܝܠܐ ܩܕܝܫܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܩܘܝܡܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܇ ܘܡܢ ܥܘܕܪܢܐ ܕܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Δυναμις αγια εστι συστασις εκ της των οντων θεωριας τε και εκ της θεου καριτος βοηθειας γενομενη. | S2-Guill ܚܝܠܐ ܩܕܝܫܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܇ ܘܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܠܐ ܡܓܫܡܐ ܘܡܓܫܡܐ ܐܬܩ̇ܝܡ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 A holy power is that which has been constituted by the contemplation of beings and by incorporeal nature and corporeal (nature). |
18 6 18 6 18 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܬ ܗܘܐ ܙܒܢܐ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܠܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܘܐ ܦܓܪܗ ܟܝܢܝܐ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܠܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܠܘ ܒܗ ܗܘܐ ܡܠܬܐ ܐܠܗܐ. ܡܚܕܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ܆ ܟܣܝܐܝܬ ܫ̣ܪܐ ܒܗ. ܡܬܓܠܝܢܘܬܗ ܕܝܢ ܗ̣ܘܬ ܒܐܚܪܝܬ ܝܘ̈ܡܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ην οτι ουκ ην το φυσικον Χ. σωμα αλλ’ ουκ ην οτε ουκ ην εν αυτωι ο θεος λογος, αφ’ ου δ’ ην απυκεκρυμμενως εν αυτωι κατεπαυσε, η δε απο καλυψις αυτου ην εν ταις εσχαταις ημεραις. | S2-Guill ܐܝܬ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܠܐ ܐܝܬ ܗܘܐ ܠܗ ܦܓܪܐ ܠܡܫܝܚܐ. ܠܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܠܘ ܒܗ ܗ̣ܘܐ ܡܠܬܐ ܐܠܗܐ. ܥܡ ܗܘܝܗ ܓܝܪ ܐܦ ܡܠܬܐ ܐܠܗܐ ܫ̣ܪܐ ܒܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 There was a time when Christ had no body; but there there was never [a time] when the Word of God was not in him. For it is with his genesis, , that the Word of God has also resided in him.. |
19 6 19 6 19 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 + grc-Rondeau ...
εἰ γὰρ χαίρουσιν οἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἐπὶ ἑνὶ μετανοοῦντι πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τοσαύταις μυριάσιν ὁδευούσαις ἀπὸ κακίας πρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ ἀπὸ ἀγνωσίας ἐπὶ γνῶσιν θεοῦ | S1-Guill ܦܘܢܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܣܩܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܡܢܗ̇ ܢ̇ܦܠ܀ | S1-Fr Αποκαταστασις εστιν αναγωγη λογικης φυσεως προς την καταστασιν ης αεπεσεν. | S2-Guill ܦܘܢܝܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܣܩܬܐ ܕܡܢ ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܘܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Conversion is the ascent away from (the)movement and away from vice and ignorance towards knowledge of the Blessed Trinity. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 6 20 6 20 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܩܕܡ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܘܐ ܐܠܗܐ܆ ܐܦ ܛܒܐ. ܐܦ ܚܝܠܬܢܐ ܐܦ ܚܟܝܡܐ. ܐܦ ܒܪܘܝܐ. ܘܐܦ ܐܒܐ. ܘܐܚܝܕ ܟܠ. ܒܬܪ ܕܝܢ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ܆ ܗ̣ܘܐ ܕܝ̇ܢܐ ܘܐܣܝܐ ܘܡܦܪܢܣܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Προ της κινησεως ην ο θεος και αγαθος και ισχυρος και σοφος και κτιστης και πατηρ και παντοκρατωρ· μετα δε την κινησιν ην κριτης και ιατρος και προνοητης. 377 | S2-Guill ܩܕܡ ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܘܐ ܐܠܗܐ܆ ܛܒܐ ܘܚܝܠܬܢܐ. ܘܚܟܝܡܐ. ܘܒܪܘܝܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ. ܘܐܒܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ. ܘܐܚܝܕ ܟܠ. ܒܬܪ ܕܝܢ ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ܆ ܗ̣ܘܐ ܒܪܘܝܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ. ܘܕܝ̇ܢܐ. ܘܡܕܒܪܢܐ. ܘܐܣܝܐ. ܘܪܥ̇ܝܐ. ܘܡܠܦܢܐ. ܘܡܪܚܡܢܐ. ܘܢܓܝܪ ܪܘܚܐ. ܘܬܘܒ ܬܪܥܐ ܘܐܘܪܚܐ. ܘܐܡܪܐ. ܘܪܒ ܟܘܡܪ̈ܐ. ܥܡ ܫܪܟܐ ܕܫܡܗ̈ܐ ܕܒܦܘܪ̈ܣܐ ܡܬܐܡܪܝܢ. ܐܒܐ ܕܝܢ ܘܪܫܝܬܐ܆ ܐܦ ܩܕܡ ܗܘܝܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܐܒܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ. ܪܫܝܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Before the movement, God was good, powerful, sage, creator of the incorporeals, father of the logikoi and omnipotent; after the movement, he has become creator of bodies, judge, governor, physician, shephers, doctor, merciful and forbearing, and again door, way, lamb, high priest, with the other names that are spoken by modes. And he is Father and Principle even before the creation of the incorporeals: Father of the Christ, and Principle of the holy Spirit. |
21 6 21 6 21 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-Hau Ἀρετὴ δέ ἐστιν ἕξις ἀρίστη ψυχῆς λογικῆς, καθ᾿ ἣν δυσκί- νητος γίνεται πρὸς κακίαν. = E 24. | grc-FP ἀρετή ἐστιν ἕξις ἀρίστη λογικῆς ψυχῆς, καθ' ἣν δυσκίνητος γίνεται πρὸς κακίαν | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܕܒܗ̇ ܐܡܬܝ ܕܡܟ̇ܬܪܐ܇ ܕܠܐ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܦ̇ܝܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αρετη εστι λογικης ψυχης καταστασις ης αν εχομενη ακινητος διαμενει. | S2-Guill ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܕܒܗ̇ ܥܣܩܐܝܬ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܐ ܠܘܬ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ܀ 227 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Virtue is that state of the reasoning soul in which it is difficult to move it towards evil. |
22 6 22 6 22 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Εἰ αἰσθητοὶ λόγοι ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ μέλλοντι παριστῶσι τὰ πράγματα οἱ σοφοὶ δηλονότι τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου λήψονται τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. Εἰ δὲ καθαρότης ὁρᾷ διανοίας καὶ λόγος σημαίνει ταύτην κατάλληλος, μακρὰν οἱ σοφοὶ γενήσονται τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ. = E 19. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 226 ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܡ̈ܠܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ ܚܫ̈ܚܢ ܐܦ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ܆ ܐܦ ܚܟܝ̈ܡܘܗܝ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܢܐܪܬܘܢ ܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܫܡܝܐ. ܐܢܕܝܢ ܕܟܝܘܬܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܡܫ̣ܬܘܝܐ ܠܚܙܬܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܚܟܝ̈ܡܘܗܝ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܆ ܡ̣ܒ̈ܥܕܐ ܢܗܘܘܢ ܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει λογοι αισθητοι και εν τωι μελλοντι αιωνι χρησιμευουσι και οι τουτου του κοσμου σοφοι την βασιλειαν των ουρανων κληρονομησουσιν· ει δε η νοος καθαροτης της του μελλοντος αιωνος οψεως αξιουται δηλον δηλον οτι οι τουτου του κοσμου σοφοι απο της θεου γνωσεως μακραν εσονται. 379 | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܡ̈ܠܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܝܬܐ: ܐܦ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܡ̇ܘܕܥ̈ܢ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܦ ܚܟܝ̈ܡܘܗܝ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܢܩ̇ܒܠܘܢ ܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܫܡܝܐ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܟܝܘܬܗ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܐ ܘܡܠܬܐ ܕܠܚ̇ܡܐ ܠܗ̇ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ܆ ܚܟܝ̈ܡܘܗܝ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܡ̣ܒ̈ܥܕܐ ܢܗܘܘܢ ܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If sensible words can make known even objects in the world to come, it is evident that sages of this world will also receive the kingdom of Heaven. But if it is the purity of the nous [sic, = "consciousness"] that sees and the appropriate word from it that makes [it]know, the sages of this world will be kept far from the knowledge of God. |
23 6 23 6 23 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܡܠܬܐ ܗܕܐ ܓܠܝܬܐ: ܥܠ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܡܠܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܥܠ ܫܪܪܐ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ ουτος ο λογος ο φανερος περι των τουτου του κοσμου πραγ ματων σημαινει ουτως ο πνευματικος λογος περι της του μελλοντος αιωνος αληθειας διηγειται. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܡܠܬܐ ܗܕܐ ܥܠ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܘܗܝ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܓܘܫܡܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ܇ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܘܗܝ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as this saying here informs concerning objects in this world, so the saying of the spiritual body will make known objects of the world to come. |
24 6 24 6 24 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ ܐܝܟ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ: ܘܡܬܩ̇ܝܡܝܢ ܥܠ ܚܡܫ ܡܕܝ̈ܢܢ ܐܘ ܥܠ ܥܣܪ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܚܝܠܐ ܝܬܝܪܐ ܡܢ ܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܩ̣ܒܠܝܢ܇ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܡܕܒܪܢܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οι εν τωι μελλοντι αιωνι ως αγιοι αγγελοι εσονται και πεντε πολεων η δεκα επιστατησουσι δηλον οτι υπερβαλλουσαν δυναμιν παρα της θεου χαριτος ως εις την οικονομιαν δεξονται. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܗ̇ܘܝܢ: ܘܥܠ ܚܡܫ ܘܥܠ ܥܣܪ ܡܕܝ̈ܢܢ ܡܫܬܠܛܝܢ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܦ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܢܩܒ̇ܠܘܢ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܡܫܟܚܐ ܕܠܢܦ̈ܫܬܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܬܐ ܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ܇ ܘܡܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܢܚ̇ܦܛ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If those, who in the world to come will be angels, also rule over five or on ten cities; it is evident that they will also receive the knowledge that can impel reasoning souls from vice to virtue, and from ignorance to the knowledge of God. |
25 6 25 6 25 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Ὅταν ἀδυνατήσωσι δαίμονες κινῆσαι λογισμοὺς γνωστικῷ, τὸ τηνικαῦτα τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ δράσσονται καὶ τούτους πάνυ καταψυχρώσαντες εἰς βαρύτατον αὐτοὺς ὕπνον καθέλκουσι· ψυχρὰ γὰρ πάντα τὰ τῶν δαιμόνων σώματα καὶ κρυστάλλῳ παρεμφερῆ. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܐ ܕܠܐ ܐܫܟܚܘ ܕܝܘ̈ܐ: ܠܡܙܥܘ ܚܘܫܒ̈ܐ ܒܝ̈ܫܐ ܒܝܕܘܥܐ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܩ̇ܪܒܝܢ ܠܘܬ ܥܝܢܘ̈ܗܝ. ܘܒܩܪܝܪܘܬܐ ܣܓܝܐܬܐ ܡ̇ܢܝܡܝܢ ܠܗ܆ ܘܗܟܢܐ ܡܒ̇ܛܠܝܢ ܠܗ ܡܢ ܥܢܝܢܐ ܫܦܝܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οταν οι δαιμονες παθη κακα εν γνωστικωι υποκινειν μη δυνωνται τοτε προς τους οφθαλμους αυτου εγγιζουσιν και δια πολλου ψυχους αυτους νυσταζειν ποιουσι και ουτως αυτον καλου μελετηματος παυουσι Frankenberg (αποσπωσι) . | S2-Guill ܡܐ ܕܠܐ ܐܫܟܚܘ ܕܝܘ̈ܐ: ܠܡܙܥܘ ܚܘܫܒ̈ܐ ܒܝ̈ܫܐ ܒܝܕܘܥܐ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܚ̇ܕܝܢ ܥܝ̈ܢܘܗܝ ܒܩܪܝܪܘܬܐ ܣܓܝܐܬܐ܆ ܘܠܘܬ ܫܢܬܐ ܝܩܝܪܬܐ ܢ̇ܬܦܝܢ ܠܗܝܢ. ܩܪ̈ܝܪܝܢ ܓܝܪ ܣܓܝ ܓܘܫܡܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܒܕܡܘ̣ܬܐ ܕܐܓܠܝܕܐ܀ 229 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 When demons are unable to move[tempting-]thoughts against the gnostikos, then they close his eyes by means a of severe cold and lead him into a heavy sleep; because the the bodies of demons are very cold, similar to ice. |
26 6 26 6 26 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 228 ܒܦܓܪ̈ܐ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ܆ ܠܘ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܝܢ ܐܝܬ. ܐܠܐ ܚܝܠܗܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Εν τοις ανθρωπινοις σωμασι ου τα τεσσαρα στοιχεια αλλ’ η δυναμις αυτων εστιν. 381 | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܘ ܗ̣ܝ ܢܘܪܐ ܐܝܬ ܒܓܘܫܡܝ̈ܢ: ܐܠܐ ܡܘܙܓܗ̇ ܐܬܣܝܡ ܒܗܘܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܒܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ܇ ܠܘ ܗ̣ܝ ܐܪܥܐ ܘܠܘ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܡܝ̈ܐ܇ ܐܠܐ ܡܘܙܓܗܘܢ ܙ̣ܪܥ ܒܗܘܢ ܒܪܘܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as it is not fire itself that is in our bodies, but it its quality that has been put in them, so also in the bodies of demons it is not earth itself nor water itself, but their qualities that the Creator has sown there. |
27 6 27 6 27 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-Rondeau Εἰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἥξει καὶ προσκυνήσει τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου, ἥξει δηλονότι καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ τοὺς πολέμους θέλοντα. Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, πᾶσα ἄρα φύσις λογικὴ προσκυνήσει ἐνώπιον κυρίου, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, ὅπερ σημαίνει τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ ὑπάρχοντα πατέρα. | S1-Guill ܗ̇ܝ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܥܡܡ̈ܐ ܢܐܬܘܢ ܘܢܣ̣ܓܕܘܢ ܠܟ ܡܪܝܐ: ܥܡ ܗ̇ܝ ܓܠܝܬܐ܆ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܐܦ ܗܕܐ ܕܪܐܙܐ. ܗܢܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܟܠ ܝܕ̈ܥܢ ܢܣ̣ܓܕ̈ܢ ܘܢܫܬܥܒܕ̈ܢ ܠܝܕܥܬܗ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Fr Παντα τα εθνη ηξουσιν και προσκυνησουσιν ενωπιον σου κυριε· μετα του καταδηλου εστι και το του μυστηριου, οτι πασαι αι γνωσεις προσκυνησουσι και υποταγησονται τηι αγιαι θεου γνωσει. | S2-Guill ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܟܘܠܗܘܢ ܥܡܡ̈ܐ ܢܐܬܘܢ ܘܢܣ̣ܓܕܘܢ ܩܕܡ ܡܪܝܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܐܦ ܥܡܡ̈ܐ ܕܨ̇ܒܝܢ ܩܪܒܐ ܢܐܬܘܢ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܗܕܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܗܝ܆ ܟܠܗ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܢܣ̣ܓܕܘܢ ܠܫܡܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡ̇ܘܕܥ ܠܐܒܐ ܕܒܗ. ܗܢܘ ܓܝܪ ܫܡܐ ܕܡܝܬܪ ܡܢ ܟܠ ܫܡ̈ܗܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If all the nations will come and prostrate before the Lord , it is evident that even the nations that want war will come. And if this is so, then all the natures of the logikoi will prostrate before the name the Lord Who will make known the Father Who is in Him. Indeed, that is the Name higher than every other name. . |
28 6 28 6 28 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܒܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܝܠܘܕܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Πατηρ εστι γεννητης γνωσεως ουσιωδους. | S2-Guill ܐܒܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܝܠܘܕܐ ܕܝܕܥ̇ܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Father is the [pro]genitor of essential knowledge. |
29 6 29 6 29 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܒܐ ܒܛܝܒܘܬܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܒܪܚܡܘܗܝ ܐܘܠܕ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܕܨܠܡܗ܀ | S1-Fr Πατηρ χαριτι εστιν ος ελεει αυτου την λογικην φυσιν της εικονος αυτου δεκτικην εγεννησεν. | S2-Guill ܐܒܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܕܡܚܝܕ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Father is he who has a reasoning nature that is united to the knowledge of the Trinity. |
30 6 30 6 30 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܒܐ ܡܪܒܝܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܪܒ̇ܐ ܠܛܠܝ̈ܐ܇ ܠܡܫ̣ܬܘܝܘ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Πατηρ αυξανων Frankenberg (cf. I Cοr. 3,7) εστιν ος τους νηπιους αυξανει --ης το καταξιωθηναι αυτους της αγιας τριαδος γνωσεως. | S2-Guill ܐܒܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܕܡܚܝܕ ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܗܘܝ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Father is he who has a reasoning nature that is united to the contemplation of beings. |
31 6 31 6 31 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP 254 Γεννητόν ἐστι τὸ ἔκ τινος ὡς ἐκ πατρὸς γεννηθέν, | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܠܝܕܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܢ ܡܕܡ ܝܠܝܕ܇ ܐܝܟ ܒܪܐ ܡܢ ܐܒܐ܀ | S1-Fr Γεννητον εστι τι υπο τινος γεννωμενον ωσπερ υιος υπο πατρος. 383 | S2-Guill ܝܠܝܕܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢ ܡܕܡ ܐܝܟ ܕܡܢ ܐܒܐ ܐܬܝܠܕ܀ 231 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Begotten is one who has been begotten by someone, as by a father 1 |
32 6 32 6 32 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP γεννητὸν ἐστὶ τὸ ἔκ τινος ὡς ἐκ πατρὸς γεννηθἐν· γεννητὸν δὲ τὸ ἔκ τινος ὡς δημιουργοῦ ποιηθέν | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP γενητὸν δέ ἐστι τὸ ἔκ τινος γεγονός. | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 230 ܥܒܝܕܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܢ ܡܕܡ ܡܬܥܒܕ܆ ܐܝܟ ܒ̣ܪܝܬܐ ܡܢ ܒܪܘܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ποιητον εστι τι υπο τινος πεποιημενον ωσπερ η κτισις υπο κτιστου. | S2-Guill ܝܠܝܕܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܢ ܡܕܡ ܐܝܟ ܕܡܢ ܒܪܘܝܐ ܝܠܝܕ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 [But] engendered is one who has been engendered by someone (as by a creator). |
33 6 33 6 33 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܟܝܠ ܡܬܚܙܐ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܠܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܒܦܘܪ̈ܫܢܐ ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܟܘܠ ܢܫܬܥܒܕ ܒܐܝܕܗ ܠܐܒܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οταν Χ. τηι λογικηι φυσει μηκετι εν πολλαις διαφοραις οραται τοτε και παντα δι’ αυτου τωι της αληθειας πατρι υποταγησεται. | S2-Guill ܡܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܟܝܠ ܡܬܛܒ̇ܥ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܒܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܡܫ̈ܚܠܦܐ: ܘܒܫܡܗ̈ܐ ܕܦܘܪܣܐ܆ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܦ ܗ̣ܘ ܢܫܬܥܒܕ ܠܐܠܗܐ ܐܒܐ܇ ܘܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܗ ܕܝܠܗ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ ܢܬܒ̇ܣܡ. ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܐ ܡܬܦ̣ܠܓܐ ܒܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܘܒܬܪ̈ܒܝܬܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 When the Christ will no longer be imprinted in the varied worlds and in names of all kinds, then he also will be submitted to God the Father and will delight in the knowledge of him alone, which is not divided in worlds and in increases of the logikoi. |
34 6 34 6 34 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܝܕ ܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̣ܘ ܐܠܗܐ ܡ̇ܠܒܫ ܠܢ ܛܒܥܐ ܕܕܟܝܘܬܗ. ܒܓܠܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܗ܆ ܓܡ̇ܪ ܒܢ ܨܠܡܗ ܫܪܝܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Δια της των εντολων θρησκειας ενδυει ημας ο θεος την της καθαροτητος αυτου σφραγιδα, τηι δε του αγιου πνευματος αυτου αποκαλυψει την αληθινην αυτου εικονα τελεσιουργει. | S2-Guill ܒܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܢܚ̇ܠܦ ܐܠܗܐ ܦܓܪܐ ܕܡܘܟܟܢ܇ ܠܕܡ̣ܘܬܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܕܫܘܒܚܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ. ܒܬܪ ܕܝܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ܆ ܐܦ ܒܕܡ̣ܘܬܐ ܕܨܠܡܐ ܕܒܪܗ ܢܥ̣ܒܕ ܠܢ. ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܨܠܡܗ ܕܒܪܐ܇ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܒܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 In the worlds God will change the body of our humiliation into the resemblance of the glorious body of the Lord; and after all the worlds he will also bring us to the resemblance of the image of his Son , if the image of the Son is essential knowledge of God the Father. |
35 6 35 6 35 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܘܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܚܝܠܘ̈ܬܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܡܕܟ̇ܝܢ ܠܢ ܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ܇ ܘܠܐ ܚܫܘ̈ܫܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܝܢ ܠܢ. ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܟܝ̈ܢܐ ܘܒܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܐܠܗܘܬܐ܆ ܡܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܚ̇ܪܪܝܢ ܠܢ܇ ܘܚܟܝ̈ܡܐ ܘܝܕܘ̈ܥܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܝܢ ܠܢ܀ | S1-Fr Εν τηι θεωριαι της θεου εντολων θρησκειας αι αγιαι δυναμεις --κακιας ημας καθαριζουσι τε και απαθεις ημας ποιουσιν· εν δε των φυσεων θεωριαι και τοις περι του θειου λογοις αγνοιας ημας ελευθερουσι και σοφους και γνωστικους ημας παριστασιν. 385 | S2-Guill ܒܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܡܪܬܝܢܘܬܐ܆ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܡܕܟ̇ܝܢ ܠܢ ܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ܇ ܘܠܐ ܚܫܘ̈ܫܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܝܢ ܠܢ. ܒܕܟܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܘܒܡ̈ܠܐ ܐܠܗܝ̈ܬܐ܆ ܡܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܚ̇ܪܪܝܢ ܠܢ܇ ܘܚܟܝ̈ܡܐ ܘܝܕܘ̈ܥܬܢܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܝܢ ܠܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 By the intellections of the commandments holy angels purify us from evil and render us impassible; by those of nature and by the divine logoi, they liberate us from ignorance and make us wise and Knowers. |
36 6 36 6 36 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܬ̣ܒܪܝ ܠܡܬܓ̣ܚܟܘ ܡܢ ܡܠܐܟܘ̈ܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܠܡܐ ܟܒܪ ܗ̣ܘܝܘ 232 ܗ̇ܘ ܕܫ̇ܪܝ ܒܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ܇ ܘܩܕܡܐܝܬ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܪ̣ܟ ܥܠ ܬܚܘܡ̈ܐ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ. ܘܡܛܠ ܗܟܢ ܐܬܩܪܝ ܪܝܫ ܒ̣ܪܝܬܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο πεποιημενος εγκαταπαιζεσθαι υπο των αγγελων αυτου εστιν -ισως ος της κινησεως ηρξατο εν τωι πρωτον ορων της κακιας επιβηναι και δια τουτο αρχη πλασματων κυριου εχρηματισεν. | S2-Guill ܗ̇ܘ ܕܐܬ̣ܒܪܝ ܠܡܬܓ̣ܚܟܘ ܡܢ ܡܠܐܟܘ̈ܗܝ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܠܡܐ ܟܝ ܗ̣ܘܝܘ 233 ܗ̇ܘ ܕܫ̇ܪܝ ܒܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ܇ ܘܒܩܕܡܝܬ ܕܪ̣ܟ ܥܠ ܬܚܘܡ̈ܐ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ. ܘܡܛܠ ܗܕܐ ܐܬܩܪܝ ܪܝܫ ܒ̣ܪ̈ܝܬܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 He who was created to be the plaything (orlaughing-stock) of the angels of God, would [?this]not be he who was the initiator of the movement; and at the beginning has transgressed the borders of wickedness, and because of that has been called the. beginning of the Lord’s creatures ? |
37 6 37 6 37 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܟܘܪ̈ܟܘܬܐ ܦ̇ܪܚܝܢ ܒܛܘܦܣܐ ܕܐܬܘ̈ܬܐ: ܟܕ ܣܦܪܐ ܠܐ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܬܢ̇ܝܢ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܕܚܠܬ ܐܠܗܐ܇ ܟܕ ܕܚܠܬ ܐܠܗܐ ܠܐ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ αι γερανοι τυπωι page 188v | γραμματων πετονται την γραφην ουκ επισταμεναι ουτως οι δαιμονες λογους της θεοσεβειας προφερουσιν την θεοσεβειαν ου γιγνωσκοντες. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܟܘܪ̈ܟܘܬܐ ܦ̇ܪܚܝܢ ܒܛܘܦܣܐ ܕܐܬܘ̈ܬܐ: ܟܕ ܐܬܘ̈ܬܐ ܠܐ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܬܢ̇ܝܢ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܕܚܠܬ ܐܠܗܐ܇ ܟܕ ܕܚܠܬ ܐܠܗܐ ܠܐ ܝ̇ܕܥܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as cranes fly in form of letters although they do not know letters, so also the demons recite sayings concerning the fear of God, although they do not know the fear of God. |
38 6 38 6 38 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܥܪܣܐ ܕܫܟܒ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܡܝܬܘܬܗ ܕܦܓܪܐ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܨܒܝܢܐ ܛܒܐ ܓ̇ܡܪܐ ܒܒܪܢܫܐ ܢܟܦܘܬܐ ܕܒܡܫܝܚܐ܀ | S1-Fr Κλινη κοιμωμενου εστι νεκρωσις του σωματος η αγαθωι θεληματι εν τωι ανθρωπωι την εν Χ. αγνειαν αποτελει. | S2-Guill ܙܩܝܦܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܝܬܘܬܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܕܒܨܒܝܢܐ܇ ܕܓ̇ܡܪܐ ܢܟܦܘܬܗ ܕܒܡܫܝܚܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible cross is voluntary mortification of the body, which perfects the chastity of Christ. |
39 6 39 6 39 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP γέννησις Χριστοῦ ἐστιν ἀναγέννησις τοῦ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνθρώπου, ὃν ὁ Χριστὸς ὡς ἀγαθὸς οἰκοδόμος ἐπὶ τὸν ἀκρογωνιαῖον αὐτοῦ λίθον ἐν τῇ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ οἰκοδομῇ θεμελιώσας ἐπῳκοδόμησεν | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܠܝܕܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܒܘܟܪܘܬܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܚܕܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η Χ. γεννησις εστι πρωτοτοκια του καινου κοσμου. 387 | S2-Guill ܝܠܝܕܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܝܠܝܕܘܬܗ ܕܒܪܢܫܢ ܓܘܝܐ ܕܡܢ ܕܪܝܫ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܟ ܒܢܝܐ ܛܒܐ܆ ܥܠ ܟܐܦܐ ܕܪܝܫ ܒܢܝܢܐ ܕܓܘܫܡܗ ܫܬܐܣ ܘܒ̣ܢܝܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The genesis of Christ is the regeneration of our interior man , which the Christ, like a good builder, has founded on the principal stone of the structure of his body in building it. |
40 6 40 6 40 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP σταύρωσίς ἐστι Χριστοῦ νέκρωσις τοῦ παλαιοῦ ἡμῶν ἀνθρώπου, ἢ καὶ λύσις τῆς ἡμῶν κατακρίσεως, καὶ ἐγκατάλειψις εἰς ζωὴν ἐπανάγουσα | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܨܠܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܡܝܬܘܬܗ ܕܒܪܢܫܢ ܥܬܝܩܐ܇ ܘܫܪܝܗ ܕܓܙ̇ܪ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܕܥܠܝܢ: ܘܡܫܬܒܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܠܚܝ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܥܛܦܐ ܠܢ܀ | S1-Fr Σταυρωσις Χ. εστιν η του παλαιου ημων ανθρωπου νεκρωσις τε και της καθ’ ημων καταδικης λυσις και αφεσις εις ζωην ημας αποκαθιστασα. | S2-Guill ܨܠܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܡܝܬܘܬܗ ܕܒܪܢܫܢ ܥܬܝܩܐ܇ ܘܫܪܝܗ ܕܓܙ̇ܪ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܕܥܠܝܢ܇ ܘܡܫܬܒܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܠܚܝ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܥܛܦܐ ܠܢ܀ 235 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The crucifixion of Christ is the mortification of our old man, the canceling out of the sentence levelled against us and the remission makes us return to life. |
41 6 41 6 41 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 234 ܡܪܚܩܢܘܬܐ ܓܡܝܪܬܐ ܕܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ܆ ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܕܪܓܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡ̇ܢܝܚܐ. ܠܛܢܢܗ̇ ܕܝܢ܆ ܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܚ̇ܪܝܦܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܐ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Fr Τελεια κοσμου αποχωρησις το μεν επιθυμητικον της ψυχης μερος μαραινει τον δε ζηλον μαλλον οξυν παριστασιν. | S2-Guill ܡܪܚܩܢܘܬܐ ܓܡܝܪܬܐ܆ ܠܡ̇ܢܬܐ ܕܪܓܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܪܟ̇ܟܐ. ܠܕܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܕܝܢ܆ ܩܫܝܬܐ ܥ̇ܒܕܐ ܠܗ̇܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The complete withdrawal softens the concupiscible portion of the soul and renders hard thethmikon (irascible). |
42 6 42 6 42 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP θάνατός ἐστι Χριστοῦ ἐνέργεια μυστικὴ τοὺς ἠλπικότας ἐν τῇ ζωῇ ταύτῃ πρὸς τὴν αἰώνιον ζωὴν ἐπανάγουσα | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܝܬܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ ܕܪܐܙܐ܇ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܣ̇ܒܪܘ ܒܗ ܒܗܠܝܢ ܚܝ̈ܐ܇ ܠܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܠܥܠܡ ܡ̇ܘܒܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Νεκρωσις Χ. εστιν ενεργεια μυστικη η τους εν ταυτι τηι ζωηι επ’ αυτωι ηλπικοτας εις την αιωνιον ζωην μετακαθιστησιν. 389 | S2-Guill ܡܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܥܒܕܢܘܬܐ ܕܐܪܙܐ܇ ܕܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܣ̇ܒܪܘ ܒܗ ܒܗܠܝܢ ܚܝ̈ܐ܇ ܠܚܝ̈ܐ ܕܠܥܠܡ ܡ̇ܦܢܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The death of Christ is the mysterious operation that restores to eternal life those who have hoped in him in this life. |
43 6 43 6 43 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܒܛܝܠܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܒܬܪ ܚܐܪܘܬܗ ܕܨܒܝܢܐ ܪܕ̇ܝܐ. ܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܕܝܢ ܟܐܢܐ܆ ܒܬܪ ܕܘܒܪ̈ܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η θεου προνοια μετα το αυτεξουσιον τρεχει Frankenberg (μεταδιωκει) η δε δικαια κρισις αυτου μετα την ψυχης διαγωγην. 391 | S2-Guill ܒܛܝܠܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܠܚܐܪܘܬܗ ܕܨܒܝܢܐ ܠ̣ܘܝܐ. ܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܕܝܢ ܒܛܟܣܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܚ̇ܐܪ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The providence of God accompanies free will; but his judgment considers the order of the logikoi. |
44 6 44 6 44 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܬܚܘܝܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܐ ܩ̇ܕܡ ܘܗܘ̈ܝ ܒܢܒܝܘܬܐ܇ ܘܐܬܓ̣ܡܪ ܒܣܒܪܬܐ ܚܕܬܐ ܒܙܒܢܗܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Αποδειξις πνευματος εστιν α πνευματι αγιωι εν προφητειαι πρου πηρξεν και εν τωι καινωι ευαγγελιωι καιρωι αυτων τετελεσται. | S2-Guill ܬܚܘܝܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܫܘܡܠܝܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܒܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܐ܇ ܐܠܗܐܝܬ ܩ̇ܕܡ ܐܬܡܠܠ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The spiritual demonstration is the carrying out of things that have been predicted in a divine manner by the Holy Spirit. |
45 6 45 6 45 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܨܠܡܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܗ̣ܘܐ ܒܪܢܫܐ܆ ܒܠܐ ܚܣܝܪܘܬܐ ܣ̣ܝܡܐ. ܘܠܗ̇ ܡܡ̇ܢܥܝܢ ܟܫܝܪ̈ܐ܆ ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܐ ܕܐܒܗ̈ܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Το οτι κατ’ εικονα θεου εγενετο ο ανθρωπος ανευ ελαττωσεως κειται, καθικνουνται δε αυτου οι φιλεργοι κατα τον των πατερων λογον. | S2-Guill ܘܠܘ ܚܕ ܡܢ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܗ̣ܘܐ ܕܡܝܬܪ ܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ. ܗܢܐ ܓܝܪ ܡܢ ܡܘܙܓܐ ܪܫܝܐ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ: ܘܕܒܗ ܡܫܬܡܠܝܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ܆ ܓܙܪܝܐ ܘܝܕܘܥܬܢܐ ܐܫܠܡ ܠܢ܀ 237 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Not one of the [subsequent] worlds has been superior to the first world; indeed, it is said that the former was made from the principal quality: and a[spiritual] athlete has apprised us that in [the first world] will be accomplished all worlds, and Knower. |
46 6 46 6 46 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP κιθάρα ἐστὶ ψυχὴ πρακτικὴ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐντολῶν Κυρίου κινουμένη | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 + grc-Rondeau ...
Pairwise Similarity The table below shows the percentage of similarity of each
pair of versions, starting with the version that shows the least divergence from
the entire group and proceeding to versions that are most divergent. This table
is useful for identifying clusters and pairs of versions that are closest to
each other.
grc-Rondeau 4 3 grc-PG12 κιθάρα 3 δέ grc-Rondeau 4 grc-PG12 3 ἐστ grc-Rondeau 4 grc-PG12 ὶ 3 ι grc-Rondeau 4 3 grc-PG12 ψυχὴ πρακτικὴ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ grc-Rondeau 4 3 χριστ grc-PG12 θε grc-Rondeau 4 3 grc-PG12 οῦ κινουμένη grc-PG12 | S1-Guill 236 ܩܝܬܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܢܦܫܐ ܦܠܘܚܬܐ܇ ܕܡܬܬܙܝܥܐ ܒܦܘܩܕ̈ܢܘܗܝ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܀ | S1-Fr Κιθαρα εστι ψυχη πρακτικη ταις Χ. εντολαις κινουμενη. | S2-Guill ܩܝܬܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܢܦܫܐ ܦܠܘܚܬܐ܇ ܕܡܬܬܙܝܥܐ ܡܢ ܦܘ̈ܩܕܢܘܗܝ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The kithara is the praktike soul moved by the commandments of Christ. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
47 6 47 6 47 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܟܐܢܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܠܟܠ ܕܐܙ̇ܠ ܒܬܪ ܝܫܘܥ܇ ܠܐܪܥܐ ܕܡܘܠܟܢܐ ܡ̇ܥܠ. ܟܕ ܡ̇ܘܪܬ ܠܗ ܥܡܗ ܝܪܬܘܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܬܚ̇ܒܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η δικαια θεου κρισις πατα οπισω Ιησου πορευομενον εις την της επαγγελιας γην εισαγει κληρονομουσα αυτωι μετ’ αυτου κληρον page 191v | αφθαρτον. | S2-Guill ܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܠܟܠ ܕܢ̣ܩܦ ܠܝܫܘܥ܇ܠܐܪܥܐ ܕܡܘܠܟܢܐ ܡ̇ܥܠ. ܟܕ ܝ̇ܗܒ ܠܗ ܓܘܫܡܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ ܘܥܠܡܐ ܕܠܗ ܠܚ̇ܡ. ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܛܠ ܣܓܝܐܘܬ ܩܢܝܢܗܘܢ ܠܐ ܐܫܟܚܘ ܕܢܩ̇ܒܠܘܢ܆ ܗܠܝܢ ܒܥܒܪܐ ܕܝܘܪܕܢܢ ܐܝܟ ܡܫܘܚܬܗܘܢ ܡܝ̇ܬܒ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The judgment of God will cause to enter into the Promised Land whoever will have followed Joshua, by giving to him a spiritual body and an appropriate world; but those who, because of the abundance of their goods will not have been able to obtain it, he will install on the shore of the Jordan according to their rank. |
48 6 48 6 48 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ψαλτήριον ἐστι νοῦς καθαρὸς ὑπὸ πνευματικῆς κινούμενος γνώσεως | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 1304c ψαλτήριον δὲ νοῦς καθαρὸς ὑπὸ πνευμα τικῆς κινούμενος γνώσεως· | grc-PG12 1552d Ψαλτήριόν ἐστι νοῦς καθαρὸς ὑπὸ πνευμα τικῆς κινούμενος γνώσεως· | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-Rondeau ...
ψαλτήριόν ἐστι νοῦς καθαρὸς ὑπὸ πνευματικῆς κινούμενος γνώσεως | S1-Guill ܟܢܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܐ܇ ܕܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܡܬܬܙܝܥ܀ | S1-Fr Ψαλτηριον εστι νους καθαρος υπο γνωσεως πνευματικης κινουμενος. | S2-Guill ܟܢܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܐ܇ ܕܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܡܬܙܝܥ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The harp is the pure nous which is moved by spiritual knowledge. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
49 6 49 6 49 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 1509c Τὴν μὲν διάθεσιν τῆς κακίας διὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ᾐνίξατο· | grc-PG12 1656d καὶ ὁ Ἰσραὴλ ὁδεύει τὴν ἔρημον πε ινῶν καὶ διψῶν, καὶ πειραζόμενος, ἥτις ἐστὶ σύμβο- 1657a λον τῆς πρακτικῆς, | grc-PG12 1677a Μοχλοὶ μὲν τῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ εἰ σιν αἱ πρακτικαὶ ἀρεταὶ κωλύουσαι τοὺς ἐχθροὺς παρεισδῦναι· τῆς δὲ Σιὼν τὰ οὐράνια δόγματα καὶ ἡ ὀρθὴ πίστις τῆς προσκυνητῆς καὶ ἁγίας Τριάδος | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Wolf | grc-Pitra 143 εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅστις ἐστιν ἡ θεωρία τῶν ἀσωμάτων. | grc-Rondeau Τὴν μὲν διάθεσιν τῆς κακίας διὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ᾐνίξατο· | grc-Rondeau Καὶ πάλιν Αἴγυπτος καταλιμπάνεται σύμβολον οὖσα κακίας, τῶν κατὰ διάνοιαν πρωτοτόκων φθαρέντων· | grc-Rondeau Μοχλοὶ μὲν τῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ εἰσιν αἱ πρακτικαὶ ἀρεταὶ κωλύουσαι τοὺς ἐχθροὺς παρεισδύνειν· τῆς δὲ Σιὼν τὰ οὐράνια δόγματα καὶ ἡ ὀρθὴ πίστις τῆς προσκυνητῆς καὶ ἁγίας τριάδος, | S1-Guill ܡܨܪܝܢ ܢܝܫܐ ܗܘ ܕܒܝܫܘܬܐ. ܡܕܒܪܐ ܕܝܢ ܢܝܫܐ ܗܘ ܕܦܘܠܚܢܐ. ܘܐܪܥܐ ܕܝܗܘܕ ܕܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ. ܐܘܪܫܠܡ ܕܝܢ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ ܐܢܘܢ ܘܐܦ ܨܗܝܘܢ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η Αιγυπτος συμβολον εστι της κακιας η δε ερημος συμβολον της θρησκειας, και η γη Ιουδα της σωματων θεωριας η δε Ιερουσαλημ των ασωματων και Σιων της αγιας τριαδος. 393 | S2-Guill ܡܨܪܝܢ ܠܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܐ. ܠܦܘܠܚܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܕܒܪܐ. ܘܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܐܪܥܐ ܕܝܗܘܕ. ܠܗ̇ܝ ܕܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ ܐܪܫܠܡ. ܦܠܐܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܨܗܝܘܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Egypt signifies vice, the desert the praktikethe land of Juda the contemplation of bodies,Jerusalem [contemplation] of the incorporeal, andZion is the symbol of the Trinity. |
50 6 50 6 50 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠ ܕܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܗܘ ܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܆ ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܗܘ ܕܡܓܫܡܘܬܐ. ܘܟܠ ܕܡ̇ܢܬܐ ܗܘ ܕܡܓܫܡܘܬܐ܆ ܡ̇ܢܬܐ ܗܘ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Παν οτι μερος εστι τουτου του κοσμου μερος εστι του σωματικου και παν οτι μερος εστι του σωματικου μερος του κοσμου τουτου. | S2-Guill ܟܠ ܕܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܗܘ ܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܆ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܗܘ ܦܓܪܢܐ. ܘܟܠ ܕܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܗܘ ܦܓܪܢܐ܆ ܡ̇ܢܬܐ ܗܘ ܕܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ܀ 239 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Everything that is a part of this world belongs to corporeal nature; and everything that belongs to corporal nature is a part of this world. |
51 6 51 6 51 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Εἰ πασῶν τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεων τὸ λογιστικὸν μέρος ἐστὶ τιμιώτατον, τοῦτο δὲ μόνον τῇ σοφίᾳ ποιοῦται, προτέρα ἂν εἴη πασῶν τῶν ἀρετῶν ἡ σοφία· ταύτην γὰρ καὶ υἱοθεσίας πνεῦμα ὁ σοφὸς ἡμῶν διδάσκαλος εἴρηκεν. 233 | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 238 ܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ: ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ ܡܝܩܪܐ: ܡܛܠ ܕܗ̣ܝ ܗܕܐ ܠܚܟܡܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܫܬܘܬܦܐ܆ ܡܝܬܪܐ ܗܝ ܡܟܝܠ ܡܢ ܟܠܗܝܢ ܡܘܗ̈ܒܬܐ܇ ܡܘܗܒܬܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ. ܠܗܕܐ ܓܝܪ ܐܦ ܐܒܗ̈ܬܐ܆ ܪܘܚܐ ܕܣܝܡܬ ܒܢܝ̈ܐ ܩ̇ܪܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ει μαλλον πασων της ψυχης δυναμεων το λογιστικον προτιμαται ως της θεου σοφιας μετεχον παντων αρα δοματων κρειττον εστι το της πνευματικης γνωσεως· τουτο γαρ και οι πατερες πνευμα της υιοθεσιας καλουσιν. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ: ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܣܟܘܠܬܢܝܬܐ ܡܝܩܪܐ: ܡܛܠ ܕܗܕܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܬܚ̇ܝܕܐ ܠܚܟܡܬܐ܆ ܡܕܝܢ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܟܠܗܝܢ ܡܝܬܪ̈ܬܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܗܝ. ܠܗܕܐ ܓܝܪ ܐܦ ܪܘܚܐ ܕܣܝܡܬ ܒܢܝ̈ܐ ܩ̣ܪܐ ܡܠܦܢܢ ܚܟܝܡܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Since of all powers of the soul the reasoning part is the most honorable because it alone acts with[?is united to?] wisdom - the first of all virtues being wisdom; our wise master has also called it the spirit of filial adoption. |
52 6 52 6 52 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Πολλὰ πάθη κέκρυπται ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν, ἅπερ λαν- θάνοντα ἡμᾶς οἱ ὀξύτεροι τῶν πειρασμῶν φανεροῦσι, καὶ δεῖ πάσῃ φυλακῇ τηρεῖν τὴν καρδίαν, μήποτε παραφανέντος ἐκείνου τοῦ πράγ- ματος, πρὸς ὃ τὸ πάθος κεκτήμεθα, συναρπασθέντες ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ δαιμόνων, δράσωμέν τι τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων παρὰ Θεοῦ. = E 22. 232 | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚܫ̈ܐ ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ ܛܡܝܪ̈ܝܢ ܒܢܦܫܐ: ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܟܕ ܛܥ̣ܝܢ ܠܢ܆ ܢܣܝܘ̈ܢܐ ܕܓ̇ܕܫܝܢ ܡܚܘ̇ܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ ܠܢ. ܘܒܟܠ ܙܘܗܪ ܠܡܛܪ ܠܥܒܐ ܙ̇ܕܩ܆ ܕܠܡܐ ܟܕ ܢܒ̣ܠܩ ܥܠܝܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܚܫܐ ܕܟ̣ܣܐ܇ ܢܫ̣ܓܫܢ ܠܡܬܬܙܥܘ ܒܬܪ ܣܘܥܪܢܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܦ̣ܣܝܩ ܡܢ ܐܠܗܐ ܕܠܐ ܢܣ̣ܬܥܪ܀ | S1-Fr Πολλα παθη εν τηι ψυχηι αποκεκρυμμενα εστιν α ημας λανθανοντα οι πειρασμοι επιτυχοντες ημιν αποδεικνυουσι· και πασηι φυλακηι τηρειν την καρδιαν πρεπει μηποτε απροσδοκητως καταλαβον ημας το παθος το αποκεκρυμμενον ερεθιζηι εφελκεσθαι οπισω πραγματος υπο θεου μη εργαζε σ θαι απειρημενου. 395 | S2-Guill ܚܫ̈ܐ ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ ܟ̣ܣܝܢ ܒܢܦ̈ܫܬܢ: ܗ̇ܢܘܢ ܕܟܕ ܛܥ̣ܝܢ ܠܢ܆ ܢܣܝܘ̈ܢܐ ܚܪ̈ܝܦܐ ܓ̇ܠܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ. ܘܙ̇ܕܩ ܕܒܟܠ ܙܘܗܪ ܢ̣ܛܪ ܠܒܢ܆ ܕܠܡܐ ܟܕ ܢܒ̣ܠܩ ܣܘܥܪܢܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܚܫܐ ܠܘܬܗ ܩܢ̇ܝܢ܇ ܢܬܚܛܦ ܡܢ ܫܠܝ ܡܢ ܫܐܕ̈ܐ܇ ܘܢܣܥܘܪ ܡܕܡ ܡܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܣܠܝܢ ܠܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Many passions are hidden in our souls which, when they escape our notice, temptations sharply reveal to us. And it is necessary to guard the heart with all vigilance , so that, when some matter occurs which induces a passion [within us], we are not suddenly snatched up by demons to perform something forbidden by God. |
53 6 53 6 53 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP βέλος ἐστὶ νοητὸν τὸ πρῶτον ἐκ τοῦ παθητικοῦ μέρους τῆς ψυχῆς συνιστάμενον νόημα | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 1197b βέλος ἐστὶν ἐμπαθὴς λογισμὸς, φαρέτρα δὲ ἕξις χειρίστη λογισμῶν ἀκα θάρτων πεπληρωμένη. | grc-PG12 1536c Βέλος δὲ πεπυρωμένον ἐστὶν ὁ ἐμπα θὴς λογισμός· | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-Rondeau Βέλος ἐστὶ λογισμὸς ἐμπαθής, φαρέτρα δὲ ἕξις χειρίστη λογισμῶν ἀκαθάρτων πεπληρωμένη. | grc-Rondeau βέλος δὲ πεπυρωμένον ἐστὶν ὁ ἐμπαθὴς λογισμός· | S1-Guill ܓܐܪܐ ܒܝܫܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܚܘܫܒܐ ܒܝܫܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܩܕܡܐܝܬ ܡܢ ܪܓܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܢ̇ܒܥ܀ | S1-Fr Βελος πονηρον εστι διαλογισμος πονηρος πρωτον εκ της ψυχης επιθυμιας εκβαλλων Frankenberg (εκπορευομενος) . | S2-Guill ܓܐܪܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܚܘܫܒܐ ܒܝܫܐ܇ ܕܡܢ ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܝܡ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The intelligible arrow is the evil logismos, which is constituted by the passible part of the soul. |
54 6 54 6 54 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܘܫܡܗ̈ܐ ܦ̇ܪܫ: ܡ̈ܠܐ ܕܝܢ ܘܫܡܗ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܝܢ ܥܠ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ܆ ܡܕܝܢ ܗܘܢܐ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܦ̇ܪܫ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ο νους τους τε λογους και τα ονοματα διακρινει λογοι δε και ονοματα περι πραγματων δηλουσι κρινει αρα ο νους τα πραγματα. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܗܘܢܐ ܡ̈ܠܐ ܦ̇ܪܫ: ܫܡܗ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܘܡ̈ܠܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܝܢ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ܆ ܡܕܝܢ ܗܘܢܐ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ ܦ̇ܪܫ܀ 241 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If the nous discerns words and if the names and the words make objects known, the noustherefore discerns objects. |
55 6 55 6 55 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Ὁ νοῦς τὸ τηνικαῦτα ἐπιβάλλει τοῖς νοητοῖς, ὁπηνίκα ἂν μηκέτι ποιῶται τοῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ παθητικοῦ μέρους τῆς ψυχῆς λογι- σμοῖς. = E 23. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 240 ܗܘܢܐ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܗܘ ܡ̇ܕܝܩ ܒܡܬܝܕܥܢܝ̈ܬܐ܆ ܡܐ ܕܐܬܚܪܪ ܡܢ ܙܘ̈ܥܐ ܕܚܫܝ̈ܗ̇ ܕܢܦܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο νους τοτε εις τα νοητα επισκεπτεται οταν των τε κινησεων και των ψυχης παθων ελευθερος καταστηι. | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒ ܠܡ̈ܬܝܕܥܢܝܬܐ܆ ܡܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܟܝܠ ܡܬܚܝ̇ܕ ܠܚܘܫܒܐ ܕܡܢ ܡܢ̇ܬܗ̇ ܚܫܘܫܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 It is when the nous approaches the intelligible that it is no longer united to the logismos that comes from the passible part of the soul. |
56 6 56 6 56 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܚܙܬܐ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܗܝ ܒܪܓܫܬܐ ܘܒܬܪܥܝܬܐ: ܗܟܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܢܐܬܐ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܟ ܡܐ ܕܚܙܐܘܗܝ ܬܠܡܝ̈ܕܐ ܕܣ̣ܠܩ ܠܫܡܝܐ܆ ܢܐܡܪ ܐܢܫ ܕܐܝܟܢ ܚܙܐܘܗܝ. ܒܪܡ ܕܝܢ ܠܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܆ ܒܟܠܙܒܢ ܡ̣ܣܩ ܣ̇ܠܩ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܒܢܦܫ̈ܬܐ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܝܬܐ. ܐܦܢ ܠܘܬ ܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ ܡܬܢܚܬ ܕܢ̇ܣܩ ܐܢܘܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ει δια λεγεται αισθησει και διανοιαι, ουτως δε ελευσεται Χ. ον τροπον εθεασαντο αυτον οι μαθηται αναβαντα εις τον ουρανον, λεγετω τις οπως αυτον εθεασαντο· πλην τοις αγιοις διαπαντος αναβαινει ο Χ. καν προς αλλους κατα βαινηι του αναγωγειν Frankenberg (αναβιβαζειν) αυτους. 397 | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܚܙܬܐ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܗܝ ܒܐܪܓܫܬܐ ܘܒܬܪܥܝܬܐ: ܗܟܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܢܐܬܐ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܐܝܟ ܡܐ ܕܚܙܐܘܗܝ ܬܠܡܝ̈ܕܐ ܕܣ̇ܠܩ ܠܫܡܝܐ܆ ܢܐܡܪ ܐܢܫ ܕܐܝܟܢ ܚܙܐܘܗܝ. ܒܪܡ ܕܝܢ ܢܕܥ܆ ܕܒܟܠܙܒܢ ܒܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܡ̣ܣܩ ܣ̇ܠܩ ܡܫܝܚܐ. ܐܦܢ ܠܘܬ ܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ ܡܣ̣ܬܒܪ ܕܢ̇ܚܬ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If vision is said [ to consist] in sensation and in thought, and if Christ comes in the same way the disciples saw him ascend to heaven (Acts 1:11, how can it be said that they saw him? Rather, it is known that at all times Christ truly ascends in the holy, while he passes in descending towards the others. |
57 6 57 6 57 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܕܡ ܕܡܬܦܪܥ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܩܕܡ ܒܝܡ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܐܘ ܠܐ ܡܬܚܒܠܢܘܬܐ ܐܘ ܚ̇ܒܠܐ ܗܘ܆ ܐܘ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܘ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οτι ανταποδιδοται page 194r | λογικη φυσις εμπροσθεν του βηματος του Χ. η αρθαρσια εστιν η φθορα, η γνωσις η αγνωσια. 399 | S2-Guill ܡܕܡ ܕܡܬܦܪܥ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܩܕܡ ܒܝܡ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܐ ܐܘ ܚܫܝ̈ܟܐ. ܘܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܐܘ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܠܗܠܝܢ ܠܚ̇ܡ̈ܢ. ܘܡܛܠ ܗܕܐ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܡܣܟܝܢܢ ܠܗ܆ ܠܡܢܗܘܢ ܗܟܢ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܐܬ̇ܐ ܘܠܡܢܗܘܢ ܗܟܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The recompense which reasoning nature will receive before the tribunal of Christ - these are spiritual or dark bodies, and the contemplation or ignorance appropriate to them: and for this reason it is said that the Christ whom we await comes for some as this and for others as that. |
58 6 58 6 58 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚܘܠܦܐ ܕܦܔܪ̈ܐ ܕܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܒܝܘܡܐ ܕܢܘܚܡܐ܆ ܒܕܡܘ̣ܬܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܕܫܘܒܚܗ ܕܡܪܢ ܗ̇ܘܐ. ܘܡܬܚܒܠܢܘܬܐ ܒܗܘܢ ܠܐ ܡܬܚܙܝܐ. ܡܛܠ ܕܡܬܒܠܥܐ ܠܗ̇ ܒܠܐ ܡܬܚܒܠܢܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η μεταμορφωσις των αγιων σωματων αναστασεως ημεραι καθ’ ομοιωσιν του σωματος της κυριου δοξης εσται και φθαρτον εν αυτοις ουκετι οφθησεται διοτι κατεποθη εν αφθαρσιαι. | S2-Guill ܡܢ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܚܘܠܦܐ ܐܬܩ̣ܒܥܘ܆ ܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܪ̈ܘܚܢܐ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܢ̇ܦܩܝܢ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܗܘܠܐ ܐܘ ܡܢ ܐܪ̈ܓܢܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܘ ܠܚܪܬܐ ܗܕܐ ܬܓܕܫ܆ ܐܦ ܐܢܬ ܫܪܝܪܐܝܬ ܒ̇ܚܢ܀ 243 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Of those bodies that have been stable in the series of changes it is said that that they will depart spiritual bodies. But whether that will happen at the end (by separation?) from matter or from organa which will have come to be - you, too, [should] examine [this]. |
59 6 59 6 59 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 242 ܒܛܝܠܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܥܦܝܦܬܐ ܗܝ. ܚܕܐ ܓܝܪ ܡܢ̇ܬܗ̇ ܡܢ̇ܛܪܐ ܠܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܕܠܐ ܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ܆ ܘܐܚܪܬܐ ܡܪܒ̇ܝܐ ܝܠܘܕܘܬܐ ܕܡܓܫܡ̈ܐ܀ | S1-Fr Η θεου επιμελεια δισση εστιν η μεν την των ασωματων καταστασιν διατηρει η δε την ενσωματων νηπιοτητα αυξανει. | S2-Guill ܥܦܝܦܬܐ ܗܝ ܒܛܝܠܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܘܡܢܗ̇ ܐܡ̇ܪܝܢ ܕܠܩܘܝܡܐ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ ܘܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ ܢ̇ܛܪܐ܆ ܘܡܢܗ̇ ܠܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ܇ ܠܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܘܝܕܥܬܐ ܡܚܦܛܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Twofold is the providence of God: one part, it is said, cares for the sustasis of bodies and incorporeal [beings]; and the other urges the logikoiaway from vice and ignorance towards virtue and knowledge. |
60 6 60 6 60 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ἄγονος ἐστι νοῦς πνευματικῆς διδασκαλίας ἐστερημένος· ἢ νοῦς ἀπορῶν πνευματικῶν σπερμάτων σπειρομένων εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ...
ἄγονος ἐστι νοῦς νοῦς ἄγονός ἐστι πνευματικῆς διδασκαλίας ἐστερημένος ἢ νοῦς ἀπορῶν πνευματικῶν σπερμάτων σπειρομένων εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܥ̇ܩܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܓܠܝܙ ܡܢ ܝܘܠܦܢܐ ܪܘܚܢܐ܇ ܐܘ ܕܚܣܝܪܝܢ ܠܗ ܙܪ̈ܥܐ ܕܡܙܕܪܥܝܢ ܡܢ ܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αγονος εστι νους διδαχης πνευματκης απεστερημενος η των σπερ ματων των υπο του αγιου πνευματος εσπαρμενων υστερων. | S2-Guill ܥ̇ܩܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܓܠܝܙ ܡܢ ܝܘܠܦܢܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܐ܇ ܐܘ ܕܚܣܝܪܝܢ ܠܗ ܙܪ̈ܥܐ ܕܡܙܕܪܥܝܢ ܒܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Sterile is the nous which is deprived of spiritual doctrine, or which lacks seeds sown by the Holy Spirit. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
61 6 61 6 61 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | grc-Oct 173 εἰ ὁ θεὸς “οὐκ ἔστιν θεὸς νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων”, κατὰ δὲ Μωυσέα τὸν ἅγιον οἱ ἐγγαστρίμυθοι τοὺς νεκροὺς ἐρωτῶσιν, ἡ τοῦ Σαοὺλ ἐγγαστρίμυθος οὐ τὸν Σαμουήλ ἀνήγαγεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, εἴπερ μὴ νεκρὸς ἀλλὰ ζῶν ἐστιν Σαμουήλ. | S1-Guill ܐܘ ܐܠܗܐ ܐܠܗܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܘܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܕܡܝ̈ܬܐ: ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܘܫܐ ܩܕܝܫܐ: ܙܟܘܪ̈ܐ ܠܡܝ̈ܬܐ ܡܫ̇ܐܠܝܢ܆ ܡ̇ܣܩܬ ܒܙܟܘܪ̈ܐ܆ ܠܘ ܢܦܫܗ ܐܣܩ̇ܬ ܕܫܡܘܐܝܠ ܩܕܝܫܐ. ܠܘ ܡܝܬܐ ܗܘ ܓܝܪ. ܐܠܐ ܚ̇ܝܐ ܐܝܟ ܐܒܪܗܡ ܘܐܝܣܚܩ ܘܝܥܩܘܒ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ο θεος των ζωντων θεος εστι και ου των νεκρων κατα δε το του αγιου Μωυσεως ρημα οι γνωσται τους νεκρους επιζητουσιν, η εγγαστριμυθος ου την ψυχην ανηγαγε του αγιου Σαμουηλ· ου γαρ νεκρος page 195r | εστιν αλλα ζων ως Αβρααμ και Ισαακ κα Ιακωβ. | S2-Guill ܐܘ ܐܠܗܐ ܐܠܗܐ ܗܘ ܕܚܝ̈ܐ ܘܠܐ ܗܘܐ ܕܡܝ̈ܬܐ: ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܘܫܐ ܩܕܝܫܐ: ܡ̇ܣܩܝܢ ܒܙܟܘܪ̈ܐ ܠܡܝ̈ܬܐ ܡܫ̇ܐܠܝܢ܆ ܡ̇ܣܩܬ ܒܙܟܘܪ̈ܐ܆ ܠܘ ܠܫܡܘܐܝܠ ܐܣܩ̇ܬ ܡܢ ܒܝܬ ܡܝ̈ܬܐ܇ ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܠܘ ܡܝܬܐ ܗܘ ܐܠܐ ܚ̇ܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If God is the God of the living and not of dead, and if, according to the saying of holy Moses, the mediums question the dead , it is not Samuel that the medium caused to come up from the dead; for he is not dead but alive. |
62 6 62 6 62 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Στεῖρά ἐστι ψυχὴ λογικὴ ἡ πάντοτε μανθάνουσα καὶ μηδέποτε εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν βουλομένη· = E 24. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܥ̇ܩܪܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܟܠܙܒܢ ܝ̇ܠܦܐ܇ ܘܠܡܐܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚܐ܀ | S1-Fr στειρα εστι ψυχη λογικη διαπαντος μανθανουσα τε και εις επιγνωσιν αληθειας εξικνεισθαι ου δυναμενη. 401 | S2-Guill ܥ̇ܩܪܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܢܦܫܐ ܡܠܝܠܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܒܟܠܙܒܢ ܝ̇ܠܦܐ܇ ܘܠܡܐܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ ܠܐ ܡܫܟܚܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Sterile is the reasoning soul that is always learning and is never able to attain to true knowledge. |
63 6 63 6 63 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-Hau Ὥσπερ οἱ τὰς ὄψεις κεκαθαρμένοι καὶ τῷ ἡλίῳ ἐνα- τενίζοντες εἰς δάκρυά τε προσπίπτουσι καὶ τὸν ἀέρα ποικίλοις χρώ- μασι κεκραμένον ὁρῶσιν, οὕτω καὶ ὁ καθαρὸς νοῦς ὑπὸ ὀργῆς ταρασσόμενος περιδράξασθαι τῆς θεωρίας ἀδυνατεῖ καὶ νεφέλας τινὰς περιπετομένας τοῖς πράγμασιν ὁρᾷ. = E 25. | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܟܪܝܗ ܚ̣ܙܝܗܘܢ ܘܚ̇ܝܪܝܢ ܒܫܡܫܐ: ܡܢ ܕܡܥܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܡܬܥܘܟܝܢ: ܘܒܐܐܪ ܫܪܓܪ̈ܓܝܬܐ ܚ̇ܙܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܐ܇ ܡܐ ܕܐܬܕ̇ܠܚ 244 ܡܢ ܪܘܓܙܐ܇ ܠܡ̇ܕܩܘ ܒܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܐ. ܐܠܐ ܐܝܟ ܥܪܦܠܐ ܚܙ̇ܐ ܕܫܟܝܢܐ܇ ܥܠ ܨܒܘ̈ܬܐ ܕܒ̇ܥܐ ܕܢܚܘܪ ܒܗܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Οσπερ οι ασθενεις το ομμα και εις τον ηλιον ατενιζοντες υπο δακρυων εμποδιζονται και εν τωι αερι μαρμαρυγας ορωσιν ουτως και νους καθαρος οταν υπ’ οργης συγχυθηι εις πνευματικην θεωριαν τρανως διοραν ου δυναται αλλ’ ως γνοφον οραι εκπεπετασμενον υπερ τα πραγματα α επισκεπτεσθαι ζητει. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܟܪܝܗ ܚ̣ܙܝܗܘܢ ܘܚ̇ܝܪܝܢ ܒܫܡܫܐ: ܡܢ ܕܡܥܝ̈ܗܘܢ ܡܬܥܘܟܝܢ: ܘܒܐܐܪ ܫܪܓܪ̈ܓܝܬܐ ܚ̇ܙܝܢ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܗܘܢܐ ܕܟ̣ܝܐ܇ ܡܐ ܕܐܬܕ̇ܠܚ 245 ܡܢ ܪܘܓܙܐ܇ ܠܡܩ̇ܒܠܘ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܪܘܚ ܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܐ. ܐܠܐ ܐܝܟ ܥܪܦܠܐ ܚܙ̇ܐ ܕܫܟܝܢܐ ܥܠ ܣܘܥܪ̈ܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as those whose vision is unhealthy and who look the sun are trouble by their tears and see phantasms in the air, so also the pure nous, when it has been disturbed by anger, cannot receive spiritual contemplation; but it sees a kind of fog that rests on objects. |
64 6 64 6 64 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܘܬ ܗ̇ܘ ܡ̣ܫܪܝܐ: ܒܝܕ ܚܘܠܡܢܐ ܓܠ̣ܝܐ ܥܠ ܚܘܠܡܢܐ ܟ̣ܣܝܐ ܐܘܕܥ ܠܢ ܡܪܢ܆ ܗܟܝܐ ܒܝܕ ܡܦܩܬܐ ܓ̣ܠܝܬܐ ܕܒܢܝ̈ ܐܝܣܪܐܝܠ ܕܡܢ ܡܨܪܝܢ܇ ܥܠ ܡܦܩܬܢ ܟ̣ܣܝܬܐ ܕܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܘܕܥ ܠܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ παρα τωι παραλυτικωι εκεινωι δια της φανερας υγιειας περι της κρυπτης ημιν ο κυριος εσημηνεν ουτως δια της φανερας Ισραηλ εξ Αιγυπτου εξοδου περι της κρυπτης ημων εκ της κακιας τε και αγνοιας εξοδου ημιν εσημηνεν. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܒܝܕ ܚܘܠܡܢܗ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ ܕܡ̣ܫܪܝܐ܆ ܥܠ ܚܘܠܡܢܐ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ ܒ̇ܕܩ ܠܢ ܦܪܘܩܢ: ܘܒܝܕ ܓܠ̣ܝܐ ܥܠ ܟ̣ܣܝܐ ܫ̇ܪܪ܆ ܗܟܝܐ ܒܝܕ ܡܦܩܬܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܝܬܐ ܕܒܢ̈ܝ ܐܝܣܪܐܝܠ܇ ܠܡܦܩܬܐ ܕܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܚܘܝ ܠܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as by the sensible healing of the paralytic our Savior has enlightened us concerning intelligible healing and by that which is manifest has confirmed what is hidden, so by the sensible exodus of the sons of Israel he has shown us the exodus out of vice and ignorance. |
65 6 65 6 65 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP μυστήριόν ἐστι θεωρία πνευματικὴ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν κατάληψιν διαφεύγουσα | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܪܐܙܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܪܘܚ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܘ ܠܟܠܢܫ ܡܬܕܪܟܐ܀ | S1-Fr Μυστηριον εστι θεωρια πνευματικη ου παντι ανθρωπωι καταληπτικη. | S2-Guill ܐܪܙܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܘ ܠܟܠܢܫ ܡܬܕܪܟܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The mystery is the spiritual contemplation that is not accessible to everyone. |
66 6 66 6 66 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP μάχαιρά ἐστι πετρίνη διδασκαλία τοῦ σωτήρος ἡμῶν Χριστοῦ τὸν ὑπὸ τῶν παθῶν καλυπτόμενον νοῦν δογματικῶς περιτέμνουσα | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܣܝܦܐ ܕܛܪܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܝܘܠܦܢܗ ܕܡܪܢ ܝܫܘܥ ܡܫܝܚܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܗܘܢܐ ܕܡܟܣܝ ܒܚܫ̈ܐ܇ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ ܓܙ̇ܪ܀ | S1-Fr Μαχαιρα πετρινη εστι διδασκαλια του κυριου Ι.Χ. ητις τον νουν παθεσι κεκαλυμμενον επιγνωσει αληθειας περιτεμνει. 403 | S2-Guill ܣܝܦܐ ܕܛܪܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܝܘܠܦܢܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܦܪܘܩܢ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܗܘܢܐ ܕܡܟܣܝ ܒܚܫ̈ܐ܇ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܓܙ̇ܪ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The knife of stone is the teaching of Christ our Savior, which circumcized with knowledge the nous that is covered by the passions. |
67 6 67 6 67 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܡܐ ܕܡܬܪܒܐ ܗܘܢܐ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܡܬܩ̇ܪܒ ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Καθ’ οσον ο νους γνωσει πνευματικηι καθαριζεται τοσονδε προς την της αγιας τριαδος θεωριαν εγγιζει. | S2-Guill ܟܠ ܟܡܐ ܕܡܬܪܒܝܢ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܐܦ ܫܡܗ̈ܐ ܘܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܠܚ̇ܡܝܢ ܠܗܘܢ܇ ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܡ̇ܘܕܥܝܢ ܠܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 More worlds will increase, also more names and logoi which are appropriate for them will make us know the blessed Trinity. |
68 6 68 6 68 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ὑποταγή ἐστι φύσεως λογικῆς ἡ πρὸς τὴν γνῶσιν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἑκούσιος συγκατάθεσις | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Wolf | grc-PG12 + grc-Rondeau ...
ἡ ὑποταγὴ αὕτη ἐστὶ φύσεως λογικῆς πρὸς τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ θεοῦ ἑκούσιος συγκατάθεσις | S1-Guill ܫܘܥܒܕܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܕܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܫܠܡܘܬܐ ܕܨܒܝܢܐ ܛܒܐ܀ | S1-Fr Λογικης φυσεως υπο θεου γνωσιν υποταγη εστι συμφωνησις αγαθου θεληματος. | S2-Guill ܫܘܥܒܕܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܫܠܡܘܬ ܨܒܝܢܗ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܕܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ 247 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 "Submission" is the consent of the will of the reasoning nature with a view to the knowledge of God. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
69 6 69 6 69 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 246 ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܠܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܢ ܘܠܫܐܕ̈ܐ. ܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܚܙܬܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܘܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܓܠܝܙܝܢ ܐܢܘܢ. ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܗܘ ܚܙ̇ܝܢ ܒܠܚܘܕ܀ | S1-Fr Οι αγγελοι τους ανθρωπους ορωσιν και τους δαιμονας οι δε ανθρωποι της των αγγελων και των δαιμονων οψεως απεστερηνται οι δε δαιμονες τους ανθρωπους μονον ορωσιν. | S2-Guill ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܠܒܢܝ̈ ܐܢܫܐ ܚܙ̇ܝܢ ܘܠܫܐܕ̈ܐ. ܒܢܝ̈ ܐܢܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܚܙܬܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܘܕܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܓܠܝܙܝܢ ܐܢܘܢ. ܫܐܕ̈ܐ ܕܝܢ ܠܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܚܙ̇ܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Angels see men and demons; men are deprived of seeing angels and demons, and demons see only men. |
70 6 70 6 70 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP ὑποταγή ἐστιν ἀδυναμία φύσεως λογικῆς μὴ ὑπερβαινούσης τοὺς τῆς οἰκείας κατὰ στάσεως ὅρους· οὕτω γὰρ πάντα ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὸν Παῦλον | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܫܘܥܒܕܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܚܝܠܘܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܐ ܠܡܥܒܪ ܬܚܘ̈ܡܘܗܝ. ܗܟܢܐ ܓܝܪ ܟܠܡܕܡ ܫܥܒܕ ܬܚܝܬ ܪ̈ܓܠܘܗܝ܆ ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܦܘܠܘܣ܀ | S1-Fr Υποταγη εστιν ασθενια λογικης φυσεως παραβαινειν τα ορια αυτης ου δυναμενης· ουτως γαρ παντα υπεταξεν υπο τους ποδας ουτου κατα το ρημα του μακαριου Παυλου. | S2-Guill ܫܘܥܒܕܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܡܚܝܠܘܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܝܐ ܬܥ̣ܒܪ ܬܚܘ̈ܡܐ ܕܡܫܘܚܬܗ̇. ܗܟܢܐ ܓܝܪ ܟܠܡܕܡ ܫܥܒܕ ܬܚܝܬ ܪ̈ܓܠܘܗܝ܆ ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܦܘܠܘܣ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 "Submission" is that weakness of the reasoning nature that cannot cross the limits of its rank; thus indeed, he has put all [things] under his feet, according to the saying of Paul . |
71 6 71 6 71 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܐܝܣܪܐܝܠ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ: ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܣܩܘ̈ܒܠܐ ܥܡܡ̈ܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܐܝܣܪܐܝܠ ܕܪܘܚ܇ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܣܩܘ̈ܒܠܐ ܥܡܡ̈ܐ ܡܬܝ̈ܕܥܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ τωι αισητωι Ισραηλ αντικειται εθνη αισθητα ουτως τωι πνευματικωι Ισραηλ εθνη νοητα. 405 | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܐܝܣܪܐܝܠ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ: ܣܩܘܒܠܝܝܢ ܥܡܡ̈ܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܐܝܣܪܐܝܠ ܡܬܝܕܥܢܐ܇ ܣܩܘܒܠܝܝܢ ܥܡܡ̈ܐ ܡ̈ܬܝܕܥܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as to the sensible Israel are opposed sensible nations, in the same way to the intelligible Israel are opposed intelligible nations. |
72 6 72 6 72 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܚܪܬܐ ܗܝ ܡܠܬܐ ܕܗܘܠܐ. ܘܐܚܪܬܐ ܗܝ ܡܠܬܐ ܕܚܝܠܗ̇. ܘܐܚܪܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܣܛܘ̈ܟܣܐ. ܘܐܚܪܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܡܘܙܓܐ ܕܓܘܐ. ܘܐܚܪܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܓܘ̈ܫܡܐ. ܘܐܚܪܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܟܢܪܗ ܕܒܪܢܫܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αλλο εστι λογος της υλης και αλλο λογος της δυναμεως αυτης και αλλο εστι λογος στοιχειων και αλλο της κοινης κρασεως και αλλο εστιν ο των σωματων αλλο δε ο του ανθρωπινου οργανου. 407 409 | S2-Guill ܐܚܪܢܐ ܗܘ ܣܘܟܠܐ ܕܗܘܠܐ. ܘܐܚܪܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܡܘܙܓܐ ܡܘܕܥܢܗ. ܘܐܚܪܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܓܘܝܘܬܗܘܢ ܕܬܪ ܕܐܣ̈ܛܘܟܣܐ. ܘܐܚܪܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܐܣ̈ܛܘܟܣܐ ܡܬܪ̈ܓܫܢܐ. ܘܐܚܪܬܐ ܗܝ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܓܘܫܡܐ. ܘܐܚܪܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܪܓܢܘܢ ܐܢܫܝܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The logos of matter is one thing; the [logos] of the quality that can make it known is another; [still]another is that [logos] of their internal part close to elements, another is that of the sensible elements, another is the contemplation of the body; [and]another is that of the human organon . |
73 6 73 6 73 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܘ ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ ܗܘܢܐ܇ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܕܡ̣ܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܐܠܐ ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܗܘ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ουκ εν τωι ασωματος ειναι ο νους εικων εστι θεου αλλ’ εν τωι δεκτικος ειναι της αγιας τριαδος. | S2-Guill ܠܘ ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ ܗܘܢܐ܇ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܕܡܝ̣ܘܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܐܠܐ ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܗ̣ܘܐ ܡܩܒܠܢܗ. ܐܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܗ̇ܝ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܕܠܐ ܓܫܘܡ: ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܕܡ̣ܘܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܝܬܐ ܡܕܝܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܇ ܘܠܘ ܡܢ ܡܩܒܠܢܘܬܐ ܗ̣ܘܐ ܨܠܡܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ. ܒ̇ܚܢ ܕܝܢ ܐܢ ܗ̣ܝ ܟܕ ܗ̣ܝ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇ ܡܠܬܐ܇ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܢܗܘܐ ܕܠܐ 249 ܓܫܘܡ܇ ܘܗ̇ܝ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܡܩܒܠܢܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ. ܐܘ ܐܚܪܢܝܐܝܬ ܐܝܟ ܕܥܠ ܐܢܕܪܝܢܛܐ ܘܥܠ ܢܚܫܗ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 It is not because the nous is incorporeal that it bears the likeness of God, but because it has been made receptive of Him. And if it is because it is incorporeal that it bears the likeness of God, it is therefore essential knowledge; and it is not by receptivity that it has been made [in] the image of God. But examine whether this is the same thing, the fact that it is incorporeal and the fact that it is able to receive knowledge, or quite otherwise, like a statue and its bronze. |
74 6 74 6 74 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 248 ܝܕܝܥ ܡܪܝܐ ܩܕܡ ܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܠܦܪ̈ܘܫܐ: ܒܬܪ ܕܝ̣ܢܗ ܕܝܢ ܡܬܝܕܥ܆ ܠܦܪ̈ܘܫܐ ܘܠܕܠܐ ܦܪ̈ܘܫܝܢ܆ ܐܝܟ ܕܟܬܝܒ܆ ܕܡܬܝܕܥ ܡܪܝܐ ܒܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܕܥ̇ܒܕ܀ | S1-Fr Γνωστος ο κυριος προ της κρισεως αυτου τοις φρονιμοις μετα δε την κρισιν ουτου γιγνωσκεται τοις τε φρονιμοις και τοις αφροσι καθως γεγραπται· γιγνωσκεται κυριος κριματα ποιων Frankenberg (ψ 9,17) | S2-Guill ܢܐܬܐ ܡ̇ܢ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܩܕܡ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ܆ ܠܡܕܢ ܠܚܝ̈ܐ ܘܠܡܝ̈ܬܐ. ܢܬܝܕܥ ܕܝܢ ܒܬܪ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ. ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܡܬܝܕܥ ܡܪܝܐ ܒܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܕܥ̇ܒܕ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The Christ will come before the judgement to judge the living and the dead, and he will be known after the judgement, if the Lord is known by the judgement he renders.; |
75 6 75 6 75 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܗ̣ܘܬ ܒܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܆ ܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܒܬܪܟܢ ܕܝܢ ܗ̣ܘܬ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܕܚܐܪܘܬܐ. ܘܒܬܪܗ̇ ܥܘܕܪܢܐ ܕܒܛܝܠܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ܇ ܒܝܕ ܡܪܕܘܬܐ ܕܡ̇ܦܢܝܐ ܠܚܝ̈ܐ܇ ܐܘ ܒܝܕ ܡܠܦܢܘܬܐ ܕܡܩ̇ܪܒܐ ܠܬܐܘܪܝܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Fr 411 Η πρωτη γνωσις εν λογικηι φυσει γενομενη εστι της αγιας τριαδος θεωρια μετα δε εγενετο η του αυτεξουσιου κινησις μετα δε ταυτην η θεου προνοιας βοηθεια δια παιδειας εις ζωην αποστρεφουσης η δια διδαχης προς την πρωτην θεωριαν προσαγουσης. | S2-Guill ܝܕܥܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܒܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ܆ ܕܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܒܬܪܟܢ ܗ̣ܘܬ ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܕܚܐܪܘܬܐ. ܘܒܛܝܠܘܬܐ ܕܥܘܕܪܢܐ. ܘܠܐ ܫܒܝܩܘܬܐ. ܘܒܬܪܟܢ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ. ܘܬܘܒ ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܕܚܐܪܘܬܐ. ܘܒܛܝܠܘܬܐ. ܘܕܝ̣ܢܐ. ܘܥܕܡܐ ܠܬܠܝܬܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܝܫܬܐ. ܗܟܢܐ ܡܬܡܨܥ ܕܝ̣ܢܐ ܡܢ ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܕܚܐܪܘܬܐ ܘܒܛܝܠܘܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The first knowledge that is in the logikoi is that of the BlessedTrinity; then there took place the movement of freedom, the beneficial providence and the non-abandonment, and then the judgement, and again the movement of freedom, providence, the judgment, and that up to the Blessed Trinity. Thus a judgment is interposed between the movement of freedom and the providence of God. |
76 6 76 6 76 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܣ̣ܠܩ ܠܥܠ ܡܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܫܡܝܐ ܟܠ ܓܡ̣ܪ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܠܟܠܗܘܢ ܬܓܡ̈ܐ ܕܡܠܝ̈ܠܐ ܚ̇ܕܬ ܣܛܪ ܡܢ ܫ̣ܚܪܐ ܕܡܪ̈ܘܕܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει ο αναβας υπερανω παντων των ουρανων τα παντα πεπληρωκε γνωστον οτι τα λογικων ταγματα ολα εκαινωσε πλην γε της των αποστατων αγελης. | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܗ̇ܘ ܕܣ̣ܠܩ ܠܥܠ ܡܢ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܫܡܝܐ ܟܠ ܫܡܠܝ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܟܠ ܚܕ ܡܢ ܬܓܡ̈ܐ ܕܚܝ̈ܠܘܬܐ ܫܡܝ̈ܢܐ ܫܪܝܪܐܝܬ ܝ̣ܠܦ ܣܘ̈ܟܠܐ ܕܥܠ ܒܛܝܠܘܬܐ. ܕܒܗܘܢ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܬܚܬܝܢ ܡܢܗܘܢ܆ ܩܠܝܠܐܝܬ ܠܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܘܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܡܚܦܛܝܢ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If "He who has ascended above all the heavens" has "accomplished everything" , it is evident that each of the ranks of celestial powers has truly learned the logoi concerning providence, by which they rapidly impel towards virtue and the knowledge of God those who are beneath them. |
77 6 77 6 77 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܪܐܙܗ ܕܡܪܢ ܕܟ̣ܣܐ ܗܘܐ ܒܐܒܘܗܝ ܡܢ ܥܠܡ̈ܐ ܘܡܢ ܕܪ̈ܐ܆ ܐܬܓܠ̣ܝ ܒܕܢܚܗ. ܘܓܒܝܘܬܐ ܕܫܠܝܚܘ̈ܗܝ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܕܡܢ ܩܕܡ ܬܪ̈ܡܝܬܗ ܕܥܠܡܐ܆ ܐܬ̣ܝܕܥ̇ܬ 250 ܒܣܒܪܬܗ. ܘܫܪ̈ܒܬܐ ܕܪ̈ܚܝܩܢ ܗܘ̈ܝ ܡܢ ܣܒܪܗ܆ ܐܬܓ̣ܠܝ ܥܠܝܗܝܢ ܘܩ̇ܪܒ ܐܢܝ̈ܢ ܠܘܬܗ܀ | S1-Fr Το του κυριου ημων μυστηριον το εν πατρι αυτου απο των αιωνων και των γενεων αποκεκρυμμενον αποκεκαλυπται τηι αυτου επιφανειαι και η των αγιων αυτου αποστολων εκλογη η προ καταβολης κοσμου εν τωι αυτου ευαγγελιωι εγνωσθη· και επι των φυλωμ των ελπιδος αυτου μακραν εφανερωθη και αυτας προς αυτον ηγαγεν. 413 | S2-Guill ܠܡܐ ܟܝ ܡܦܩܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ ܕܡܢ ܐܒܐ: ܓܒܪܝܐܝܠ ܠܡܪܝܡ ܣ̇ܒܪ܆ ܐܘ ܡܐܬܝܬܗ ܕܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܕܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܠܥܠܡܐ ܕܒܢܝ̈ ܐܢܫܐ. ܒܥܝ ܕܝܢ ܬܘܒ 251 ܘܥܠ ܬܠܡܝ̈ܕܐ ܕܐܬܗ̇ܦܟܘ ܥܡܗ ܒܦܓܪܢܘܬܗ: ܕܠܡܐ ܟܝ ܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܕܡܬܚܙܐ ܠܢ ܐܬܘ ܥܡܗ܆ ܐܘ ܡܢ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܐܘ ܡܢ ܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ. ܘܡܢܗܘܢ ܐܘ ܟܠܗܘܢ. ܘܐܘܣܦ ܬܘܒ ܘܒܥܝ܆ ܕܐܢ ܡܢ ܬܩܢܘܬܐ ܢܦܫܢܝܬܐ ܕܐܝܬ ܗܘܐ ܠܗܘܢ܇ ܓ̣ܕܫ̇ܬ ܘܗ̣ܘܘ ܬܠܡܝ̈ܕܐ ܠܡܫܝܚܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Did Gabriel announce to Mary the departure of Christ from the Father, or his arrival from the world of angels into the world of men? Investigate, too, this subject: did the disciples who lived with him in his corporeal state comewith him from the world that is seen by us, or from another world or worlds; and is this so for some of them, or for all? And investigate yet again whether it is because of the psychic state they had achieved that they attained to become disciples of the Christ. |
78 6 78 6 78 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܚ̣ܡܗ ܕܦܔܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܫ̣ܘܐ ܠܗ ܒܡܘܙܓܐ܀ | S1-Fr Αντισον σωματος εστι το κρασει ισον αυτωι. | S2-Guill ܦܚ̣ܡܗ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܫ̣ܘܐ ܠܗ ܒܡܘܙܓܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Equivalent in body is one who is is equal in quality. |
79 6 79 6 79 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦܓܪܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܒܪ ܟܝܢܗ ܕܦܓܪܢ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ. ܐܦ ܢܦܫܗ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܢܦ̈ܫܬܢ. ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܐܠܗܘܬܗ ܒܪܬ ܐܝܬܘܬܗ ܕܐܒܐ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇܀ | S1-Fr Χ. σωμα ομοφυες τωι ημων σωματι εστι και ψυχη αυτου απο της ημετερων ψυχων φυσεως ουτως και η θεοτης αυτου ομουσιος εστι τωι πατρι. 415 | S2-Guill ܦܓܪܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ܆ ܒܪ ܟܝܢܗ ܗܘ ܕܦܓܪܢ. ܘܢܦܫܗ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܕܢܦ̈ܫܬܢ. ܡܠܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܒܗ ܐܝܬܝܐܝܬ ܒܪ ܐܝܬܘܬܐ ܗܘ ܕܐܒܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 The body of Christ is connatural with our body; his soul also is of the nature of our souls; in the same way also his divinity is coessential with the Father. | S2-Dy S2 The body of the Christ is connatural with our body, and his soul is of the nature of our souls; but the Word which is in him essentially is coessential with the Father. |
80 6 80 6 80 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܦ̣ܚܡܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܫ̣ܘܐ ܠܗ܀ | S1-Fr page 201v | Λ Α ντισον λογικης φυσεως εστι το γνωσει ισον αυτηι. | S2-Guill ܦ̣ܚܡܐ ܕܩܢܘܡܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܗ̇ܘ ܕܫ̣ܘܐ ܠܗ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 equivalent to the reasoning substance is he who is equal in knowledge. |
81 6 81 6 81 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܝܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܆ ܥܡ ܦܓܪܐ ܣܛܪ ܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܠܡܗܘܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܝܐ ܕܣܛܪ ܡܢ ܦܓܪܐ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܚܕܬܐ ܠܡܗܘܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ φυσιν λογικην μετα του σωματος χωρις του κοσμου τουτου ειναι ου χωρει, ουτως ουδε χωρει φυσιν λογικην χωρις σωματος εν τωι καινωι κοσμωι ειναι. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܝܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܆ ܥܡ ܦܓܪܐ ܣܛܪ ܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܠܡܗܘܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܠܐ ܡ̣ܨܝܐ ܕܣܛܪ ܡܢ ܦܓܪܐ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܠܡܗܘܐ܀ | S1-Dy + S2-Dy ...
just as it is not possible for a reasoning nature to be with the body apart from the world so it is not possible for a reasoning nature it apart from the body to be in the new world | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
82 6 82 6 82 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܗܟܢܐ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܕܥ̇ܡܪ ܐܠܗܐ ܒܒ̣ܪܝܬܗ܆ ܐܝܟ ܒܢ̇ܝܐ ܒܒܝܬܗ܀ | S1-Fr Ουτως λεγεται οτι ο θεος εν τηι κτισει αυτου κατοικει ως οικοδομων εν τηι οικιαι αυτου. 417 | S2-Guill ܒܟܝܢܐ ܦܓܪܢܐ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܐܠܗܐ܆ ܐܝܟ ܪܝܫ ܒܢ̇ܝ̈ܐ ܒܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢܗ ܗ̣ܘܘ. ܘܐܟܘܬܗ ܡܬܐܡܪ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܆ ܐܝܟ ܕܒܐܢܕܪܝܢܛܐ. ܐܢ ܬܓܕܫ ܘܢܥ̣ܒܕ ܠܗ ܐܢܕܪܝܢܛܐ ܕܩܝܣܐ܀ 253 | S1-Dy S1 One says that God dwells in his creation in the same way as a builder in his house. | S2-Dy S2 It is said that God is in corporeal nature like the architect in the things that have been made by him; and, like one, it is said who is as [if] in the statue, if he happened to have made a wooden statue. |
83 6 83 6 83 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 252 ܠܗܠܝܢ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܕܚ̇ܙܐ ܗܘܢܐ܆ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝ̇ܕܥ ܠܗܝܢ. ܘܠܗܠܝܢ ܠܐ ܚ̇ܙܐ܆ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܝ̇ܕܥ ܠܗܝܢ. ܘܡܛܠ ܗܕܐ ܠܘ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܚܘ̈ܫܒܐ ܡܥܘܟܝܢ ܠܗ ܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܐܠܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܘ ܡܢ ܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܐܘ ܡܢ ܪܓܬܐ ܣ̇ܒܟܝܢ ܥܠܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Fr Ταυτα λεγεται ο νους θεασθαι α γιγνωσκει και ταυτα ου θεαται α ου γιγνωσκει και δια τουτο ου παντες λογισμοι αυτον της θεου γνωσεως αποσπωνται αλλ’ οι η εξ επιθυμιας η εκ θυμου αυτωι επανασταντες. | S2-Guill ܠܗܠܝܢ ܡܬܐܡܪ ܕܚ̇ܙܐ ܗܘܢܐ܆ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܝ̇ܕܥ. ܘܠܗܠܝܢ ܠܐ ܚ̇ܙܐ܆ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܠܐ ܝ̇ܕܥ. ܘܡܛܠ ܗܕܐ ܠܘ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܚܘܫܒ̈ܐ ܡܥܘܟܝܢ ܠܗ ܡܢ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܐܠܗܐ܆ ܐܠܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܡܢ ܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܘܪܓܬܐ ܕܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܟܝܢܐ ܣ̇ܒܟܝܢ ܥܠܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 It is said that the nous ssees things that it knows and that it does not see things that it does not know; and because of this it is not all thoughts that the knowledge of God forbids it, but those which assail it from thumos and epithumia and those which are against nature |
84 6 84 6 84 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܒܠܒܐ ܚ̇ܠܕܐ. ܪܓܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܒ̣ܣܪܐ ܒܕܡܐ. ܡܛܠ ܗܕܐ ܦܩܝܕܝܢ ܚܢܢ ܠܡܪܚܩܘ ܠܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܡܢ ܠܒܐ܆ ܘܠܡ̇ܦܪܩܘ ܒܝܫܬܐ ܡܢ ܒ̣ܣܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο θυμος εν τηι καρδιαι ερπεται η δε επιθυμια σαρκος εν τωι αιματι. παρηγγελ μεθα δε απωσαι τον θυμον της καρδιας και το κακον της σαρκος χωρισαι. | S2-Guill ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܕܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܕܢܦܫܐ ܥܡ ܠܒܐ ܟܕܝܢܐ܆ ܐܝܟܐ ܕܐܦ ܣܟܘܠܬܢܘܬܗ̇ ܐܝܬܝܗ̇. ܡܢ̇ܬܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܪܓܬܗ܆ ܥܡ ܒ̣ܣܪܐ ܘܕܡ̣ܐ ܟܕܝܢܐ. ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܠܡܪܚܩܘ ܚܡ̣ܬܐ ܡܢ ܠܒܐ ܙ̇ܕܩ ܠܢ ܘܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܡܢ ܒ̣ܣܪܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 Thumos slips into the heart and epithumia of the flesh into the blood. Because of this we have received the command to distance the heart from anger and the flesh from vice. | S2-Dy S2 The choleric part of the soul is joined with the heart, where its intelligence also is; and its concupiscible part is joined with the flesh and blood, if it is necessary us to distance the heart from anger and the flesh from vice. |
85 6 85 6 85 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܢ ܗ̣ܘ ܕܪܓܬܐ ܘܚܡ̣ܬܐ ܓܘܢܐܝܬ ܩ̣ܢܝܢܢ ܥܡ ܚܝܘ̈ܬܐ܆ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܒܪܝܫ ܒ̣ܪܝܬܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܥܡܢ ܠܐ ܐܬ̣ܒܪ̈ܝ. ܐܠܐ ܡܢ ܒܬܪ ܡܬܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ ܥ̣ܠܝ̈ ܥܠ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ει την επιθυμιαν και τον θυμον επικοινως τοις θηριοις κεκτημεθα γνωστον οτι αρχηι της κτισεως ταυτα μεθ’ ημων ουκ εκτισται αλλα μετα την κινησιν εις την λογικην ψυχην παρεισηλθεν. 419 | S2-Guill ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܟܠܗܘܢ ܚܝ̈ܠܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܓܘܢܐܝܬ ܐܝܬ ܠܢ ܘܠܒܥܝܪܐ: ܕܟܝܢܐ ܦܓܪܢܐ ܐܝܬܝܗܘܢ܆ ܡܕܝܢ ܝܕܝܥܐ ܗܝ ܕܚ̣ܡܬܐ ܘܪܓܬܐ ܠܐ ܡܬܚܙܝܢ ܕܐܬ̣ܒܪܝ ܥܡ ܟܝܢܐ ܡܠܝܠܐ ܩܕܡ ܡܬܙܝܥܢܘܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 If all powers that we and the beasts have in common belong to corporeal nature, it is therefore evident that thumos and epithumia do not seem to have been created with the reasoning nature before the movement. |
86 6 86 6 86 | grc-Géh1996 Οἱ ἅγιοι ἄγγελοι τοὺς μὲν λόγῳ παιδεύουσιν, τοὺς δὲ δι’ ἐνυπνίων ἐπιστρέφουσιν, τοὺς δὲ νυκτερινοῖς σωφρονίζουσιν φόβοις καὶ ἄλλους πληγαῖς πρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐπανάγουσιν. | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܆ ܠܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܒܡܠܬܐ ܪܕ̇ܝܢ. ܠܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܝܕ ܚܠܡ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܦܢܝܢ. ܠܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܕܘܚܠܐ ܡܢ̇ܟܦܝܢ. ܘܠܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ ܒܡܚܘ̈ܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܡ̇ܥܛܦܝܢ܀ | S1-Fr Οι αγιοι αγγελοι τους μεν των ανθρωπων λογωι παιδευουσι τους δε ενυπνιοις μεταστρεφουσι τους δε φοβητροις σωφρονιζουσι το ο υ ς δε αλλους μαστιξι προς την αρετην επαναστρεφουσιν. | S2-Guill ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܆ ܠܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܒܢܝ̈ܢܫܐ ܒܡܠܬܐ ܪܕ̇ܝܢ. ܠܡܢܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܝܕ ܚܠܡ̈ܐ ܡ̇ܦܢܝܢ. ܘܠܡܢܗܘܢ ܒܕܘ̈ܚܠܐ ܕܠܝܠܘ̈ܬܐ ܡܢ̇ܟܦܝܢ. ܘܠܐܚܪ̈ܢܐ ܒܡܚܘ̈ܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ ܡ̇ܥܛܦܝܢ܀ 255 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Holy angels instruct some men through the word; they bring others back by means of dreams; they render still others chaste by nocturnal terrors, and they make others return to virtue though blows. |
87 6 87 6 87 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 254 ܗܘܢܐ ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܫܠܝܡܘܢ ܒܠܒܐ ܫ̣ܪܐ. ܒܘܝܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܡܘܚܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ο νους κατα το ρημα Σολομωντος εν τηι καρδιαι αναπαυει η δε φρονησις εν τωι εγκεφαλωι. | S2-Guill ܗܘܢܐ ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܫܠܝܡܘܢ ܥܡ ܠܒܐ ܟܕܝܢ. ܢܘܗܪܐ ܕܝܢ ܕܕܢ̇ܚ ܠܗ܆ ܡܢ ܪܫܐ ܡܬܪܓܫܢܐ ܡܣ̣ܬܒܪ ܕܐܝܬܘܗܝ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The nous, according to the saying of Solomon, is joined to the heart; and the light which appears to it passes by coming from the sensible head. |
88 6 88 6 88 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܠܘ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܥ̇ܡܠܝܢ ܥܡܢ ܠܦܘܪܩܢܢ܆ ܐܠܐ ܐܦ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܟܢܘ̈ܬܢ. ܕܐܦ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܡܥܕܪ̈ܢܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܒܣܒܪܬܗ ܕܡܪܢ܀ | S1-Fr Ου μονον οι αγιοι αγγελοι πονουνται μεθ’ ημων εις την σωτηριαν ημων αλλα και οι αγιοι οι εταιροι ημων και αυτοι εν τωι του κυριου ευαγγελιωι βοηθοι εισιν. 421 | S2-Guill ܠܘ ܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܥ̇ܡܠܝܢ ܥܡܢ ܠܦܘܪܩܢܢ܆ ܐܠܐ ܐܦ ܗ̣ܢܘܢ ܟܘܟܒ̈ܐ. ܐܢܗ̣ܘ ܕܒܝܘܡܝ̈ ܒܪܩ܆ ܡܢ ܫܡܝܐ ܥ̣ܒܕܘ ܩܪܒܐ ܥܡ ܣܝܣܪܐ܀ | S1-Dy S1 "It is not only the holy angels who work with us for our salvation, but also the saints, our companions, who themselves were of assistance in the Gospel to Our Lord" | S2-Dy S2 It is not the holy angels only who work with us for our salvation, but also the stars themselves; if in the days of Baraq they shot from heaven in the war with Sisara. |
89 6 89 6 89 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܒܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ: ܗ̣ܘܐ ܡܪܢ ܒܘܟܪܐ ܕܩܡ ܡܢ ܒܝܬ ܡܝ̈ܬܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܦ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܒܘܟܪܐ ܥܡ ܐܚ̈ܐ ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ܀ | S1-Fr Ωσπερ εν τωι κοσμωι τουτωι ο κυριος πρωτοτοκος εγενετο οτι ανεστη εκ των νεκρων ουτως και εν τωι μελλοντι αιωνι πρωτοτοκος εσται μετα πολλων αδελφων. | S2-Guill ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܒܥܠܡܐ ܗܢܐ: ܗ̣ܘܐ ܡܪܢ ܒܘܟܪܐ ܡܢ ܒܝܬ ܡܝ̈ܬܐ܆ ܗܟܢܐ ܒܥܠܡܐ ܕܥܬܝܕ ܢܗܘܐ ܒܘܟܪܐ ܒܐܚ̈ܐ ܣܓܝ̈ܐܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Just as in this world Our Lord has been first-born from the dead, in the same way in the world to come he will be first-born of many brothers. |
90 6 90 6 90 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill ܟܠ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܒܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܡܪܢ ܐܫ̣ܬܘܝ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܪܘܚ܆ ܒܚܦܝܛܘܬܐ ܗ̇ܘܐ ܡܥܕܪ ܠܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝ̈ܫܐ܇ ܟܕ ܡ̣ܥܕܐ ܠܢܦ̈ܫܬܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܬܐ ܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ܇ ܘܡܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ܀ | S1-Fr Οστις αν χαριτι του κυριου πνευματικης γνωσεως αξιωθηι σπουδαιως τοις αγιοις αγγελοις τας λογικας ψυχας εκ της κακιας προς την αρετην και εκ της αγνοιας προς την αληθειας επιγνωσιν ρυομενοις συνυπουργειτω. | S2-Guill ܟܠ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܐܫ̣ܬܘܝ ܠܝܕܥܬܐ ܪܘܚܢܝܬܐ܆ ܢܥܕܪ ܠܡܠܐܟ̈ܐ ܩܕܝܫ̈ܐ ܘܢܦ̈ܫܬܐ ܡܠܝ̈ܠܬܐ ܡܢ ܒܝܫܘܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܡܝܬܪܘܬܐ܆ ܘܡܢ ܠܐ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܠܘܬ ܝܕܥܬܐ ܢ̇ܗܦܟ܀ 257 | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Whoever will have obtained spiritual knowledge will help the holy angels and will return reasoning souls from vice to virtue and from ignorance to knowledge. |
ep1 ep1 ep1 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill 256 ܗܘܝܬܘܢ ܡܥ̇ܩܒܝܢ ܠܡ̈ܠܝܢ ܐܚܝ̈ܢ. ܟܕ ܡܦ̇ܫܩܝܢ ܐܢܬܘܢ ܒܬܪܥܝܬܐ ܫܦܝܪܬܐ ܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܚܝܕܝܢ ܢܝܫܐ ܗܢܐ ܕܣܝܡ ܠܢ ܒܡܢܝܢܐ ܗܢܐ ܕܡܐܘ̈ܬܐ ܫܬ܇ ܐܪܙ ܡܢܝܢܐ ܕܫܬܐ ܕܫܪ̈ܒܬܢ܀ ܫ̣ܠܡ̇ܬ ܡܐܬܐ ܕܫܬ܆ ܕܚܣܝܪܐ ܪ̈ܝܫܐ ܥܣܪܐ܀ ܫܠܡ ܡܐܘ̈ܬܐ ܫܬ ܕܪ̈ܝܫܐ ܕܝܕܥܬܐ܆ ܕܐܡܝܪ̈ܝܢ ܠܛܘܒܢܐ ܡܪܝ ܐܘܓܪܝܣ܀ | S1-Fr 423 Επιζητειτε λογους μου αδελφοι καληι διανοιαι εξηγουμενοι τοις εχομενοις τουτου του σκοπου του ημιν εν αριθμωι τουτωι των εκατοναδων κειμενου. | S2-Guill — ܥ̇ܩܒܘ ܠܡ̈ܠܝܢ ܐܚܝ̈ܢ. ܘܦ̇ܫܩܘ ܚܦܝܛܐܝܬ ܦ̈ܠܐܬܐ ܕܡܐܘ̈ܬܐ܇ ܕܡܢܝܢܐ ܕܝܘ̈ܡܬܐ ܫܬܐ ܕܒ̣ܪܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 Scrutinize our words, O our brothers, and explicate with zeal these centuries, according to the number of the six days of creation. |
ep2 ep2 ep2 | grc-Géh1996 | grc-Hau | grc-Mu1931 | grc-Mu1932 | grc-FP | grc-EpF | grc-Géh1998 | grc-Bars | grc-Dor | grc-PG86a | grc-DP | grc-PG4 | grc-PG12 | grc-PG39 | grc-Oct | grc-Géh1987 | grc-Pitra | grc-Rondeau | grc-Wolf | S1-Guill — ܥ̇ܩܒܘ ܠܡ̈ܠܝܢ ܐܚܝ̈ܢ. ܘܦ̇ܫܩܘ ܚܦܝܛܐܝܬ ܦ̈ܠܐܬܐ ܕܡܐܘ̈ܬܐ܇ ܕܡܢܝܢܐ ܕܝܘ̈ܡܬܐ ܫܬܐ ܕܒ̣ܪܝܬܐ܀ | S1-Guill ܫ̣ܠܡ ܡܐܘ̈ܬܐ ܫܬ ܕܐܘܓܪܝܣ ܛܘܒܢܐ܀ | S1-Fr | S2-Guill ܫ̣ܠܡ ܡܐܘ̈ܬܐ ܫܬ ܕܐܘܓܪܝܣ ܛܘܒܢܐ܀ | S1-Dy | S2-Dy S2 The End of the Six Centuries of the Blessed Evagrius |